a .
- . ; o£ a ,
Fa 58 ee eh ae teh fe ee he A A we ewe me + ve - @-
* ae a A Pi ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee ee ee ee ee ve &- 646
Ce ee ee on Se ee a ee ee ee ee ee ee eS sb et & Pe we ee ee OM CO PSE OD OO HOO S % 6-66 © 6-6 6-846 4 6 4.8
SB & © 4H 4 4. = be 4A ee ee ee ee ee ee © thet OSD EVE CA 0 ee Oe e EG m4 ee 4 6 HSE 4 SS SE OS OD
se th St 8 ew he a Pade eee ee ee ee ee * ee ee ee ee ee ae ae
tN Fe Rr FO a ON ee ee ae ee ee ee a ee a ea ee ee
4B nb O'S A-o EG SOE 6 A TE 6B KS DCE EWEN HET ME HO Oe Ce owe ee 8 4 Oe
EF 446 & Se 0-6 4&4 e+ SOB EEE SDE AHOBEOCBD 4AM De eee PCR oC Oe 6 ee SO 6-0-2 6-46 6-6
* Fl tad teal iad mac a a ee a tl Pe ne a Pe i Te Net ee ee ee ee ee ee ee a ee a el ae ee a a ae et
Ce ee ee ee ee ee gee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ey .
@ DA-6.4. 44 4S hn Oe ae oe ee ee a a ee eee see eo ee ve Swe ee ewe Re ewe eee De ee EK KM AKA BDH Eos wee COBO 4
M8 6 Oe ee & & Sb a EN OM eee POTN Te ne Cee a OO Oa Tee Oe eae
OO ee ae ee ae ee ee ee ea ee ee ae a a a a ae ee eee ee ee OO Se KEE He EHH HSH LS ESS
St 6 bt i hee he ee £4 Be ee Me Ew NN eH OR OTe Hore ee te te ee +e oe 6 OS ee ee
S68 ee eS he ey B-SIDE EON KREME EMH De eee eh ee ae ee ee Oe ooo
B.6-b- 6-2 SS eof 4h te > ee EO B.C SS S-BUS OM AE bette eee ores ees OC ewe Oe hee Oe SE Ot
Ce ee Ce ee SOAS oe 6 BSB Oe EME EMO HK HAM we Oe we OK RKO CO ee Oa ee ek a ee
oO he i Ee Se ee 6 8 Oe et 6 8 OME HH we Tw KA AAO ea eae Or eH eo
\ <6 @ 6b & EWS 6h AEE ES EEE ORY DEEL NEE EKA MK DEM ROEM ORO! OO Oe oh OC eT
~~ 6) O66 tt oe Be eM et eee ba kt PDH eee oe Oe ew heh hl towel lhc Cl aU aU eee
P “ § & A a4 4 & ee a ee ae fe ea eR NN te ea he a MN tee Be we eet bt wd mee 4D eRe Oe ee Se SB
aw ae eo hee ee De OHO EH EKO TD SKETCH CTH Cee HY Hw OH OCH tO
A Dab of A RY SSeS OS SE ONE ee eee Se ee 8 D> eS SD Db t BS 8.4 b-2 1 oO. 0 £6 6 Oo 6.% 6402 6-8
+ — ly. te 7 s-~ .

=
ee

ope esa ees 4.4.4.4 IP <_* 3 as wor ey <5 a
, is ‘ i ‘ . ‘ ea tog “ a ri S es -
Pi i “7. 4,54 ipl al ar ~t 6-6 © 6 _ G_& & 8 se. SB ~ 4 jtfe cece ee

7 oA
Sf
Pint ad

.

.

°

ep:
ee

—¥.

& ed c
Cae ee ae
oe
ee
GAD Mh ek
s& eR EMRE
ee ee we
a ae 6 ¢é
4.6 4-8 4 ©
Pe hm
Lays a a a oe <5 é x 2 ae,
Oe we ies -
s-%@ GEA GSM AA « fe
DR ee ee ee ae et ee
0 GAO 6 CME EYE 6 ow 8 6
. - Fe Fe ee ee ee ee ee ee ee a a es
F € . e¢ PPP OT Ie oT Ie ICT IT
cd é . + ~~ : « . 7 ev a
. of +8 8 4 £4 _%- e © BA 6 CL & ae * 4% @ i SEC HaHA RMN DEAS .
o*s e ets Pte PPP et PS: r i ‘a gs Ce ee ee oe) as & * wise Sete n 6 eH.
Eee 2 46 4-0-6 54 5-68-85 8-8 . ‘ n 4 ¢ € KB Se & 6A OBE EHEC GH HA BRS BDEE HER K HME HES
&.$_s_8._t_s_-8 5 > - 8-6 :. v bab 6 bt -S- AAS 4 6 ee EO Oe Ck CR eT ee a
#8. &. 2% 4 64 4 34. i 46 +2 ¢4 € O-6 644-84. BEER WR ESE ER RMB EK BS
BO - G8 -E 6-8-2 G4 §-2.-6~ © - Sw &
of Pat ot et De al sd at et od oF
of a ‘i.e. ad Ler “by °
6.08. 48 _@ ae Pe oe ee
sas tetehs <i esses
ee af Wt
PP ee
i... 2-6 ©.
* 7108. >
vw © £ 9 «@ .. . s- 4
ate sta! oat ee aa i. ” a uw “+
*. . 4. © 4a ~* a . ** 4s eS ‘te ae te < .-* eee
es #£ & tt 4 A 6-H O26 6 40 6 6 6 66 ee Ey “es fs Pa al Dake Da tae
e443 _ 4. 6 4.6 © A464 4-4 6-6 3.4 6 1%
* €.3..t O.¢ 8 6 8 C4 Ce SEE © EH OK EK HH KKH RK
;.6- 6. 3 8 OEE SE S-§ 8 EAM EE EMR DKK HOD EMA HH ew
oe ee + 46 + 8.8% * Se ee Oe ee ee ae ok ee ee ee
=t. . € 8. . wf .
Pel ed ry a 4-4-€ £ Hf A4 ~
ft. .6 = J :
_S. 8 ea rs a -
< a4. c => - - *
*° ee Bee pe Pee Be tas
~ #& § a4 @ ’@% “ i ee ee ee ee ed * ee + © 4 o*
* -¢. 8 ¢ &-8.8- 4-5 aa &. WPS TE pe ee at el Oe bee ery Oe a ee ea
W.9.4 23 68 TF HH -£ OS 4 ENA CK SAE ES OK EBKEEN SAKE H KHL
¥_b.6 2 @ 6 » € @@ F 4-8 0 BF -+--+ Oboe BHT R |]! Be CADW Owe
8-6. 8-¢.% 4 0. 6 4 e-6 8 HOS HOE Ot th GF be S41 HH BMAD He SH DH Oe HD Ot
&-0-6-4-6 §-8 4 4-4 * - ‘ .
a £6 Foe BH CA 8 SSH SCRE SEEM Ew EDA @# eats
Se Fe ee ee ce i ie ie ie ee ee a ee ee a
a 6-4-4 4 Sow #8 % - 6-8 = @ oo we 6H Lt Pe a ie ie Pe Se ie Mai Pa an hy Se a in te a, ee
+ 6 6 t € 4 6 4 4 Se i ee i ee ee ee ee ee ee i
4.8 4 8.6 @ SAG we OHA RST EME HSE EH KORO HH HHH OKT HD
+e @ sw & 4 8.6 EHS HBCHASE TCE EH CHK HEH EH eee Heke
- ~ © £-§-e- 60 ts 4 6.0 60 4 WK 4-8 ee et 4 e
‘ oF 6 OS 6 H 8, EC 8 C4 GK wS tC KC ADE O HH SG
€- +s SC CREE HKKEW Dee RHE DHE QHD & © oe we He Et

@8 64 © € ERA DE wo TE nw Hs te * . 4
ae ve F * 68 tet oO CHET SHPeeteue seen whoeoeeseemeivveser wees eeuseeeveese nse vusbiat we Veweeeoeewrewewteeesntséeu & * oh & @
PT a i A en a ee ee
Soe@etiwtiwew@@eeee cu + & * e€¢wvwweveeunvyeoeseevxeeewmteedee Ce + Cee eoeweeee OQeeanrget wwe owe @ Bee eo Bivgv#t«-# a se** es . - «
6 ee a tee we ee ee we eme~seeoevpeew~ue ees eanmwe vee +e * CHB 4 HH ee & o.0 2 A CS & 6.2 fF @. 8 @ 6: 0.a se @8 6206 6 6.6 4 ¢ 4 ¢. §.4,3.¢.6 6 2&0, 6.1
*- @A GOs ett 6 tee ese GSteGCeivwpevwntiwrvese ‘ct @+-aeteseatewe B&B wee et 2 24° 9 4:4 490 3 2 @ @ ee © seeoeePweeveanaesn tb Gon & #
8-6 +46 6 4 CH OBES HHH WAH ERE KET E HRA MEARS CHK HH HHT KC HHO CH OLe HH eeeHeweewee CSTE Hew eewvea oe. 6. a&,64. 4% * .
‘SB ete @het Ge hh Cunt e vee Cvnvweo 8 Ce eve SOsewse eS tb CHB GOHBSE TPES OH BAD eerysseseeseOeunedveoeveew@eeneeébtneeige
¥-« 4.5 + GW @ 0% @ © « &%_* et » % ee ee ee ee ee ee ee * 8. 4 4_%. 6.2: -2_ 0.6.4. 6.4 %
@ 6-68 4 6%) GF GEEK Cemste GTi tvvevse @eovtte 6£- & 2.4 wo 4 *2es* #@ © & ~ oe £8 e.6.6 @.¢4 6.4 o O.¢ &.6 @ @.4 6 8

_-* & * + « . . *#e2ae
a ne Ae a he ea Ee ON ee ER Oe Be EE OS OE eB OO CC CE CO ae Pe
-—-* -~ % a « . - . 6 @ «

ie et ee i ee ee ae ae ee ie) . ‘ . - * w@eesesete ee eeeanaweis# @e# © ea
o 6.6 0 40 he ew WE HOG wo Hd SHE CTH DEES HH H4 DH HR OBA SHSKR CECH OKSHKHKL AKA REO WHOA HEE EO Cee PH OMS ROD eH S DEY
SO4 OAC FABRE K KD ee VOTH EA HRC HSER SCHUH eHeOwoeeeaeeeeoveveoewreutevutiwmevevuueneocsesniead wtea nde 4.2 & © & & €.6.@ 4
- os oi wwe € 4 4 @o. 44 ¢ + Ve sev aster eoeetivevenevUeeoet_wneuseneveenwwswewesenaeaweewen ses v tue be ¢ eo 4 ¢ 4 8 8.066. ¢-) @ @,6 © 6 8
2 #.64 @#@64 480 @ ¢©eteee On Gedteceens tt FP weeseeesese Peehoae 6 68D wor vr Fee uneweseeew se st wee # ee fe 8 € O88 FP 21.6864 6.8 © . ss «© «* _- :
4a é¢e #6 ses #£ © @*t+eeovveee@eewowozeoetws tw oeweweese ese be Cw’ esaewaeaeneeeueuseeuesne ess © seu CVeeneeoedss ©CeePeeegeeewesweowewveete ser eoevteeseeeeseewse we
e 544 #7 4 £4 we » 4 8 aid = SV © eters eee ve tev eee Meee ee we « . . es ov oe + © we - + + .* ~ eee eee e eve seee sess
o-282 ¢4 © 2} G ws 149 8.2 S662 464-4 OSD C4 wpOwVe Be Ve BResurowvrewsFeeevefCsweseievéeveeve# ts i~- — ) © ££. 8 5s 2 6.8 «4 6 6% - es oe eee ee ew He
“*- ete eet © 6H Oe £6 EK HHH Eee EDs OD + ves © & & S87 ees 4 @ 47 OO o.7 © 4+ @ v,e@eeese vee © *“¢éeoeseeeeesee#eesetewseweweeoee
o-S 6 © #8 owe BT . é ewe wse BK oCe CHS esHeoeewe see enrvubteesevoewtiwvwvsseaeues—ewwe ote oP Ge Ps GCerPwe tees sewuweseeseeveéeeoewaesze Oe eeeveeeweveeees
€ we @¢ # Bes tit 68 v7 0 @ 8 eo weet ans + oe Boeoeeaeeegagvuoaneeevewseoese one eeegngeeendéseeaewsewv@enwtéin ene @ee © & & * 8 « ¢ iG 84 6. @ & 4. 6 + &.6 4 @ 650.4. @ &_2 6 HO € -
@#etaveeweeie “=. « % ‘Tw Ste Beets € ss . ant et a . « ee ew eeset ews wees wee eees oes ow « **ew cee evs 6 wae
e348 os ' 204 @4@4 C©€eeeesaetetteiwvwee a * « seeuwve awit wetb £6 6 6 . * « a « “_wveeeseswreoeseeeeves @eoeweweeevee#te . “ . “* @* &6€@# 8 wet @
-- -@ 6-5 @ 4 eo @€-64 486 FITS Dr tee Hweeeegesececvn eee déetiase et © tre “ *s3 @e Vee © © 8BGOev eeoeadsen1eset SCO CHP OC eH OR BHC OK HEaCDPeeCHKhREeHH OAT Ce OO & © we es
@@se04e tP Se tee en -eh eet we GF Fb * SES “re Se ee ee ee ewrtweweees BDH oe wee SF * 4 8-0 «4%. 4 Be ® 4 © 4.6.04 £2424 8 6 EH CO OC + 6 6 G2 6 6 6 66 6 0 6 et eC O.6 @ 6 os 1. 8 ee
, = a i ** wo eee +s tvvwetseernuwewewt © + t# © twtenwrkhqeeeo4 ©8748 coewtwve @ . se we eveewueeeteeseeeseeeseeeoew#emseeeoeetsexueewpeWdeePpeeoenesveweseee ws ©Ctee#®
“ee 8 *&® oe-oPe ee ~*~ @¢6Vneeatie ese eBeeeve ©ewtivs,.s wastes _* « “+ « “+ ee @& ©€BPe Oe we Se eeeeste wwe cee 6 62 © 6 - . “re e-« *“« -
o> 2-2 O--t 8 SG OS B88 tO EE AOD CH OH OSE HE DE CHTHE BATS Veo ed FE RHR OW ABE BL STOKE HC SC OHO ROCA KR RROD OHS Oe SO SeH HU! hh hE eee Oe ere eOwoweore ee ~«se* © epee *
14:5 6 Ow ewe we tS “wee we wee ee > e *@ & eS . . * ‘ ‘ . * -* “- ~4 0 bt @ «:8 6 i a . a ee 4-¢¢€ 4.6 &@ 4.4 € 2 @. 5 © 6 @.¢.¢ © 2 + **e
. ~~ +6 -@ a ese © @€*s @ Ce 0-8 8 @ ew eoaeanrts4 024% 6 e909 © eS & 4 2 60 © 82 6s @ 46S = @ _« * ss . --* “es #2 ewmeeeeevevwsoeeeseereeweevreeeeeeeteeerse#eee#sess
eae *e * 77 e+e eée * € * » . se. ove e 2.6 9 ¢) oe <6 -& se © . “** ee . -~se-e< 4 . e_« . “wee e@menstryrgegweeweses 66 8 =. .
"4 @é eee eowiantrts~@ @ @ ow & . e . s¢ se ot wwe eeee es. s + . a @© ee ¢ oe eee eee 6 « st ewese eee evn tees
. . . . . . * . . - * . . *-*e . . . * . . . - . ’ . . ._.* 7 8 . *_* . . % - . *_e 8 © . | ad . . . . . . . . * . . . . . * ee . “7 «6
1 ®'-8-@ 8 @-2. 46.4 @ ‘ . . ‘ +. “ee wee *- s+ oma tus e@wet eww =o sown ere eve vee eee eseeane eee 6 eo eweevee see wees - “e+e ewe we eee
- ‘ .% % * —— ‘ 7 he © 4 - ‘ a . . *. * ¢-s s 6 . . a oe oe ee.
t-@ 6 € BO FeO HAG Te CE HATH HO tPews SEW ees snes ve e684 @.8 @. 6 2.6 9 ¢@ ,.4.9 %, a6 . es + 8 ow i cee ow Vest Fess > SS '- ss #eeeaeteteneseseereeteecovwewe
* . . « 4 £s . s € oe « « *_*\e2eee © 8 @ « s bso ase wo "se * 8 « 1 . - . *t . ++ * © @ © « « & i.
. * “ . * + * + * > *“* ee . *#e . “ees « . - « 6 ee eo ele - “-* eg eee e eee @ @ .
e*t= » « . . . - . . “ ee . - “6 “=e +e @eees . -
* ‘ “* ae « . a . es #6 ee ~ ar) a ee *- - . . se ere ese
--. - *e @© awe . - . - . . “*-* “- eo. “ses - . . . “* «
we @ Beane ¢ @e * - 84 - . . . “eee . « . - -* . “ - . .- . -* .
*« ~ tes “ee © @ © . - . ee . . . . - - . ~_- .
J . . - . ~ . . . . . . . . . . . * . . . . 7. . “es . - .
. - . .
ee ee 7 ’ roe . a : p : - : Pi 7 aes 7 q*-?
“ a Cor oe a ere re ee Lae eee nee eee Peers a ” x o- -- « » 4.4, & > " = he . " “.° - ° : ** * 3 we
ti pie Piet eee ese ee OER ed ot ME Ee See Gr eet le Dee oe es ea Ee Le Oe ee ae $*sa" 8 <7: a EMT P58 Lhe PLP, UT 20 ©, +4; 8 © ae 2 Owe 606 © OS to. 0 & &. OS Byte d 22 t-te pe repent e a
is on + © 8 8 & © O79" S- 2 8 em ee oe oe he we te ee Po ae oe “es “s -@ +e we eo emt sce wrwee a dl nee ee ee a ee ee _-— «© © oe Oe ree ge sg ot Sa eg ral 7
Fe “Oe ee ee Pe ee i eee rs tos hy, -_ 215 6 @ 4 OE ae CF Oe TUS OE ee ee ee ee ree > a Pra! ie ere a! oa aha i®
pe oer Wee gig e pce resem thm. eet Net dh Ate ety Oth Lait hath Sata PG Minty Mt tse utes Ret Ya ay plete ae a Oy yO ON a wy Oh oe ee re keh ek sei ap magt! pe Py ke OURS SF Eae a PP ped Po re = w eS

oes

ee eee ee

ary

JOURNAL

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
VOL. LVII.

PART II. (NATURAL HISTORY, &c.)

(Nos. I. to V.—1888.)

EDITED BY

J. Woop- Mason, FSQss

VICE-PRESIDENT.

*¢ Tt will flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men of science
in different parts of Asza will commit their observations to writing, and send them to
the Asiatic Society at Calcutta. It will languish, if such communications shall be long
intermitted ; and it will die away, if they shall entirely cease.”’ SIR WM. JONEs,

a eeeee eee eee e_CcoeN5__e_ce_5_ _ ko e_ eee ee eOO~sS

CALCUTTA :

PRINTED AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS,
‘ AND PUBLISHED BY THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY, 57, PARK STREET,

‘ 1890.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

BO

AnpErson, Henry H.;—Anoplophrya exolosomatis, a new Ciliate
Infusorian parasitic in the Alimentary Canal of Aiolosoma

* chlorostictum W.-M., MSS. (Plate I.), .........00 er
Arxinson, E. T. ar on Indian de caets Face ceiim

No. iuwiees eeeseecsee eee eee eons see eeenen
Ni otes on ais poser ; pierce ay

roe ae ee Sy sadenaaaay
ewe or IE ban ae Rynchoa. (Pat

Ee rissisccececs
Buanrorp, H. F. oer feat of oe hese oF ‘Ci um he a W.
Himalaya between Levels of 4,500 and 10,500 Feet. (Plates
PI XX), nse s.encaes pies he Saduanwenthes
Buanrorp, W. T. ;—Notes on ieee. “Chiseueetd Spee
Cottett, H.;—On certain Features in the Coloatedt ieaBaes
of the Myelat District of the Southern Shan States in Upper
Burmah as affecting the Drainage of the Country, ..s.cecees
CrompBiz, A., & Prpinr, ALEX. ;—On recent Tornadoes in ja
with special reference to the Tornado at Dacca on April 7th,
1888. In two Parts. Part I. <A Description of the Meteoro-
logical Conditions in Bengal which accompanied the Formation
of the Dacca Tornado.— By Avex. Pepisr, Offg. Meteorological
Reporter to the Government of Bengal. Part Il. A full De-
scription of the actual Phenomena of the Dacca Tornado.—By
A. Cromsiz, M. D., Civil Surgeon of Dacca. (Plates XXIV
—XXIX),... ia ee ee Gina Siv'uiece Gala ast aN venice
Gites, G. M. eben) ae ies ed H. M. ee Marine
Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator’, Commander AurruD CaRpEN-
Ter, R. N., D.S. O., Commanding. No.9. Further Notes on
the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. (Plates VI—XII),.........
Hampson, G. F.;—The Butterflies of the Nilgirc District, South

Ny Wise ennetensectnssancenee vue
Hitt, 8. A. -—The Ps S etaclek dad ae Oadairad Dae, a

184

220

346
369

iv List of Contributors.

Page
Mouxkuopapuyay, AsutosH ;—A General Theorem on the i
Equations of Trajectories, ...... 72
——- ;—_ On Posen s iene a (Ww ts a Woals
CUE }e.Sccuss ves heetateteds 100
= pads ¢ ie "Differential. Equation of ‘all
PACCbolds, wernnessonens 316
Nice’vituz, L. DE 1 utOg mew or WR ican Butierities ome te
Indian Region. (Plates XITI—XIV),.......- secceccsvsescsecee ses 273
Pepirer, ALEX., & Warpen, C. J. H.;-—-On the Nature = the Toxic
Principle of the Aroidere, 10. iis ete sec ss ans dvesonces caeese tas /teeans sen

PEDLER, ALEX., see CromBin, Dr. rm
THOMAS, Graney ;—On HKupetaurus, a new form of Flying Squir-
rel from Kashmir. (Plates XXTI—XXIII.),..............s000008 206
Warpen, C. J. H., see Papier, ALEX.
Woop-Mason, J.;—WNotes on some Objects from a Neolithic Settle-
ment recently discovered by Mr. W. H. P. Driver, at Ranchi
in the Chota-Nagpore District. (Plates LI—V) ; w.ccesccueeee 387

Dates of issue of the different numbers of the Journal,
Part IT, 1888.

No. J.—Containing pp. 1—117, was issued on June 8th, 1888.

No. II.—Containing pp. 117—219, with Plates XXIV, XXV, XXVI,
XXVIT, XXVIII, & XXIX, was issued on July 19th,
1888.

No. I1I.—Containing pp. 219—272, with Plates VI, VII, VIII, IX, X,
XI, XII, XXII, & XXIII, was issued on October 10th,
1888.

No. IV.—Containing pp. 273—396, with Plates I, II, III, IV, V, XIII,
XIV, XV, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, & Xia
issued on March 23rd, 1889.

No, V.—Containing Title-page, Index, &c., to the Volume.

LPP LL LL LLL LLL LLL OL Pelt

Inst of Plates. Vv

LIST OF PLATES.

I. Anoplophrya wolosomatis.

ai.

a Objects from a Neolithic Settlement at Ranchi.
V.

Ae}

Wil.

Witt.

IX. } Indian Amphipoda.

X.

xr |

XIV. ‘ Indian Butterflies.
XV. Indian Homoptera.

|
or — Ferns.
aX. |
XXI.)
a i Hupetaurus cinereus.
XXIV.)
XXV.
XXVI. | Charts illustrative of the papers on the Dacca Tornado of
XXVII. April 7th, 1888.
XXVIIL |
XXIX.J

Vi 1989 A od

< =
7%
ao
Ry

Bio chao tT pxas =

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

—@—

Part II.—NATURAL SCIENCE.

No. I.—1888.

I1.—Notes on Indian Ruyncnota: Heteroptera, No. 3.
By E. T. Arxtnson, B. A.

[ Received, 25th July :—Read, August 3rd, 1887. ]
Family Pentatomip# (continued).

Genus Datpapa (continued).

>

137. DaALPADA TRIMACULATA, Westwood.
Pentatoma 3-maculata, Westw., Hope, Cat. Het. i, p. 41 (1837).
Dalpada angulicollis, Ellenr., Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind. p. 142, f. 9 (1862): Walker,

Cat. Het. i, p. 221 (1867).
Dalpada triguttata, Voll., Versl. Ak. Amst. Nat. (2) ii, p. 179 (1868).
Dalpada trimaculata, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 184 (1851); Walker, 1. c. p. 219

(1867): Stal, En. Hem. v. p. 44 (1876).

Piceous, punctured ; a slender line on sides of pronotum, and a dorsal
line with two large spots at basal angles of scutellum and its apex,
whitish, posterior angles of pronotum prominulous, subacute: antenne
pale: body beneath luteous, sides broadly piceous (Westw.). Long, 143
mill.

Reported from Philippines, Java, Borneo, Assam (mihi).
138. DaLpapA BULBIFERA, Walker.
Dalpada bulbifera, Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 223 (1867).

Testaceous, nearly fusiform, thickly and somewhat roughly punc-
tured ; punctures brown ; beneath luteous, with a black stripe on each
1

2 EK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

side : head lanceolate, as long as the pronotum, with three irregular black
stripes, of which the median is forked between the eyes; tylus extending
a little beyond the juga; eyes very prominent; rostrum with a black
tip, extending rather beyond the last coxe: antenne piceous, slender,
much more than half the length of the body, first joint not extending
to the front; 2-3 joints with testaceoas tips; second a little longer
than the third; fourth much longer than the third; and than the fifth,
which is testaceous at the base : pronotum, scutellum and hemelytra partly
and slightly clouded with brown; pronotum with a transverse impression,
in front of which there are four black spots; posterior angles black,
smooth, shining, globose: scutellum attenuated towards the base:
pectus with a black patch on each side containing three testaceous
spots: abdomen beneath with a furrow which extends to the posterior
margin of the fourth segment, with a piceous apical patch, and with
two black stripes which include testaceous lateral spots: legs long,
setulose, femora black-speckled, tibiz piceous towards the tips: mem-
brane cinereous, with broad brown streaks between the veins. Nar-
rower than D. nodifera, Walker, with which it agrees in the structure
of the posterior angles of the pronotum (Walker). Long body, 15
mill.

Reported from N. India.

139. Dapapa BREVIVITTA, Walker.
Dalpada brevivitta, Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 224 (1867).

Dingy lurid, elliptical, minutely punctured; punctures black,
which hue here and there forms patches; beneath dull tawny: head a
little shorter than the pronotum; tylus not extending beyond the juga;
eyes very prominent: rostrum very slender, extending a little beyond
the hind border of the first abdominal segment : antenne very slender,
much shorter than the body; first joint not extending to the front of
the head, full half the length of the second, which is a little shorter
than the third ; fourthand fifth black, a little longer than the third ; fifth
shorter than the fourth: pronotum with the usual transverse impression,
between which and the posterior margin is a broad lurid stripe ; posterior
angles slightly acute, not prominent: scutellum not extending beyond the
posterior angles of the corium: legs rather long and slender; tarsi and
tips of the femora and of the tibia black: hemelytra with two blackish
patches ; membrane cinereous, with a broad brown streak and an in-
complete brown border. Like D. tecta, Walker, in structure, but is
much darker beneath, and the sides of the pronotum are serrated ante-
riorly (Walker). Long, 15 mill.

Reported from Cachar (Assam).

1888. ] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 3

140. Daupapa tecta, Walker.
Dalpada tecta, Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 224 (1867).

Pale testaceous, elliptical, coarsely, and thickly punctured; punctures
geneous, beneath luteous: head very little shorter than the pronotum;
tylus hardly extending beyond the juga, a thinly punctured space on the
hind border: eyes rather prominent; rostrum black towards the tip,
extending a little beyond the fore border of the third abdominal
segment: antennz Iuteous, slender, black-speckled, first jot not ex-
tending to the front of the head ; second shorter than the third : pronotum
with a smooth longitudinal line, which is dilated on the transverse im-
pression; hind angles obtuse, prominent: scutellum extending rather
beyond the angle of the corium, with a smooth interrupted longitudinal
line which is dilated on the fore borders at the tip: pectus and under-
side of abdomen thinly and minutely punctured on each side; punc-
tures black: legs slender, black speckled: hemelytra with a short
black stripe on the disc: membrane brown. Shorter than D. affinis,
Dallas, and the posterior angles of the pronotum are neither convex nor
smooth. Long, body, 13 mill.

Reported from Silhat.

141. Dawupapa conrusa, Distant.

Dalpada confusa, Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 121 (1879): Scien. Res, 2nd
Yarkand Miss. p. 3, f. 1, (1879).

Luteous, thickly covered with green punctures: head emarginate in
front, with the sides reflexed and some small indistinct ochreous
markings at the base: antenne pitchy, each joint luteous at the base,
the basal and apical joints smallest, second shorter than third, 3-4 sub-
equal: rostrum just passing beyond the posterior cox, with the tip
pitchy : pronotum somewhat transversely gibbous at the base, in a line
with the lateral angles, after which it is abruptly deflexed towards the
head ; the lateral angles, prominent, subacute ; lateral margins denticu-
lated for about half their length from the apex; the punctuation is very
dense along the lateral margins and at the pronotal angles: scutellum
somewhat gibbous at the base, deflexed towards the apex, where it is
more sparingly punctured: corium with a faint impunctate longitudinal
line on the disc, extending from the base to about two-thirds its length,
rather widened at the apex: membrane extending beyond the apex of
the abdomen, pale fuscous, with the veins dark brown for half the
length from the base, followed by a row of four brown spots and a
marginal row of six spots of the same colour, the two outer ones being
long and linear: underside of body Inteous, with the pectoral and abdo-

A BE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

minal margins broadly punctured with green, sparingly on abdomen and
more densely on prostethium; legs Iuteous, thickly spotted with brown ;
tarsi luteous, apical joint pitchy (Distant). Long 3, 14, breadth of
angles of pronotum, 63 mill: long Q, 15-16; breadth of angles of pro-
notum, 73 mill.

Reported from Murree (Punjab).

Add :—

Dalpada apicifera, Walker, Cat. i, p. 222 (1867) from Hong-Kong :
much resembles D. oculata, but the posterior angles of the pronotum
are not globose. Long, 16} mill.

Dalpada nodifera, Walker, 1. c. from Hong-Kong: posterior angles
of the pronotum are more globose than those of D. oculata, and the first
tibize are less dilated. Long, 14¢ mill.

Dalpada consobrina, Walker, 1. c., p. 225, from Siam, distinguish-
able from D. clavata by its larger size and the markings above and
beneath. Long, 16% mill.

Dalpada brevis, Walker, |. c. p. 226, from Hong-Kong: broader than
D. tecta. Long, 135 mill.

Dalpada cinctipes, Walker, 1. c. p. 229, from N. China: angles of
pronotum much less rounded than in D. oculata and the scutellum
narrower near the tip. Long, 16% mill.

Genus ApopipHus, Spinola.

Ess. p. 295 (1837): Dallas, List Hem. p. 190 (1851): includes Apodiphya, Am.
& Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 108 (1843) : Fieber, Hur. Hem. p. 337 (1861).

Elongate: head with the juga extending well beyond the tylus
and not uniting in front of it: rostrum arising at a little distance from
the labrum and always before the antenne, the third joint somewhat
longer than the second, fourth only half of second: antenne long,
second joint twice as long as the first, third one-fourth the length of
second, and fourth as long as second : lateral margins of head and abdo-
men unarmed: pronotum hexagonal; middle of the sides sinuate ; ante-
rior half serrate, humeral angles prominent: scutellum long, narrowed

behind the middle towards the apex which is obtuse :. mesostethium
carinate.

142. APODIPHUS AMYGDALI, Germar.

Halys amygdali, Germar, Reise Dalm. p. 284, t. 9, f. 4 (1817).

Halys hellenica, Lefeb., Mag. Zool. p. 24, t. 24 (1830): Herr. Schaff. Wanz. Ins.
v, p. 67, t. 166, f. 512 (1839), and vii, p. 59 (1844): Kolenati, Mel. Ent. iv, p. 43
(1846).

Halys easculpta, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii, p. 362 (1835).

1888. ] EH. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 5)

Apodiphya hellenica, Am. & Serv. Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 108 (1843),

Apodiphus hellenicus, Spinola, Ess., p. 296 (1837); Dallas, List Hem. p. 190
(1851).

Apodiphya amygdali, Fieber, Eur. Hem. p. 337 (1861).

Apodiphus amygdali, Muls. & Rey, Pun. France, p. 354 (1866): Walker, Cat.
Het. i, p. 232 (1867).

Rusty red, thickly punctured black, giving it a marbled appear-
ance above ; below, the black points are much finer: connexivum with
four double black lines: a line from the tylus to the scutellum also
sides of pectus, lighter rusty or yellow-red. Long, 18-22 mill.

Reported from eastern shores of Mediterranean, Greece, Baghdad
(mihi), Assam.

Genus Ertuesina, Spinola.

Ess. p. 291 (1837): Am. & Serv. Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 104 (1848): Dallas,
List Hem. i, p. 153 (1851): Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 217 (1867): Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A.
Forh. p. 510 (1837); En. Hem. v, p. 37, 45 (1876).

Differs from Halys in having the first joint of the rostrum extend-
ing beyond the buccule and the veins of the membrane simple or some-
what furcate. The juga do not extend beyond the tylus, and are even
a little shorter than it: first and last tibize dilated.

143. Errausina FruLLO, Thunberg.
Cimex fullo, Thunb. Nov. Ins. Spec. p. 42, t. 2, f. 57 (1783).
Cimex mucoreus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv, p. 117 (1794).

Halys mucorea, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 183 (1803); Wolff, Ie. Cim. v, p. 185.
t. 18, f. 179 (1811); Burmeister, Handb. Ent. ii (i), p. 363 (1835); Herr. Schaff.
Wamnz, Ins. vii, p. 60 (1844).

Erthesina mucorea, Spinola, Ess., p. 291 (1837); Am. & Serv. Hist. Nat. Ins.
Hém. p. 104 (1843).

Erthesina fullo, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 183 (1851); Uhler, Proc. Ac. Phil. p.
223 (1860); Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 217 (1867); Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 45 (1876) ;
Distant, Proc. Ent. Soc. p. lvii, (1878); A. M. N. H. (5s. ), iii, p. 45 (1879) ; Trans.
Ent. Soc. p. 415 (1883).

Antenne, black (apical joint yellow at the base) ; clypeus porrect,
dentated, deep black, the margin anda median line, white: pronotum
crenated, scutelluam and hemelytra black, punctured white: wings
black, immaculate: body olivaceous; margin of abdomen varied black,
and a line before the margin formed of black dots: feet black, femora
beneath and tibiz, annulated white: first pair of tibiae compressly
membranous (C. mucoreus, Fabr.).

Head porrect, black, shining, impressly punctured ; with a longi-
tudinal line and somewhat raised margins, pale; apex with a small,

6 KE. T. Atkinson-—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

straight, impressed line on each side, and before the apex a small tooth ;
a small oblique pale line on both sides behind the fuscous eyes ; beneath
black, impressly punctured, a broad, pale, impunctate streak on each
side: rostrum 4-jointed, long, subpilose, fuscous, paie at the base, lying
between two pale, unidentate plates: antennz 5-jointed, black, last
joint yellow at the base: pronotum almost flat, deeply impressly punc-
tured black; dots and spots, the margin and a longitudinal line some-
what elevated, pale; posterior angles somewhat acute: scutellum longer
than half the abdomen, black, punctured like the pronotum but some of
the dots large, distinct, callous, and with three larger whitish spots at
the base: hemelytra obscurely fuscous, deeply impressly punctured, a
large, more distinct, pale spot on the disc; membrane black, striated,
shining; wings fuliginous: abdomen above fuscous, margin rounded,
prominulous, flavescent, with four deep black ocellar spots on both sides ;
beneath convex, greyish, shining, with a groove at the base for the
rostrum ; five black marginal spots on both sides; penultimate segment
spotted black: pectus testaceous with black impressed dots and patches,
a fuscous speculum between the anterior and intermediate feet: anus
entire : feet testaceous, unarmed; femora with two lines and several
spots, black: first tibie dilated outwards at the apex, all the tibize
angulate, black at base and apex, subpilose ; last tibiae compressed :
tarsi 3-jointed, testaceous, black at the apex, subpilose (Wolf.). Long,
20-25 mill.

Reported from Java, Ceylon, Bombay, Bengal, China, Japan. The
Indian Museum has specimens from Calcutta (mihi), Sikkim, Assam.
Very variable in size and depth of colour and in having buccule an-
teriorly rounded or angulate.

144. ERTHESINA GUTTATA, Fabricius.

Cimes guttatus, Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii, p. 291 (1787); Ent. Syst. iv, p. 108 (1794).

Edessa guttata, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng, p. 151 (1803).

Erthesina guttata, Stal, Hem. Fabr. i, p. 23 (1868): En. Hem. v, p. 45 (1876).

Head oblong, greenish, with a dorsal line and margin whitish :
pronotum punctured, scarcely spinose, greenish, sprinkled with numer-
ous white dots: seutellum and hemelytra of the same colour as the
pronotum : wings, black: margin of abdomen varied green and white :
body beneath, flavescent, with greenish streaks and dots: first pair of
femora above greenish, beneath flavescent : first tibise membranous,
black, with a white ring; last femora yellow; last tibie, black with a
yellow ring (Fabr.). Long 23-25 mill. }

Reported from Siam, Ceylon, (mihi), India. Differs from EH. fullo,
Thunb. in its larger size, colour above, head broader anteriorly and

apex of scutellum pale yellow-whitish.

1888. | E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 7

145. Erruesina acuminata, Dallas.

Erthesina acuminata, Dallas, List, i, p. 183 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 217
(1867) ; Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 45 (1876).

3. Above greyish-testaceous, very thickly punctured with brown :
head pointed in front, with the lateral margins slightly toothed near the
apex ; pitchy brown, with the lateral margins, and a median longitudi-
nal impunctate line, testaceous; pronotum with the anterior portion
pitchy brown, more thickly punctured than the posterior, with a short
impunctate testaceous line continuous with that of the head: scutellum
more coarsely punctured than the rest of the surface, the base with
three indistinct testaceous spots : membrane brownish, semitransparent :
margins of the abdomen variegated with black and yellow: body be-
neath testaceous, sparingly punctured with brown: abdomen with a
transverse black line on each of the sutures; anal plate dark brown:
sternum black: legs testaceous; femora with numerous brown points,
and with a brown longitudinal streak on each side; tibie brownish at
the base and the apex; dilatation of the anterior tibie triangular ;
tarsi with the tip of the apical joint, and the claws, brown: rostrum
testaceous, with the apical joint and the edges of the groove in the
second and third, deep pitchy brown: antennze brown, with the two
apical joints pitchy, the base of the last jomt orange (Dallas). Long,
21 mill.

Reported from N. Bengal.

Genus Hatys, Fabricius, Dallas.

Fabr., pt, Syst. Rhyng. p. 103 (1803): Am. & Serv. Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém.
p- 108 (1843): Herr. Schaff. Wanz. Ins. vii, p. 54 (1844): Dallas, List Hem. i, p.
153, 187 (1851): Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 230 (1867): Stal, Hem. Afric.i, p. 80
(1864) ; Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 510 (1867) ; En. Hem. vy, p. 45 (1876).

Head elongated, tapering in front; tylus as long as, or longer than,
the juga; first joint of rostrum not extending beyond the buccule: last
tibie simple, not dilated: apical angles of sixth segment of abdomen
rounded at the apex: veins of membrane irregularly ramulose. In
Hrthesina, the last tibize are dilated ; in Dalpada, the head is rounded or
truncated at the apex with the sides more or less parallel.

146. Hatys pentata, Fabricius.

Cimex dentatus, Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 702 (1775) ; Spec. Ins. ii, p. 346 (1781) ;
Mant. Ins. ii, p. 284 (1787); Ent. Syst. iv, p. 96 (1794); Wolff. Ic. Cim. ii, p. 51,
t. 6, £. 48 (1801): Stoll, Punaises, p. 33 t. 6, f. 47 (1788).

Cimex sulcatus, Thunberg, Nov. Ins. Spec. ii, p. 43 (1783).

Halys serrigera, Westwood, Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 23 (1837).

8 ¥. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

Halys serricollis, Westwood, Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 23 (1837).

Halys dentata, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 180 (1803) ; Herr. Schiff. Wanz. Ins. vii,
p. 60, t. 233, f. 724 (1844); Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 187 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het.
i, p. 280 (1867); Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 45 (1876) ; Distant, A. M. N. H. (5s.) iii, p. 45
(1879).

Body cinereous and varied with black: head porrect, unidentate on
each side: pronotum spinose and with four small teeth on the margin:
abdomen beneath canaliculate (Fabr.). Antenne 5-jointed, fuscous,
first joint short, stout, rest rufescent at the apex: head, pronotum,
scutellum, hemelytra and pectus, greyish, with numerous fuscous or
black points and longitudinal lines: head with a small tooth on each
side before the fuscous eyes, and two small, flexuose, longitudinal,
fuscous lines on the apex; ocelli distant; rostrum 4-jointed, fuscous,
greyish at the base, almost as long as the body, second joint curved :
pronotum unequal anteriorly, margin (especially the antero-lateral) ser-
rulate, the posterior angles obtusely spinose, transversely impressed in
the middle: scutellum as long as half the abdomen, apiculate, with two
small impressed lines in the middle, and other black longitudinal lines,
also many impressed fuscous points: hemelytra with many impressed
fuscous points and black spots forming abreviated bands; beneath paler :
membrane flavescent adorned with black denticulated lines: wings
fuliginous, with a fuscous spot at the apex: abdomen above, fuscous,
variegated black; beneath fuscous, shining, very finely impressly
punctured, a median longitudinal impressed line from the rostrum, entire
to the anus: all the feet unarmed, punctured fuscous; tibiz angulate
(Wolff.). Vars. (a), pronotum with two black longitudinal streaks :
(b), teeth on the side of the head, obsolete: (c), colour paler. Long,
19-23 mill.

Reported from China, Japan, Assam, Bombay, Tranquebar. The
Indian Museum possesses specimens from Arakan, Assam, Sikkim
(mihi), Calcutta (mihi), Allahabad, Bombay, Madras. Very variable in
size and colour.

Genus Cistoris, Distant.
A. M. N. H. (5 s.) iii, p. 48 (1879).

Ovate depressed, head triangular, juga much longer than the tylus,
meeting beyond it, but divided at the apex: antenne 4-jointed ; first
joint robust, not quite reaching the apex of the head; second joint a
little shorter than the third; 3 and 4 subequal; the last somewhat
thickened: rostrum reaching the posterior coxe; apical joint longest :
pronotum a little longer than the head, about twice as broad as long,
the lateral margins denticulated, the lateral angles prominent ; it is

1888. ] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhy nchota. 9

slightly prominent and rounded at the base; deflexed towards the head :
scutellum a little longer than broad, extending slightly beyond the
base of the membrane, gradually narrowed for two-thirds its length
from the base, whence it extends almost straight to the apex, which is
narrowed and rounded: membrane with longitudinal veins: abdomen
dilated, projecting a little on each side, convex below ; abdomen, legs,
and sternum unarmed (Distant).

The 4-jointed antenne, length of the juga, and general shape of the
body ally this genus to Atelocera and Memmia.

147.—Céstopis TERRA, Distant.

(stopis terra, Distant, A. M. N. H. (5 8.) iii, p. 49 (1879).

Brownish luteous; corium with a reddish hue, thickly and some-
what regularly covered with darker punctures: head very thickly
punctured and somewhat darker in hue: antennz luteous ; apical joint
black, luteous at the base: pronotum with the punctures thicker and
darker along the lateral and near the anterior margins: scutellum
somewhat rugulose, and darker at the base: membrane pale fuscous:
abdomen above pitchy ; abdominal margin broad and distinct: sternum
concolorous with upperside of body; underside of abdomen rather
darker, with a faint median longitudinal black line: legs Inteous,
femora thickly speckled with black (Distant). Long, 17; breadth of
angles of pronotum, 8 mill.

Reported from Khasiya hills, 4500—6000 feet, (Assam).

Genus Betopis, Distant.

A. M. N.H. (5 8.) iii, p. 50 (1879).

Broad, ovate: head triangular, juga longer than the tylus, and
meeting beyond it, but divided at the apex : antennz 5-jointed : pronotum
rather more than twice broader than long; the lateral angles prominent,
subacute, the lateral margins denticulated; deflexed towards the head :
scutellum with the length equal to the breadth at the base, gradually
narrowed for two-thirds the length, and then extending nearly straight
to the apex, which is narrowed and rounded: membrane with longi-
tudinal veins: abdomen dilated above, projecting a little on each side :
convex below: sternum and abdomen unarmed; tibiz moderately

sulcated (Distant).
148.—BrLopis unicoLor, Distant.

Belopis unicolor, Distant, A. M. N. H. (5 s.) iii, p. 50 (1879).
Ochraceous, thickly and finely punctured; punctures somewhat
darker on frontal half of pronotum and head: antennew reddish; second
2

10 BE. T. Atkinson—Noles on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. 1,

joint longer than the first, shorter than the fourth, 3 and 5 longest,
subequal: scutellum with the median portion punctured, rather darker,
lateral edges concolorous with other parts of the upper surface : mem-
brane ochraceous ; underside of body and legs concolorous, the former
thickly and finely punctured (Distant). Long, 14; breadth of angles
of pronotum, 10 mill.

Reported from the Khasiya hills (Assam).

Genus Orraoscuizops, Spinola.

Gen. In. Art. p. 131 (1852) ; Stal, Hem. Afric. i, p. 78, 105 (1864): Walker, Cat.
Het. i, p. 231 (1867). Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 48, (1876).

Body ovate: head produced; its lateral margins near the eyes
armed with a tooth or forming an angle more or less distinct: juga
longer than the tylus: buccule extended to the base of the head, mode-
rately elevated: rostrum reaching to or extending a little beyond the
last pair of feet: antennee 5-jointed, slender, the first joint not reaching
the apex of the head: anterior lateral margins of the pronotum irre-
gularly denticulate: scutellum triangular, lateral margins sinuated
in the middle; frena not, or only very slightly, extended behind the
middle of the scutellum : membrane reticulated: sterna rather deeply
furrowed: venter sometimes slightly furrowed: feet longish, robust,
femora unarmed ; tibise three cornered: corium longer than scutellum,
its apical part not so broad (Stal).

149.—ORTHOSCHIZOPS ASSIMILIS, Westwood.

>

Halys assimilis, Westwood, Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 21 (1837).

Orthoschizops assimilis, Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 232 (1867); Stal, En. Hem. v,
p. 49 (1876).

Brunneous fuscous, punctured and variegated, black; head anteri-
orly sub-bifid; sides of pronotum serrate with some somewhat large
spines, posterior angle a little prominent: scutellum whitish at the
apex: membrane reticulated black: antenne and feet fuscous brunne-
ous (Westw.). Long, 16—17 mill.

Reported from India.

Add as 25 b :—

CoprosoMA FIMBRIATUM, Distant.

Coptosoma fimbriatum, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 342 (1887).

Body above, shining black: margin of head (broadly), eyes, ocelli,
antenne, lateral margins of the pronotum, abdominal margin as seen at
_the base of the scutellum, head beneath, rostrum, legs, margins of the
sternum and the abdomen, and anal segment, reddish ochraceous : ab-

1888. ] K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. BI

domen beneath shining black : sternum dull opaque black. The head is
prominent, rounded in front, and not perceptibly simuated in front of
the eyes: the ocelli are situate wide apart, rather nearer to the eyes
than to each other: and the tibiz are sulcated above (Dist.). Long, 5;
greatest breadth, 5 mill.

Reported from Sikkim (mihi), where it is rather common,

Div. Scrocoraria, Stal.

En. Hem. vy, p. 49 (1876): Sciocorides, pt. Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém.
p- 118 (1846) ; Sciocoride, pt., Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 130 (1851).

Head clypeated, not, or only rarely, a little narrower than the base
of the scutellum, foliaceously dilated, amplified before the collum, intra-
ocular part broader than the collum: ocelli remote from the small
eyes; antenniferous tubercles remote from the sides of the head, not
distinguishable from above ; first jot of the antenne not reaching the
apex of the head: scutellum gradually, or somewhat so, narrowed, from
the base ; its sides not, or only very slightly, sinuated: entire lateral
margins of the body flattened, laminated (Stal.)

Genus Scrocoris, Fallen.
Hem. Suec. p. 20 (1829): Dallas, pt., List. Hem. i, p. 131 (1851): Fieb. Eur.
Hem. p. 355 (1861) ; Stal, Hem. Afric. i, p. 79, 120 (1864); Ofvers. K. V. A. Férh.
xxix, 3, p. 35 (1872); Hn. Hem. v, p. 49, 50 (1876).

Body oval, depressed, beneath slightly convex: head longish,
flattened, foliaceous, juga longer than the tylus, and anteriorly conti-
guous: ocelli small: rostrum reaching somewhat the last pair of coxa,
first joint not extending beyond the buccule posteriorly, second about
equal to the two apical taken together: pronotum anteriorly broadly
sinuated, lateral margins flattened: scutellum narrowed hindwards,
sides not, or only very shghtly, sinuated ; frena short: veins of membrane
simple: pro- and meso-stethium furrowed : feet moderate : first joint of
last tarsi a little shorter than the two apical joints taken together (Stal).

150. Sciocoris LATERALIS, Fieber.

Sciocoris lateralis, Fieber, Rhynch. p. 21 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 178
(1867) ; Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 51 (1876).

Oval, grey, thickly punctured brown: pronotum and scutellum
with scattered callous spots: head semioval, flat, sides anteriorly almost
angular, with a curved transverse impression: rostrum yellowish, ter-
minal joint black: antennz brownish-yellow, third joint brown above,
fourth yellowish at the base, above brown like the entire fifth joint :
pronotum 23 times broader than long; emargination broad, shallow,
curved; the disc equally gradually convex hindward ; on the slightly

12 E. T. Atkinson-—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. I,

curve] edges, a longitudinal three-cornered whitish spot whose posterior
corner reaches almost the humeral angles, the inner corner resting on the
transverse furrow which is rather shallow: apex of scutellum rounded,
margin sometimes whitish, basal angle black, with a small callous
point: hemelytra uniformly thickly punctured, with some brown trans-
verse streaks and dots; corinm a little longer than the scutellum, apex
almost acute-angled, a long four-cornered spot at the base, as also
the principal vein with an abbreviated streak becoming broader
hindward, yellowish-white: suture of membrane almost straight, mem-
brane diaphanous with raised veins having scattered brown dots be-
tween them: dorsum black; the two posterior tibie with yellowish
lateral spots: connexivum at the emarginations with fouv-cornered
black-punctured and often ocellated spots: pectus black between the
feet, the sides thickly punctured brown, the acetabula less so: feet
coarsely punctured, before the tips of the femora a whitish and black
punctured ring : abdomen thickly punctured brown, the median part,
a zigzag lateral streak, and a semicircular lateral spot, yellowish-white ;
both sides of the lateral streak densely punctured ; the middle of the
base of the sixth abdominal segment and two dots on the third abdomi-
nal segment, black. Long, 4} mill.
Reported from further India.

151. Scrocorts mnpicus.
Sciocoris indicus, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 182 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 177
(1867); (?) Stal, En. Hem. vy, p. 128 (1876).

@. Grey, punctured; head subelongate ; antenne fuscous at the
apex ; feet pale, punctured fuscous ; membrane punctured fuscous ; body
beneath fuscous-grey, apical spot black (Dallas). Long 54—6 mill.

Reported from N. India.

Div. Myrocuarta, Stal.
En. Hem. v, p. 52 (1876).

Lateral margins of the head and generally also of the pronotum
flattened, laminated ; the lateral margins of the head posteriorly not,
or only obsoletely, sinuated ; those of the pronotum entire or very
obsoletely crenulate: juga generally longer than the tylus, and, before
the tylus, contiguous; antenniferous tubercles not, or only rarely,
very slightly prominulous beyond the sides of the head: first joint
of the antennsz not reaching the apex of the head: rostrum moderate
or shortish, second joint shorter than the two apical taken together,
or at least not longer: mesostethium generally furrowed: femora,

at least the first pair, spinose beneath; venter without a furrow, un-
armed at the base (S/dal).

1888. ] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 13

Genus Laprivs, Stal.

Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 200 (1861); 1. c., p. 505 (1867); Eu. Hem. v, p. 52
(1876).

Head slightly narrowed forwards, subovate, almost as long as the
pronotum ; lateral margins not, or but very slightly, sinuate before the
eyes ; juga not, or but very slightly, extending beyond the tylus, entirely
distant from each other ; antenniferous tubercles very slightly prominu-
lous beyond the lateral margins of the head, with a small spine at the
apex externally ; first joint of the antenne not reaching the apex of
the head, second joint much longer than the third; ocelli moderate or
large, moderately distant from the eyes, much more distant from each
other; rostrum extending behind the intermediate pair of feet, second
joint shorter than the two apical taken together : pronotum with anterior
lateral margins entire, anterior angles not produced to the eyes, lateral
angles prominent ; anteriorly, between the eyes, broadly sinuate: frena
extended beyond the middle of the scutellum which is triangular and
gradually narrowed : pro- and meso-stethium distinctly furrowed : aper-
tures of the odoriferous apparatus auriculate.

152. Laprius vARIcoRNIS, Dallas.

Sciocoris varicornis, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 186 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. i, p.
177 (1867); Scott, A. M. N. H. (4:8.) xiv, p. 289 (1874).

Laprius varicornis, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A., Férh., p. 623 (1870); En. Hem. v,
p. 52 (1876) ; Distant, A. M. N. H. (5 s.) iii, p. 45 (1879).

$, 2. Ovate, pale, brownish grey, very thickly and finely punc-
tured with brown: eyes black: pronotum with the anterior angles acute,
somewhat produced anteriorly : scutellum with a a small pale impunctate
spot in each basal angle: hemelytra more or less ferruginous, membrane
brownish: abdomen beneath very thickly punctured with black, the
punctures of the margins sometimes colourless ; within the line of the
stigmata on each side, is a row of short whitish lines: legs testaceous ;
femora with a few brown points; tibie towards the apex and the
tarsi brown: rostrum testaceous, with the apex brown: antennz with
the three basal joints red, the apex of the third black ; two apical joints
black, with the base yellowish. A variety has a red tinge on the upper
surface ; margins of abdomen beneath, tips of femora, base and tips of
tibiwe, and entire third joint of antenne, red (Dallus). Long, 3,11
mill; @ 112 mill.
Reported from N. India, Rangoon, Philippines, China, Japan,

common in Sikkim (mihi).

14. H. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. I,

153. Laprius Gastrricus, Thunberg.

Cimex gastricus, Thunb., Hem. Rostr. Cap. ii, p. 1 (1822).

Paramecocoris gastricus, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 182 (1855); 1. c., p. 56
(1856); Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 178 (1867).

Laprius gastricus, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 52 (1876): Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc.,
p. 415 (1883).

Yellow-testaceous, densely and somewhat deeply punctured black
fuscous: head with the sides parallel, oblique from the middle: scutel-
lum furnished on both sides at the base with a yellow testaceous callus,
impunctate : membrane fuscescent: body beneath with feet, of a weaker
colour, less densely punctured ; abdomen with a blackish streak on both
sides; antenne rufescent, two last joints fuscous, sordid yellow at the
base (Stal). Long, 9; broad, 5 mill.

Reported from India, Japan.

Genus Aipnus, Dallas.
List Hem. i, p. 144 (1851) : En. Hem. v, p. 54 (1876).

Head rather short, rounded and slightly emarginate at the apex,
with the juga meeting beyond the tylus; eyes prominent; ocelli minute,
distant ; antenne about half the length of the body, 5-jointed ; basal
joint shortest, not reaching the apex of the head; second joint shorter
than the third, which is shorter than the fourth; fifth joint longest :
rostrum rather short, not reaching the posterior cox, slender, inserted
about the middle of the under surface of the head; basal joint reaching
the base of the head ; second joint longest, third longer than the first,
fourth shortest: body ovate: pronotum transverse with the anterior
angles projecting beyond the eyes: scutellum about two-thirds of the
length of the abdomen, becoming narrower from the base to about the
middle, then straight to the apex, which is broad and rounded : mem-
brane with 4-5 longitudinal veins which are more or less ramose or
somewhat reticulated at the apical margin: abdomen and sternum
unarmed: legs moderate: femora with a double row of minute spines
or tubercles on the under side, especially towards the apex: tarsi 3-
jointed, with the basal and apical joints about equal (Dallas). Distin-
guished by the large size of the scutellum which reaches nearly to the
apex of the body and thus gives it a great resemblance to Podops.

154. Alpnus opscurus, Dallas.

Aidnus obscurus, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 145, t. 3, f. 5 (1851) ; Walker, Cat. Het.
i, p. 182 (1867); Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 623 (1870); En. Hem. v, p. 54
(1876).

Adnus similis, Hagl., Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxix, p, 154 (1868); Walker, Cat. Het.
iii, p. 539 (1868).

2. Above pitchy, obscure, very thickly punctured and some-

1888. ] E. T. Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 15

what rugose ; membrane semitransparent, brownish, veins brown; abdo-
men beneath slightly shining, thickly and finely punctured, with the
margins broadly testaceous, and finely punctured brown: legs brown,
with the tarsi pale testaceous : rostrum testaceous, antenne black, with
the apical joint pale fulvous (Dallas). Long 83—93 mill.

3. Oblong fuscous-lurid, densely and strongly punctured fuscous,
beneath shining subeeneous: apex of antenne, rostrum, cox and tarsi,
also marginal streak on venter obscurely testaceous : membrane brun-
nescent, veins and margin more obscure: wings fuscescent: second
joint of antenne somewhat shorter than the third: rostrum not reach-
ing the last pair of coxe; sides of pronotum nearly straight (Haglund).
Long, 9; broad, 5}; exp. hemi., 17 mill.

Reported from Gilolo, Borneo, Java, Philippines, Rangoon.

155. -AUDNUS VENTRALIS, Dallas.

Adnus ventralis, Dallas, Trans. Ent. Soc. (n. 8.) ii, p. 10, t. 1, f. 3 (1852); Stal,
En. Hem. v, p. 54 (1876); Distant, A. M. N. H. (5 .), iii, p. 45 (1879).

Ovate, rather convex, pale greyish brown, very thickly and finely
punctured with black: head rather small, very minutely punctured with
black above and beneath : eyes pale; ocelli yellowish: antenne slender,
rather sparingly clothed with short hairs; three first joints testaceous,
fourth joint pale brown, with the base testaceous; fifth joint, pale
brown; rostrum yellow: pronotum very thickly and finely punctured
with black, with the punctures more distant on a slightly impressed
space which crosses the disc about the middle, forming a pale trans-
verse band; immediately in front of this impressed space are four small
tubercles: scutellum very large, reaching very nearly to the apex of
the body, constricted a little before the middle; very thickly and finely
punctured with black, more thickly punctured and somewhat rugose
towards the base, where there is a small smooth whitish point on each
side within the basal angles; the basal angles themselves black : pectus
rather darker than the upper surface, very thickly and finely punctured
with black: legs yellow ; femora with numerous black or brown points,
the anterior pair with a double row of small black spines on the lower
surface: tibize with a few brown points, and with a few minute bristles
along the edges: the coriaceous portion of the hemelytra rather less
thickly punctured than the pronotum and scutellum: membrane trans-
parent, colourless: wings semitransparent, iridescent : abdomen beneath
deep shining black, slightly brassy, very thickly and finely punctured ;
the margins pale griseous, thickly and finely punctured with black;
the edges with small black spots at the junctions of the segments

16 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

(Dalias). No portion of the inner or apical margin of the corium is
covered by the scutellum. Long, 6—7§ mill.
Reported from Hong-Kong, Assam, Sikkim (mihi).

Following Stal, I place in the sub-family Pentatomina those genera
of Dallas’ Pentatomide found in India which Stal distributes amongst the
following divisions, and which are distinguished by having the tarsi 3-
jointed and the scutellum extended to a distance behind the frena. The
species are rather numerous and difficult to arrange, but I have no doubt
that we shall, in a short time, be able to give a more exact distribution.

Group A.

a. The first group of these divisions includes those genera in
which the venter is unarmed at the base, second segment without a
spine or tubercle prominulous forwards and reaching, or somewhat so,
the metastethium, and sometimes furrowed; margins of furrow, however,
neither callously elevated, nor levigate: anterior margin of the prono-
tum very rarely somewhat elevated, levigate or callous: tibize above
generally furrowed or flat and margined, except Agonoscelis, in which
they are without a furrow and rounded: second joint of the antenne
sometimes not extending beyond the apex of the head: orifices entirely
margined, or auriculated, or continued in a furrow.

b. Corium anteriorly generally confusedly punctured between the
costal margin and the intracostal vein, the costal margin anteriorly
generally acute or flattened and somewhat laminated, the space between
the margin and the vein therefore somewhat broad ; this space rarely
very narrow (as in Diplorys) with a single row of points: orifices
generally continued outwards in a long or somewhat long furrow ;
basal angles of the scutellum rarely witha spot or levigate, callous
streak: juga sometimes much longer than the tylus and acuminated :
anterior lateral margins of the pronotum rarely obtusely rounded :
second joint of the antenne sometimes not, or barely, extending beyond
the apex of the head.

c. Head flat or somewhat so, lateral margins acute and laminated
or prominulous before the middle in a straight, tooth-shaped angle ;
juga generally longer than the tylus, often much longer and contiguous
before the tylus: anterior lateral margins of pronotum generally acute,
or somewhat so, sometimes laminated ; buccule not prominulous posteri-
orly in a lobe: scutellum posteriorly narrow, or somewhat so: frena
extended to rather a distance behind the middle of the scutellum: body
never greenish : venter not, unless in the second segment, furrowed.

1888. | KE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 17

d. Basal angles of the scutellum without an impression or with
a small somewhat rounded and somewhat obsolete one: sixth ventral
segment in ¢ anteriorly rounded: entire second joint of the antennz
extending beyond the apex of the head: body oval or broadly oval;
anterior lateral margins of the pronotum entire: third joint of rostrum
longer than the fourth: furrow of the orifices moderate or somewhat
short, abruptly abbreviated, not continued in a wrinkle or ridge.
_ This group includes the divisions Odiaria, Tropycorypharia, Cap-
pearia, Carpocoraria, Diploxiaria, Hysarcoriaria, and Agonosceliaria.

Div. Opraria, Stal.

En. Hem. v, p. 55, (1876).
This division includes the genera having the characters given in
a. to d. above.

Genus Paramecvs, Fieber.

Rhynchotographia, p. 34 (1851).

Body elongate, somewhat convex: head elongate, almost equally
broad throughout, convex beneath; the juga somewhat longer than the
tylus, rounded on the sides, almost right-angled inwards: antenns one-
half the length of the body, joints almost of equal thickness, the third
shortest; the second joint a little shorter than either of the two last:
the jugular plates very low, as long as the basal joint of the rostrum,
and shorter than the head: rostrum rather stout, reaching beyond the
intermediate coxe ; second joint longest ; third incrassate, half the length
of the second; fourth cylindrical, black: prostethium short, not so long
as the meso- or meta-stethium which are of equal length: pronotum
hexagonal, convex between the humeral angles which are prominent and
furnished with a small tooth: scutellum two-thirds the length of the
dorsum, the last fourth of the length abruptly narrowed, pointed:
hemelytra longer than the scutellum, pointed at the end; membrane
reaching beyond the apex of the abdomen, with five furcate veins:
tarsi robust, basal joint stouter, and as long as the two following taken

together.

156. PARAMECUS RUFICORNIS, Fieber.

Paramecus ruficornis, Fieb., Rhynch., p. 35 (1851): Stal, En. Hem. vy, p, 71
(1876).

Ochreous-yellow, punctured black; elongate: pronotum anteriorly
with two black points: scutellum with a slightly punctured, pale, median
streak, and more slightly punctured patch; border line on pronotum
and marginal spot, yellowish; two black points anteriorly: antenna,

3

18 W. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [ Novas

base of venter, dorsum beneath, and feet, yellow-ferruginous : membrane
sordid, veins darker; stigmata and pectus, black (Iveber). Long, 123
mill.

Reported from Further India.

Genus Puiexippus, Stal.

Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh., p. 505 (1867): En. Hem. vy, p. 55, 71 (1876).

Head short, much shorter than the pronotum, almost shorter than
broad between the eyes, rather narrowed forwards, rounded at the
apex, lateral margins scarcely sinuate before the eyes; juga somewhat
longer than the tylus, distant ; ocelli a little more than twice more distant
from each other than from the eyes; first joint of antennez even with
the apex of the head, second joint scarcely as long as the third; rostrum
not extending beyond the intermediate feet, short: anterior margin of
pronotum obliquely and somewhat broadly truncate behind the eyes,
anterior lateral margins slightly rounded, anterior angles obtuse, a
little prominulous beyond the eyes: apical angle of corium a little
produced, apical margin somewhat sinuate near the apical angle: veins
of membrane simple: pro-stethium slightly impressed ; meso-stethium,
slightly carinate : second ventral segment very slightly convexly eleva-
ted in the middle: odoriferous apertures continued in a not long,
abruptly abbreviated furrow (Stal).

157. PLEexippus DORSALIS, Stal.
Plexippus dorsalis, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitsch. xiii, p. 226 (1869): En. Hem., p.
71 (1876).

@. Subobovate: weakly greyish-flavescent, above rather densely
punctured black, these dots are arranged behind the middle of the prono- |
tum and before the middle of the scutellum in short irregular lines :
membrane weakly fuscous-greyish, veins more obscure, exterior basal
angle fuscous: dorsum of abdomen fuscous-violaceous; connexivum
blackish, two last segments obsoletely palely streaked; wings slightly
infuscate ; spiracula narrowly circled black. Like R. fulvescens, Dallas.
Base of head, at the eyes, marked by an impunctate spot; juga gradually
converging, a little distant at the apex: antenne remotely and briefly
setose, second joint more than twice as long as first: pronotum more
than half longer than the head, almost more than twice broader than
long, anterior margin slightly elevated between the eyes, lateral margins
slightly rounded, narrowly black: scutellum sparingly palely punc-
tured at the apex: exterior margin of corium narrowly blackish to-
wards the base: pro-stethium sparingly and palely punctured, exterior
margin black: meso-stethium sparingly punctured towards the coxse

1888. ] KE. T. Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 19

meta-stethium opaque, strigose, posteriorly and outwards shining, pos-
teriorly sparingly punctured: venter aciculate, sparingly punctulate
towards the sides, with a broad levigate median streak ; second segment
slightly convex in the middle, depressed on both sides at the convex
part (Stal). Long, 15; broad, 8 mill.

Reported from India.

Div. TROPYCOEYPHARIA.

En. Hem. vy, p. 56 (1876).

a. 6. as in Odiaria, (p. 17).

e. lateral margins of the head and pronotum not or less acute,
those of the pronotum never laminated: juga rarely longer than the
tylus, then generally acuminated or gradually narrowed: frena generally
extended beyond the middle of the scutellum: in those genera in which
the juga are longer than the tylus, generally not extending beyond the
middle of the scutellum, in which case also the scutellum posteriorly
broad, or somewhat so : body sometimes greenish : venter sometimes with
a long furrow.

d. Head flat, juga rarely somewhat longer than the tylus : scutel-
lum generally posteriorly narrow or moderately broad: frena generally
extended behind the middle of the scutellum: entire second joint of
the antenne, or a great part, extending beyond the apex of the head :
venter not furrowed.

e. First joint of rostrum very rarely extended behind the buccula,
and if so, the basal angles of the scutellum have a largish, levigate,

callous, pallid spot.
. f. The furrow of the odoriferous apertures continued in a wrinkle
or ridge extended beyond the middle of the breadth of the pleura,
gradually acuminated.

g- Connexivum pale, green, or flavescent, without black or aenescent-
black spots or bands, occupying the entire breadth of the segments :
segments rarely more obscurely punctured anteriorly and posteriorly
than in the middle: basal angles of scutellum without a callous spot or
with a very minute and very obsolete one.

Genus Nipue, Stal.
Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh., p. 516 (1867) : En. Hem. v, p. 56, 73 (1876).

Head gradually distinctly narrowed forwards, lateral margins
acute, very slightly or but scarcely sinuate behind the middle; juga a
little longer than the tylus, hiscent ; buccule continued through, slightly
raised ; ocelli a little more than twice as far from each other than from
the eyes; rostrum extended to or between the last pair of coxe, first

20 EK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. 1,

joint about on a level with the buccule, second joint longer than the
third; antenne slender, first joint not reaching apex of head: anterior
margin of pronotum neither reflexed nor callous, broadly sinuate, trun-
cate behind the eyes, anterior lateral margins straight, very slightly
reflexed, lateral angles somewhat obtuse, very slightly prominulous :
scutellum moderate, much longer than broad, narrow at the apex, frena
extended to third apical part of scutellum: costal margin of corium
very slightly rounded, apical angle not produced: meso-stethium cari-
nate: furrow from the odoriferous aperture gradually narrowed and
continued in a ridge or wrinkle: abdomen not or hardly broader than
the hemelytra, extremity of angles of segments prominulous: body
narrowly obovate (Sid).

158. NipHe cEpHauus, Dallas.
Pentatoma cephalus, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 245 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. ii,
p. 803 (1867).
Niphe cephalus, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh., p. 516 (1867) ; En. Hem. vy, p. 73
(1876).

9. Oblong, ovate, pale yellowish brown, thickly and finely punc-
tured with dark brown: head large, slightly emarginate at the apex,
the juga a little longer than the tylus, eyes brown; ocelli yellow:
pronotum with the punctures very close along the lateral margins,
causing them to appear much darker than the rest of the surface :
scutellum with the apex orange: membrane semi-transparent, brownish,
with darker veins: abdomen beneath tawny, irregularly and sparingly
punctured with black, with a brown spot in the middle of the third
segment: pectus of the same colour as the abdomen, rather thickly
punctured, with some of the punctures black: legs of the same colour,
with numerous black points: rostrum brownish testaceous: antennee
testaceous, with the tip of the third, and apical half of the 4 and 5
joints, black (Dallas.) Long, 15—16 mill.

Reported from Java, India.

159. NipHe ELoncATA, Dallas.
Pentatoma elongata, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 246 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. ii,
p. 299 (1837),

Niphe elongata, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh., p. 516 (1867), 1. c. p. 625 (1870) ;
En. Hem. v, p. 73 (1876).

Q. Hlongate, somewhat oblong, with the sides parallel; testaceous,
above thickly and finely punctured with black: head with the tylus as
long as the juga; ocelli red: scutellum very long: coriaceous portion of
the hemelytra with the outer margin yellowish-white ; membrane semi-

1888. ] BE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 21

transparent, brownish, with the veins a little darker: abdomen beneath
testaceous, with the disc impunctate, the sides faintly punctured ; stig-
mata black: pectus rather strongly punctured, with some of the punc-
tures black: legs yellowish; tarsi fulvous: rostrum not passing the
intermediate coxe, pale yellow, with the tip black: antennz with the
three basal joints bright red; fourth black, with the base red; fifth
black, with the base and apex red (Dallas). Long 123—13 mill.

Reported from Philippines, Rangoon, N. India. Differs from N.
cephalus, Dallas, in its narrower stature and the costal limbus of the
corium being furnished with colourless punctures.

Div, CapPmARIA.
En, Hem. v, p. 57 (1876).

a. to f. as in Tropycorypharia, (p. 19).

g. Segments of connexivum black, punctured, adorned with @
median band or flavescent marginal spot, generally less densely punc-
tured or somewhat levigate : basal angles of the scutellum marked by a
pale, levigate spot, sometimes small and indeterminate and sometimes
very large: anterior lateral margins of the pronotum slightly reflexed,

sometimes callous, straight or somewhat so, entire, simple: tibiee above,
flat, margined.

Genus Cappma, Ellenrieder.

Nat. Tijdskr. Ned. Ind. xxiv, p. 146 (1860) ; Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 144(1867),
Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh., p. 514 (1867) ; Hn. Hem. vy, p. 57, 74 (1876).

Allied to Halys, but body shorter, more depressed : head flat, as long
as the pronotum, its basal margin broader than the anterior margin of
the pronotum; juga shorter than the tylus, margin of juga, rounded,
entire ; tylus broader towards the apex which is arcuate: eyes small,
prominulous ; ocelli near the eyes, not very distinct: first joint of the
antenne shorter than the head, scarcely intumescent, 2-5 joints almost
equal in length, third joint nodulose at the end, 4 and 5 joints robust :
pronotum flattened, slightly sloped hindward behind the posterior inter-
angular line; anterior angles somewhat acute, behind them, on the lateral
margin, 3-4 not very conspicuous small teeth, posterior angles not very
prominent, angular: scutellum broad, longer than half the abdomen:
coriaceous portion of hemelytra long, flat; membrane short, extending
beyond the abdomen which is almost orbicular, broader than the prono-
tum, its lateral margins extending beyond the hemelytra, flattened :

22 HK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

rostrum reaching second ventral segment, second joint very long, rest
nearly equal, last semewhat smaller, robust: venter very convex, ventral
furrow short, not conspicuous; feet slender (Hllenr.).

160. CappmA TAPROBANENSIS, Dallas.

Pentatoma taprobanensis, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 244 (1851) ; Walker, Cat. Hem.
ii, p. 299 (1867). .

Cappea multilinea, Ellenr. Nat. Tijdskr. Ned. Ind. xxiv, p. 147, f. 17 (1862).

Cappea taprobanensis, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 74 (1876); Distant, A, M. N. H.
(5 s.) iii, p. 45 (1879).

9. Ovate, broad, flat: head rather long, rounded at the apex,
black, with the lateral margins and three longitudinal lines testaceous :
the black portions thickly and finely punctured, the pale lines impunc-
tate: ocelli minute, yellow: pronotum testaceous, covered with fine
black punctures, which leave only narrow lines of the pale colour
visible: of the dark patches there are two small ones in the middle of
the anterior margin, a larger ocellated spot in each anterior angle, two
larger spots occupying the whole middle of the disc, and having a very
distinct longitudinal median line, and two rather smaller on each side
of these; there is also a narrow line of black punctures within each
lateral margin: scutellum thickly punctured with black, especially at
the base, with a pale impunctate line running down the middle from
base to apex, and a curved line on each side of this running from the
base to the middle of the median line, at which point the three lines
are united: hemelytra testaceous, clouded with black punctures, with
no distinct pale lines; membrane brownish, somewhat opaque, covered
with brown spots: margins of the abdomen testaceous, with a large
bifid black spot at the junction of each segment, both above and beneath :
body beneath testaceous: abdomen smooth and shining, with a few fine
punctures on the sides ; the stigmata and two spots on each side of each
segment, forming two longitudinal rows of spots on each side of the
abdomen, black; the space between each pair of black spots is orange :
pectus finely and irregularly punctured, with numerous black spots on
each side: legs pale testaceous ; femora thickly covered with black
points ; tibiee covered with fine black points; tarsi nearly black: ros-
trum long, reaching the base of the third ventral segment; basal joint
and the base of the second, testaceous; 2 and 3 joints brownish; fourth
black: antenne with the basal joint, testaceous, spotted with black ; 2
and 3 joints brown, (Dallas). Long, 11—114 mill.

Reported from Java, Sumatra, Ceylon, Assam. The Indian Museum
has specimens from Ceylon, Malabar, Assam (Sibsagar), Conoor (mihi).

1888. | KE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 23

Genus HatyomorpHa, Mayr.
Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien. xiv, p. 911 (1864): Reise Novara, p. 47 (1866) :
Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 57, 74 (1876).

Body above compressed, beneath convex, head above flat, broad at
apex, rounded, lateral margins narrowly reflexed, parallel, a little sinuate :
tylus as long as the juga: antennz 5-jointed, first joint not reaching
apex of head, 3-5 joints somewhat of equal length, second joint shorter
than third : buccule narrow, continued through, anteriorly dilated, sub-
dentiform: rostrum reaching 2 or 3 segments of the abdomen; first joint
a little shorter than the buccule, second joint scarcely twice as long as
the first and shorter than the two apical taken together: eyes large,
sessile: ocelli thrice more distant from each other than from the eyes:
pronotum transversely somewhat sexangular, anterior angles with a
transverse tooth, anterior lateral margins straight, smooth and narrowly
reflexed, shoulders a little prominent, rounded: scutellum triangular,
posteriorly narrowed: membrane with some somewhat parallel coste :
metastethium compressed: odoriferous aperture with a margined trans-
verse furrow, produced to a distance outwards, gradually evanescent :
abdomen beneath not sulcate, convex; margins acute, unarmed : feet
simple: tibiz broadly sulcate externally; first and third joints of tarsi
of equal length (Mayr).

161. Hatymorrna picus, Fabricius.

Cimex picus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv, p. 115 (1794). India.

Cimez marmoreus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppt. p. 534 (1798). India.

Cimex cinnamomeus, Wolff, Ic. Cim. iii, p. 99, f. 93 (1802). India.

Edessa picus, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng., p. 153 (1803).

Edessa marmorea, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng., p. 153 (1803).

Halys timorensis, Westwood, Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 22 (1837): Signoret, Bull.
8. E. F. (6 s.) i, p. xli (1881). China, Timor.

Pentatoma timorensis, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 242 (1852): Walker, Cat. Het. ii,
p. 299 (1867). Ceylon.

Pentatoma halys, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh., p. 182 (1855) ; l.c., p. 59 (1856):
Walker, 1. c. ii, p. 300 (1867). China.

Pentatoma trivialis, A. Dohrn, Stettin Hnt. Zeit. xxi, p. 400 (1860): Walker,
1. c., p. 800 (1867). Ceylon. '

Pecilometis mistus, Uhler, Proc. Ac. Phil., p. 223 (1860). Japan.

Halyomorpha timorensis, Mayr, Reise Nov. Hem., p. 50 (1866). Hong Kong,
Shanghai.

Dalpada remota, Walker, 1. c. i, p. 227 (1867), sec. Distant, Ent. M. M., xvi,
p. 201 (1880). Hong Kong.

Halyomorpha picus, Stal, Hem. Fabr. i, p. 24 (1868); En. Hem. vy, p. 75 (1876) ;
Scott. A. M. N. H. (48.) xiv, p. 290 (1874) ; Distant, l.c. (5 8.), iii, p. 45 (1879) ;
Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 415 (1883).

Antenne black; third joint with a white ring at the base: head,

24 KH. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

pronotum, scutellum, hemelytra greyish or yellow, irrorated with very
numerous black dots: beneath flavescent, a lateral line on the pectus,
brassy black: femora yellow, punctured black ; tibize black with a broad
white ring at the base (C. picus, Fabr.). Body above grey: pronotum
anteriorly with two minute yellow dots, posteriorly fuscous: scutellum
with two distinct, minute dots at the base: beneath flavescent, a median
line and the margins fuscous, and on each abdominal segment on both
sides, a small black dot: feet flavescent, punctured fuscous (C. marmo-
reus, Fabr.). Luteous-grey, punctured brassy-black, somewhat varie-
gated: head and pronotum with the sides entire, the latter with four
minute luteous dots placed transversely: membrane pale, with six
fuscous longitudinal veins, interrupted in the middle: margin of abdo-
men punctured black and luteous (H. timorensis, Westw.). Long, 15—16
mill.

Reported from Timor, China, Japan, Ceylon, Assam, India. A
variable and not a very uncommon species in Sikkim and Assam (mihi).

162. HALYOMORPHA SCUTELLATA, Distant.

Halyomorpha scutellata, Distant, A. M. N. H. (5 8.) iii, p. 51 (1879).

Brunneous, thickly and strongly punctured: head with frontal and
lateral margins black; eyes pitchy; ocelli brown, shining: rostrum
black, reaching posterior coxe: antennz black; second joint much
shorter than the third, fourth joint rather longer than the fifth, both of
which are pilose: pronotum with the lateral margins narrowly reflexed,
bordered with black, with the extreme edge sanguineous for about two
thirds of the length from the apex; base rugulose, a somewhat tri-
angular space enclosed by pale impunctate lines situated on each side
of the frontal border behind the eyes; lateral angles prominent: scutel-
lum bright luteous with two dots at the base, two small parallel lines
on the disc, and the lateral margin, very narrowly at the base and
broadly towards the apex, brunneous; the luteous area has a few deep
brown punctures, the other brunneous portion of the scutellum puuc-
tured as on other parts of the upper surface: membrane fuscous, with
strong longitudinal veins : abdomen above sanguineous, with a marginal
row of blueish-black spots, situated conjointly in pairs at the base and
the apex of each segment, both above and below: underside of body
sanguineous; prostethium with some greenish markings behind the
eyes, a large dull blackish patch near the odoriferous apertures, a
stigmatal row of rounded blueish-black spots and a large pitchy spot
near the apex: legs black; coxe sanguineous, bases of femora dull
reddish (Distant). Long, 16; breadth ang. pronot. 9 mill.

1888. | KE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 25

Var. a. Scutellum without the two brown lines on the disc,
marginal and stigmatal spots on the underside of the abdomen coalescing ;
prostethium with a large black spot behind the eyes in place of greenish
markings.

Var. b. Specimens from Bombay have the upper surface bluish
instead of brownish, have typical scutellar markings, but underside as in
var. a.

Reported from N. Khasiya hills, 1500-3000 feet ; Bombay.

163. HaLyoMoRPHA MURRBA, Distant.

Halyomorpha murrea, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 344, t. 12 f. 5 (1887).

Body above very pale greenish ochraceous; the corium (except the
marginal area), and basal area of the pronotum with a slight purplish
tinge: lateral margins of the head, margins of tylus, a small linear spot
at the base of the head, and a similar spot on each side before the eyes,
black; eyes somewhat purplish; ocelli pale castaneous; antenne with
the basal joint greenish ochraceous, minutely speckled black, 2-3 joints
purplish, apical half of third joint black, second joint a little shorter than
the third; rostrum just passes the last coxe; pronotum with the lateral
margins and a double row of spots on anterior half, ochraceous; between
and around these spots are a number of small and somewhat tessellated
black spots; basal half minutely and sparingly darkly punctate: scutel-
lum with four black spots at the base, two median and one near each
basal angle, four more obscure and broken black spots across the disc,
followed by two similar spots on the basal half, some tessellated and
minute black spots at the apex, and a row of minute dark punctures on
each lateral margin, from basal third to the apex: corium minutely and
sparingly darkly punctate, costal area greenish, thickly and irregularly
spotted black, lateral margins near base ochraceous: connexivum
ochraceous, with a black linear spot at the base and apex of each mar-
ginal segment: membrane extending much beyond the abdomen, pale
obscure creamy, minutely and sparingly speckled black, basal two-
thirds pale purplish from reflection of abdomen beneath: body beneath
and legs pale greenish, a linear spot in front and behind the eyes, a spot
near anterior and intermediate cox, a spot towards lateral margins of
meso- and meta-stethium, a spot at base of the anterior tibiw, a spot
near apices of two last pair femora, a marginal spot at base and apex of
apical segments, and the apex of the rostum, black (Dist.), Long, 15;
exp. angl. pron., 8 mill.

Reported from Sikkim, a single specimen (mihi). ©

4

26 HK. T. Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhyuchota. [No. 1,

Genus Totumnia, Stal.

Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 515 (1867): En. Hem. vy, p. 57, 75 (1876).

Margins of pronotum anteriorly, and anterior lateral margins, cal-
lous or elevated; head distinctly narrowed forwards, rounded at apex,
lateral margins somewhat acute, very slightly sinuated behind the
middle, tylus somewhat longer than the juga; buccule continued
through, moderately elevated; ocelli scarcely thrice as distant from
each other as from the eyes; rostrum somewhat produced behind the
last coxe, first joint scarcely extending beyond or only equal to the
buccule, second joint scarcely or but little longer than the third;
anterior margin of the pronotum slightly truncate behind the eyes,
lateral angles very slightly prominulous, somewhat straight: apical
margin of corium very slightly sinuate near the apical angle which is
somewhat rounded at the extreme edge: mesostethium distinctly cari-
nate: extremity of angles of abdominal segments acutely prominu-
lous: first tibie sometimes dilated (Stal).

164. ToLumnia LATIPEs, Dallas.

Pentatoma latipes, Dallas, List Hem i, p. 238 (1857): Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p.
298 (1876).

Dalpada obtusicollis, Ellenr., Nat. Tijdsskr. Ned, Ind. xxiv, p. 148, f. 10 (1862).
Tolumnia latipes, Stal, En, Hem. vy, p. 75, (1876); Distant, A. M. N. H. (5s.)
iii, p. 45 (1879).

3, 2. Ovate, above dark brown, thickly punctured, irrorated with
yellow spots: pronotum with the lateral margins yellowish white:
scutellum with a large yellowish white spot in each basal angle, and
the apex of the same colour: membrane brownish, semi-transparent:
margins of the abdomen banded with black and yellowish-white, the
middle of each segment being white: body beneath pale yellow, shin-
ing, finely and sparingly punctured: abdomen with a small brown or
black spot on the apical segment: pectus with a row of three spots on
each side: legs whitish, the apices of the femora the tibiee and the tarsi,
black; the anterior tibiz are considerably dilated on the outside to-
wards the apex: rostrum reaching the base of the abdomen, whitish,
with the tip black: antennz with the basal joint black; the two follow-
ing pale brown; 4 and 5 joints black with their bases whitish, (Dallas),

Long, &, gi —9: 9, 105—11 mill.

Reported Roh Sumatra, Siam, Tenasserim, Burma, Assam. The

Indian Museum has specimens from Sikkim (mihi), Assam (Naga
Hills, Harmatti).

1888. ] E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 27

Genus Patomena, Mulsant and Rey.
Pun. Pent. p. 271, 277 (1866) ; Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 75 (1876).

Differs from Peribalus, Muls., in having the anterior lateral margins
of the pronotum neither callous nor smooth: sides of prostethium not,
unless very obtusely, elevated: the head is dilated, flat, or somewhat so,
towards the apex, lateral margins not, or but very slightly, sinuate ;
antenniferous tubercles not prominulous beyond the sides of the head.

165. PatomEna spinosa, Distant.
Palomena spinosa, Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 149, t, 5, f. 3 (1880).

Above green, thickly, darkly and coarsely punctured: head coarse-
ly and somewhat densely punctured ; the juga longer than the tylus and
cleft at the apex, with the lateral margins slightly reflexed : antennz
with the first three joints green, fourth (except the base) and whole of
fifth, brown; second joint longer than the third, 4 and 5 subequal :
pronotum coarsely punctured, somewhat sparingly so on the disc, with
the lateral angles produced into broad, obtusely pointed spines, some-
what rounded, and narrowly black at the apex; scutellum thickly
punctured, more sparingly so at the apex; corium thickly punctured,
especially near the costa, membrane brassy, shining: connexivum green,
thickly and darkly punctured, narrowly luteous on the outer margin and
at the segmental incisures: body beneath pale, disc of abdomen, coxe,
and bases of femora somewhat luteous; legs green, tarsi brown:
stigmata marked with black dots : rostrum Iuteous, with the apex nar-
rowly black (Dist.). Allied to P. angulosa, Motsch., from Japan, but dis-
tinguished by the much produced pronotal angles.

Long 13—14 mill.; breadth angles pronotum, 9—10 mill.

Reported from Sind, N. India. ;

166. PALOMENA REUTERI, Distant.

Palomena reuteri, Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 122 (1879) ; Scien. Res. 2nd Yar-
kand Mission, p. 4, f. 2 (1879).

3. Green, with head, anterior border of pronotum, basal half of
scutellum and membrane, bronzy: head obscurely rugulose, very thick-
ly and strongly punctured with black; tylus slightly shorter than the
juga; rostrum luteous, with the tip black: antenne luteous, apical
joint somewhat fuscous, third joint distinctly longer than the second,
rather, shorter than the fourth, fifth longest: pronotum obscurely
rugulose, very thickly and strongly punctured with black, with two
slightly waved, lateral, linear, impunctate fover situated a little behind

28 RK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [ Noma;

the anterior margin; lateral angles somewhat prominent and rounded :
scutellum thickly covered with deep black punctures, slightly rugulose
at the base: corium thickly and deeply punctured, with the connexivum
luteous, punctured with black: body beneath pale Iuteous, slightly
clouded with greenish: legs greenish, tarsi luteous.

9. Second joint of antenne distinctly longer than the third; 2 and
4 subequal: abdomen beneath with some irregular obscure black
markings (Distant). Long, 11—12; breadth angles of pronotum 6—7
mill.

Reported from Murree (Panjab).

167. PALOMENA AMPLIFICATA, Distant.
Palomena amplificata, Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 148, t. 5, f. 2 (1880).

Above green, thickly punctured ; head densely and finely punctu-
late, the lateral margins slightly reflexed, juga longer than the tylus
and cleft atthe apex; pronotum thickly punctate and somewhat rugu-
lose, the lateral margins amplified and rounded, lateral angles obtusely
prominent; scutellum thickly punctured, somewhat rugulose: corium
with the punctures somewhat finer and more regular; membrane brassy,
shining: body beneath paler, disc of abdomen and the coxe pale lute-
ous; legs green; tarsi brown; connexivum well produced, green, thick-
ly punctured : antennz green, 4 and 5 joints brown, the last joint with
apical half pitchy; second joint longer than the third; 4 and 5 sub-
equal: rostrum pale luteous, with a median dark line, and apex nar-
rowly pitchy (Distant). Long, 13—14; breadth of angles of pronotum
8—9; greatest breadth of abdomen, 8—9 mill.

Reported from Shantung (N. China) ; Assam (?); recognized by
the amplified pronotum and the broad ovate body.

168. PALOMENA vViRIDISsIMA, Poda von Neuhaus.

Cimex viridissimus, Poda, Ins. Mus. Gr. p. 56 (1761).

Cimex prasinus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 711 (1775); Spec. Ins. ii, p. 354 (1781);
Mant. Ins., ii, p. 292 (1787); Ent. Syst., iv, p. 109 (1794); Syst. Rhyng., p. 166
(1803): Wolff, Ic. Cim., p. 52, t. 6, f. 49 (1801).

Cimex prasinus, Fieb., Eur. Hem., p. 339 (1861).

Palomena viridissima, Stal, Hem. Fabr. i, p. 28°(1868)'; Muls. and Rey, Pun.
France, p. 277 (1866) ; Distant, Scien. Res. 2nd Yar. Miss., p. 5 (1879).

Body entirely green, immaculate, last joint of antenne rufous,
fuscous at apex (C. prasinus, Fabr.). Body ovate, with head, pronotum,
hemelytra, scutellum, and feet, green; abdomen above black : antennz
5-jointed, first joint short, 2 and 3 green, 4 and 5 rufous,!last fuscous
at apex: eyes small, obscurely fuscous: rostrum 4-jointed, yellow-

1888. ] E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 29

greenish, black at apex, as long as half the body: thorax inclined
anteriorly, with two small, livid, transverse lines, impressly punctured,
margin very thinly ferruginous: scutellum immaculate, subelevated at
the base: membrane whitish, with a small fuscous spot at the base at
the interior angle: wings white, immaculate: abdomen above black,
margin green, spotted fuscous, beneath yellow-greenish : tarsi blackish :
first tibis with a minute black tooth in the middle (Wolff). Varies in
size, entire antenne rufous, beneath green. Long, 14—15 mill.

Stal unites Cimex dissimilis, Fabr., with this species, but Puton
holds them to be distinct. The former has the 3—4 joints of the antennee
subequal, and the anterior lateral margin of the pronotum very slightly
arcuate inside, whilst P. viridissima has the third joint of the antennze
from one-third to one-fourth shorter than the second, and the anterior
lateral margin of the pronotum very slightly arcuate outside.

Reported from Hurope, Murree (Panjab).

Div. CARPOCORARIA.
En. Hem. vy, p. 57 (1876).
a. to e. as in Tropycorypharia, (p. 19).
f. Furrow of the odoriferous apertures, short or very short, abrupt-
ly abbreviated, not continued in a wrinkle or ridge, second joint of the
antenne longer than the third.

Genus Carpocoris, Kolenati, Stal.
Mel. Ent. iv, p. 46 (1846) : Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A., Férh, 3, p. 37 (1872).
Stal includes here Carpocoris, Muls., Codophila, pt. Mulsant, and
Antheminia, Muls., and arranges the three allied genera thus :—
1—4. Frena not extended beyond the middle of the scutellum.
2—3. Hntire anterior lateral margins of the pronotum, or at least
anteriorly, reflexed, acutish :—Carpocoris. —
3—2. Anterior lateral margins of pronotum anteriorly obtuse, not
reflexed :—Codophila.
4—l. Frena extended beyond the middle of the scutellum :—
Dolycoris (q. v.).

169. CARPOCORIS NIGRICORNIS, Fabr.:

Cimex nigricornis, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv, p. 94 (1794); Syst. Rhyng, p. 157
(1803) : Wolff. Ic. Cim. p. 138, t. 14, f. 132 (1804): Fallen, Hem. Suec. p. 27 (1826).

Mormidea nigricornis, Sahlb., Mon. Geoc. Fenn. p. 30 (1848).

Cimew eryngii, Germar, Reise Dalm. p. 283 (1817) : Faun. Ins. Eur. ii, 2, (1817).

Pentatoma migricornis, Hahn, Wanz. Ins. ii, f- 147 (1834.)

Carpocoris nigricornis, Kolen., Mel. Ent.iv, p. 40 (1846): Distant, Scien. Res.
2nd Yarkand Miss. p. 5 (1879): Reuter, Ent. Tijds. p, 128 (1880): Duda, Wien,
Ent. Zeit. iv, p. 69 (1885).

Head ferruginous or greyish, spines on pronotum always black :

30 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

antenne black; feet pale: pronotum obtusely spinose, somewhat ferru-
ginous (Fabr.). Wolff makes the basal joint of the antenne greyish ;
head, pronotum, scutellum, hemelytra and feet greyish, impressly punc-
tured ; pronotum with four longitudinal lines formed by black points,
lateral angles black ; margin of abdomen variegated black and greyish ;
beneath greyish-virescent: tarsi rufescent ; first tibiae with a small tooth.
He notes several varieties: —one with head, lateral spines of pronotum
and hemelytra purpurascent, pronotum with longitudinal black bands,
scutellum virescent, marginal spots on abdomen black with a white
pupil; abdomen and pectus greenish; tibiz rosy, tarsi black at apex.
Long 103; broad, 6} mill.

Reported from Kugiar, N. W. Siberia, Astrakhan, N. Africa,
Hurope.

Genus Dotycoris, Muls. and Rey.

Carpocoris, subg. Dolycoris, Muls. and Rey, Pun. Pent. p. 238 (1866); Dolycoris,
Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. xxix (3), p. 38 (1872) ; En. Hem. v, p. 57, 76 (1876).

Body pilose: connexivum in a great part prominulous beyond the
hemelytra: lateral margins of the head not, or but slightly, sinuated :
antennee stoutish: anterior lateral margins of pronotum very distinctly
and narrowly reflexed: frena extended beyond the middle of the
scutellum.

170. Dotnycoris BAccARUM, Linneeus.

Cimex baccarum, Linn., Faun. Suec. ii, 928, (1761); Syst. Nat. i, p. 721 (1767) :
Scopoli, Ent. Carn. p. 123 (1763): Fallen, Hem. Suec. p. 29 (1826).

Pentatoma baccarum, pt., Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 235 (1851): Walker, Cat. Het.
ii, p. 283 (1867) : Sahlb., Mon. Geoc. Fenn. p. 26 (1848): Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc.
p. 125 (1875).

Pentatoma pallida, Dallas, 1. c., p. 234 (1851), N. India: Stal, Ofvers., K. V.-A.,
Forh. p. 497 (1862) ; Walker, 1. c. p. 299 (1867).

Mormidea nigricornis, Fieb. (nec. Fabr.) Eur. Hem. p. 335 (1861).

Carpocoris baccarum, Muls. and Rey, Pun. France Pent., p. 238 (1866) ; Stal,
En. Hem. v, p. 76 (1876).

Dolycoris baccarum, Distant, pt., Res. 2nd Yarkand Miss. p. 5 (1879): J. Sahlb.,
K. Sv. V.-A., Handl. xvi (4) p. 15 (1879) ; Reuter, Ent. Tijds. p. 129 (1880) ; Duda,
Wien Ent. Zeit. iv, p. 68 (1885).

Reuter, in 1877 (Ent. Mon. Mag. xiv, p. 11), united Cimewr fuscispi-
nus, Boheman (K. V.-A., Handl., p. 241, 1849), with 0. baccarum, Linn.,
but, in 1880 (Hnt. Tijds., p. 129), he describes them separately.
Linneus’ description of Cimex baccarwm, in Faun. Suec., is very curt :—
‘ovate, greyish ; margin of abdomen spotted black,’ but, in the Syst.
Nat., Linneeus quotes Scopoli’s description assynonymous. This runs :—

1888. ] E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 31

‘Pronotum obtusely spinose : abdomen above black; variegated on the
margin with spots of the same colour as the apex of the scutellum,
beneath ‘e basi mucronem supra thoracem protendens.’ The apex of
the scutellum, spots on the margin of the abdomen and the feet are
of the same colour. In @, antenne unicolorous; marginal dots on
abdomen yellowish, beneath without dots; varies, (a) in having hemelytra
reddish, fuscescent at apex, antenne black, body beneath yellow ; or (b),
hemelytra zneous-greenish, immaculate at apex, pronotum obscure, apex
of scatellum fulvous, abdomen beneath ferruginous, wings obscure. In
@ , the two last joints of the antenne are flavescent at the base, sides of
pronotum obscure, apex of hemelytra punctured fuscous: pronotum and
abdomen beneath punctured, black.’ It differs from D. verbasci in
having the angles of the pronotum produced and pointed. Long, 10—12
mill. Dallas describes his P. pallida thus :—¢. ‘ Allied to Veterna aber-
rans, Germar, more elongate, testaceous, punctured: lateral angles of
the pronotum somewhat prominent: rostrum hardly reaching the base
of the posterior feet, whitish, extremity of apex black: antennez
black, basal joint whitish; tibie and tarsi fulvous.’ Long, 142 mill.

Reported from all Hurope, N. Asia, N. Africa, Japan, Kashmir,
India, Oceania.

171. Dotycorts verBasci, De Géer.

Cimex verbasci, De Géer, Mém. iii, p. 257, t. 14, f. 5 (17738).

Cimex baccarum, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv, p. 117 (1794) ; Syst. Rhyng. p. 172 (1803) ;
Wolff, Ic. Cim. p. 60, t. 6, f. 57 (1801).

Pentatoma baccarum, Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 57 (1825); Hahn, Wanz.
Tus. ii, p. 63, t. 50, f. 152 (1834) ; ? Douglas and Scott, Brit. Hem. p. 80 (1866).

Pentatoma confusa, Westw., Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 8 (1837).

Aelia depressa, Westw., 1. c. p. 32 (1837) ; Stal, En. Hem. vy, p. 126 (1876).

Pentatoma verbasci, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 235 (1851).

Mormidea baccarum, Fieb., Eur. Hem. p. 334 (1861).

Dolycoris baccarum, pt, Distant, Scien. Res. 2nd Yarkand Miss. p. 5 (1879) ; Trans.
Ent. Soc. p. 415 (1883).

Dallas and Distant with many others unite D. baccarum and
D. verbasci, and make the two the same as the variable form found com-
monly throughout the entire region from Siberia to the Sind Valley
and thence to North Africa. The question whether these forms are to
remain separate or are to be united is entirely one for European students
to decide.

Oval: pronotum angular, the lateral angles, rounded at the tip,
not pointed: head and pronotum above greyish-brown, sometimes with
a slight purplish tint: scutellum triangular, ochreous, with apex sea-
green; long, and occupying more than half the length of the abdo-

32 ®. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota, [ Nora,

men: coriaceous portion of the hemelytra with a purplish tint, mem-
brane light-brown with a patch of obscure brown on the interior side,
near the coriaceous portion: head, pronotum, scutellum, and hemelytra
covered with numerous minute concave black points, hardly visible :
wings with a black tint; eyes obscurely brown: body beneath and feet
light grey, a little yellowish, with very numerous black points like
those above: abdomen above entirely black with the margin spotted
black and white or yellowish: antenne 5-jointed, shorter than the
abdomen, black, with white patches at the joints (De Géer). Long, 103;
broad, 6; mill. Differs from D. baccarum in not having the angles of
the pronotum produced and pointed, but merely rounded.

Westwood’s Zilia depressa is thus described :—‘ Luteous, punctured
black: the slight margin of the pronotum pale: sides of scutellum
towards the apex, spotted black, apex itself luteous: membrane fusces-
cent, a large internal patch at the base, black: sides of abdomen
spotted yellow and black, feet and body beneath luteous, tarsi black.’
Long, 103 mill.

Reported from Puna (Bombay).

172. Dotnycoris rnpicus, Stal.

Dolycoris indicus, Stal, En. Hem. v. p. 76 (1876).

Q. Very like and closely allied to D. verbasci, De Géer, but appears
to differ in the narrower form ; head, pronotum, and scutellum less densely
punctured; membrane longer; anterior lateral margins of pronotum
more broadly pallid, sparingly black-punctured at the base (Stal).
Long, 93; broad, 5 mill.

Reported from India, Deccan, Darjeeling. Distant has an allied
form, D. formosana, from Formosa.

Genus CopopHita, Mulsant, Stal.
pt. Pun. France Pent. p. 237 (1866); Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. xxix, 3. p. 38
(1872); En. Hem. v, p. 76 (1876).
Differs from Carpocoris, Kolenati, Stal, in having the anterior
lateral margins of the pronotum anteriorly obtuse, not reflexed.

173. CoDOPHILA MACULICOLLIS, Dallas.

Pentatoma maculicollis, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 234 (1851) Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A.,
Forh. p. 497 (1862); Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 299 (1867).
Pentatoma arabica, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A., Forh. p. 233 (1854).
Codophila maculicollis, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 76 (1876).
2. Ovate: head pale yellow, rather thickly punctured, with the
lateral margins and two longitudinal lines, united in front, black : eyes

1888. | EK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 33

pitchy black; ocelli red; pronotum with the lateral angles somewhat
prominent ; the anterior portion pale yellow, with four black bands, of
which the two lateral run from the anterior to the lateral angles,
leaving the lateral margins yellow; the two median do not pass the
middle of the disc, and correspond with the two black lines of the head ;
the posterior portion of the pronotum is blackish, and the whole surface
1s thickly aud rather strongly punctured: scutellum with a large
triangular patch at the base, and a large patch on each side, broadest
towards the apex, greyish, punctured with black, leaving two lines
running from the basal angles, and meeting in the middle of the disc, a
short longitudinal line uniting these with the apex, and the apex itself,
pale yellow: coriaceous part of the hemelytra flesh colour, irregularly
punctured with black; membrane dark brown: margins of the abdo-
men banded with orange and black, the middle of each segment being
orange: body beneath testaceous, shining: akdomen with a small spot
on each side of the base of each segment within the stigmata, a similar
spot in the middle of the posterior margin of the 5 and 6 segments, a
small transverse spot on each side of the disc of the third segment, and
the stigmata black: pectus with a few black spots: legs brownish, with
the tarsi black: rostrum reaching the base of the abdomen, with the
two basal joints testaceous, the two apical black: antennz black, with
the basal joint pitchy (Dallas). Long, 15¢ mill.
Reported from Arabia, N. India.

Div. DIPLOXYARIA.

En. Hem. vy, p. 58 (1876).

a, b, c, asin T'ropycorypharia (p. 19).

d.—Head transversely convex, rarely somewhat flat, and, if so, the
juga are longer than the tylus and contiguous before it, or the second
joint of the antenne is almost thrice longer than the first, or scarcely
extending beyond the apex of the head: juga generally longer than the
tylus and contiguous before the tylus: frena rarely slightly extended
beyond the middle of the scutellum: furrow of the orifices generally
short or very short, rarely continued ina long wrinkle or ridge : first
joint of the antennz not reaching the apex of the head: venter some-
times furrowed.

e.—Posterior angles of the pronotum not lobed: scutellum not
amplified behind the frena: head not cylindrical: rostrum not extend-
ed behind the pectus, second joint longer than the third: venter not
furrowed.

f.—Antennez alike in both sexes, second joint longer than the
first.

5)

d 4 HK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. | No. 1,

Genus Apri, Stal.

En. Hem. v, pp. 58, 78 (1876).

Juga and tylus equal, or somewhat so, in length: buccule rather
elevated throughout their entire length, posteriorly forming a somewhat
right angle: second joint of antennas about on a level with the apex
of the head, not, or only a little, longer than the third, the third joint
longer than the first : second joint of rostrum equal, or somewhat so, in
length to the two apical taken together, the two apical joints of equal
length : prostethium broadly furrowed, margins of furrow elevated,
somewhat carinate: costal area of corium very narrow anteriorly and
furnished with punctures placed in a simple row, costal margin ante-
riorly rounded.

174, ADRIA PARVULA, Dallas.

Pentatoma parvula, Dallas, List Hem.i, p. 246 (1851) ; Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A.
Forh. p. 497 (1862).

Adria parvula, Stal, En. Hem. v, p, 78 (1876) ; Lethierry, An. Mus. Gen. xviii,
p- 649 (1883).

9. Hlongate-ovate, testaceous, punctured fuscous; a small whitish

spot on both sides of the scutellum at the base; membrane whitish ; a
longitudinal band of fuscous dots on each side of the abdomen ; rostrum
short, not reaching the base of the last pair of feet (Dallas). Long,
7—75 mill.

Reported from India, Burma, Senegal.

Genus Scyuax, Distant.
Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 345 (1887).

Head very large, flat and long; the juga very much longer than
the tylus, slightly concave, obtusely pointed at the apex, and in Q cleft
at the apex, but in & apparently united: lateral angles of the pronotum
very strongly produced forwards into robust, obtuse spines which, in
the typical species, have their apices parallel to the eyes; anterior
margin concave for the reception of the head, anterior angles minute
and truncate, posterior margin straight, oblique from the basal angles
of the scutellum to the lateral angles; scutellum short and broad, not
extending much beyond the base of the membrane ; the lateral margins
obliquely directed inwardly to about the middle and then straight to
near the apex which is broadly rounded ; corium short not reaching
the apex of the scutelluam: membrane with prominent reticulated
veins: rostrum long, about reaching the last coxe: antenne inserted
beneath the head in front of the eyes, the second joint barely reaching
the apex of the head (Dist.).

1888. | E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 35

175. Scynax porrectus, Distant.

Scylax porrectus, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 345, t. 12, f.7 (1887).

Body above ochraceous: head, pronotum, and scutellum somewhat
thickly punctate: pronotum with two short transverse and one short
median, levigate, longitudinal, linear spots: scutellum with a median,
longitudinal, levigate band which has a median row of minute punc-
tures, and a few scattered punctures on each side: costal area of
corium very finely and sparingly punctate, the inner area coarsely and
somewhat thickly punctate: membrane pale brownish ochraceous : body
beneath and legs ochraceous; the body somewhat finely and darkly
punctate, and with a median and two sublateral bands formed of black-
ish punctures: legs speckled brownish: juga divided to near the apex
of the tylus: membrane extended to about half the anal appendage :
second joint antennse much shorter than the third: rostrum reaching
last coxee, apex pitchy (Dist.). ong, 15 mill.

Reported from India.

176, Scynax mMAcriNus, Distant.
Scylax macrinus, Dist., Trans. Ent, Soc. p. 346, t. 12, f. 9 (1887).

Closely allied to the preceding ; differs in its smaller size, the juga
cleft to a short distance only before the head (united in the 3): mem-
brane not reaching the apex of the last abdominal segment (Dist.).
Long, 14—15 mill.

Reported from Sikkim (mihi).

Genus Aiscnrocoris, Dallas.

Aischrus, List Hem. i, p. 220 (1851): Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 79 (1876) : Hschrocoris,
Bergroth, Ent. Nach., p. 152 (1887).

The name Aischrus was given by Spinola (Gen. d’Ins. Artr., p. 136,
1850) to the African genus subsequently named Lhinocoris, by Stal, and
therefore Dallas’ name cannot stand and should give place to Aschrocoris
as suggested by Bergroth.

Head elongated, with the sides nearly parallel, the apex nearly
square, the juga much longer than the tylus and meeting in front of it :
eyes rather small, globose ; ocelli small, placed near, but a little behind,
the eyes : antenne about as long as the head and pronotum, five-jointed ;
basal joint short and stout; second not much longer than the first, |
about half the length of the third; 4 and 5 joints about equal to the
third: rostrum long and slender, reaching the base of the abdomen .
basal joint shortest, not passing the base of the head; second longest :
g and 4 about equal: body short and broad: pronotum with the etenall

36 K. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. 1,

angles produced into stout, somewhat cylindrical processes, directed
forwards and upwards, with the apex emarginate and deflexed : scutel-
lum reaching beyond the middle of the body; the apex broad with a
tubercle in its middle: membrane with irregularly retriculated veins :
body beneath very convex; abdomen and sternum unarmed; the
lateral margins of the former with a small tubercle at the posterior
angle of each segment: legs long, especially the posterior; tarsi of
three joints, with the basal joint as long as the apical (Dallas).

177. AXSCHROCORIS OBSCURUS, Dallas.

Aischrus obscurus, Dallas, List. Hem. i, p. 221, t. 8, f. 4 (1851); Walker, Cat.
Het. ii, p. 268 (1867) ; Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 79 (1876).

3. Head black, tinted with coppery or violet, somewhat shining,
thickly punctured, with two short, longitudinal, parallel ridges on the
middle of the vertex, and a similar ridge on the tylus: eyes black:
pronotum pale brown, punctured with black and rugose, with an elevated
line down the middle; the tips of the lateral processes are black : scu-
tellum of the same colour as the pronotum with a large black pit in
each basal angle ; apical tubercle black; coriaceous portion of the he-
melytra of the same colour and texture; membrane brownish: body
beneath black, coarsely punctured rugose, with scattered brown eleva-
tions; lateral tubercles of the abdomen brown; pronotal processes
black, tinted with coppery : legs brown ; femora covered with fine black
punctures, with the base, the inside, the apex of the outside, and a
ring before the apex, black ; tibiee with the base and a ring about the
middle black: rostrum and antenne brown; the latter becoming
darker towards the apex (Dallas). Long, 83; breadth of pronotum, 83
mill,

Reported from Java, India.

178. -AUSCHROCORIS TUBERCULATUS, Stal.

Aischrus tuberculatus, Stal, A. S. EH. F. (4 s.) v, p. 169 (1865) ; En. Hem. vy, p.
79 (1876).

3. Pale fuscescent-ferruginous, strongly punctured in patches ;
head and pronotum anteriorly fuscous-cupreous; venter brassy-black on
the disc; femora brassy-black, a median ring on the femora, the tibia,
and antenne yellow-testaceous ; tibize black at the base, ringed fuscous
in the middle: pronotum bituberculate on the disc. Close to 4. obscurus,
Dallas, differs in the short head, disc of pronotum bituberculate and.
lateral horns shorter: pronotum furnished with a median longitudinal
ridge and others transverse behind the middle ; lateral angles produced

1888.) E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 37

in a horn inclining somewhat forwards, emarginate at the apex, fur-
nished anteriorly with a small tubercle in the middle, shorter than the
head: scutellum terminated at the apex by a concolorous tubercle, a
little elevated (Stal). Long, 74; broad, 5 mill.

Reported from India: taken in Sikkim.

Genus AlLiomoRPHA, Stal.

Ofvers. K. V.-A, Foérh. p. 313 (1858); Hem. Afric. i, p. 173 (1864); En. Hem.
vy, p. 58, 79 (1876). Includes Tetratoma, Signoret, A. S. E, F. (2s.) ix, p. 339
(1851).

Body ovate or obovate, beneath moderately convex: head produced,
narrowed forwards, rather convex, lateral margins obtuse, tylus and
juga equal, or somewhat so, in length, juga acuminate at the apex:
buccule continued through, moderately elevated: antenne different in
each sex; in o, somewhat stout, second joint very short, somewhat
annuliform, obsolete; in 9, slender, second joint elongate, much shorter
than the third, basal joint not reaching the apex of the head: rostrum
moderate, first joint on a level with the bucculz posteriorly, second some-
what shorter or just equal to the two apical taken together: lateral
margins of pronotum somewhat obtuse: frena reaching or scarcely
reaching to the middle of the scutellum, rarely extending beyond the
middle: apical angles of the last segment of the abdomen somewhat
straight: feet moderate, tibiee furrowed above or flattish (Stal). Sig-
noret’s name was previously given to a genus of Coleoptera.

179. AXLIOMORPHA LINEATICOLLIS, Westwood.
Pentatoma lineatocollis, Westwood, Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 36 (1837).
Aliomorpha lineaticollis, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 80 (1876).

Greyish-luteous, much punctured with fuscous; head and prono-
tum with a more or less distinct pale longitudinal line; scutellum paler ;
head with a conical disc, a little fuscous ; a broad stripe at the middle
of the internal margin of the hemelytra, infuscate ; antenne fuscous ;
abdomen, beneath, smooth in the middle, punctured on the sides ;
posterior angles of pronotum hardly prominent (Westw.). Long, 6;
mill. |

Reported from Bengal.

Div, EYSARCORIARIA.

En. Hem. v, p. 59 (1876).

a.as in Odiaria (p. 17).
b.—Costal area of corium anteriorly strongly narrowed and fur-
nished there with punctures generally arranged in a rather regular

38 BE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

single row; costal margin anteriorly obtusish or somewhat so, generally
pale, levigate and somewhat callous: juga and tylus of equal length, the
juga very rarely a little longer than the tylus, always altogether dis-
tant, never accuminated: head generally rather bending forwards,
pronotum rather inclined before the middle ; anterior lateral margins, at
least before the middle, rounded or somewhat so, generally callous
and levigate: lateral angles of pronotum usually prominulous: basal
angles of the scutellum generally marked by a pale, levigate, callous,
often large, spot or streak: body beneath generally rather convex :
orifices subauriculately margined or extended in a short furrow, abrupt-
ly abbreviated, not continued in a wrinkle or ridge, having the margin
elevated : tibiz somewhat slender, rounded, or above slightly sulcated,
or somewhat flattish : second joint of the rostrum reaching the first coxe
or the base of the mesostethium, not, or a little longer, or shorter, than
the two apical joints taken together, these equal in length or somewhat
so: almost entire second joint of the antennz extending beyond the apex
of the head: body small.

Genus Sroutta, Ellenrieder.

Nat. Tidsskr. Ned. Ind. xxiv, p. 149 (1862) ; Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 510
(1867) : En. Hem. v, p. 59, 81 (1876).

Body short ; length of body equal to 1} time the breadth of the
pronotum ; head much inclined; tylus long, juga anteriorly gradually
narrowed externally up to the interior apical angle which is somewhat
straight or acutish; eyes globulose, small, very prominent ; ocelli small:
first joint of the antenne shorter than the head, 2-5 joints almost of
equal length, last two more robust: rostrum reaching the second
segment of the abdomen: anterior margin of pronotum narrower than
the head; lateral margin almost entire, 2-3 small teeth anteriorly being
hardly visible ; posterior angles broader than the abdomen, more pro-
minent in the 3, and mucronate or acuminate: pronotum much declined
before the line between the posterior angles: scutellum broad, long,
covering three-fourths of the abdomen, its posterior angle very broadly
rounded: coriaceous part of hemelytra longer than the membrane which
has a few veins, sometimes branched: abdomen short, almost orbicular,
extending at the sides a little beyond the hemelytra, posteriorly scarcely
shorter than them: venter subglobulose, usually shining black, with-
in the callous and levigate lateral margins, finely impressed, margin
pale: ventral furrow in the first segment, short but deep: feet weak,
sparingly ciliated, punctulate black (Hilenr.). The species of this genus
appear to be numerous and to require revision.

1888. } EK. T, Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 39

180. Svrornia GurricERA, Thunberg.

Cimer guttigerus, Thunb., Nov. Ins. Spec. ii, p. 32, t. 2, f. 47 (1783).

Pentatoma nepalensis, Westw., Hope Cat. Hem. i, p. 36 (1837): Stal, En. Hem.
v, p. 126 (1876).

Pentatoma punctipes, Westw., 1. c. p. 36 (1837) : Stal, 1. c. p. 126 (1876).

Eysarcoris guttigerus, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 228 (1851) ; Walker, Cat. Het., ii,
p. 275 (1867).

Eysarcoris nepalensis, Leth., Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xviii, p. 649 (1883).

Stollia guttigera, Stal, En. Hem. v. p. 81 (1876): Scott, A. M. N. H. (4s.) xiv,
p. 290 (1874) ; Distant, 1. c. (5 s.), iii, p. 45 (1879): Scott, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 305
(1880) ; Distant, 1. c., p. 415 (1883).

Obscurely luteous, tinted bronze, punctured black: pronotum broad
posteriorly, the posterior angles prominent, obtuse ; anteriorly with two
small, smooth, black, lunules: scutellum at the base with two large,
distant, white spots: pronotum beneath tinted cupreous: abdomen
black, margin luteous (P. nepalensis, Westw.). Long 5% mill. P.
punctipes, Westw., is described as very like P. nepalensis, or, perhaps,
only a local variety ; a little larger, angles of pronotum less produced
and the colour more metallic, Long 6; mill. Nearly allied to S. bovilla,
Dallas, from the Philippines, differs in having the lateral angles of the
pronotum less prominent, and the callous wrinkle on the lateral margins
finer: ventral limbus yellow.

Reported from Japan, China, Burma, Assam, Nepal: common in
Sikkim and Assam (mihi).

181. Strona FruLiarnosa, Ellenr.
Stollia fuliginosa, Ellenr., Nat. Tidsskr. Ned. Ind. xxiv, p. 150, f. 18 (1862) :
Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 235 (1876): Stal, Hn. Hem. vy, p. 81 (1876).

é. Ochraceous-brunneous, so closely punctulate black as to
appear fuliginous: posterior inter-angular band on pronotum, lateral
bands on scutellum, and some scattered spots, more obscure: two small
spots, and a transverse waved line on pronotum and spots on lateral
angles of the scutellum, luteous: lateral margins of the abdomen
extending slightly beyond the hemelytra, luteous, spotted black : mem-
brane opaque, blackish; venter beneath shining black; broad margin,
luteous, stigmata black, last tibizse somewhat curved at the base (Hllenr.)
Long, 7—8 mill.

Reported from Sumatra, Java, Malacca.

182. Srotnia ruaguLOsA, Walker.

Eysarcoris rugulosus, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 276 (1867).
Aeneous-lurid, oval, rather roughly punctured; beneath bright
geneous, smooth, shining: head elongate; juga und tylus of equal

40 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

length ; lateral margins slightly reflexed ; rostrum tawny, extending to
the hind coxe, apex black: antenne black, minutely setulose, less
than half the length of the body; joints successively increasing in
length ; first not extending to the front of the head: pronotum with
two slight transverse ridges: scutellum with two slight grooves con-
verging from the sides of the fore border to the middle of the disc: legs
tawny, short, stout, black-speckled : membrane brown (Walker). Body
long, 5¢ mill.

Reported from Cachar (Assam): nearly allied to S. bovilla, Dallas,
and to S. insularis, Dallas.

183. Srounia pus, Dallas.

Eysarcoris dubius, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 227 (1851): A. Dohrn, Stettin Ent.
Zeit., xxi, p. 400 (1860): Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 275 (1867).
Stollia dubia, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 82 (1876).

Q. Above greyish, thickly and finely punctured with black: head
blackish, tinted with brassy green: pronotum with the lateral margins
very slightly indented, the lateral angles somewhat prominent ; the an-
terior margin blackish, tinged with brassy: scutellum more thickly
punctured and consequently darker in colour than the pronotum, with a
small impunctate spot in each basal angle: membrane brownish, semi-
transparent, with the veins darker: abdomen above black, beneath
brassy black, very smooth and shining, with the disc impunctate, the
sides thickly and finely punctured, the margins testaceous, with a row
of black spots on the extreme edge: pectus brownish, very thickly and
finely punctured with black: legs testaceous ; femora and tibie with
numerous brown points: rostrum testaceous, with the apex black: an-
tenn testaceous, with the 2-3 joints about equal (Dallas). Long, 6}—7
mill.

Reported from Tenasserim. Dohrn notes that a Ceylon variety has
the rostrum not only at the apex, but with a median longitudinal line
on two last joints, black.

184, Strona pistacta, Dallas.
Eysarcoris distacta, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 226 (1851): Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p
279 (1867).
Stollia rectipes, Ellenr., Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., xxiv, p. 150, f. 19 (1862) : Walker,
1,6. p. 2a.
Stollia distacta, Stal, Hn. Hem. v, p. 82 (1876).
9. Above greyish testaceous, rather thickly and finely punctured
with brown: head black, slightly brassy; eyes black, ocelli red: an-
terior lateral margins of pronotum straight, the lateral angles not pro-

1888. ] E. T. Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. A}

minent, anterior portion much paler than the posterior, with a trans-
verse brassy black spot behind each anterior angle: scutellum with a
yellow impunctate spot in each basal angle: membrane transparent,
nearly colourless, veins slightly tinged brown and the inner basal
angle immaculate: disc of abdomen beneath, deep brassy brown or
black, the sides thickly and finely punctured, the middle impunctate,
the margins broadly testaceous, thickly and finely punctured brown :
pectus testaceous, so thickly covered with brown punctures as to appear
nearly brown: legs pale testaceous, femora with numerous brown
points: rostrum testaceous, apex black: antenne pale testaceous with
the apical joints brownish; second joint distinctly longer than the third
(Dallas). Long, 6; mill.
Reported from Java, Sumatra, Philippines, Calcutta (mihi).

Genus Eysarcoris, Hahn.

Wanz. Ins. ii, p. 66 (1834); Kolen., Melet. Ent. iv, p. 32 (1846) Dallas, List
Hem. i, p. 224 (1851): Eusarcoris, Fieber, Eur. Hem. p. 79, 331 (1861) : Penta-
toma, subg., Hysarcocoris, Stal, Hem. Afric. i, p. 135 (1864).

Body obovate, very often broad, beneath very convex: head de-
flexed, rounded at the apex, tylus reaching the apex; buccule conti-
nued through, rather elevated: antenne moderate, first joint about
on a level with the apex of the head, 2 and 3 joints varying in length:
second joint of rostrum as long as, or a little longer than, the two
apical joints taken together: pronotum rather declined anteriorly,
anterior lateral margins obtuse, slightly callous, entire: scutellum broad
posteriorly, somewhat longer than broad at the base; frena not extended
to the middle of the scutellum: feet moderate, femora unarmed at the
apex ; tibia above, not, or only obsoletely, furrowed (Stal).

185. Eysarcoris (P) VENTRALIS, Westwood.

Pentatoma ventralis, Westw., nec Dallas, Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 36 (1837); Stal,
En. Hem. v, p. 126 (1876).
Pentatoma pallicornis, Westw., 1. c. p. 8 (1837).

Pale luteous, very much punctured, black: head and pronotum
anteriorly, blackish: scutellum with two distinct, round, whitish spots
at the base: body beneath, antennze and feet, concolorous: abdomen
with a large black patch in the middle (Westw.). Long 6% mill,

Reported from Bengal.

6

42 E. T. Atkinson—wNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. 1,

186. Eysarcoris rnconspicuus, Herrich Schaffer.

Pentatoma inconspicuum, Herr. Schiaff. (nec Dallas), Wanz. Ins. vii, p. 93 (1844) ;
ix, p. 155 (1853). 7

Eysarcoris inisellus, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh., p. 217 (1858).

Pentatoma (Hysarcocoris) misella, Stal, Hem. Afric. i, p. 135 (1864).

Analocus misellus, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. 3, p. 36 (1872).

Stollia misella, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 82 (1876).

Eysarcoris inconspicwus, Reuter, Ofvers. Finska Forh. xxv, p. 6 (1883).

Var. simplex, Puton, Hém. Het. France ii, p. 55 (1881); B.S. BH. F. (68.) i, p.
Ix, (1881).

Var. mayeti, Muls., sec. Puton, I. e.

3, 2. Somewhat broadly obovate, pale greyish-stramineous, punc-
tured fuscous: head, two anterior spots on pronotum, also a very large
median streak running longitudinally, narrowed hindwards, occupying
more than one-third of the venter, fuscous-zneous: head very often
with a pale, fuscous punctured streak ; a minute, smooth, marginal,
subcallous, pale spot at the eyes: lateral and anterior margins of pro-
notum, also small spot on levigate, callous, basal angles of scutellum,
pale: very minute’ marginal spots on venter, black : first joint of ros-
trum, not, or scarcely, extending beyond the buccule, second joint a little
longer than the two apical taken together: venter sometimes with an.
obsolete, lateral, enescent-fuscous streak: third joint of the antenne a
little shorter than the second (Stal). Long 43—5$; broad, 3—4 mill.

Reported from Cape of Good Hope, N. Africa, S. Europe, India,
Philippines. Antennee sometimes fuscous towards the apex.

187. Eysarcorts (?) MEGASPILUS, Walker.

Eysarcoris megaspilus, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 276 (1867).

Tawny, shining, convex, short-elliptical, minutely punctured ; punc-
tures black: head black with several longitudinal tawny streaks ; lobes
of equal length : restrum tawny, extending to the hind coxe ; apex black :
antenne tawny, piceous towards the tips, less than half the length of
the body ; joints successively increasing in length; first not extending
to the front of the head: pronotum black; with a few tawny speckles
and with a tawny disc: scutellum with a very large luteous spot on
each side at the base, and with a luteous crescent-shaped apical mark,
which is notched in the middle: pectus and underside of abdomen with
four irregular and interrupted luteous stripes; a luteous ridge between
the middle coxee and the hind cox: legs Iuteous, short, stout; femora.
with an irregular black band beyond the middle: hemelytra with two

1888. ] BE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhyuchota. 4,3

or three blackish patches; membrane pale cinereous (Wulker). Body
long, 4—5} mill.
Reported from N. China, Hong-Kong, Assam (?).

188. Eysarcoris (?) rnsocius, Walker.
Eysarcoris insocius, Walker, Cat. Het. iii, p. 556, (1868).

Dull testaceous, elliptical, thickly and minutely brown punctured :
head large, slightly obtuse in front; juga and tylus of equal length :
eyes piceous, prominent: rostrum extending to the hind coxe; apex
black: antennz pale-testaceous ; first joint not extending to the front
of the head; second a little longer than the third ; fourth much longer
than the third; fifth partly piceous, longer than the fourth: pronotum
with two irregular smooth transverse lines, of which the fore one is
much more undulating than the hind one; the latter is between the
hind angles, which are prominent and much rounded ; sides slightly
serrated in front; scutellum with a less thickly punctured stripe ex-
tending from the middle to the tip, which is much rounded, a small
pale testaceous callus on each side at the base: abdomen beneath with
three black stripes; the lateral pair irregular and incomplete; the
middle one not extending to the tip, dilated towards the base, where it
includes a testaceous spot; tip emarginate: femora with three small
black dots near the apex; tibize very minutely black-speckled ; mem-
brane cinereous; veins few, brown; no transverse veinlets. Var.—
Stripes of the abdomen nearly obsolete (Walker). Body long, 65—7}
mull.

Reported from India.

Genus Carsuna, Stal.

Pentatoma, subg. Carbula, Stal, Hem. Afric. i, p. 140 (1864) ; Carbula, En. Hem.
v, p. 60, 82 (1876).

Body broadly oval or obovate, beneath very convex: head rounded
or subtruncated at the apex: the juga and tylus somewhat equal in
length, the former obtuse, lateral margins somewhat obtuse, buccule
moderately elevated, reaching base of the head; antenniferous tuber-
cles partly visible from above: rostrum moderate, the first joint equal
to, or extending a little beyond, the buccule posteriorly ; second joint
somewhat equal to, or a little longer, than the apical two taken together :
antennze moderate or somewhat long, first joint not reaching the apex
of the head; second joint rarely a little longer than the third: anterior
lateral margins of pronotum very often very obtuse; never acute;
terminated by a smooth wrinkle or ridge, (which itself is sometimes
transversely rugulose),varely anteriorly crenulated ; scutellum triangular,

44: E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. I,

somewhat short, a little Jonger than broad at the base; frena extended a
little beyond the middle: hemelytra a little narrower than the abdo-
men; membrane with simple veins: apical angles of the last segment
of the abdomen very often obtuse, rarely produced in a small spine:
feet moderate, somewhat slender, tibiee above slightly furrowed (Stal).

189. CarBULA BIGUTTATA, Fabricius.

Cimex 2-guttatus, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iv, p. 129 (1794).

Cimex 2-notatus, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 165 (1803).

Carbula biguttata, Stal, Hem. Fabr. i, p. 25 (1868) ; En. Hem. v, p. 83 (1876).

@. Obovate, stramineous: above rather densely, below remotely,
distinctly punctured ferruginous fuscous; anterior lateral margins of
pronotum flavescent ; a moderate, smooth, callous, shining spot on the
basal angles, and the extreme apical margin of the scutellum, stramineous :
membrane sordid hyaline, veins fuscescent : lateral angles of pronotum,
basal and apical margins of the segments of the connexivum, extremity
of basal and the apical angles of the segments, and a very broad streak on
the venter, narrowed hindwards, black: feet very finely and remotely
sprinkled with black ; 2—3 small black spots near the apex of the pos-
terior femora (Stal). Long, 8; broad, 5 mill.

Very closely allied to C. abdominalis, Sign. Head flat, juga and
tylus equally long, the former subrotundate at the apex, lateral margins
parallel before the sinus: 2 and 3 joints of the antenne equally long:
pronotum with the lateral angles, very acute, moderately produced out-
wards, obsoletely pallescent at the extreme apex, anterior lateral
margins very slightly sinuate, slightly reflexed, anteriorly very obsolete-
ly crenulated ; apical angles of the sixth abdominal segment, obtuse.

Reported from India.

190. CarBuLa (?) opscuRA, Westwood.

Pentatoma obscura, Westw., Hope, Cat, Hem. i, p. 35 (1837).
Pentatoma bimaculata, Westw., 1. c., p. 8 (1837).

Carbula ? obscura, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 126 (1876).

Fuscous-luteous, punctured black; posterior angles of pronotum
prominulous, subacute, black; lateral margin of pronotum anteriorly
pallid; scutellum with two distant, white spots at the base: antenns
and feet luteous, punctured fuscous (Westw.). Long, 74 mill.

Reported from India.

191. Carsuna Fusca, Distant.
Carbula fusca, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 346 (1887).
Above shining fuscous-brown: head somewhat thickly covered

1888. ] KE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. AS

with bronzy-green punctures; eyes luteous; antenne brown, the last
joint with the apical two-thirds blackish: pronotum with the anterior
area and lateral margins punctured bronzy-green, remaining area
coarsely punctate, lateral angles prominently and obtusely produced,
their apices reddish-brown: scutellum coarsely punctate, sometimes
slightly shaded bronzy-green: corium coarsely punctate: membrane
pale hyaline: body beneath, rostrum and legs brown, the abdomen
paler, with a broad, median, blackish band, on each side of which is a
narrower and more irregular band of the same colour, and between these
bands are scattered dark punctures: femora punctured or speckled
with blackish: head beneath and sternum coarsely and darkly punc-
tate: mesostethium with a large irregular luteous spot on each side:
rostrum reaching third abdominal segment: 2-3 joints of antenne sub-
equal in length, and much shorter than the fourth; 4-5 joints subequal
in length, the fifth moderately incrassate (Dist.). Long 7-8: exp. angl.
pron. 5-6 mill.
Reported from Nepal, Sikkim (mihi), where it is very common,

192. CaRBULA SCUTELLATA, Distant.

Carbula scutellata, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 347 (1887).

Head luteous, covered with coarse black punctures; eyes fuscous ;
ocelli red ; antenne luteous, infuscate at the apex ; 4—5 joints subequal
in length ; rostrum extending just beyond last coxe: pronotum Iuteous,
coarsely and darkly punctate, the lateral margins levigate, the lateral
angles produced into long, acute, black spines: scutellum Iuteous,
sparingly and coarsely darkly punctate, a large levigate spot at each
basal angle, apex also broadly impunctate, punctures usually thickest at
the lateral margins and sometimes at the base: corium luteous with a
purplish tinge, thickly and darkly punctate: membrane pale hyaline:
connexivum luteous, with black segmental, marginal spots: body be-
neath and legs luteous, with a few scattered black punctures on the disc
and on the femora, and the margins and apices of the pronotal angles
black (Dist.). Long, 8; exp. angl. pron. 5% mill.

Reported from Bombay, N. Khasiya Hills (Assam).

Genus Gynenica, Dallas.

List Hem. i, p. 180 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 217 (1867): Stal, En. Hem,
v, p- 83 (1876).

Body elongate-ovate: head elongate, tapering gradually to the
apex; tylus reaching the apex; eyes not prominent; ocelli minute,
placed close to the eyes; antenne inserted in front of the eyes, basal
joint short, not reaching the apex of the head, 2-3 joints about equal ;

AG H. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

rostrum inserted in front of the antenniferous tubercles, reaching the
base of the abdomen, basal joint reaching the base of the head, second
joint longest, as long as 3-4 together, 3-4 joints about equal: lateral
angles of pronotum produced into strong, acute spines, directed forwards
and upwards: scutellum triangular, not extending beyond the middle of
the abdomen: membrane with longitudinal veins: abdomen with a
weak longitudinal furrow, apex produced and pointed (¢?), vulvar
plates narrow and acute: legs moderate: tarsi 3-jointed, basal joint
longest (Dallas).

193. GYNENICA MARGINELLA, Dallas.

Gynenica marginella, Dallas, List Hem. i, p.181, t. 6, f.4 (1851) ; Walker, Cat.
Het. i, p. 217 (1867) : Stal, En. Hem., v, p. 83 (1876).

Above brown, thickly and finely punctured black, more strongly
on the scutellum: head with a median, longitudinal, fulvous line:
thorax with a transverse yellow band before the middle, and the lateral
spines black: lateral margins of scutellum yellow, impunctate, with a
line of coarse, black, punctures close to the margin, apex yellow, finely
punctured black: outer margin of corium yellow, coarsely punctured
black ; membrane transparent: margin of the abdomen fulvous, tinged
with green; pectus fulvous, tinged with green and thickly and finely
punctured: legs fulvous, apex of each tibie and the tarsi, black: ros-
trum testaceous, apex black: antenne ferruginous (Dallas). Long,
133 mill.

Locality unknown: Africa (?).

194. Gynenica AFFINIS, Distant.
Gynenica afinis, Dist., Ent. Mon. Mag. xvi, p. 202 (1880).

Above brown, thickly and coarsely punctured: head thickly pune-
tured black, with a median, fulvous longitudinal line, broadest at the
base; tylus reaching apex of the head, a little shorter than the juga ;
antenns: fuscous, basal joint not reaching apex of the head, second
slightly shorter than the third, fourth longest, 5 and 3 subequal : pos-
terior half of pronotum thickly punctured black, anterior portion ful-
vous, lateral angles produced into strong, acute, black spines, slightly
directed forwards: scutellum fulvous, sparingly covered with black
punctures, except at the base, where there is a large median, black,
coarsely punctured spot: corium concolorous with posterior part of the
pronotum, very thickly punctured black; membrane fuscous: body
beneath luteous, thickly and finely punctured, slightly tinged with
green: legs fulvous : rostrum greenish, apex black. Allied to preceding,

1888. | E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. AG

differs in the shorter head, and tylus not extending beyond the juga

the pronotal spines are smaller and not directed upwards, the scutellum

is of another colour (Dist.). Long, 10 ; exp. pron. angl., 6 mill.
Reported from Bombay, Calcutta (mihi).

Genus Cratonotus, Distant,
A. M.N. H. (5s.) iii, p. 50 (1879).

Head broad and elongated ; ocular part broadest, with the lateral
edges somewhat sinuated about the middle; tylus shorter than the
juga; eyes prominent; ocelli situated rather nearer the eyes than to
each other: antenneze longer than the head and pronotum, five jointed ;
second joint slightly shorter than the third, fourth longest: rostrum
robust, just passing the posterior coxe; second joint longer than the
third, apical joint shortest: pronotum twice as wide as long, raised and
rounded at the base, deflexed in front, angles obtusely prominent ;
lateral margins deeply sinuated, with their anterior portion crenulated :
scutellum reaching a little beyond the base of membrane, gradually nar-
rowed for two-thirds its length from the base, when it is straightened to
apex, which is moderately broad and rounded; width at base about
equal to length : membrane with longitudinal veins: abdomen widened
above, projecting a little on each side, convex beneath, abdomen and
sternum unarmed: legs moderately long, tibize sulcated (Distant).
This genus is near Durmia, Stal.

195. CRATONOTUS COLORATUS, Distant.

Cratonotus coloratus, Distant, A. M. N. H. (5 8.) iii, p. 50 (1879).

Brown, somewhat shining, thickly punctured with black; head
black, thickly punctured ; eyes black, with their bases luteous ; antennz
luteous ; rostrum brownish ; pronotum with the basal half rugulose and
very coarsely punctured, lateral margins narrowly luteous, pronotal
angles pitchy : scutellum transversely rugulose, with a large irregular
patch, at base and apex, broadly luteous; membrane pitchy, shining :
margins of abdomen above, and body beneath, luteous, the last with a
broad green stripe on each side, extending narrowly along on each side
of head, widened at anterior coxe, and extending to about the base of
the fifth abdominal segment; two obscure marks on the disc and a
sub-apical spot pitchy: legs luteous; apices of femora and tibie black,
anterior tibizs punctured with black; tarsi black. Other structural
characters as in generic diagnosis above (Distant). Long, 19; breadth
of angles of pronotum, 11 mill.

Reported from N. Khasiya hills, 1,500—3,000 feet (Assam), Sikkim
(mihi),

48 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

Tibiz rounded, without a furrow ; see p. 16.
Genus AGONOSCELIS, Spinola.
Ess. p. 327 (1837); Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 179 (1851): Stal, Hem. Afric. i,

p. 177 (1864) ; En. Hem. vy, p. 84 (1876).
Includes Newroscia, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 109 (18438).

Body remotely pilose, oval: head very often somewhat long, gra-
dually narrowed forwards, rounded at apex, entire; juga and tylus of
equal length: buccule continued through, distinctly elevated : rostrum
long, or somewhat so, first joint reaching base of the head: anterior
lateral margins of pronotum entire, somewhat acute, straight; anterior
margin, in the middle at least, somewhat callous: scutellum triangular,
rather narrowed at apex, frena extended a little beyond the middle:
hemelytra somewhat narrower than the abdomen and much longer:
veins of membrane simple: mesostethium slightly carinate: venter
sometimes, obsoletely somewhat sulcate: feet moderate; tibiee cylin-
drical, not sulcate above (Stal).

196. AGONOSCELIS NUBILA, Fabricius.

Cimex nubilus, Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 712 (1775); Spec. Ins. ii, p. 355 (1781) ;
Mant. Ins. ii, p. 293 (1787); Ent. Syst. iv, p. 112 (1794), Cape: Wolff, Ic. Cim. ii,
p. 57, t. 6, £. 54 (1801), India.

Halys nubila, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 183 (1803): Stoll, Punaises, p. 161, t. 40,
f. 290? (1788), India.

Pentatoma grata, Palis. Beauv., Ins. p. 129, Hém, t, 9, f. 5 (1805).

Alia ? nubila, Hahn, Wanz. Ins. iii, p. 29, t. 82, f. 251 (1835).

Agonoscelis indica, Spinola, Ess. p. 329 (1837).

Var. Alia crucifera, Westwood, Hope, Oat. Hem.i, p. 32 (1837). Cape, Java.

Var. Agonoscelis femoralis, Walker, Cat. Het. iii, p. 545 (1868). N. India, Banda.

Neuroscia grata, Am. and Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 109 (1843). St. Domingo P

Neuroscia sulciventris, Ellenr., Nat. Tijds. v. Ned. Ind. xxiv, p. 144, f. 11 (1862).
Sumatra.

Agonoscelis nubila, Dallas, List Hem. i, p.179 (1851) ; Uhler, Proc. Ac. Phil.
p. 223 (1860), Japan. Walker, 1. c. i, p. 217 (1867) ; Stal, Hn. Hem. v, p. 85 (1876) ;
Scott. A. M. N. H. (4:8.) xiv, p. 290 (1874) ; Distant, 1. c. (5 s.), iii, p. 45 (1879).

Small, greyish varied with black: antennze altogether black ; head
greyish with four black lines: pronotum, greyish, irrorated with black,
dorsal line immaculate: scutellum black at the base, with a median line
and apex, greyish: hemelytra variegated, a median rufescent patch:
wings white with black lines: beneath, glaucous, punctured black,
margin of abdomen rufescent (Fabr.). N. grata, Am. & Serv. (J. c.) is
thus described: &,2 yellowish, spotted black; head yellow with four
black longitudinal lines above: pronotum yellow, with some reddish
tints, punctured black : scutellum yellowish, punctured black, its tip of
a light yellow or reddish: corium reddish yellow, with small, black,

1888. ] HE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 49

irregular, transverse lines ; the membrane extending rather beyond the
end of the abdomen, white, transparent; veins deep brown: body be-
neath yellow with two black spots on each side, on each ventral seg-
ment: feet yellow, femora with several black dots, tarsi brown: an-
tenne brown. Long, 10-12 mill.

Reported from the Philippines, Java, Malacca, India, China, Japan.
The Indian Museum has specimens from Arakan, Calcutta (mihi) Assam,
Mysore, and China. Walker’s variety ‘femoralis’ appears to be as much
entitled to specific rank as many others. It is found with the ordinary
form in Sikkim, Assam and Burma, and I have recently had it form the
Karen Hills near Tounghoo.

Group B. See p. 16.
En. Hem. v, p. 60 (1876).

Includes those genera which have either the second ventral seg-
ment produced anteriorly in a spine, or tuberculated ; or the venter
furnished with a levigate, obtusely round, longitudinal, and some-
times furrowed, ridge; or having the anterior and anterior-lateral
margins of the pronotum, or, at least the anterior, distinctly elevated,
levigate or callous; or the pronotum anteriorly levigate, or sparingly
punctured, and, within the anterior margin, punctured in regular or
somewhat regular rows; or the odoriferous apertures are immarginate
outwards, or continued in a furrow open at the apex: the entire second

joint of the antenne, or a great part of it, extending beyond the apex
of the head.

Div. Srracuiaria, Stal.

Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A., Férh. (3), p. 39 (1872); Hn. Hem. v, p. 60 (1876).

The odoriferous apertures placed between or near the posterior aceta-
bula, often obsolete, sometimes having the appearance of a small fissure,
anterior and posterior margins, sometimes slightly elevated and conti-
nued in two parallel or gradually diverging wrinkles or ridges, gradually
evanescent, terminating in a furrow, linear, or gradually amplified, open
at the apex: evaporative area wanting or obsolete: lateral margins of

the head reflexed: base of venter unarmed.

Genus Aczus, Dallas.
List Hem. B. M. i, p.185 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 229 (1867); Stal,
Ofvers, K. V.-A., Férh. p. 519 (1867); En. Hem. p. 60, 85 (1876).
Body elongate-ovate: head elongate, longer than broad, the sides

7

50 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

slightly sinuate, nearly parallel, apex pointed: tylus prominulous be-
fore the juga which are not, or only very slightly, convergent, anteriorly
and posteriorly equally distant, or somewhat so: antenne inserted a
little before the eyes, about half as long as the body, slender, 5-jointed ;
basal joint short and stout, not reaching nearly the apex of the head ;
the second joint about twice the length of the first; the third and the
fourth nearly equal in length, longer than the second ; the fifth a little
shorter than the second: rostrum long, slender, reaching behind the
last coxse, inserted rather in front of the middle of the head ; the basal
joint short, not reaching the base of the head; second longest; third
longer than the fourth which is longer than the first: the anterior
margin and the anterior-lateral margins of the pronotum elevated or
reflexed, smooth, callous: scutellum elongate, much narrowed at the
apex ; frena extended to a distance beyond the middle of the scutellum :
coriaceous portion of the hemelytra longer than the membrane which
has nine longitudinal veins: venter slightly furrowed ; the furrow from
the orifices gradually amplified: feet rather long; basal and apical
joints of the tarsi about equal (Dallas).

197. AG#US TESSELLATUS, Dallas.

Ageus tessellatus, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 186, t. 6, f. 6 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het.
i, p. 229 (1867).

2. Above testaceous, thickly and finely punctured with brown: eyes
pitchy, ocelli red: pronotum with five brassy black spots on each side
of the posterior portion of the disc; namely, three large ones near the
middle, placed, two on the posterior margin, and one between the apices
of these, a small one on the lateral margin near the lateral angle, and
one between this and the three large spots: scutellum with the basal
portion brassy black, with a narrow median line, the basal angles, the
lateral margins, and an oblique angular line on each side testaceous ;
coriaceous portion of the hemelytra with a broad, brassy black trans-
verse band about the middle, and an indistinct spot of the same colour
towards the apex; membrane brown, semitransparent: wings blackish,
with the base vermillion: dorsum of the abdomen bright red, shining ;
margins orange, with a brassy black spot on each suture : abdomen be-
neath testaceous, very faintly and sparingly punctured, with a row of
round, dark brown spots on each side between the stigmata and the
median furrow ; stigmata black: pectus more or less thickly and finely
punctured with brown; pectus impunctate; mesostethium with a
slight median ridge: legs testaceous, with a streak ou the apex of the
femora, a similar streak near the base of the tibie, the apex of the tibie

1888. ] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 51

and the tarsi, black; rostrum testaceous, with the apex black: antennz
black, with the underside of the basal joint testaceous (Dallas). Long,
21—22 mill.

Reported from India, Burma, Assam (mihi).

198. Agus mimus, Distant.

Ageus mimus, Dist., Trans., Hut. Soc. p. 347. t. 12, f. 1 (1887).

Head fuscous; tylus (except apex and lateral margins) ochrace-
ous ; eyes greyish ; antenne black, second joint shorter than the third,
3-4 joints subequal in length; head rather thickly and finely punctate,
excepting the lateral margins which are levigate: pronotum more
coarsely and sparingly punctate, lateral margins levigate and finely
crenulate anteriorly, lateral angles obtusely pointed and slightly pro-
duced ; of a reddish ochraceous colour, with thirteen fuscous spots
arranged six at base, of which two almost occupy the lateral angles and
the intervening four are more or less triangular, five discal spots, of
which the median is longest and intervenes between the two median
basal spots and also between two large spots placed near the anterior
margin: scutellum coarsely and rather closely punctate, fuscous, with a
median longitudinal ochraceous line, and a similar line extending from
each basal angle and meeting the median line on the disc: corium finely
and sparingly punctate, reddish ochraceous with fuscous punctures and
some irregularly shaped spots of the same colour, of which the most
prominent are a claval streak, three discal (the lowermost largest), one
large and long costal spot at about the middle, and three subapical
spots (the median largest) : membrane bronzy-brown: abdomen above
reddish : head beneath ochraceous, margins of rostral canal, margins of
bases of antenns and a band from the same to the base of the head,
fuscous: prostethium fuscous, anterior and posterior margins anda
transverse discal line ochraceous ; lateral margins and a spot near the
cox, reddish: meso-and meta-stethium fuscous, their margins and
the odoriferous apertures ochraceous, and with reddish spots near the
bases of the coxee: abdomen beneath with a median, longitudinal, fur-
row, reddish ochraceous, ornamented with a number of large dark fus-
cous spots: legs fuscous, femora streaked with ochraceous (Dist.).
Long, 23; exp. angl. pron. 10 mill.

Reported from Assam, Sibsdgar (mihi).

Genus Euryprma, Laporte.

Pentatoma, subg. Eurydema, pt., Lap. Ess. Hém. p. 61 (1832); Herr. Schiff.
Nom. Ent. i, p. 37 (1835) ; Ewrydema, pt., Am. and Serv. Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 125
(1843); Kolenati, Melet. Ent. iv, p. 21 (1846): Strachia, pt., Dallas, List Hem.

52 HK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

i, p. 257 (1851) ; Fieb. Eur. Hem. p. 343 (1861); Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 313 (1867) :
Eurydema, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. xxix, 3, p. 39 (1872); En. Hem. v, p. 60, 85
(1876).

Stal thus distinguishes between the allied genera :—

1—2. Hyes sessile: anterior and antero-lateral margins of prono-
notum, elevated, callous :—Hurydema, Lap.

2—l. LHyes briefly stylate.

3—4. Pronotum sinuate at the apex, anterior margin callous :—
Stenozygum, Fieb.

4—3. Pronotum somewhat truncate at the apex ; anterior margin
not callous :—Bagrada, Stal.

199. Huryprema FESsTIVUM, Linneeus.

Cimesx festivus, Linn., Syst. Nat. ii, p. 723 (1767).

Pentatoma picta, Herr. Schaff. Cont, Panz. Faun. Germ. p. 116 (1835).

Burydema pictum, Herr. Schaff. Nom. Ent. i, p. 55, 91 (1835),

Strachia picta, Hahn, Wanz. Ins. iii, p. 14, t. 77, f. 240 (1835); Fieb. Hur.
Hem. p. 343 (1861): P. Low, Wien, Ent. Zeit. ii, p. 57 (1883).

Cimex fallax, Scholtz, Prodr., p. 154 (1846).

Var. albiventris, Jakov., Bull. Soc. Mose. li (3) p. 105 (1876).

Var. cruentatuwm, Puton, Hém. Het. France, ii, p. 70 (1880).

Lurydema festivum, Distant, Scient. Res. Sec. Yarkand Miss. p. 6 (1879): Reuter,
Ent. Tijds. i, p. 180 (1880); Rev. d’ Hnt. iii, p. 68 (1884) ; Berlin Ent. Zeit. xxix,
p. 40 (1885).

Reuter (1. c.) establishes the fact that Cimew festivus, Linn., is not
the species of that name as used by later authors, but is H. pictum, H.S.
hence arises some difficulty in arranging the synonymy. Through the
kindness of M. Lethierry, I have received a specimen of H. festivum, from
Amasia in Asia Minor, which agrees in all respects with Hahn’s figure of
8. picta which is described by him as having ‘the antenne black ; head
reddish or yellowish, anteriorly with two spots, and from the eyes hind-
wards, black-green: above punctured ; pronotum yellowish, reddish on
the border; anteriorly with two transverse spots, and, behind them, a
transverse row of four almost quadrate spots, black-green: scu-
tellum yellowish, reddish at the apex, black-green at the base: hemely-
tra reddish or yellowish, each with a hook-shaped black-green marking,
behind which, as also on the outer margin, is a black-green spot:
abdomen beneath yellowish or reddish ; on the outer margin on each
side, a small black-blue point on each incisure: wings black-green with
whitish limbus: feet yellowish, ringed and streaked black-green.’ Long,
103; broad, 5; mill. Sia

Reported from Europe, Yarkand, Sind valley, and probably Sikkim.

1888. ] KE. T, Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 53

200. Huryprma DomINULUM, Scopoli.

Cimex dominulus, Scop., Ent. Carn., p. 124 (1763).

Cimex festivus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 714 (1775); Spec. Ins. ii, p. 358 (1781);
Maut. Ins. ii, p. 295 (1787); Ent. Syst. iv, p. 118 (1794); Syst. Rhyng., p. 172
(1803) ; Gmelin, ed. Syst. Nat. i (4), p. 2150 (1793) : Wolff, Ic. Cim. p. 61, t. 6, £. 58
(1801).

Strachia festiva, Hahn, Wanz. Ins. i, p. 181, t. 29, f. 93 (1831): Fieber, Eur.
Hem. p. 342, (1861): Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 124 (1875): P L, Duda, Wien
Ent. Zeit. iv, p. 70 (1885).

Var. Eurydema bhesgica, Kolen. Mel. Ent. iv, p. 28, t. 15, f. 31 (1846),

Eurydema dawricum, Motsch., Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. (2) p. 502 (1859): Stal, En.
Hem. v, p. 86 (1876).

Eurydema dominulum, Reuter, Rey. d’Ent. iii, p. 68 (1884); Berlin, Ent. Zeit.
xxix, p. 40 (1885).

S. Head black; margin red; antenne black, reddish at apex:
pronotum red, with six black spots of which four posterior: scutellum
red, with a black hemispherical patch at the base: hemelytra red ; apex
membranous, black ; margin whitish, with two black spots at the inter-
nal margin, and a black dot at the apex: abdomen red with a black
spot above on the apex, beneath on both sides with six ovate black spots :
feet black. @ of the same colour, but a little larger (Scopoli). Long,
65 mill. Wolff’s description is as follows ;—‘ Head black, lateral margin
red, impressly punctured, with a small impressed line, posteriorly bifid,
on the apex ; orbit of the fuscous eyes rufous: rostrum 4-jointed, black,
Shorter than half the body: pronotum declined anteriorly, red, shining,
impressly punctured, with six black spots, the two anterior large, the
four posterior smaller: scutellum red, impressly punctured, longer than
half of the abdomen, with a black hemispherical patch at the base, and
a small marginal spot on both sides before the apex: hemelytra red,
impressly punctured, shining, interior margin, an abbreviated median
band close to interior margin, spot at apex, and another in the middle
of the exterior margin, black: membrane black, shining, margin broadly
white: wings fuliginous, white at apex: abdomen above deep black,
shining, margin red, immaculate: beneath rufous, deep black in the
middle, very shining; a line of black dots on both sides: pectus deep
black, very shining, with all the sutures livid: anus red: feet deep
black ; first tibize with a small tooth before the apex. Varies in size
and in haying six black ovate spots on each side beneath.’ Long, 10
mill,

Reported from Europe, but is probably found in N. India, some of
the specimens procured there being very like Wolff’s figure but com-
parison with a long series can alone settle this question.

54 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

201. EHurRYDEMA WILKINS!I, Distant.

Eurydema wilkinsi, (Ochs., in lit.) Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 123 (1879): Scient.
Res. 2nd Yark. Miss. p. 5, f. 4 (1879).
Strachia conspicua, Jakov., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, p. 286 (1881).

Pale luteous, somewhat thickly and coarsely punctured: head with
the anterior part of the submarginal, lateral borders, and a large trian-
gular marking at the base; pronotum with two large discal, subqua-
drate, linear markings, elongated exteriorly ; scutellum with the base
and two median forked lines, extending therefrom to about the middle,
and spots on the lateral margins, a little before the apex; corium
with two claval streaks, a linear spot on the middle of the outer margin,
a transverse waved band, extending from the base of the membrane for
two-thirds across the corium, and a rounded subapical spot, shining
green. Abdomen above luteous, apical segment black, connexivum with
a row of large green spots; underside of body. pale luteous: abdomen
with a marginal row of spots situate on the outer edge of each segmental
suture, and a submarginal row of transverse, slightly-waved linear
markings, situate on the middle of each segment, greenish-black :
sternum with some irregular markings of the same colour: legs pale
luteous, streaked with greenish black, and femora obscurely annulated
with the same colour near the apex: antennz black, second joint about
as long as 1 and 3 together, 4 somewhat dilated, about as long as 5:
rostrum luteous, pitchy at base and apex. In most specimens, the
markings on the pronotum are not perfectly subquadrate (Dist.). Long,
7 mill.

Reported from Yangi-hissar.

202. KURYDEMA ORNATUM, Linneeus.

Cimex ornatus, Linn., Faun. Suec. p. 251 (1761); Syst. Nat. ii, p. 723 (1767).
Scopoli, Ent. Carn. p. 123 (1763): Wolff. Ic. Cim. p. 15, t. 2, f. 15 (1800).

Var. Strachia herbacea, Hahn, Wanz. Ins. iii, p. 13, t. 77, f. 2839 (1835): Bury-
dema festiva, var. herbacea, Distant, Scien. Res. Sec. Yarkand Miss. p. 6 (1879).

Pentatoma ornata, var. hofimanseggi, Gorski, Anal. ad Ent. p. 85 (1852) and var.
falleni, Gorski, 1. .

Eurydema ornatum, var. ventralis, Kolen., Mel. Ent. iv, p. 26 (1846).

Strachia ornata, Duda, Wien. Ent. Zeit. ii; p. 70 (1884).

Eurydema ornatum, Reuter, Rey. d@’ Ent. iii, p.68 (1884); Berlin Ent. Zeit.
xxix, p. 40 (1885).

Ovate; varied black and red: head and wings black (Linn.).
Varied black and red: head, antennez, pronotum beneath, and feet,
black: hemelytra with a free spot at the apex of the corium, a black
subovate mark on the external margin towards the base; internal mar-
gin black and with two black spots, the lower of which is long and ob-

1888. | E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 55

tuse ; membrane blackish, margin whitish: two black semibifid spots on
the pronotum: abdomen beneath red, in the middle with four transverse
spots, on each side with a somewhat double row of black points, of which
the one marginal with five somewhat conical points, the other interior,
with six somewhat round points, with abrighter pupil in the middle
(Scop.). Long, 83 mill.

Var. herbacea, Hahn :—Antenne and feet black; the shining black-
green head narrowly edged red anteriorly : above punctured, red: the
anterior and posterior black-green markings on the pronotum united: on
the inner margin of the hemelytra, a broad, black green-tinted, J-shaped
mark turning outwards which is also produced inwards on to the scu-
tellum, towards the apex, a black spot, and, on the outer margin, another
somewhat larger : abdomen beneath red, black in the middle, black with a
blue tint, and on each incisure, on each side, a small black-blue spot :
wings brown with a greenish tint and whitish limbus. Long, 73—83 ;
broad, 4—4 5 mill.

Wolff’s specimen is thus described :—

Head, antenne, and rostrum, black; pronotum, scutellum, and heme-
lytra red, punctured: head punctured, subemarginate at the apex, poste-
riorly with a bifid impressed small line; spot on both sides before the
black eyes and the very slender margin, red; rostrum 4-jointed,
red at base; antenne 5-jointed; pronotum with a spot on both sides,
posteriorly bifid, black: scutellum with spot at base not reaching margin,
and one on both sides before the apex close to the spot on the hemely-
tra, black ; a somewhat elevated small longitudinal line in the middle:
hemelytra with a free spot at the apex, another larger at exterior margin
towards the base, and a median spot confluent with the slender black
limbus, black; membrane black, limbus whitish: margin of abdomen
prominulous, red, with four black quadrate spots ; beneath yellow-ferru-
ginous with five marginal spots and the same number of elevated points,
black: pectus concolorous, with small impressed, curved black lines:
anus entire, blackish: feet black, femora at base and tibize annulated
yellow-ferruginous (Wolf). Abdomen beneath sometimes red, with four
transverse, black spots: pronotum sometimes with six black spots,

Reported from the Sind Valley.

203. HuryprMA PULCHRUM, Westwood.

Pentatoma pulchra, Westw., Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 34 (1837). Java.

Strachia pulchra, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 258 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. iii, p-
332 (1868).
j Eurydema sumatrana, Ellenr., Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind. xxiv, p. 152, f. 20 (1862).

Ewrydema pulchra, Stal, En, Hem. v, p. 86 (1876): Sign., B. S. E. F. (6:s.)i,
p. xli (1881). China.

56 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

Fulvous: body somewhat depressed; head black, margin pale:
spots on hemelytra cyaneous: abdomen beneath with median bands and
round lateral spots (Westw.). Long, 8-83 mill.

Head black with a luteous limbus : pronotum orange red with six black
spots, two transverse towards anterior margin, two obliquely ovate to«
wards posterior margin, and two very minute punctiform spots at the
posterior angle: scutellum orange red, spotted black, a single, very
large, obtusely triangular, spot at the anterior margin, and two margi-
nal rather oblong near the posterior angle: coriaceous portion of the
hemelytra black, with a sigma-shaped band in the middle and the
external margin, red; membrane black, chalybeous, margin hyaline at
the apex: sternum luteous, spotted black at the stigmata: venter lute-
ous, with a transverse band-shaped spot on each segment and two on the
stigmata: femora lutescent, black at the apex; tarsi and antenna,
black (Hllenr.). Long, 9 mill.

Reported from Java, China, Sikkim where it is not uncommon

(mihi).

204. HuRYDEMA MULTIPUNCTATA, Distant.

Eurydema multipunctata, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 348, t. 12, f. 6 (1887).

Body above pale ochraceous, sometimes suffused with purplish
above: margins of tylus (angulated externally about the middle) and
the base, black: antennz ochraceous, apex of third and 4-5 joints palely
infuscate, fourth joint longest: rostrum ochraceous, tip pitchy, reaching
last coxee ; pronotum with twelve black spots, arranged four on anterior
margin, remainder on the disc, three in each angular area and two in
the middle: scutellum with ten black spots, four at the base, four near
middle, and two before the apex: corium with three black spots, ar-
ranged somewhat longitudinally: membrane blackish, pale hyaline at
apex and margins: body beneath pale ochraceous, head with two black
spots at the base, sternum with a double submarginal row of black
spots, a transverse black spot on eachside of the metastethium, and a
double row of black marginal spots on the abdomen (Dist.). Long,
8-9 mill.

Reported from Arrah (Bengal), rather rare (mihi).

Genus Strenozyaum, Fieber.

Eur. Hem. p. 345 (1861); Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A., Forh. 520 (1867) ; En. Hem.
v, p. 61, 86 (1876). Includes Nitilia, subg. Minodia, Muls. and Rey, Pun. France
Pent. p. 199 (1866). |

Bedy short, oval, hairless, shining, somewhat convex, bright colour-
ed: head not much deflexed, lateral margins rounded, slightly sinuate
towards the base; antennew robust, second joint shorter than the third

1888. ] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 57

and only a little longer than the first; 4-5 joints robust, each one-third
longer than the third: basal third of the scutellum not or but slightly
elevated: apical angles of the abdominal segments without a spine, not,
or but very slightly, prominulous: last femora unarmed, not incras-
sate in co.

205. Svrenozyaum sprecrosum, Dallas.

Strachia speciosa, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 261 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p,
326 (1867).

Stenozygum speciosum, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 86 (1879).

_@. Rather elongate, ovate: head, black, impunctate; each of the
juga with the inner margin yellow and an orange spot at the base; a
large oblong orange yellow spot on the middle of the vertex, and a
minute yellow dot on each side between this and the eyes, which are
pitchy ; ocelli red: pronotum black, divided in the middle by a deep,
transverse, strongly punctured furrow; anterior portion smooth, shin-
ing, impunctate, with the broad lateral margins, a short line on each
side on the anterior margin, and four spots across the disc, just in front
of the transverse furrow, yellow; a small raised orange spot near each
anterior angle surrounded by a depressed line; posterior portion irre-
gularly punctured, with a broad, median, yellow, longitudinal band, ex-
panded on the posterior margin (and probably continued on the anterior
lobe), and a narrower band of the same colour on each side. Scutellum
rather elongated, punctured; the base black, with a broad, median,
longitudinal yellow line, and an orange spot in each angle; the pos-
terior portion yellow, with a large red patch on the disc, at and behind
which, the lateral margins are black; apex impunctate: corium black,
punctured, with the disc smooth; with the outer margin broadly but
interruptedly pale yellow; the two inner veins pale yellow, an orange
spot on the disc before the middle, and a large irregular yellow patch
tinged with red in the middle, at the apex; membrane dark brown,
shining, somewhat brassy, with the margin hyaline: body beneath
tawny, very smooth, shining: abdomen impunctate, with a row of
spots on each lateral margin, a similar row on each side within the line
of stigmata, and the stigmata themselves, black; the stigmata are seat-
ed in a reddish longitudinal line: pectus more or less punctured and
spotted with black: femora pale yellow, striped with black, especially
towards the apex ; tibie yellow, with the two black lines on the outside ;
tarsi blackish brown: rostrum pitchy black, with the base yellow: an-
tenne black, with the second joint much shorter than the third, the
basal joint yellow beneath (Dallas). Long, 7-8 mill.

Reported from N. India.
8

58 ®. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynehota. [No 1,

Genus Baarapa, Stal.

Stettin Ent. Zeit., xxiii, p. 105 (1862); Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. xxix, 3, p. 39
(1872); En. Hem. vy, p. 61, 88 (1876).

Body subobovate: head triangular; juga somewhat as long as the
tylus, converging forwards, not contiguous, however, at the apex: eyes
somewhat stylate: ocelli almost thrice as far from each other as from
the eyes: second joint of antenne longer than third : pronotum indis-
tinctly sexangular, posterior angles very obtuse, broadly rounded, anterior
margin not, or scarcely, elevated: tibise rounded ; basal joint of last
tarsi shorter than the two apical taken together (Stal).

Type Cumex pictus, Fabr.

206. Baacrapa picta, Fabricius.

Cimesx pictus, Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 715 (1775); Spec. Ins. ii, p. 359 (1781) ; Mans.
Ins. ii, p. 296 (1787); Ent. Syst. iv, p.122 (1794); Syst. Rhyng. p. 177 (1803)
Wolff Ic. Cim. i, p. 17, t. 2, f. 17 (1800).

Strachia picta, Dallas, List Hem.i, p. 259 (1851) ; Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 326
(1867).

Bagrada picta, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiii, p. 105 (1862); En, Hem. v, p. 88
(1876); Lethierry, An. Mus. Gen. xviii, p. 743 (1883).

Antennse black: head black, with lateral line and two very minute
points on the vertex, rufescent: pronotum deep black, shining; anterior
margin and lateral lines, and a median, palely ferrnginous: scutellum
deep black, with a longitudinal lne and two small spots on each side,
pale ferruginous: hemelytra smooth, margin pale, ending in a large
ferruginous spot: wings fuscous, immaculate: beneath flavescent, with
a lateral line and spots, black: feet pale with black lines (Fabr.).
Antenne, eyes and head, black ; the latter shining, margined, emarginate
at the apex, with a small line on both sides at the margin as far as the
eyes, and two dots on the vertex, yellow-ferruginous : circumoeular space,
yellow: rostrum fuscous, 4-jomted, as lorg as half the body: pronotum
deep black, shining, posteriorly impressly punctured; anterior and
lateral margins and a median line, yellow ferruginous, and an anterior
spot on each side, yellow: scutellum deep black with 4 median longitu-
dinal line, and a spot on each side at base and apex, pale ferruginous :
hemelytra deep black, impressly punctured, a pale line at the margin
confluent with a ferruginous spot on the apex; apex itself black: wings
blackish, immaculate: abdomen beneath flavescent, the margins of seg-
ments black, a line of black points on each side; pectus spotted rufous :
feet pale, varied with small fuscous lines and dots (Wolf.). Varies in
size, in the pronotum having no yellow spots, in scutellum with two dots,
and the abdomen being black with yellow bands. Long, 8; broad, 4 mil}.

1888. ] H. T. Atkinson—Nofes on Indian Rhynchota. D9

Reported from N. India, Bengal, Bombay, Baghdad, Abyssinia.
The Indian Museum has specimens from Calcutta (mihi), Hardwar
(N.-W. Provinces).

Genus Cinxta, Stal.
Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiii, p. 105 (1862); Ofvers. K. V.-A., Férh. p. 520 (1867) :

_ Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 326 (1867): Stal, Hn. Hem. v, p. 61, 87 (1876).

Head triangular; juga converging towards the apex, scarcely con-
tiguous at the apex: eyes very briefly stylate: ocelli scarcely or only a
little more distant from each other than from the eyes: antenne long, basal
joint extending beyond the apex of the head, second joint shorter than
the third: basal joint of rostrum longer than the head: pronotum sex-
angular, margins anteriorly and the anterior lateral, elevated: feet
unarmed, tibize broadly sulcate above: basal joint of the last tarsi as
long as the two apical joints taken together (Stal).

Type Cumex limbatus, Fabr.

207. CinxiA LIMBATA, Fabricius.
Cimex limbatus, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 176 (1803); Burm. Handb. Ent. ii, (i), p.
367 (1835): Herr. Schiff. Wanz. Ins. iv, p. 91, t. 138, f. 430 (1839).
Strachia limbata, Am. and Serv. Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 127 (1843); Dallas List
Hem. i, p. 263 (1851) ; Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 326 (1867).
Cinzia limbata, Stal Hem. Fabr. i, p. 30 (1868) ; En. Hem. v, p. 87 (1876) : pupa,
EHllenrieder, Nat. Tidsskr. Ned. Ind. xxiv, p. 153, f. 22 (1862).

Above deep black: antenne deep black: head with two abbreviat-
ed lines, rufous: pronotum punctured, with a median cross rufous and
entire limbus flavescent : margin of scutellum and a median line, rufous ;
hemelytra with a rufous median line which is posteriorly arcuate :
wings black, whitish at the apex: body variegated (Fabr.). Above with
antenue black ; two longitudinal lines on the head, margins of prono-
tum, a longitudinal line through the middle and a transverse line
nearer the anterior margin and finer, lateral margins and a median
longitudinal line on scutellum, on the hemelytra a broad line from the
basal outer margin curved towards the inner angle of the apical margin
and thence following the apical margin to the outer angle, two fine lines
(one abbreviated) parallel to the inner margin, and two lines between
the broad curved line and the external margin, ochreous: abdomen
beneath ochreous with four oblong black spots on each side of the dise
anda triangular spot at the apex, a spot on each segment towards the
margin, three broader spots on each side of the pectus. Long, 13-16
mill. )

Reported from Java, Silhat, Burma (mihi). The Indian Museum |
has specimens from Sumatra, Tayoy, and Harmatti in Assam,

60 Ki. T. Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [ Nore,

Genus Stracuta, Hahn, Stal.

Hahn, pt., Wanz. Ins. i, p. 180 (1831): Dallas, pt., List Hem. i, p. 262 (1851) ;
Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 257 (1867): Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiii, p. 105 (1862) ;
Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 520 (1867); En. Hem, v, p. 61, 87 (1876).

Head triangular ; juga somewhat contiguous at the apex, eyes very
briefly stylate: ocelli about twice as far from each other as from the
eyes: antennee 5-jointed, long ; basal joint scarcely extending beyond the
apex of the head, second joint a little shorter than the third: pronotum
sexangular, anterior and anterior lateral margins reflexed, the latter
sinuate: feet unarmed: femora, in <&, incrassate ; tibie above broad-
ly sulcate, last tibiz, in d', slightly curved; basal joint of the last tarsi
shorter than the two apical taken together (Stal).

Type, Strachia cruciger, Hahn.

208. STRACHIA CRUCIGERA, Hahn.

Strachia cruciger, Hahn, Wanz. i, p. 184, t. 29, f. 95 (1831).

Strachia flammula, Ellenr. Nat. Tijds. v, Ned. Ind. xxiv, p. 153, f. 23 (1862).

Strachia crucigera, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 262 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p.
332 (1867); Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 87 (1876); Distant, J. A. S. B. xlviii, (2), p. 37
(1879); A. M. N. H. (5 8.) iii, p. 45 (1879).

Above black, punctured, shining: pronotum with a red and yallow
cruciform mark; the red, yellow in the middle: sides and apex of the
scutellum, black; the coriaceous portion of the hemelytra posteriorly,
towards the end, witha yellow transverse band: the abdomen reddish
yellow, spotted black on the sides beneath: all the femora black with
above a narrow yellow, longitudinal streak.

Hahn describes an Indian specimen thus :—Head black, above with
a blueish tinge: antenne black, outwardly finely pilose: eyes brown-yel-
low, black in the middle: ocelli small, brown-yellow, shining: ros-
trum black, shining: pronotum narrowed forwards, with a transverse
protuberance through the middle; both the outer corners produced in
a sharp point; above, black, shining, with a red cruciform mark which
turns into yellow posteriorly : pectus shining, black, with a white spot at
each foot and near it a small red spot outwards : scutellum finely punctur-
ed, shining, red, yellow in the middle, black on the sides and at the apex :
coriaceous portion of the hemelytra black, above on the inner margin,
and beneath on the outer margin, a white longish !ine, then, before the
end, a red yellow transverse band; membrane brownish, lighter at the
tip, reaching beyond the abdomen which is above yellow-red, shining ;
each incisure on the outer margin with a narrow black streak: beneath
yellow-red, black in the middle, and each segment with a black pune-
ture on the margin: feet and tarsi are glossy black, and each femur is
marked above by a narrow yellow longitudinal line.

1888. ] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 61

Var. a. Scutellum black with a longitudinal red streak, yellow in
the middle, and above, in each corner, ared spot. Long, 73; broad almost
41 mill.

Reported from Java, Sumatra, Tenasserim, Assam (mihi). The
Indian Museum has specimens from Tenasserim.

Species of doubtful position.
209, Srracuia ArriictA, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 332 (1867).

Dark-green, broad, elliptical, shining, thinly and roughly puuctured,
tawny beneath: head broad, partly tawny along the borders; sides
reflexed ; juga and tylus of equal length : rostrum tawny, extending to
the hind coxe; antenne black, slender; and 2 joints tawny ; first ex-
tending almost to the front of the head; second much shorter than the
third, which is tawny at the base: pronotum with slightly reflexed
sides ; fore angles slightly acute ; hind angles much rounded: scutellum
long, rounded and rather broad at the tip: abdomen above tawny :
legs tawny, rather stout; tibize setulose, furrowed: hemelytra with a
brownish membrane: wings cinereous (Walker). Body long, 143—15
mill.

Reported from India.

210. Srracnia 1norNaTA, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 331 (1867).

Black, elliptical, smooth, shining, here and there coarsely punc-
tured, testaceous beneath: head with a large testaceous spot on the
hind border; sides reflexed ; juga and tylus of equal length: rostrum
black, extending to the hind coxe, testaceous at the base: pronotum
with a well defined transverse furrow, with a testaceous spot on the
fore part of each side, and with a testaceous stripe which is dilated on
the fore border and more so on the hind border; angles much rounded :
scutellum with atestaceous spot on each side, and with a testaceous
stripe: pectus and abdomen beneath with a broad black stripe on each
side: legs black, stout ; femora towards the base and coxa testaceous :
hemelytra with a testaceous costal dot near the base and with two
testaceous spots in the disc; first spot before the middle ; second be-
hind the middle, larger than the first; membrane cinereous (Walker).
Body long, 7—7; mill.

Reported from India.

211. STRACHIA STRANGULATA, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 344 (1867).

Aeneous-black, elongate-elliptical, shining, thinly and roughly
punctured : head smooth; sides slightly reflexed; juga contiguous
beyond the tylus: eyes prominent: rostrum black, extending to the

62 HW. T. Atkinson—Noies on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. 1,

hind coxe: antenne black, more than half the length of the body ; first
joint broad, extending to the front of the head; second as long as the
third ; fourth longer than the third; fifth shorter than the fourth:
pronotum much narrower in front of the transverse furrow, with a pale
yellow stripe, which is breadest on the fore border; a nearly round
Callus on each side in front; sides and fore border pale testaceous,
slightly reflexed: scutellum with a pale yellow stripe, which is abbre-
viated hindward and has a red patch at each side of it at its base, and at
its tip: pectus whitish about the coxee: abdomen beneath with an irre-
gular yellow stripe on each side: legs long; femora slightly incrassat-
ed: hemelytra with a white transverse streak, joining the exterior
border near the angle of the corium; membrane black, with a whitish
pellucid border (Walker). Body long, 9—9$ mill.
Reported from Penang: closely allied to S. bicolor, Dallas.

212. Srracwia Lirurirera, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 326 (1867).

Blueish-black, elongate-oval, shining, roughly punctured, pale lute-
ous beneath: head with a red spot on each side in front of the eye ;
sides pale luteous, slightly reflexed; juga and tylus of equal length ;
a black patch on each side beneath: rostrum black, pale luteous at the
base, extending to the hind cox: antenne black, about half the length
of the body; first joint extending nearly to the front; second much
longer than the third ; fourth as long as the second, shorter than the
fifth: pronotum red, with six elongated blueish black spots; of which
two are transverse and on the fore border, and the other four are
oblique ; hind angles rounded: scutellum extending to the angle of the
corium; a red stripe extending along half the length from the
tip; sides red for half the length from the base: pectus on each
side with three red spots, which are irregularly bordered with blackish
blue; sides red: abdomen beneath red, and with blackish blue spots along
each side; connexivum red, with blackish blue spots : legs black, streaked
with pale luteous: hemelytra with two irregular red spots; costa to-
wards the base and exterior border, red ; first spot joining the red part
of the costa; second joining the red of the exterior border; a whitish
costal streak beyond the middle: membrane black, with a whitish
pellucid border.

Var.—Thorax with the spots much diminished in size; the red line
more prevalent in the hemelytra (Walker), Body long, 7—7} mill.

Reported from N. India.

213, Srracuia pesignatTa, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 327 (1867).

Black, elongate-oval, shining, roughly and thinly punctured, pale
testaceous beneath: head in front with pale reflexed testaceous borders;

1888. ] BE. T. Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 63

juga extending much beyond the tylus; rostrum black, extending to
the hind coxze; antennz black, about half the length of the body ; first
joint not extending to the front of the head; second much longer than
the third; fourth a little longer than the second: pronotum with @
testaceous border, a slender testaceous stripe, and a semicircular tes
taceous line which rests on the hind border and emits a branch to each
side near the fore border: scutellum bordered with testaceous on each
side and at the tip, which is narrow; fore part more convex than the
hind part, not punctured, but transversely and very finely striated :
pectus and abdomen beneath with two stripes of large black spots :
abdomen beneath with a middle stripe of transversely elongated black
spots: legs black; femora towards the base and coxe testaceous ; pos-
terior tibiae with a testaceous band: hemelytra with a testaceous stripe
which proceeds on the costa from the base, and diverges to the dise and
returns to the costa, and there again diverges and joins the exterior
border, which is also testaceous; membrane black, with a whitish
border (Walker). Body long, 8—8 J mill.
Reported from India.

214, STRACHIA sEcURIGERA, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 334 (1867).

Ochraceous, oval, shining, roughly and thinly punctured, pale yel-
low beneath: head transversely and finely striated, irregularly black
along the hind border; sides slightly reflexed; tylus hardly extending
beyond the juga; rostrum black towards the tip, extending rather be-
hind the hind coxe: antenne black, slender, full half the length of the
body ; joints from the first to the fourth successively increasing im
length ; first luteous, extending to the front of the head; fifth a little
shorter than the fourth: pronotum reflexed on each side along the fore
border, with two abbreviated black bands; fore band containing a pale
yellow callus on each side; hind band slightly interrupted, occasionally
thrice interrupted; hind angles rounded: scutellum black, with a lute-
ous transverse, very large, cyathiform mark ; tip rather broad, bordered
with pale yellow: pectus and underside of abdomen with four stripes of
transverse black spots, the latter with a median stripe of large black
spots: legs stout; tibize towards the tips and tarsi piceous: hemelytra
with two black stripes; first stripe subcostal, excavated on the inner
side, commencing at one-sixth of the length and extending nearly to the
tip, contiguous to the second at its base ; second much contracted in the
middle, commencing very near the base, not extending beyond the
angle of the corium; membrane blackish (Walker). Body long, 9—92
mill,

Reported from Mysol, Burma,

64 K. T. Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. I,

215. Srracuia piatyspitA, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 337 (1867).

Grass-green, broad, oval, shining, thinly and roughly punctured :
head slightly ochraceous-tinged, transversely and finely striated on each
side; three black spots on the hind border, the middle one much larger
than the other two; sides slightly reflexed; tylus extending a little
beyond the juga: rostrum black, green at the base, extending to the
hind coxe: pronotum with an ochraceous patch on the fore part of the
disc, and one on each hind angle ; six elongated black spots ; two trans-
verse in front, four between the hind angles, which are much rounded :
scutelluam with two large transverse black spots, on the fore border, and
with posterior elongated much larger black spots, which are nearly con-
tiguous; tip rather broad; pectus and under side of abdomen with five
stripes of large black spots: legs moderately long and slender ; femora
with some black dots: hemelytra with three very large black spots ;
apical half of the corium ochraceous; membrane blackish, with a broad
pellucid border (Walker). Long, 93 mill.

Reported from Penang, Tenasserim.

216. Srracuia PARDALIS, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 330 (1867).

' Bright orange-red or luteous, broad, oval, shining, thinly and rough-
ly punctured, pale yellow or white beneath : head transversely and very
finely striated, with three black spots, which are connected with the
black line along the hind border; an elongated black spot on the tylus,
which extends somewhat beyond the juga; sides slightly reflexed :
rostrum black towards the tip, extending to the hind coxe: antennz
piceous, more than half the length of the body ; first and second joints
bright red; first not extending to the front of the head ; third bright
red towards the base, nearly twice the length of the second; fourth a
little longer than the third and a little shorter than the fifth : pronotum
with six elongated black spots, which are partly bordered with pale
yellow or wholly bordered with white ; first and second spots transverse
on the fore border; the other four near the hind border; a black dot on
each hind angle, which is rounded; sides slightly reflexed ; pale yellow
or white in front: scutellum broad and pale yellow or white at the tip ;
a curved red band, pale yellow on each side where it joins the fore
border, sometimes wholly white; a slender red stripe, pale yellow to-
wards the tip or wholly white: pectus with six stripes of quadrate
black spots: abdomen above black with pale yellow spots on the con-
nexivum under side with two rows of large black spots on each side, a
black dot on the second segment, an abbreviated black band, which is
excavated on the hind border on the third segment, and another on the
fourth, a large black spot on the fifth, and a transverse smaller one on

1888. ] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 65

the sixth: legs bright red, stout: hemelytra with three large black
spots ; a lanceolate black streak on the hind border; membrane brown,
with a pellucid border (Walker). Body long, 9-95 mill.

Reported from Bouru, Hong-Kong, Siam, India.

217. Srracuta veLata, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 329 (1867).

Orange, oval, shining, thinly punctured, pale yellow beneath : head
smooth; sides slightly reflexed; juga and tylus of equal length: ros-
trum pale yellow, extending to the hind coxe, tip black: antenne black,
a little more than half the length of the body; first joint orange, not
extending to the front; second shorter than the third; fourth much
longer than the third, as long as the fifth: pronotum with eight elongat-
ed cinereous-green spots ; two transverse on the fore border; the other
six forming a band between the hind angles, which are mach rounded :
scutellum which is rather broad and extends beyond the angle of the
corium, pale yellow towards the tip; four large elongated cinereous-
green spots; two transverse on the fore border; two lanceolate: pectus
and underside of abdomen with two rows of green dots: legs pale
green; tips of the femora ochraceous; tarsi and tips of the tibie
tawny: hemelytra with a cinereous-green subcostal streak, and with
three large cinereous-green spots, the third joining the streak ; mem-
brane brown (Walker). Body long, 95 mill.

Reported from N. India. Like S. varia, in structure.

218. SrracHiaA HETEROSPILA, Walker, Cat. Het., iii, p. 331 (1867).

Ochraceous, oval, broad, stout, shining, coarsely and thinly punc-
tured ; beneath pale yellow: head with three black spots on the poste-
rior margin, a black dot in front on the tylus which extends a little
beyond the juga; sides slightly reflexed ; rostrum black, ochraceous at
the base, extending a little beyond the last coxe; antenne black,
slender, 1-2 joints ochraceous, first not reaching the front of the head,
third very much longer than the second, ochraceous at the base: pro-
notum with four large black spots on the posterior margin, space in
front on each side smooth, pale yellow, including a narrow transverse
black spot; angles much rounded : the intermediate black spots of the
pronotum continued on each side of the base of the scutellum which has
also two very broad black streaks converging hindwards, apex broad,
rounded ; two rows of black spots on each side of the pectus: abdomen
beneath with two submarginal rows of black spots: hemelytra witha
broad black streak extending along the posterior margin and curved ir:
ward at the apex, and a large black costal spot: membrane black,
bordered pale cinereous (Walker). Long, 83 mill.

Reported from Siam.

9

66 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

Div. HopLisrToDERARIA.

Stal, En. Hem. v. p. 61 (1876).

a.—Hntire orifices margined; or auriculately margined ; or, gene-
rally, extended in a margined furrow, closed at the apex, or in a con-
tinuous ridge: venter generally tuberculated at the base or spinose.

6.—Anterior lateral margins of pronotum entire, unarmed, gene-
rally distinctly reflexed, or narrowly elevated and callous, rarely obtusely
rounded.

c.—Mesostethium with a ridge generally shghtly, or not so highly,
elevated, everywhere equally high: this ridge rarely entirely, or ante-
riorly strongly, elevated and compressed, and, very rarely, freely produced
between the first pair of coxee, and, if so, then either the tibiz are sul-
cated above, or broadly flat and margined, or the venter is furnished at
the base with a freely porrect spine, or the ridge itself is deeply sulcated,
or the punctures on the head are arranged in longitudinal rows: apical
angles of sixth abdominal segment very rarely produced im a large
acute tooth; sixth ventral segment, in 9, obtusely and not so deeply
sinuated at the apex.

d.—Lateral angles of the pronotum produced in aspine or acumi-
nate process, or sinuated at the apex, anterior lateral margins very ob-
tuse, rounded, convex: pronotum anteriorly levigate, or sparingly punc-
tured; within the sometimes callous anterior margin, furnished with a
row of punctures, generally regular: entire buccule rather elevated,
often higher posteriorly, abruptly elevated and sometimes somewhat
lobate posteriorly, there not gradually lower and evanescent: scutellum
broad behind the frena which do not extend beyond the middle of the
scutellum : venter neither ridged nor furrowed, second segment without
a spine or tubercle in the middle; second joint of the rostrum not
longer than the two apical joints taken together, generally short : fur-
row of the orifices elongate, varying in length: scutellum levigate on
the basal angles, or marked by a pale, levigate, callous spot: pronotum
anteriorly and the head strongly declined, sometimes perpendicularly :
feet pale, not sprinkled black, rarely streaked with black: punctures on
the head arranged in simple, parallel, longitudinal rows.

Genus Axncimus, Dallas.

List Hem. i, p, 218 (1851); Stal, Ofvers., K. V.-A., Férh., p. 511 (1867); En.
Hem. v. p. 61, 88 (1876).

Head short, somewhat triangular, rather broader across the eyes
than its length, with the lateral margins strongly indented before the
eyes; the tylus passing the juga, making the head rather pointed in

1888. } E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 67

front: eyes prominent, semiglobose, truncated posteriorly in a straight
line; ocelli minute, flat, placed close to the eyes: antennx about as
long as the head and pronotum, rather slender, of five joints ; basal
joint short and stout, not reaching the apex of the head; second joint
shorter than the third, about equal to the fifth; third joint longest ;
fourth longer than the second ; antenniferous tubercles very prominent :
rostrum reaching the posterior coxa, inserted about the middle of the
head ; basal joint reaching the anterior coxew; second joint longest, as
long as the 3 and 4 together; 3 and 4 about equal, nearly as long as the
first: body broad, rather flat above; pronotum anteriorly and the head
rather perpendicularly inclined; the lateral horns of the pronotum curved
upwards and a little hindwards, acute at the apex, with a small tooth
on the anterior margin at a short distance from the apex, and with
seven furrows, namely, two on the upper surface, three on the lower,
one on the anterior and one on the posterior margin: scutellum very
long, nearly reaching the apex of the body, not much narrowed towards
the apex, and with the lateral margins straight ; frena short; mesos-
tethium furrowed: coriaceous portion of the hemelytra with the inner
margin very short, not reaching beyond the fourth part of the length of
the scutellum ; the apical margin, on the contrary, very long, produced
along the margin of the scutellum to within about one-fourth of its
length from the apex, then suddenly rounded off; membrane with
longitudinal veins: base of the abdomen and sternum unarmed: legs
moderate ; femora tumescent beneath towards the apex; tibize above
distinctly furrowed ; tarsi 3-jointed ; second joint shortest ; apical joint
as long as the first and second together (Dallas).

219, Atcimus coronatus, Stal.
Alcimus coronatus, Stal, En, Hem. vy, p. 88 (1876).

2. Pale flavescent, above obscure and rather densely sprinkled
with black punctures which are also cinctured black: lateral horns of
pronotum levigate, margined anteriorly by a fine wrinkle or ridge, abbre-
viated near the apex: head punctulate, with subbasal spot and angu-
lated line beginning at the eyes and produced towards the apex, tes-
taceous: pronotum marked with a smooth anterior band, posteriorly
branched, flavescent, punctured within the black anterior margin :
scutellum sprinkled yellow, marked at the basal angles with a levigate,
flavescent spot: pectus punctured here and there, adorned anteriorly
with a smooth, flavescent spot: venter smooth, adorned with a streak
which is contracted in the middle of the segments, also with black
lateral bands which are punctured: feet streaked with black ; antennse

68 K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. fNoss,

testaceous, obscure towards the apex (Stal). Long, 8; broad, 53; exp.
com. pron., 10 mill.

Reported from the Deccan.

220. ALCIMUS FLAVICORNIS, Distant.
Alcimus flavicornis, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 349 (1887).

Head black, with three median lines on anterior half, a linear spot
near the base, and a similar spot in front of each eye, yellow; antennz
fuscous-brown, 2-3 joints subequal in length and longest, fourth shorter
than the third and longer than the fifth: rostrum dark castaneous,
extending beyond the last cox: pronotum very dark obscure ochraceous,
thickly covered with coarse, dark punctures, anterior fourth black, with
five yellow spots, situate one on each lateral margin, and three median
angulated spots, two near anterior margin and one between and behind
them, apical angles widely produced laterally and upwardly, their apical
thirds yellow, extreme apices black: scutellum and corium dark obscure
ochraceous, darkly and coarsely punctate, irrorated with levigate yel-
low markings, and the scutellum with two large, yellow, levigate spots
near the basal angles: membrane fuscous, apex paler: head and pros-
tethium beneath as above, with two fused yellow spots on each side of
the eyes, the apices of the pronotal angles yellow as above: meso- and
meta-stethium and abdomen beneath, ochraceous ; the sutures, a row of
sublateral streaks and a median longitudinal band to abdomen, blackish :
legs dark castaneous; femora more or less streaked yellowish (Dist.).
Long, 8-9; exp. angl. pron., 10-12 mill.

Reported from Sikkim (mihi).

Genus HoriistopErA, Westwood.

Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 18 (1837); Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 194 (1851): Walker,
Cat. Het. ii, p. 265 (1867): Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh., p. 510 (1867): En. Hem.
v, p. 62, 88 (1876).

Body short, stout; usually as long as broad : head smooth, not
punctured, unless at the base: pronotum sparingly punctured, inclined
anteriorly, levigate, punctured within the lateral margin, spine of the
lateral angles stout, acuminate: scutellum broad behind the frena
which are short, transversely convex, especially anteriorly, depressed, or
somewhat so, at the frena, and furnished with a row of punctures; ex-
tending beyond the half of the body and rounded posteriorly : antennse
shorter than half the body, 5-jointed, first joint short, second and third
joints equal, longer, the fourth and fifth joints equal, longer and stouter :
corium and scutellum of equal length, or somewhat so ; membrane with
seven longitudinal veins: feet simple; tibiee rounded.

1888. ] K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota, 69

221. HOoPLIsTODERA VIRESCENS, Dallas.
Hoplistodera vrrescens, Dallas, List, Hem. i, p. 217 (1851) ; Walker, Cat. Het. ii,
p- 265 (1867) ; Stal, En. Hem. vy, p. 89 (1876).

3. Head orange yellow, brownish towards the vertex, which is
sparingly punctured: pronotum very pale yellowish green, rather thick-
ly punctured with brown, with two yellowish brown spots near the
anterior margin; the lateral spines not very long, nearly horizontal,
acute: scutellum testaceous, the basal portion very sparingly, the
apical more closely, punctured with brown; the base with four brown
spots: hemelytra pale yellowish green, rather finely and not thickly
punctured with brown; membrane transparent: abdomen beneath pale
greenish yellow, rather thickly punctured, the punctures brown on
each side of the disc, on the middle of the last segment, and on the
anal plate: pectus pale yellow, punctured with brown: legs pale
yellow, with the apices of the tibizs and the basal joints of the tarsi
brownish: rostrum yellow, with the tip black: antenne yellow, with the
two apical joints fulvous (Dallas). Long, 9-10 mill.

Reported from N. India.

222. HoPpLisTOpERA INCISA, Distant.
Hoplistodera incisa, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 349, t. 12, f. 3 (1887).

Allied to H. testacea, Westw. Ochraceous with brownish tints : head
finely and sparingly punctate: antenne ochraceous, becoming darker
towards the apex: pronotum sparingly but coarsely punctate, the
lateral angles produced into robust, subacute spines, the apices very
slightly reflexed hindwards, and with a notched tubercle beneath at
about half their length: scutellum with the basal half very sparingly
but coarsely punctate, the apical half thickly punctate : corium coarsely
and irregularly punctate: membrane pale hyaline: body beneath
ochraceous, with a sublateral row of castaneous spots on each side:
legs pale luteous; femora annulated brown near the apex: rostrum
ochraceous, apex pitchy and extending a little beyond the last coxe :
2-3 joints antenne subequal in length, apical joint longest (WDist.).
Long, 8; exp. angl. pron., 9 mill.

Reported from Mungphu (Sikkim), Assam (mihi).

Genus Botaca, Walker.
Cat. Het. ii, p. 251 (1867).
Body elongate-elliptical, rather flat, thickly and minutely punc-
tured : head lanceolate, much shorter than the pronotum ; juga extending
much beyond the tylus, slightly notched on the outer side, terminating

70 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,

in two spines: eyes not prominent: rostrum slender, extending to the
hind coxee: antenne slender, about half the length of the body ; joints
successively increasing in length: first not extending to the apex of the
head: pronotum with a small oblong ringlet on each side in front,
connected by a streak with the margin, which is slightly crenulated ;
anterior angles prominent; hind angles rectangular, slightly prominent :
scutellum attenuated towards the tip, extending rather beyond the angle
of the corium: ventral segments slightly arched: legs slender, rather
long; tarsi three jointed: membrane with five longitudinal veins, of
which the subcostal one is forked (Walker).

223. Bonaca unicoLor, Walker.

Bolaca unicolor, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 251 (1867).

Ferruginous, hardly pale, but more shining beneath: antenne
piceous towards the tips: membrane cinereous, with ferruginous veins.
(Walker). Body long, 155 mill.

Reported from N. India.

Div. CATACANTHARIA.

En. Hem. v, p. 62 (1876).

a, b, c. as in Div. Hoplistoderaria, (p. 66).

d.—lULateral angles of pronotum rarely spinose, or produced ina
long process, if so, the basal angles of the scutellum are without a
levigate spot; or the venter is spinose, or tuberculated at the base, or
furnished with a broad, obtuse, rounded ridge, anteriorly furrowed ;
or the black punctures on the head are arranged in simple and parallel
longitudinal rows: frena, generally, extended behind the middle of the
scutellum.

e.—Genicule, entire tarsi, or at the apex, generally, moreover, entire
feet, or a great part, black: antenne black, basal joint rarely flavescent :
rostrum generally entirely, or almost entirely, black, very rarely with the
greatest part, flavescent: entire membrane or the greatest part, black,
or brassy black: margins of head, at least partly, usually reflexed : body
generally large or moderate, usually yellow, pictured red and black.

Genus CaTacanTuus, Spinola.

Ess. p. 852 (1837): Am. & Serv. Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém., p. 141 (1843): Dallas,
pt., List Hem. i, p. 196 (1851): Walker, pt., Cat. Het. ii, p. 351 (1867); Stal, Hem.
Afric. i, p. 188 (1864) ; En. Hem. v, p. 62, 89 (1876).

Body ovate, beneath moderately convex: head proportionately
small, flat, margins slightly elevated ; juga and tylus of equal length ;

1888. ] H. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 7

bucculz reaching somewhat the base of the head, moderately elevated :
antenniferous tubercles almost entirely visible from above, unarmed :
eyes globose, sessile: antenne 5-jointed, first joint extending slightly
beyond the apex of the head: rostrum moderate, first joint somewhat
on a level with the buccule posteriorly, second and third joints about
equal: anterior margin of pronotum slightly elevated, anterior lateral
margins acute, reflexed or foliaceously dilated: scutellum rather narrow-
ed posteriorly, frena extended beyond the middle: membrane extending
much beyond the apex of the abdomen, veins numerous, simple : mesoste-
thium carinate: abdomen broader than the hemelytra, flattened out at
the sides; venter at the base unarmed, or spinose, or tuberculate: feet
somewhat long, tibize distinctly sulcate above, first pair sometimes slightly
dilated externally (Stal).

224, CATACANTHUS INCARNATUS, Drury.

Catacanthus incarnatus, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 196, 270 (1851); Walker, Cat.
Hem., ii, p. 351 (1867); Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A., Forh., p. 632 (1870); En. Hem. v,
p. 89 (1876): Distant, A. M. N. H. (5 8.) iii, p. 45 (1879), and xi, p. 169 (1883); J. A.
S. B. xlviii (2), p. 37 (1879).

Var. a. Cimex incarnatus, Drury, IIl., ii, p. 67, t. 36,f.5 (1773): Thunberg,
Nov. Ins. Spec., ii, p. 46 (1783): Stoll, Punaises, p. 14, t. 2, f.10 (1788).

Cimez nigripes, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 710 (1775) ; Spec. Ins. ii, p. 353 (1781) ;
Mant. Ins. ii, p. 291 (1787); Ent. Syst. iv, p. 106 (1794): Wolff, Ic, Cim. i, p, 11,
f. 11 (1800).

Cimex melanopus, Gmelin, ed., Syst. Nat. i, (4) p. 2149 (1788).

Edessa nigripes, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 149 (1808).

Pentatoma nigripes, St. Farg. and Serv., Enc. Méth. x, p. 53 (1825).

Catacanthus incarnatus, Am. and Sery. Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 142 (1843).

Var. b. Cimex aurantius, Sulzer, Gesch. Ins. p. 96, t. 10, f. 10 (1776) ; Fabri-
cius, Mant. Ins. ii, p. 290 (1787) ; Ent. Syst. iv, p. 105 (1794) ; Stoll, Punaises, p. 29,
t. 6, f. 39 (1788).

Edessa aurantia, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 149 (1803).

Cimex avrantius, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii, (i), p. 365 (1835).

Pentatoma aurantiacum, Blanch. Hist. Nat. Ins. iii, 29, Hem. t. 6, f. 4 (1840-41),

Catacanthus awrantius, Am. & Serv. Hist. Nat. Ins. Hem. p. 142 (1843).

Var. a.:—Large; head, black, glabrous; pronotum sanguineous,
apex and margin blackish: scutellum large, rufous, deep black at the
base, but the black colour does not reach the sides: hemelytra smooth,
black, with a large reniform, sanguineous spot: wings deep black: be-
neath yellow with a cerulescent spot on the pectus: abdomen at the
base and with a spot on each side of each segment, czerulescent : rostrum
and feet, black (C. nigripes, Fabr.).

Above sanguineous ; head, narrow anterior margin of pronotum, .
antenne and feet, shining black, more or less bronzed: two black spots

72 <A. Mukhopadhyay— Differential Equations of Trajectories. [No. 1,

at the base of the scutellum; one similar spot, oblong and transverse
on the disc of each hemelytrum: body beneath yellow with a black
bronzed spot on each side of the mesostethium ; a narrow band of the
same colour at the base of the venter, and a row of five similar spots on
each side: the abdominal point reaches only the insertion of the inter-
mediate feet (C. incarnatus, Am. & Serv.). Long, 25—30 mill.

Var. b. :—Large; head with antenne deep black ; pronotum orange,
with the anterior margin deep black: scutellum orange, immaculate :
hemelytra orange with a median fuscous spot: wings fuscous: margin
of abdomen variegated with orange and black: feet deep black (C.
aurantius, Fabr.). Long, 25-30 mill.

Var. c. :—Scutellum, hemelytra and pectus immaculate. Ceylon.

Reported from Corea, Japan, Java, Sumatra, Borneo, Siam, Malac-
ca, Singapore, Tenasserim, Ceylon, Madras, Bombay, Bengal, Pondicher-
ry, Silhat, Assam. The Indian Museum has specimens from Tenasserim,
Assam, Sikkim, Calcutta, Karachi, Malabar. Varies in colour from a
sordid yellow, to orange and a bright maroon red, with and without the

black spots.

II.—A General Theorem on the Differential Equations of Trajectories.
—By AsutosH Muxuopapuyay, M, A., F. R. A. S., F. B.S. E.

[Received November 17th ;—Read December 7th, 1887. ]

CoNnTENTS.
§. 1. Introduction.
§. 2. Statement and demonstration of the theorem.
§. 3. Application of the theorem to Mainardi’s problem.
§. 4. Other applications of the theorem.
§. 5. Some applications of Conjugate Functions.

§. 1. Introduction.

In a paper on “The Differential Equation of a Trajectory,” which
was read at the last May meeting of the Society, (Journal, 1887, Vol.
LVI, Part. II, pp. 117—120; Proceedings, 1887, p. 151), I pointed out
that Mainardi’s complicated solution (reproduced by Boole) of the pro-
blem of determining the oblique trajectory of a system of confocal
ellipses, was equivalent to a pair of remarkably simple equations which
admitted of an interesting geometrical interpretation. Believing, as I
firmly did, that every simple mathematical result could be established
by a correspondingly simple process, I naturally thought it worth while
to re-examine the whole question, to see if the very artificial process of

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—Diferential Equations of Trajectories. 73

Mainardi, by no means less complicated than his result, could be materi-
ally simplified. I was, thus, led to the following very general theorem,
which it is my object in the present paper to establish and illustrate,
and, which shews that whenever the coordinates of any point on a curve
can be expressed by means of a single variable parameter, the coordinates
of the corresponding point on the trajectory may be similarly expressed ;
and, as an immediate corollary to my theorem, I have pointed out the
relation which connects it with the theory of Conjugate Functions.*

§. 2. Theorem.
Theorem.—If the coordinates of any point on a curve are expressed
by means of a variable parameter 6, by the two equations
& =f, (6, a),
y =fo (8, b),
‘where a and b are two arbitrary constants; and, if we seek the oblique
trajectory of the system of curves obtained by varying a and b, subject
to any condition which can be analytically represented by means of a
parameter y, as equivalent to the system
a=F, (y, h),
b= FP, (y, h),
where h is a known constant; the coordinates of the corresponding point
on the trajectory are given by the system

X=f, ah ECA RS

where w is given as a function of 4 * the saeiads equation

dy n Li
dé N-uM
where nm = tan a,

a being the angle of intersection of the curve and the trajectory, and

= (3)-(8)

was Ny, Ye Ws

dé dy ' dé dy
_ fs Hy Hy By
~ do dy dO dy

To establish this theorem, let us first fix the ideas by confining our
attention to one definite member of the given family of curves as well as
to one of the trajectories; then it is clear that the common point of inter-
section of the curve and the trajectory, may be arbitrarily regarded as a

* For a full analysis of this paper, see the Proceedings for 1887, pp. 250-251.
10

74 A. Mukhopadhyay— Differential Equations of Trajectories. [No. ‘

point, either on the one, or on the other; and, from each point of view,
the coordinates satisfy two entirely different equations, though their
actual values are the same in both cases; hence, if the coordinates of the
point, regarded as a point on the curve, be furnished by the system

w= fF; (6, a), aoc ccc vevcee (1)

Y =fo (8, b), coc cce cee eed (2)
and the trajectory is obtained by varying a and 6 subject to the limi-
tations

a=F, (y, h), cosegeaepeer on

b= I, (Wy, i), Sem st
the coordinates of the corresponding point on the trajectory must be
obtained by substituting in (1) and (2) the values of a and 6b from (38)
and (4), viz, we have

Kah {ZF mM} secre (5)
Y=fy { 6, F, (¥, h) } nde te iy (5

In the next place, we have to determine y as a function of 4, and this is
easily obtained from the condition that the trajectory intersects the curve
at a constant angle a, Now, it is well-known that

dy aY

dx’ dX
are the trigonometrical tangents of the angles which the tangents to the
curve and to the trajectory, at their common point of intersection, make

with the axis of x; hence, if n=tan a, we have

dy dY
dx dX
_
Us
da dX
dy dX da aY
oo ENN ot ea
de dX dy
do dd * d6é dé

Remembering that in differentiating X and Y with respect to 9, we must

regard 6 as a function of y, but not so in the case of # and y, we have
dx _ df; dy dfy
dé ~ dé’ db dO
dX df, , df, dy
‘do. dd dw dé’
aY dfy , dfg dy

6 dd dy dé’

(1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—-Differential Lquations of Trajectories. 75

which lead to the values
dy aX dx aY

ee

dé dé dé dé
i =i dfy Hi |
dy a0 dO dw
de dX , dy d¥
| do do’ a6 do
=(2)+(4 ‘Wy (dh dh, te te
do dO dd 4d0 dw" dé dy

Hence, putting

u=(%) +(2y. pelts en) 068)
* a £ a ip ates (9)

we have finally, from (7), the equation
Mh — = sterner CLD:

which is exactly the theorem enunciated above.

It may not be altogether unprofitable to note that the trajectory is
determined by two conditions, viz., in the first place, we have to vary
the constants in a definite manner ; and, in the second place, the trajectory
is to intersect the curve at a given angle; the first of these conditions
leads to the actual values of the coordinates of any point on the trajec-
tory, furnished by (5) and (6), while the second condition determines
the relation between @ and W which enter into the values of those coor-

dinates.

§. 3. Application to Mainardi’s Problem.

Example I.—In order to test the power and generality of this
theorem, we shall apply it to solve Mainardi’s problem of determining
the oblique trajectory of a system of confocal ellipses. The primitive
ellipse being

y?
e441 misemvesaes (12)
we get the confocal system by varying a and b subject to the condition
— b= h?. saihas wegidhin fart)

The coordinates of any point on the ellipse are given by
w=a cos §,

y=b sin 6,

76 <A. Mukhopadhyay—Dvifferentrial Equations of Trajectories. [No. 1,

while the relation between a and b given in (13), is equivalent to

a=h cosh y,
b=h sinh y,
so that, the coordinates of any point on the trajectory are given by
X=h cos @ cosh y, desesecctiecs, (Cham
WS Reine SIMA yl aec ees (15)

Again, to determine the relation between 6 and w, we have
fy=h cos 6 cosh yy,
f,=h sin 6 sinh y,

which lead to the system

ah —h sin @ cosh yf,
if a :
= h cos @ sinh y,
dy _ 3
ae h cos @ sinh &,
df,

ace h sin @ cosh y,

and, these give
L=h? (sin? 6 cosh’ yy +cos? 6 sinh? ~),
M= 0,
N = hi? (sin? 6 cosh? w+ eos? 6 sinh? y),
so that, the differential equation (11) becomes

dy
7) = 1%
whence, won (A+6),

where d is the constant of integration. Substituting in (14) and (15),
we see finally that the coordinates of any point on the oblique trajectory
of a system of confocal ellipses, are given by

X =/h cos $ cosh n (A+ 8),

Y=/h sin @ sinh n (A+6),
which is exactly the system of equations to which Mainardi’s result was
reduced in my former paper, and geometrically interpreted there.

§. 4, Other applications of the Theorem.

Example II.—To find the oblique trajectory of the system of
confocal hyperbolas
a i
ay eae
where a* + 62 = hi,

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—Dzferential Lquations of Trajectories. 77

The coordinates of any point on the hyperbola are given by
2 =a cosh 8,

y= b sinh 6,
where a=h cos y,
b=h sin y,

so that the coordinates of any point on the trajectory are given by
X =h cosh @ cos y,
Y =/h sinh 6 sin y.
To determine yw as a function of 6, we have
f, =h cosh @ cos y,
f, =h sinh 6 sin y,
whence

af, -%
7) =h sinh 6 cos y,

|
= h cosh 6 sin y,

af, _ ;
tig h cosh @ sin yy,

ara
rane h sinh @ cos y,

and, therefore,
L=/h?* { sinh? 6 cos? + cosh? 6 sin* y}
M='0
N=-—/h? { sinh? 6 cos? w+ cosh? 6 sin? y}
The differential equation (11) becomes

dy
@O wi?
so that yon (A—8),

where, of course, A is a constant different from the A in the solution of
Mainardi’s problem. The coordinates of any point on the oblique
trajectory of a system of confocal hyperbolas are, therefore, given by

X=h cosh @. cos n (A—@).

Y=h sinh @. sin n (A—8).
If we put

g=4-5, Anau,

these equations may be written

X= hcos?. cosh = (w+),

Y = —/A sin #. sinh ! (w+),
n

78 <A. Mukhopadhyay—Diferential Equations of Trajectories. [No. 1,

which system is slightly different from what has been obtained above as
the solution of Mainardi’s problem; but the equations are obviously
capable of a geometrical interpretation closely analogous to what is given
in my former paper.

If we had to obtain by the ordinary method the oblique trajectory
of a system of confocal hyperbolas, we should have to eliminate a and b

from the equations

az pe?
#4 Ny
dy a® 8
ia. a ae
Y
a® be

The result may be expressed in the form
{ (na —y) + (w— ny) v} { (+ ny) + (na+y) p}
=h? (n+p)(1+np).
But, it is surely no agreeable task to have to find the actual equation of
the trajectory by integrating this differential equation.

Assuming the expressions for the coordinates’ of any point on the
oblique trajectory of a system of confocal ellipses, it is easy to write
down the expressions for the coordinates of any point on the oblique
trajectory of a system of confocal hyperbolas. Consider the point of
intersection of an ellipse and its trajectory, and draw through this point
the confocal hyperbola; then, since the ellipse and hyperbola cut each
other orthogonally, the trajectory, which intersects the ellipse at an
angle a, will intersect the hyperbola at an angle ( + «), in both cases
measuring the angle of intersection in the same sense; the trajectory,
therefore, is also the oblique trajectory of the confocal hyperbolas (at an

angle 5 + a), and the coordinates of any point on it, as such, will,

therefore, be obtained by writing for n (= tan a), — : ( = tan E :|)

Example III.—To find the oblique trajectory of a system of para-
bolas which have a common principal axis and which touch each other at
their common vertex, and, the equations of which are, accordingly,
obtained by varying a in

y? = 4ax.
The coordinates of any point on the curve are given by
=a tan? 6,
y = 2a tan 8,

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay— Differential Equations of Trajectories. 79

As the two constants of the general theorem are here equal, the coordi-
nates of any point on the trajectory are given by

X = y tan? 6
Y=2y tan 0.
To determine y as a function of 6, we have
fi =y tan? 6
fo=2y tan 6,

which give

De = 2y tan 8 sec! 6,

te = 2 w sec? 6,

im ae
eT rp 0
d 2
o = 2 tan 0,
so that we have
L=4y? sec® 6

M=2 vw tan 6 sec? 6 (2+ tan? @)
N= —2y tan? 6 sec” 0
and the differential equation for y becomes

dy _ 2n W sec* 6

dd tané (2n + tan 6+” tan? 0)’
This may be written

dy 2n sect Od 6

yy” tan 6 (2n+4 tan 6+7 tan? 6)’

which, by putting tan 0=z, reduces to
dy ca (1+2?) dz
yo z (2n+2+ nz’)
or,

wy ~D2m+e+ne2 2 2% Ate+nz*"
Integrating, we have
hs y 3 Qnzt+1—rA/1— Bn
ONG Toe Qnz +1 44/1— en
—log z—1 log (Qn+z+nz*),
which gives

3
— r {Qn tan 0+1— Ie PF ih ER
tan 6 ./(2n+tan 0+ n tan? 6) em tan 0+1 cas b= Gal = Gak

80 A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Equations of Trajectories. [WNo. 1,

This holds so long as 8n* Z 1, or, if a be the angle of the trajectory

ial yy ee

2/2
If tan a be greater than this value, the corresponding value of y will be
still more complex, but may easily be found. In the particular case

where

1
tan a= we a
the differential equation for w reduces to
dy dz dz dz
—=3 /2 —_. -—-—- ——.
W vi (pa/e)* 2 B@t+e/2
Integrating and substituting for z, we have

—3 /2
y tan 6 (tan 6+,/2) =e tan O+ of 2,
If the orthogonal trajectory be required, the expression for y admits
of considerable simplification, for, then we have n = 0, and the differen-
tial equation for y becomes

which on integration leads to
log ¥ — log z— § log (1+ 2),

1
or, we (1+ 2)2=A,
which, by putting z= tan 6, reduces to
22
y? = —_—________,
tan? 6 (2+ tan? 0)
The coordinates, therefore, of any point on the trajectory are given by

2? tan? 6

2= ¥* tant é= ————_
x Pica 2+ tan? 6’

8A2
Y4 = 4y? tan? @= ——____
a a 2+tan?
which easily shew that the trajectory is the ellipse
y? + 24% — 4r2,

Example IV.—To obtain the oblique trajectory of a pencil. of
coplanar rays radiating from a point, and whose equation is, therefore,
obtained by varying a in

Yy = an.
First Method. .
The coordinates of any point on the line are given by
Y= a,
w= 9:

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Hquations of Trajectories. 81

so that the coordinates of any point on the trajectory are

X= 6,
YL=vG,
where, to determine wW as a function of 6, we have
fi =9,
fr =O,
which furnish the system
df, af,
do 1, “dé er YW,
af, Hs
ay = ap =”
and by virtue of these, we have
L=14+y%,
M=6y,
N= —-8@,

whence, the differential equation for y is
dy nl ee: (1+ y)
dd N-nM —0—n6W

which gives
l+ny no
TR eo
Integrating, we get
6
an) w+ 5 log (1+y4) = —n log Y
which easily reduces to

I “
Xd ie tan~*

1
—— tan ly
be : eh %
J 1+¥
dy —= tan o

Tt is not difficult to shew that these values lead to a well- eee result ;
for we have

Y
mm
J ie tan" w
and (X8+Y2)?=re ™

11

82 <A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Equations of Trajectories. [No. 1,

Transforming to polar coordinates, by putting
X=r cos 9, Y=o sin ¢,

we have
tan ?= Vy
—— tan’ Wy
THNe ;
whence,
288
rare ™

which is the logarithmic spiral.

Second method.

We might also have proceeded as follows, viz., putting a=tan PB,
the coordinates of any point on the line are given by

a = & cos B,

y= of sin B.

The coordinates of any point on the trajectory are, therefore, given by

X = 9 cos W,
Y= sin w.

To determine y as a function of 6, we have
fi = ef cos YW,
f= ef sin Wy,

whence, we have the system

d

a = of cos W,
a = BY sin Wy,
Zs ae sin y,
“ = of cos W,

which furnish us with the values
L=e20 M=0, N=e- 29.
The differential equation for f becomes

Bean is
i”
whence won (A—8).

The coordinates of any point on the trajectory are, consequently, given by
X = cos n(A— 6),
Y= sin n(A— 8),

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—-Differential Equations of Trajectories. 83

and it is not difficult to shew that these values belong to the logarith-
mic spiral.

Example V.—To find the oblique trajectory of a system of circles
which touch a given straight line at a given point, and whose equation
is, therefore, obtained by varying r in

Pred + y? = 2rn.
The coordinates of any point on the circle are given by
x=r (1+cos 8),
y=r sin 6,
so that, the coordinates of any point on the trajectory are given by
X=y (1+ cos 9),
i w sin 6.
To determine y as a function of 6, we have
fi, =v (14+ cos 8),

fa eusu 6,
which lead to the system

ae j

“ag = — ¥ sin 6

Ufa

76 wy cos 6

af,

1+cos 6

df,

dy = sin 0,
whence, we have

i y?

M= —y sin 6

N=y (1+ cos @).
The differential equation for y reduces to
dy ny
d@~ 1+cos 6+n sin 0
Writing = tan a, where a is the angle of the trajectory, we have
k d (0—a)
—=si ——_——_—_—.,
cos a+cos (6 — a)

Integrating, we have at once

eos =e i adi pas
Y 5 EL oe

log 1 = log == —

a a Ps,
cos oe 5 tan ae

84 <A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Equations of Trajectories. [No. 1,

whence

The equations

X= wy (1+cos 0) =2 w cos?

Nl Dd

eNO 6
Y=y sin O=2y sin 5 cos 5

which give the coordinates of any point on the trajectory, therefore,
become

6 6
X= 2A COs 5 COs («-5)

Y = 2A sin ; cos (« _ ‘).

Since
x4 ¥8=438 ons (a—2)
it is easily shewn that the trajectory is the circle
a+ y®% = 20 (# cos a+y sin a).
Example VI.—To find the oblique trajectory of a system of para-
bolas which have a common focus and principal axis, and whose equation

is, therefore, obtained by varying m in
y?=4m (a@+m).

Putting m= ar,
any point on the curve is seen to be given by
«@ = G2 — aa,
Yy = 2a0.
The coordinates of any point on the trajectory are, therefore, given by
X = @— wy,
Y=206y,
where y is to be determined as a function of 6 from the system
f,= eas
f= 20,
so that we have
df, Af
de = 26, de = 2y,
af, af,
dy = — ay, dy = 26,

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Equations of Trajectorves. 85

and these values shew that
L=4 (#+y?)
M=0
N= —4 (@+y?).
The differential equation for py, consequently, becomes

dy

dé == —
whence

yon (r = 0).

Hence, finally, the coordinates of any point on the trajectory are given by

XK = — n* (A— 6)?.

Y = 2n6 (A-— 8).
Since X and Y are two quadratic functions of the parameter @, it is clear
that the trajectory must be a conic; in fact, the actual equation is

7
(14n%)* (a®@+y2) = { (x —1) #+2ny — 2nd?
which may be thrown into the form
2
{ ras — (n? — 1) y} = 4n* r2 { n2 2 — (n?—1)«—- 2ny | :

which shews that the trajectory is a parabola, and, if n = tan a, the polar
equation is

J 7. sin (a+$)=a sin a.

Example VII.—To find the oblique trajectory of the system of
curves obtained by varying 6 in the equation

e” sin y=ab.
The coordinates of any point on the curve are given by
x= log a r/ +b?

b
i tan? =.

6

The coordinates of any point on the trajectory are, therefore, given by
X =log a J/ Bey?
Y =tan™’ .

To determine y as a function of 6, we have
fi = log at log @+y"),
t= tan~*
which give the values
df; Yo
dd” G+y?

86 A. Mukhopadhyay— Differential Equations of Trajectories. [No. 1,

df, _ —¥
dO” G4 y2
d,s
dy ~ @+y?
df, __ 0
dy P+ y”

whence
Del aR me ast ya
and the differential equation for yp is
dy
a6 = —-Nn,
which gives
y=n (A <r 6).
The coordinates of any point on the trajectory are, therefore, given by
) X =log a n/ @+n2 (A— 6)?
Y=tan™? ee ith

It can easily be shewn from this system that the actual equation of the
trajectory is
e” (sin y+n cos y) =aan,
or, if a be the angle of the trajectory, this becomes
e” sin (y+a)=aA sin a.
§. 5. Conjugate Functions.

It will be remarked that in some of the examples given above, the
integration of the differential equation for y was materially facilitated
whenever we found

M0) i ON,
It is, therefore, a matter of importance to discover under what circum-
stances this may be expected to happen.

Theorem.—The coordinates of any point on a curve being given by

v=f, (6, a),
Y =f; 2 (6, b),
and, the coordinates of the corresponding point on the trajectory by
X=f, { 6, F, (y, 2)},

Y=f, {6 Fy, 1},

if we have
y=n (A+9),
and
at: Hy, Ye e_
~ d6 dy dO dg.’

to prove that f; and f, must be conjugate functions of y and @.

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—Diferential Equations of Trajectories. 87

To establish this, we see that the conditions given, viz.,
p=n (A+6), M=0,
reduce the differential equation

dy _ nL
dé” N—uM
to the condition
L=N.
Now, since i=.
we have
Bibi nh
dé dy
if, ier: af; dee say.
dé dy

Substituting in the value for N, we get
vate H_H

dO dy dO dy
df, =
2 a Q
7s,
dw
=— IL,
df
dé
and, since N=L,
we must have
df, _ Ue
fair Pemnew cerns CLO)
Therefore
; w= (2) - df; df
dé dd dy
| £4G NP (ofa
u= (7%) + (a):
whence
Of, \ Gf,
aa ae vaneciatisee (CLF)

The two equations marked (16) and (17) make it manifest that f, and /,
must be conjugate functions of w and 6.
In Mainardi’s problem, which is the first example given above, we
have y=n (A+0), M=0,
so that the quantities
h cos 6 cosh y, h sin 6 sinh y
are conjugate functions of y and 6; hence, we infer from a well-known

88 <A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Hquations of Trajectories. [No. 1,

property of these functions that the two curves
cos « cosh y=a
sin « sinh y =b
intersect orthogonally at every common point of intersection.
It may similarly be shewn that if we have
pon (rA—8), M=0,
the functions f, and f/f, are conjugate with respect to 6 and w; for the
above investigation remains unaltered, except in that we have

= —N,
so that (16) becomes
Gy) is
dy — do’ eeoneovavecen (18)

and we have

(4 yes df, Us

ae dé db dy’
_ (4%. , (4.\
ee (4) +(2y,
whence
df, af,
Bay ovate tae caaeak eae

and, by virtue of (18) and (19), it is again manifest that f, and f, are
two conjugate functions of 6 and y. Consequently, as in the second
example given above, we have
yon (A—86), M=0,
the quantities
h cosh 6 cos y, h sinh 6 sin w

are two conjugate functions of 6 and y, and, the curves

cosh # cos y=a

sinh # sin y = b
are orthogonal trajectories of each other.

Again, it is an elementary principle in the theory of conjugate
functions that if ? and wy are any two conjugate functions of x and y;
and if €, 7 are any two other conjugate functions of wand y: then, by
putting € and 7 instead of «and y in the values of $ and w, we get two
new conjugate functions of x and y. But, we have found above two
pairs of such functions, v722z.,

?=sin « sinh y
y= COs x es
€=cosh # cos ¥
9 =sinh x» sin y ; ;

1888.] <A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Hquations of Trajectories. 89

Hence we have the two new conjugate functions
sin } cosh x COS y} sinh { sinh # sin y},
cos { cosh x COS y} cosh { sinh @ sin y}.
We have, therefore, the theorem that the two transcendental curves
sin { cosh @ COS y} sinh { sinh #% sin y} =e
cos { cosh & COS y} cosh { sinh # sin y} = 6

are orthogonal trajectories of each other. In the same manner, it may
be shewn that the quantities which furnish the coordinates of any point
on the trajectory in terms of @ and y, in the second method of establish-
ing Example IV, as well as in Examples VI and VII, are conjugate
functions.

We shall now give some examples in which the properties of conju-
gate functions will materially simplify the calculation.

Example VIII.—Consider the tricircular sextic
(c® + 2) (o® + 2+ h2)? = a2 {2 (2 + y®— RP)? 44? (a®@ +y2+ ne)" ;
and suppose that its oblique trajectory is required when a is made to
vary. Writing
a®#=1+ d2,
the equation may easily be thrown into the form
a? (at y2+h2)” = ara® (02+ y? — k2)? 4 b2y2 (a2 4 2+ kh)”,
whence it can be shewn without much difficulty that the coordinates of
any point on the sextic curve are given by the system
x* a—cos 6 b? ;
~ a+ cos 6 b8+sin? 6’
y* a—cos@ _ sin?6
2 a+cos 6 b2+sin® 6’
and we seek the oblique trajectory, when a and b are made to vary
subject to the conditions

a=cosh y,
5 =sinh py.
The coordinates of any point on the trajectory are given by
X? __ cosh y—cos 6 sinh? y
k* ~~ cosh y+ cos 0 sinh? »+sin? 6
Y? cosh w,—cos 0 sin? 6

k? cosh w+ cos 6° sinh? y+sin? 6
To determine y as a function of 6, we have
atm, Cire
12

90 <A. Mukhopadhyay— Differential Hquations of Trajectories. [No. 1,

and then by actually calculating the values of
df, df, df, af.

—_-

db” G0 ag” dy’

we can shew that
L+N=0, M=0,

whence the differential equation for y becomes

aL ae
gop et
and won (A-8).

But, from the theorem we have established at the beginning of this
section, we know that the same conclusions may be legitimately drawn
without direct calculation, if we can prove f, and f, to be two conjugate
functions, and we proceed to do so. Now we know that if

fou (04 e/ — 1 Peas Z=ETS
the two conjugate functions A and B are given by the system

AS sin? 0
B?~ sinh? y
cosh yw — cos 8
ee = cosh y+ cos &
whence it follows that
9 _ cosh y—cos 6 sin? 6
~ cosh y+ cos 6° sinh? y +sin? 6
9 __ cosh y—cos 6 - sinh? y

~ cosh »y+cos 6 sinh? y+sin? 6
But these are the quantities which when multiplied by &* reproduce the
squares of what we have called f/, and f, above, which was to be proved.
Hence we finally infer that the coordinates of any point on the sextic

(a2 + y2) (24 424 ke)” = a? { a (a2 + 4% — 2)? 4 42 (ao2@ 4 y24 a)*
may be represented by the equations
a a—cos 0 b2
k?~ a+cos 6 b?4sin?
y* a—cos9@ sin? 6
ke atcos 6 b2+sin? 6’
where a’ —bé=],
and, accordingly, the coordinates of any point on its oblique trajectory
are furnished by the system

X? cosh n(A— 6) — cos 6 sinh? (A — 6)
k® ~ cosh n(A— 6) + cos 6° sinh? n(A— 0) + sin? 0
Y? cosh n(A — 8) — cos 6 sin? 6

7 — cosh n(A— 6) + cos 6° sinh? n(A— 0) + sin?

1888. ] A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Equations of Trajectories. 91
Example IX.—Take, again, the curve
2 Q\2 _ a” a y"
(2? +y?)" = a2 b2

and suppose that its oblique trajectory is required, when a and b are
made to vary subject to the condition
a? — b= h’.
The coordinates of any point on the curve may be written
sa a cos 0
~ a? cos* 6+ 0b? sin? 0’
b sin 6
| I= 3? cos® 0+ 02 sin? 0
and we have also
a=h cosh »
b=h sinh yp.
The coordinates of any point on the trajectory are, therefore, given by
X =. cos @ cosh y
~ h (cos* 6 cosh? y +sin? 6 sinh? y)
_ 2 cos 6 cosh y
~ h (cosh 2y+cos 26)
sin @ sinh yp.
= h (cos? 6 cosh? y+ sin? 6 sinh? y)
2 sin 6 sinh y
) = h (cosh 2p -+cos 20)’
To determine y as a function of 6, we have
8: Ae
But f, and f, are two conjugate functions; for we know that if -ve
separate the real and imaginary parts of

sec (at/ —1 B) =A+4i/f/—]1 E

_ 2cosacosh B
~ cosh 28+ cos 2a
B= 2 sina sinh B
~ cosh 28+ cos 2a’
Hence, by the theorem of this section, we have
L+N=90, M=0,
and the differential equation for y becomes
dy
dd
whence y=n(A—8).

Y

we have

= —N

92 A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Hquations of Trajectories, [No. 1.

We see, therefore, finally that the coordinates of any point on the
oblique trajectory of the bicircular quartic
Cee ib) aatemr
which is obviously the inverse of an ellipse, may be represented by the
system
¥ 2 cos 6 cosh n(A — 8)
h { cosh 2n(A — 0) + cos 26}
oy 2 sin @ sinh n(A — 6)
h { cosh 2n(A — 6) + cos 26}

when a and b vary subject to the relation
h? = a? — 2.
Example X.—Again, if we seek the oblique trajectory of the
transcendental curve

b? ate * — 2 e
tan? y = = ————__,
ah? e” — 6% e *
when a and b vary subject to the condition
a® — $2 = h2,
we see that the coordinates of any point on the curve are given by the
system

But as
a=h cosh y,
b=h sinh wv,
the coordinates of any point on the trajectory are given by
a
cot Y =coth y tan 6.
To determine y as a function of 6, we notice that the quantities
f, = % log 2 (cosh 24 — cos 20) —log 2
f, = cot * (coth y tan 6)
are two conjugate functions, being in fact exactly the two quantities
which we obtain in separating the real and imaginary parts of
log sin (6+/ —1 w)
Hence, by the theorem of this section, we have
Lait Na AN ap,

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Equations of Trajectories. 93

and, as before,
wo=n(A-8).
Therefore, we finally infer that the coordinates of any point on the
oblique trajectory of the curve
C= 2£ ae
tan? y = a Seaweed cere
a hee*® —bee*
when a and b vary subject to the relation
a®—}% = h?,
are given by the system
20%# — cosh 2n(A— 6) — cos 26.
tan y= tanh n(A — 8). cot 6.
From the theorem established in this section, it is again evident
that, if fi (9, W), to (9, w)
be any two conjugate functions of @ and y, and the equation of a curve
be obtained by eliminating 6 from the system
x =f; (6, a)
y =fo (9, b),
the equation of the oblique trajectory of this curve when a is made to
vary is obtained by eliminating 6 from the system

K=f, {6 nr-6)}
Y= fy {4 n(r-6)}.

Similarly, if the equation of a curve is obtained by eliminating wy from
the system

x=f, (a, W),

y=fo (@, ),
the equation of the oblique trajectory of this curve when a is made to
vary is obtained by eliminating w from the system

K=/f, {nQty), ¥}
Y=fz {n(A+¥), y }
Again as from the well known formula for expanding

f (O+/—1y)
and separating its real and imaginary parts, viz.,
A=fO~-% fr OLE fF" 0- be.
I /2 /4 ’

fav? @- : fl" (8) +&.,

we can determine at pleasure an infinite number of pairs of conjugate
functions, it is clear that we may obtain without any difficulty an infinite

94 <A. Mukhopadhyay—Dvzferential Hquations of Trajectories. [No. I,

number of curves whose oblique trajectories may be determined with
ease by the theorems and methods of this paper; but it is needless to
multiply instances, as the examples given above will, it is hoped, amply
illustrate these observations.

16th November 1887.

Additional Note on Mainardi’s Problem.

Since the above paper was read, I have been informed by Prof,
Booth that Prof. Michael Roberts, in his Lectures on Differential Equa-
tions delivered at the University of Dublin, used to solve Mainardi’s
problem by the help of elliptic coordinates; I have not the opportunity
of examining the solution arrived at by Prof. Roberts (as I believe it
has never been published), but I give below the results I have obtained
by means of the coordinates suggested.

If a be the semi-axis-major of the primitive conic, and h half the
distance between its foci, its equation is

a? yj

and any member of the confocal family is obtained by varying a; so

that, if A, » be the elliptic coordinates of any point P on the trajectory,
they are determined from the ay sters

2

x

y
eto eT =1,
a ae

viz., X is the semi-axis-major of the ellipse, and yw the semi-axis-trans-
verse of the hyperbola through P confocal to the primitive one; hence,
solving between these equations, we have

22
ORE
a — (MBP) (pi ht)
oo h2

Taking the logarithmic differential, we see that the element of arc of
any curve through Pis |
aie pe Re pe
ds* = da? + dy? = a daA® — aah
‘Hence, if ds, ds, be the ree of arc of the confocal ellipse and
hyperbola whose semiaxes are A, p, and which intersect orthogonally at
P, we have, for the ellipse regarding a constant,

2 —
ds,* = aaa

dp”.

dp’,

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—Diferential Equations of Trajectories. 95

and, for the hyperbola regarding p as constant,

2 — 5

cane dr,

Now, if a be the angle of the AS viz., the angle at P between
the trajectory and the ellipse (A), we have clearly

ds," =

aa =tan a= Nn.
ds,
Hence - Y 2
ae dN? — pe? — a
woe dM = n*, ime dp’,
or
dx dp

SB” J 1h

Integrating, we have
log O47 FS h?) =—n cos ~* ot k,

which is, accordingly, the equation of the trajectory in elliptic coordi-
nates. It will be remarked that, though the application of elliptic
coordinates removes the difficulties of integration, the result is not
obtained in an appreciably simpler form; and, besides, the method is
not one of general application, as it requires a knowledge of the elements
of arc, as well of the given curve as of its orthogonal trajectory; the
methods and theorems of this paper, however, effectually remove these
disad vantages.

It may usefully be noted that if we use the inverse hyperbolic
functions, the integral of
dx

i on ee! AN
J/ Mh /Te— pe
may be written
1A
1 LY ae
cosh 7 +m COS 7 hs

and this at once shews that if we have
A\=h cosh 6,
where @ is a variable parameter, we must have

1
4 =h cos — (k— 6).

In this form it is not difficult to identify our solution with Mainardi’s
result, viz.,

M

gi ae hee
h2 x

— 2n tan~* ns A —1+log ———_—. = C,
SNe es

i+

96 <A. Mukhopadhyay—Diferential Hquations of Trajectories.

where M satisfies the quadratic
(a? +y? +h?) M=a2(M?+h?).
ai: Me
he
— (A? — h®) (pw? — h?)
= a tiie=-— 9

For since

x
y*

we have
x+y? + h* =r? + p?,
whence the quadratic for M becomes

r
M (+p?) =— (MP-+ 2),

which may be written
M?—h ( +f) M+? =0,
fox ok

the roots of which are

[No a

hp hx
in weirs
Taking for the present
h
M= ae
we have Mx = p’,
M ?}
we (Me
The equation of the trajectory, therefore, on substituting these values,
becomes
he
ee a yy a:
— 2n tan Seen Wg 10g. aA = 7S
fe h?
1+ ho 1— iE
Putting
h=p sec 9,
C =2np,

where p is 4 new constant, this becomes

he
1d

aM a Nt, 20+ ?).
2

or
1 1+ een(p +?)

Fi 1— ene oy
wae

1888.} A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Equations of Trajectories. O2

or
aa 1 — -22(p t+) 2
mol 14 2nr9)
Ae2(p + ?)

~ {14 2merey |”

whence
i 1 a e2n(p r p)

. 2p +P)
=~ - et@t?) ronm@ty) |

= = cosh n(p+?).
We have, therefore, the system
A\=h cosh n(p+?)

A=

p=h cos ¢.
If we put
n( p+?) = 9,
6
o= e mae
this is equivalent to the system obtained above, viz.,
kc he ee 6

pp =h cos - (0 —pn)..
If we had used for M the value |

_ hs
a

we should have to put
t . Mz = A2,
M_ 2
eo pe

which shews that », » would be interchanged in the equation of the
trajectory, viz., that would give the system
A=h cos #,
#=h cosh n(pt+?), |
and it is important to notice that this second system does not admit of
being derived from the differential equation in elliptic coordinates,
dr e dp.
‘efi / te — pe
For the above system is the solution of the differential equation
dr ee
n
Eg RTC YP

13

98 A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Equations of Trajectories. [No. 1,

which is different from the one given above, viz., this leads to the
primitive
r
-1 aa ft
m COS 7, t cosh ‘r+k=0,

so that, if
A=h cos ¢,
we must have |
3 pp =h cosh n(p+).
We see, then, that, because M is given by a quadratic, Mainardi’s result
is really equivalent to two, viz., we have the two systems
A=h cosh n( p+)

w=h cos >.
A=hcos > y
f=h cosh n( p+?)

and these two systems are the solutions of the two distinct differential
equations

If, now, we consider for a moment these two differential equations, we
see that the first belongs to the trajectory which intersects the confocal
ellipses at an angle a (where n= tan a), while the other belongs to the

trajectory which intersects the confocals at an angle € = a), since

J, rs
Se tan (5-«)

But, since the confocal hyperbolas intersect the ellipses orthogonally, it
follows at once that the second differential equation belongs to the
trajectory which intersects the confocal hyperbolas at an angle (7— a),
in both cases measuring the angle in the same sense; hence, the solution
hy.
Mis +
which leads to the system

A=h cosh n(pt+)

p= h cos p

is relevant, while the value
hx
M — aes: |
p
which furnishes the other system

A=h cos >
#@=hcosh n( p+)

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—-Differential Equations of Trajectories. 99

is irrelevant. We conclude, therefore, that, of the two solutions to
which Mainardi’s result is really equivalent, only one is relevaut ; the
other being wholly extraneous, as belonging to the oblique trajectory of
the orthogonal system of confocal hyperbolas;* and, it is easy to dis-
criminate which of the two solutions given by the quadratic
(a* + 72 +h?) M = x (M?+ h?)

leads to the relevant solution; for we have seen that the solution in
point is furnished by

hy
M= 03
now it is evident geometrically that
ar a er 4 Bs
which shews at once that
ce . _ aX
Mita ie

it follows, therefore, that the smaller of the two roots of the quadratic
in M is the proper value. We come to the conclusion, therefore, that in
Mainardi’s system

J =
| 7a 1- /1-4
oe -1 eon ee ]
on tan ye pe"... = ar
ber i

(a? +y?+h*?) M= «(M*?+h?),
the smaller root of the quadratic in M gives the oblique trajectory of the
system of confocal ellipses, while the greater root furnishes the oblique
trajectory of the system of confocal hyperbolas. I am not aware that
the real character of the two solutions to which Mainardi’s result is
equivalent has been before distinguished as above.

Lastly, it is sufficiently obvious that the values of A, » given by
either of the above systems may be geometrically represented by a
construction closely analogous to what is given in my former paper
mentioned at the beginning of this memoir.

10th December 1887.

* Instances of a single solution resolving itself into two, are by no means rare ;
for example, in the case of the conic
au? + Zhay + by? + 2ga + 2fy +c=0,

this equation is really equivalent to the two

by = —(ha +f) + / (h? — ab)2?2 + 2(hf — bg)x + (f? — bc)

by =— (ha +f)— / (h? — ab)a? + 2( hf — bg )a + (f? — 6c)
Bnt the present case is distinguishable from the case of the conic, inasmuch as we
have here one of the solutions irrelevant, while, in the case of the conic, both the
solutions are relevant, the compound solution being reproduced by multiplying

together the resolved solutions.

100 A. Mukhopadhyay—On Povsson’s Integral. [No. 1,

III.—On Porsson’s Integral.
By Asurosh Muxnopapuyay, M. A., F. R.A.S., F. R. S. E.

[Received January 16th ;—Read February Ist, 1888. ]

Contents..
Introduction.
Transformations of the integral.
Symbolic value for 7.
Geometric interpretation.

§. 1. Introduction.
The definite integral

eo - 20
ke SE aad
f, (1 Ca wosgetiot}®. (1)

has been often discussed by mathematicians; it seems to have been first
considered by Poisson in his memoir Swite du Memoitre sur les Integrales
Definies published in the Jowrnal de l’ Ecole Polytechnique (1815), t. X,
Cah. XVII, p. 614. Poisson first attacks the more general integral

a
sin? x dx
y= PS Gs Pra oe ere ececeesteveace (2)
o (1—2a cos #+a*)

Differentiating with regard to a, and integrating by parts, he obtains
the differential equation
dy , f{p+i dy
| (1 — a?) jaa * 1 ae ae (4n+1— p) \ qa 2” (2n—p) y=0,
which is satisfied by the value of the definite integral in question. As
an integrable case of this equation, Poisson makes the coefficient of y

nugatory, by putting p=2n; so that the integral (2) assumes the form
(1), while the subsidiary differential equation becomes

Or Or 7 war
me co Do

dy 2n+1 dy _ 0

da® a. wig
the solution of which is ;
Y= c+ Co q7 on,

Poisson next proves that by virtue of the general nature of the integral
expression, we must have c, =0, while, by making a = 0, it easily follows

that
{Pe
q= £ sin?” » dx.
Oo

Hence, it is finally shewn that

. - sine” 46) dx i ee)
7 = LIE >. A a
9 (1 — 2a cos #+a?)™ 0

1888. ] A. Mukhopadhyay—On Poisson’s Integral. 101

As the value of the right hand side is well-known, calling J the value of
the definite integral in question, it assumes the compact form

nage mee ee CA)

Q2n’ }” 1} :
This result holds so long asa 21; when a 7 1, we at once infer from
(3) that the result in (4) is to be divided by a2”.

I now propose to obtain a formula of transformation for the more
general integral (2) ; this method has also the advantage of shewing how
the indefinite integral itself may be evaluated. Some other integrals
which I have arrived at, and which are numbered (6), (7), (9), (10),
I have never met with before; they are, I believe, new.

§. 2. Transformations of the Integral.
Consider the general indefinite integral

enn sin? aw dx
(1 — 2a cos «+a?)”

joey ee
o= — 2a,

a sin? x dx
‘ (P+ Q cos a)”

sin? x dx
(P+Q cos x)”

p p
oP (sin 5) (cos 5) di where
sks 7 NE eee eel = ae

n
(A co 5 +B sint 5) B= P—-Q=(l+a)?.

p y\ D— 20
oP (sin 5) ( cos 5) dx

= 1)
(4 +B tan? 5)

| " sien
2P (tan 5) (a + tan? 5) de

By putting

this reduces to

Now

Substituting

102 A. Mukhopadhyay—On Poisson’s Integral. [ Wowrky

and 5 ( + tan? 5) tex /4 (1+ tan? >) d¢,
in this last expression, and reducing, we get
2 (sin 26)? dp

(1—a2)2"-P-1 J (1—2acos 26 +a%)!+P-”
Hence, by putting
— cos 26=cos y= —cos (7— y),
2 sin 2¢ dp = —sin y dy,
2dp = — dy,
this easily reduces to

ee 1 sin? y dy
(1 —a%)2-P-1 J (1—2a cos ya?) tP-™ |

We see, therefore, that, by the substitutions given above, the indefinite
integral is transformed into another in which the power of the denomi-
nator is depressed, provided that

n7 % (ptl).
To obtain the definite integral, we have only to ascertain the new limits ;
and it is easy to see that, for

S97,
c=),
we have
T
esp
¢=0;
and for these values of > we get
y= 0,
Y=

Hence, finally, we have the transformation formula

"gin? a dat Z 1 “ sin? x da
9 (1—2a cos #+a*)” (1—at%)?"—-P-! Jo (1—2a cos x+a%)l+p—n

This result holds if a 21; when a 7 1, (1—a*) must be replaced by
(a?—1), as is sufficiently obvious from the above transformation. Poisson
characterized the above relation as a “rapport remarquable’*; his
demonstration is based on the fundamental differential equation quoted
above, and any one who has honestly attempted to master his proof
must confess it to be abstruse.

In the particular case when p = 2n, we get

* Seiad wwe 1 : sin?” a da (6)
Oo (1 — 2a cos «+a?)"+1 l—a?* 9 (1—2a cos w + a2)”, i

*' Loe. cit. p. 626.

1888. ] A. Mukhopadhyay—On Poisson’s Integral. 103

As the power of the denominator on the right hand side is by one less
than that on the sinister, this obviously serves as a formula of reduction,
and it at once follows from (4) that

7 sin?” x do - (2n) !
[oo a ere = Cae ae we ae ove (7)
= (1—2a cos «+a*)”** 2°" (1 —a?) {at}
This formula may be regarded as supplementary to equation (38) in

Bertrand’s Oalcul., t. II, 153. Putting n=0 in (6), we have the well-
known result

ws dx 7
SSS ee eee oeeortses 8
| Sor eer 1l— a’ (2)
which might also have been obtained by putting n = 0 in (7)
Again, if we substitute » = 0 in (5), we have

: mee : " sin? x d
i eee os eae ge ns
o (1— 2a cos a+a2)Ptt (1 —a2)P+1 :

The value of the right hand side depends on the form of p. If p= 2r
we get

= sin?” x da be 7 (2r) ! (9)
9 (L= 2a cos a+ atyPrtl gtr (1a as tt fhe
If p = 27r+1, we get

2
f- sin?” +1 dix g2r+t onal ws (10)
O

(1 — 2a cos « +a%#)2("+1) Ke: (1 — a8)?" +1) (2r+1)!

§. 3. Symbolic value for z.

We shall now give a symbolic value for 7, to which we are easily

led by the integral

Tx sin vdx 7

9 l+cos*e” 4
which is also considered by Poisson.* Poisson has effected the evalua-
tion of this by expanding, and integrating each term separately ; the
substance of his process is well reproduced by Bertrand (t. II, 150).
It is easy to see that this may also be integrated by parts, since

Te sin @ da w q — }
rad

a T
=— {e tan~* (cos x) } + J tan™* (cos «) dx = P
2 =0 O

* Loc, cit. p. 623,

104 A. Mukhopadhyay—On Poisson’s Integral. [No. 1,

Now consider the general integral
™T cos 2nx a
pie r ‘1+ cos? a?
which gives
du _ _9 T ¢ sin 2nx dx
ere.

dn 1+cos* x
Hence
(FS). _9 a“ sin # dat _ ae
div =) ie 1+cos? x 2
Again, :
To 1 — cos* «+ cos* «— &e.

Therefore, the (r +1) term of w may be written in the form

T
(- 1’ f cos 2nx cos?” « da,
0

which at once leads to the symbolic relation

ad r=O0 r fu a © 2
Epeaxenai cos 2nzx cos de} | =- >

n=%

§. 4. Geometric Interpretation.

It is.interesting to remark that the analytical transformation in
Poisson’s remarkable relation (5) easily admits of an elegant geometrical
interpretation from well-known properties of ie ellipse.

Consider the semi-ellipse
APA’, of which S is a focus, a
and C the centre ; AQ A’ is the
semi-circle described on AA’
as diameter; take any point
P on the ellipse, join PS,
draw PM at right angles to
AA’, meeting the circle at Q, A Z a ‘ A
and join QC. Let the angles
ASP and ACQ be represented by 6 and wu, respectively; then, as usual
in the theory of elliptic motion, we have the famous relation between
the true and eccentric anomalies, viz.,

cos 6= oo —, Maoh sicleaceee (11)
whence

sin = 8 a anol eR Me ee,

1—ecosw

1888. ' A. Mukhopadhyay—On Poisson’s Integral. 105

6 1 +e u
tanga, / ite tan 5

Taking the logarithmic differential, we have
dé du

sin 8 sin w

sin w\” sin u n—1
—-} dd= ({— du
sin 6 sin 6
l—e cos u\” l—ecosu\"—!1
or —__—— } dd= | —___—_—_———_ du

Per gs — @ Po ag ane
aed aa cS gu\vn-l
or ) do = a 2) du (Am (14)

1+e cos 6 7 YY ae

EY as)

Therefore

whence

if =
| Pereey at ers) (onectaehe ier
e CO i ‘

Again, since from (14) we have
I a
eee = ————_—(l-—e cos u)” ‘ du,
(L+ecos6)” (1-—¢)"”?

we have from (12),

(1 +e cos 0)” (xf P= yee (1—e cos w)P~" +1

which is really equivalent to Poisson’s transformation; and it is clear
from (12) that for 0d=7, 6=0, we havew=7,u=0. Thus, putting

we have

eee edo l FeO rei a epg hil
0 (1—2acos0+a%)” — a OY ae da 9 (1+2acosu+at)p—nt1

or putting “L=T—2

this may be at once written

7 ,
SSS Se SRO. ee
9 (1-—2acos «+a’)” eahenat a 9 (1—2acos x+a2)P—"t1

as the variable is of no consequence in a definite integral,
14

106 Warden & Pedler—On the Nature of the ‘{No. 1,

Another interesting definite integral may also be obtained from the
formule given above, viz., we have from (11)

Vee
e+cos g—(1-&) cos u

1—ecos u,
whence from (13)
dé ts i/ Te (l—ecos u igi he
(e+ cos 6)” (1—e?) ” cos” u
Therefore, putting
é= COS a,

we have the relation

T Cy =)
] er r ry 6 Ls
ie EA (cosec a)2”—} ( ne ) d6.... (15)
9 (cos a+cos 6)” G cos” 6

oO

~~

IV.—On the Nature of the Toxic Principle of the Aroidee—By A.
Pepter, F. C.8. (Lond. & Berl.), Professor of Chemistry, Presi-
dency College, Calcutta, and C. J. H. Warpen, F.C. 8S. (Lond. &
Berl.), Professor of Chemistry, Medical College, Calcutta.

In the annual report on the Chemical Hxaminer’s Department,
Bengal, for 1886, submitted to Government on the 18th February 1887,
we gave a brief reswin¢é of our investigations on Bish Kachoo, a variety
of Arum. We pointed out that the toxic effects of Kachoo were due to
purely mechanical causes, and that we were unable to isolate any
specific organic poisonous principle from the tubers. In the present com-
munication, we propose giving a detailed account of our investigations,
together with an epitome of the most important points connected with
the genus Arum.

Watt* describes the Arums as a genus of herbaceous plants, with
tuberous corms often edible, belonging to the natural order of Aroides.
The genus comprises some twenty species, inhabitants of Hurope, the
Mediterranean region, and Tropical Asia, and extending from India to
Afghanistan.

Botanically, the leaves are sagittate or hastate, base of petiole
sheathing. Pedwncles most frequently solitary, short or long. Spathe-
tube convolute: blade when opened out ovate or ovate-lanceolate: spadix
sessile, shorter than the spathe, appendix naked, frequently stalked
and cylindrical, rarely clavate. Inflorescence moncecious, perianth none.
Female flowers below forming a cylindrical mass, separated from the

Dictionary of the Economic Products of India,

(1888. ] Toxic Principle of the Aroidee. 107

male by a tuft of hair-like neuter flowers, which blend above into the
male condition. Stamens 3—4: anthers sessile, opposite or sub-opposite,
obovoid, dehiscing by a slit towards the apex, connective more or less
prolonged: pollen vermiform. Ovary oblong-obtuse, 1-locular; stigma
sessile: ovules 6 or many, orthotropous, erect: funiculus short: placenta
parietal 2—3-seriate: micropyle superior. Fruit an obovoid many-seeded
berry.

The following account of the species found in India we have
abstracted chiefly from Roxburgh’s Flora Indica, Watt’s Dictionary
of the Economic Products of India, Dymock’s Vegetable Materia Medica
of Western India, and O’Shaughnessy’s Bengal Dispensatory.

A. campanulatum, Syn. for Amorphophallus campanalatus, has a
tuberous root, which, when peeled and cut into segments, is sold in Bombay
under the name of Madan-mash. The segments are usually threaded upon
a string, and are about as large as those of an orange, of a reddish brown
colour, shrunken and wrinkled, brittle in dry weather; the surface is
mammillated. When soaked in water, they swell up and become very
soft and friable, developing a sickly smell. The tubers contain a large
quantity of farinaceous matter mixed, according to Baden-Powell, with
@ poisonous juice which may be extracted by washing or heat. The fresh
tubers produce intense itching of the tongue when tasted, and when used
as food they are often first boiled with tamarind leaves and paddy husks
to remove this irritating property. The dried tubers—Madan-mash—have
a mucilaginous taste, and are faintly bitter and acrid. Under cultivation
the plant loses much of its acridity. Itis largely used as a vegetable,
and has a reputation as a remedy for piles. It is also used externally in
the form of a poultice for insect bites, and as a stimulating application.
In Bengal the tubers are known under the name of ol.

A. lyratum, Syn. for Amorphophallus lyratus.

A. colocasia, Syn. for Colocasia antiquorum. This variety is known
in most parts of India as Kachu. Roxburgh describes two cultivated
and three wild varieties of this species; the cultivated being Goori
Kachu and Asoo or early Kachu; and the wild, Kalla, or dark-coloured
Kachu, found on the edges of ditches and other wet places, Char
Kachu, found on dry ground chiefly by road sides, or on dung heaps
and among rubbish, and Ban-Kachu in situation and form very like the
last mentioned variety. The tubers of the cultivated varieties are used
as food. Of the wild varieties the leaves and foot-stalks of the dark
coloured Kachu are the parts chiefly eaten by the natives of Bengai;
the other wild varieties are rarely eaten in Bengal when better veget-

ables are procurable.
A. cucullatum, Syn. for Alocasia cucullata,

108 Warden & Pedler—On the Nature of the [No. 1,

A. fornicatum, Syn. for Alocasia fornicata, known as Bees Kuchoo
about Calcutta—used medicinally.

A. montana, Syn. for Alocasia montana, is, according to Roxburgh,
a native of the mountainous forests of the Northern Circars, where its
root is said to be employed to poison tigers.

A. odorum, Syn. for Alocasia odora.

A. rapiforme, Syn. for Alocasia rapiformis.

Arum indicum, Syn. for Alocasia indica, known in Bengal as
Man-Kuchoo. In Bengal, it is much cultivated about the huts of
the natives for its esculent stems and small pendulous bulbs or
tubers, these being very generally eaten by people of all ranks in their
curries; aS a medicine, it is stated to be useful in anasarca, and also
in piles and habitual constipation. In using the plant, the tough
portions should be rejected, and’ the stems and root-stalks boiled and
the water thrown away, otherwise they are likely to irritate the throat
and palate.

A. curvatum, Syn. for Ariseema curvatum, is stated to have poi-
gonous properties. In Kulu, the seeds are said tobe given with salt
for colic in sheep.

A. cuspidatum, Syn. for Arisema cuspidatum.

A. speciosum, Syn. for Arisema speciosum. In Hazara the root is
stated to be poisonous. In Chumba it is applied pounded to snake bites.
In Kuli, where the root is given to sheep for colic, the fruit is
said to have deleterious effects on the mouth when eaten by children.

A. tortuosum, Syn. for Ariscema: tortuosum, found in Chumba and
also eastward to Nepal. The root of the plant is used to kill the
worms which infest cattle in the rains.

A. divaricatum, Syn. for Typhonium divaricatum.

A. flagelliforme, Syn. for Typhonium cuspidatum.

A, gracile, Syn. for Typhoniwm gracile. 7

A. orivense, Syn. for Typhonium trilobatum. The roots when fresh
are stated by Roxburgh to be exceedingly acrid, more so than A. dra-
cunculus or maculatum. The natives apply them in cataplasams to
discuss or bring forward scirrhous tumours. They also apply them
externally to the bite of venomous snakes, at the same time giving
internally a piece about the size of a field bean.

A. margaretiferwm, Syn. for Plesmoniwm margaretiferum.

A. sessiliflorum, Syn. for Sauromatum sessiliflorum. The tubers are
as large as small potatoes, they are very acrid and poisonous, and are
only used externally as a stimulating poultice by natives. The loth of
Dymock’s Materia Medica.

A, silvaticum, Syn. for Synantheris silvatica. According to Dymock

1888. ] Toxic Principle of the Aroidee. 109

the country people use the crushed seed to cure toothache ; it benumbs
the nerve; also used as an external application to bruises on account
of its benumbing effect. The taste is intensely acrid; after a few seconds
it causes a most painful burning of the tongue and lips, which lasts
for a long time, causing much salivation and subsequent numbness.
A section of the fruit and seed show the following structures from
without inwards, 1st, several rows of thick-walled cells having yellow-
ish brown granular contents, 2nd, a parenchyma composed of thin-
walled cells having no solid contents except needle-shaped crystals,
3rd, several rows of small cells containing chlorophyll, 4th, a delicate
parenchyma, the cells of which are loaded with very small starch
granules, mostly round, some truncated.

A, viviparum, Syn. for Remusatia vivipara.

From the brief reswmé we have given of the Arums found in India,
if will be noticed that a belief in the toxic properties of certain species
appears to be pretty generally entertained. In England, A. maculatum
is the best known species. W. Murrell, M. D.* gives an interesting
account of this variety, from which we abstract the following :—

“This plant,” Dr. Murrell writes, ‘ has several popular names, the
best known being “ lords and ladies,” “ cows and calves,” “the parson
in the pulpit,” ‘wake robin,” and ‘ cuckoo-pint.” In former times
it was also known as “ alron,” “‘ janus,” “ barba aron,” ‘“ calve’s foot,”
“ramp,” “starch wort,’ “cuckow-pintle.” The word arum is probably
a corruption of “aron”’ a word of Egyptian origin. Pliny calls it both
aris and aron.

“The plant, although somewhat rare in Scotland, is common enough
all over England, and abounds in moist hedgerows and shady woods,
usually flowering in May. The root, washed and dried, forms the salep
of the older cookery books, and under the name of ‘ Portland sago” was
formerly used for adulterating arrowroot.

“It appears to have been highly esteemed by the older writers on
medicine : it was used both externally and internally, and was con-
sidered invaluable in stimulating digestion and improving the circu-
lation. Culpepper says, ‘‘a drachm of the powder of the dried root
taken with twice as much sugar in the form of a licking electuary, or
the green root, doth wonderfully help those that are pursy and short-
winded, as also those that have a cough: it breaketh, digesteth, and
riddeth away phlegm from the stomach, chest, and lungs; the milk
wherein the root hath been boiled is effectual also for the same pur-
mone .. .... Taken with sheep’s milk, it healeth the inward ulcers
of the bowels: the distilled water thereof is effectual to all the purposes

* British Med. Journ., May 7th, 1881.

110 Warden & Pedler—On the Nature of the (No. I,

aforesaid. A spoonful taken at atime healeth the itch: and an ounce
or more taken at a time for some days together doth help the rupture.”
It was the active ingredient in the vaunted ‘ Portland Powder,” a
so-called specific for gout. It is still occasionally sold in Paris as a
cosmetic under the name of Poudre de Cypre. The London Pharmo-
copia of 1788 orders a conserve in the proportion of half a pound of
the fresh root to a pound and a half of double refined sugar, beat
together in a mortar. The dose is a drachm for adults, and it is a
good form for the exhibition of the medicine.”

Regarding the employment of Arum in modern medical practice,
there is a note by Wm. Martindale in the British Medical Journal of
June 4th, 1881, which is worth recording. Martindale states, “ it
having been shown (Pharm. Jour. 1880, p. 849) that the active drug
in the nostrum tonga was, in all probability, part of the stem of a
species of Haphidophora, belonging to the natural order, Aracew, the
arum-juice was tried by a medical friend, in a case of obstinate neural-
gia which was relieved by tonga; but the latter to the patient was an
expensive medicine. The succus in one drachm doses gave similar
relief, I was informed ; further than this I have not known it tried.”

Cases in which toxic symptoms ensued after the ingestion of arum
leaves and tubers are found scattered in many works on Medical Juris-
prudence, and also in certain medical journals.

In Beck’s Medical Jurisprudence, A. typhillum and A. trilobatum
are mentioned as being natives of the United States. Beck remarks
that they are all acrid and have produced dangerous effects, Orfila*
gave the fresh roots of A. maculatum to dogs, and found that they died
at the end of 24 to 36 hours without any other symptoms than dejection :
after death the digestive canal was found somewhat inflamed. Marzelt
also investigated the physiological action of the fresh root on dogs, and
found that it acted as a powerful irritant poison. Bullard{ relates the
following case of three children who kad eaten the leaves of A. maculatum.
They were seized with horrible convulsions, and with two of them all
assistance was unavailing, as they could not be made to swallow any-
thing. One child died at the expiration of twelve days, and the second
four days later. The third child was saved with difficulty: its tongue
was greatly swelled, and hence deglutition was painful and difficult.
Christison§ states, “I have known acute burning pain of the mouth
“and throat, pain of the stomach and vomiting, colic, and some diarr-

* Orfila’s Toxicology, vol. ii, p. 83.

+ Marzel, B. Med. Gaz. 1881, p. 720.

ft Histoire des Plantes Vénéneuses de la France.
§ Christison on Poisons, p. 602.

1888. ] Toxic Principle of the Aroidee. 111

‘“‘ hoea occasioned by eating two leaves. The genus possesses the same
** properties in other climates, the several species being classed among
“the most potent acrid poisons in their respective regions. The
“A. seguinum of the West Indies is so active, that two drachms of the
“juice have been known to prove fatal in a few hours. It is not a
“little remarkable that the acridity of the arum is lost not merely
“by drying, but likewise by distillation. I have observed that when
** the roots are distilled with a little water, neither the distilled water
“ nor the residue possesses acridity. Reinsch says, he has eaten powder
“of arum root, which though not acrid to taste, produced severe burn-
“ ing of the throat not long after it was swallowed.” Guy and Ferrier*
state that “the root of A. maculatum is somewhat heart-shaped, and
“like all other parts of the plant is highly acrid and irritating. The
‘“‘jnice applied to the tongue causes acute darting pain as if it were
‘“‘nierced with sharp needles. The poisonous properties of the plant are
“wholly dissipated by heat.’ Woodman and Tidyf sum up the
symptoms of poisoning by A. maculatum as follows, ‘‘ Great local irrita-
tion, swelling of the tongue, convulsions, dilated pupils, insensibility
and coma’’. Woodman and Tidy also refer to several cases of poisoning
by A. maculatum, of which we abstract the following. Dr. Russell
Stubet records a case in which a male et. 43 took one leaf as a remedy
for tape-worm. The symptoms were immediate pain and pricking
sensation in the mouth downwards: the tongue became swollen: saliva-
tion and vomiting. The patient recovered. Dr. Frayer§ reports a case
of a male child «et. 6 who was found in a kind of fit, with spasmodic
action of all the muscles of the body, bloody froth at the mouth, pupils
dilated, heart’s action very feeble, rigid closure of the jaw. A certain
drowsiness succeeded. Recovery ensued. A second case is also reported
by Dr. Frayer|| of a male child wt. 8, in which the symptoms were
convulsions and widely dilated pupils. Recovery ensued. Dr. Frayer{
quotes a case of a child wt. 3 who masticated the roots; the symptoms
were immediate burning pain in the mouth and lips, torpor in three
hours, followed by complete prostration in six hours with delirium and
asphyxia, and death in nine hours. Another fatal case is recorded in
the Medical Times and Gazette for June 6th, 1857, in which death ensued
from eating the leaves. Dr. Alliott** gives the following account of a .

* Forensic Medicine 7

+ A Handy Book of Forensic Medicine and Toxicology.

t “Lancet “ April 13th, 1872.

§ British Med. Journal, Jan. 22nd, 1861.

|| Ibid: June 22nd 1861.

Ibid: June 22nd 1861. Quoted from Gazette Medica di Porto.
** British Med. Journal, April 23rd, 1881. .

112 Warden & Pedler—On the Nature of the [Mank,

fatal case ; he states that on ‘‘ Saturday, April 6th, I was called at 6°35
p. M. to attend a girl 4 years old. TI attended at 7.15 a. Mm. and found her
dead: the skin mottled all over, rigor mortis setting in and the body
nearly cold. The history was that she came in from play at 3°30 Pp. M. on
Friday, complaining of being tired. Her mother laid her down and she
slept at once, at 5°30 she awoke and took some milk and tea: im-
mediately she vomited some thin milky substance and went to bed, when
she slept somewhat restlessly until 10°30 Pp. mM. when she awoke with
vomiting and severe purging: this continued with pain until 5 A. M. when
she had a slight convulsion, and died at 5°30 4. mM. A post-mortem
examination was made 30 hours after death. igor mortis had nearly
passed off. All the organs were healthy and normal, except that the
bases of both lungs were congested. The heart was empty in both
ventricles and firmly contracted. The stomach and small intestines
were thickly coated with a creamy lining of mucus, with bile: no blood.
The stomach further contained half an inch of the fatal leaf: there was
also found about as much in one of the stools, and probably more was
passed. This with the firmly contracted heart constituted the chief
confirmatory evidence of the irritant nature of the poison which caused
death.”—Chevers,* quoting from a note by Dr. H. Cleghorn, states,
‘There are several species of arum requiring examination, of a suspi-
‘cious, if not of a poisonous nature. On one occasion five Mysore
‘villagers were poisoned by partaking of the acrid rhizomes of an arum,
‘imperfect specimens of which I sent to Dr. Wright for identification,
‘but he could not distinguish the species. If the roots had been boiled,
“the fatal results would not have occurred, as is well-known, the
“deleterious property is easily driven off by heat.” Dr. Chevers refers
to two other cases, one in which a man obtained from a drug dealer a
remedy for gonorrhcea, which appeared to have been a root of one of the
Aroidee ; fatal results ensued.

In 1886 the Civil Surgeon of Dibrugarh forwarded to the Chemical
Examiner, Bengal, some portions of raw Bish Kachu tubers and leaves
with the following statement. ‘‘ A cooly woman administered some of the
fried Kachu to another sick cooly on the same garden, but the man
experiencing a burning sensation in his mouth instantly spat it out. A
. pig ate what was so thrown away and died in an hour. A second pig was
experimented on with some of the same stuff, and fatal results also
supervened.” During the course of the same year a second case of
poisoning by Kachu was referred to the Chemical Hxaminer’s Depart-
ment; in this case slices of Kachu tubers were introduced into a jar
containing ‘goor.” The symptoms induced were sufficiently urgent to

* A Mannal of Medical Jurisprudence for India.

1888. ] Toxic Principle of the Aroidee. 113

necessitate admission of the person into the Medical College Hospital ; the
stomach-pump was used as the symptoms were those of irritant poisoning.
Recovery ensued.

The European A. maculatum has been analyzed by Bucholy and Enz,
and the American variety by D.S. Jones. According to the editors of
the National Dispensatory, Jones proved the presence of starch, sugar,
gum, albumen, resin, fat, and extractives, besides the volatile acrid prin-
ciple, which is soluble in ether. Enz in 1858 obtained also saponin,
“while Bird believes that a volatile alkaloid may be present.”

The tubers employed by us in our experiments were kindly supplied
by the Civil Surgeon of Dibrugarh, and were of the variety known
locally as Bish Kachu and similar to those used in the case which he had
referred to the Chemical Examiner. We made over a tuber to Dr. King,
F, R. S., Superintendent of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Calcutta, for
identification. Dr. King informs us that it is most probably a species
of Alocasia or Colocasia. But the leaves of the species of these genera
are so much alike that it is impossible to identify them without flowers.

In our experiments the tubers were first peeled ; during this opera-
tion, considerable irritation was experienced about the hands, but there
was a complete absence of any irritative action on the olfactory organs
or conjunctive. This fact appeared to us to point towards the non-
volatile nature of the active principle. Ina preliminary experiment we
tried the effect of an injection of a portion of a tuber into a cat’s stomach ;
8 grammes of a peeled and fresh tuber were rubbed down with about
15 c. c. of water and the mixture strained through muslin. The turbid
fluid thus obtained was injected into a small healthy cat’s stomach at
1.8 Pp. M.; at 1.22 p. m. the cat was a little restless, but this soon passed
off, and, as far as we were able to ascertain, no ill-effects subsequently
ensued as a result of the injection. There was no question about the
activity of the sample used in this experiment, because a minute fragment
applied to the tip of the tongue caused in a very short time acute
lancinating pain, which continued for a considerable period.

In order to obtain an alcoholic extract, the peeled and sliced tubers
were strung on wire and exposed to the air to dry. The dried slices were
then easily reduced to powder. The powder was packed in a percolator,
and exhausted with hot 60 O. P. alcohol. The alcohol having been driven
off by the heat of a water-bath, the viscid extract remaining was examin-
ed as follows. A portion was mixed with bread and given to a mouse
without any effect. A large portion of the extract was treated by Stas’s
process for the extraction of alkaloids, and the ethereal extract given
to a mouse with negative results. In these experiments we observed
that, while the fresh tubers caused a marked physiological action when

15

114 Warden & Pedler—On the Nature of the (Bo: a.

applied to the mucous membrane of the lips or tongue, the dried tubers
were practically inert. The alcoholic extract, as well as the extract
obtained by Stas’s process, were without the least action on the tongue.
We also tried the effect of an extract obtained by cold alcohol, and in
which the alcohol had been driven off by spontaneous evaporation, on a
mouse without producing any symptoms. This extract was also without
physiological action on the tongue. A glycerin and an ethereal ex-
tract, prepared by macerating the fresh tubers in the cold with those
menstrua, also yielded negative results.

We now tried the effect of distilling the fresh tubers with water.
The distillate had no acrid taste : it contained only traces of hydrocyanic
acid. The symptoms produced by the introduction of the commoner
varieties of arum tubers into the stomach cannot be explained by the
presence of hydrocyanic acid. The production of hydrocyanic acid on the
distillation of organic vegetable matter with water is by no means rare:
ordinary linseed meal indeed yields traces of that acid on distillation
with water. It is possible, however, that certain varieties of arum may
contain a large amount of prussie acid, as for example the A. seguinum
of the West Indies, which is stated to furnish a juice, two drachms of
which has proved fatal ina few hours.* The tubers left in the retort
after distillation with water were still physiologically active, indicating
that the active principle was not dissipated by mere boiling with water.
Natives in using arum for culinary purposes frequently add an acid
vegetable, or fruit, such as tamarind. We tried the action of certain
acids on the fresh tubers, and ascertained that boiling with water
acidulated with hydrochloric acid for a very short period rendered the
tubers quite inert, when a fragment was applied to the tongue. Dilute
nitric acid also acted in a similar manner, The action of acetic acid on
the other hand was very much feebler, and the acid had to be stronger in
order to produce any decided diminution in activity. So far, our experi-
ments had been in the highest degree unsatisfactory ; as far as we were
able to judge from the evidence at our disposal, there could be no reason
to doubt that the arums as a family did contain a principle capable of
inducing toxic symptoms when introduced into the system. Most of
the works we had consulted ascribed the poisonous effects to a volatile
principle. Our experiments indicated that, while drying the tubers
without artificial heat deprived them practically of all activity, exposing
them to the temperature of boiling water for at least half an hour
at the most only very slightly diminished their activity. As far as we
were aware, there was no toxic principle known which exhibited similar
reactions with reagents. We again tried the effect of the fresh tubers

* Woodmian and Tidy’s ‘‘ Forensic Medicine.”

1888. ] Toxic Principle of the Aroides. 115

and leaves (which we also proved to be highly active when applied to the
tongue) on a pig, a rabbit, and a guinea-pig, but with negative results.
Although we took the precaution to starve these animals before giving
them the leaves and tubers, there is a considerable doubt in our minds
whether the rabbit and guinea-pig ever ate any of the arum; the pig
certainly did eat a small portion of a leaf, but, although it must have
been very hungry, it refused a mess of chopped tubers, bran, and sugar.
There is thus in these experiments some uncertainty. We were parti-
cularly anxious to try the effect of the fresh tubers on a pig, because we
had the very circumstantial note from the Civil Surgeon of Dibrugarh,
in which it is stated that two pigs had been killed by eating some of the
same tubers as those with which we had experimented.

A rough analysis of the ash indicated the presence of a large amount
of potassium and magnesium; calcium was also present, but we failed
to obtain indications of sodium. The acids consisted of carbonic,
phosphoric, and hydrochloric, with traces of sulphuric acid. We also
obtained from the dried tubers very marked quantities of potassic nitrate,
so that when they had been incinerated they behaved very like tinder,
containing salt-petre. The examination of the ash thus failed to afford
us any clue to the physiological action of the fresh tubers.

It now occurred to us that possibly the painful effects produced by
arum when in contact with the tongue &. might be due to mechanical
causes. A microscopic examination of a section of a tuber revealed the
presence of very numerous bundles of needle-shaped crystals ; and we also
found similar crystals in the leaves and stems. These crystals were seen
under the microscope to be insoluble in cold acetic acid, but easily soluble
in cold diluted nitric or hydrochloric acid. Caustic potash was without
action. A tuber was boiled, and sections made when cold; on micros-
copic examination crystalline bundles were still visible. The presence of
raphides in the cells of plants is well known; even in the arum they
have been before observed. Dymock mentions needle-shaped crystals in
the parenchyma of the A. sylvaticwm; and in the nettle tribe stalked
erystolithes have been described suspended in the cells. But, as far as
we are aware, the significance of these needle-shaped crystals in the
arum has not hitherto been recognized. There appears to us to be no
reason to doubt the fact, that the whole of the physiological symptoms
caused by arums are due to these needle-shaped crystals of oxalate of
lime, and that the symptoms are thus due to purely mechanical causes.
Bearing in mind the action of reagents on calcic oxalate, the reason why
mere boiling-the tubers in water failed to deprive them of their activity
is explained by the insolubility of oxalate of lime in water. Again, the
action of dilute acetic acid, even at a temperature of 100° C., in slightly

116 Warden & Pedler—On the Nature of the [No. I,

lessening the activity of the tubers is due to the very slight solubility of
oxalate of lime in that acid. And, lastly, the complete loss of all physio-
logical action when the tubers were treated with dilute nitric or hydro-
chloric acid is evidently due to the ready solubility of calcic oxalate in
those mineral acids. And these assumptions, as we have already indicated,
were fully demonstrated by the microscopic examination of sections of
the tubers treated with the reagents we have mentioned. One point,
however, remains to be explained. We observed that, on drying, the tubers
lost practically the whole of their physiological activity. Clearly there
could have been no loss of oxalate of lime on desiccation, and as a matter
of fact we found as many crystals on microscopic examination of dried
arum as we had found in the fresh tubers. We explain this apparent
anomaly in the following simple manner. In the fresh condition of the
tubers, the bundles of crystals of oxalate of lime are cone-shaped, more or
less, the sharp points covering a wide area, and forming the base, but, in the
drying of the tubers, the needles appear to arrange themselves more or less
parallel to one another, and the sharp points thus cover a smaller area.
And thus, instead of each crystal acting as a separate source of irritation
and penetrating the tissues, the bundles act asa whole. Itis well-known
that finely chopped hair when given with food will cause death by setting
up uncontrollable diarrhcea. The hairs covering the legumes of the
Mucuna pruriens (cowage) are described as straight, quadrangular pris-
matic, and sharply pointed at the apex, 3 mm. long, and thus easily
penetrate the skin, causing intolerable itching, which is greatly
increased by washing and rubbing. Cowage, as is well known, has
long been used as a vermifuge, under the idea that its prickly sete,
which irritate the skin so severely and are so difficult to detach,
wound and injure the worms, and either kill them or promote their
expulsion.* Apparently with a similar object A. tortuoswin is used to
kill worms which infest cattle during the rains. Lastly, we have an
example of finely divided mineral matter causing local irritation, in the
so-called hill diarrhoea at Dhurmsala, which is apparently produced by
the use of water containing very fine scales of mica.+

The usual symptoms produced by arum when administered to the
human subject are great local irritation, swelling of the tongue, convul-
sions, dilated pupils, insensibility, and coma.{ With these symptoms it
might be argued that a mechanical theory for the action of arum would be
untenable. It might be conceded that local irritation of the mouth would
be produced by arum; but objected that, directly the vegetable entered

* National Dispensatory.
+ Macnamara’s 8th Report on Potable Waters in Bengal, Appendix, p. 44.
~ Woodman and Tidy’s Toxicology.

1888. ] Toxie Principle of the Aroides. 117

the stomach, it would be acted upon by the gastric juice containing free
hydrochloric acid,—and that acid, as is well-known, is a ready solvent for
calcic oxalate,—so that, before the vegetable matter containing the needle-
shaped crystals could enter the intestine, it would have lost its mechani-
cal irritative properties. In answer to this we would merely remark, that,
when mechanical irritation of the stomach is carried beyond certain
limits, so as to produce pain, the secretion of the gastric juice, instead of
becoming more abundant, diminishes or ceases entirely, and a ropy mucus
is poured out instead.* And it also appears likely to us that the great
irritation produced in the mouth would react upon the stomach; for,
according to experiments by M. Blondlot, the quantity of the secretion
seems to be influenced also by impressions made on the mouth.t We
thus fail to see any reason why the arum tissues loaded with needle-
shaped crystals should not enter the intestines. Once in the intestines,
the mechanical effects of the crystals would be to induce convulsions,
dilated pupils, and coma; all of which symptoms are often caused by the
mechanical irritation of intestinal worms.

This theory of the mechanical action of the arums, which we
advanced in 1886, has since, apparently, been independently adopted by
Herr Stahl, who, at a recent meeting of the Jena Naturalists’ Society,
read a paper on the significance of those excreta of plants which are
known as raphides, and are so often met with in the cells in large quantity.
From experiments this investigator inferred that they were a protection
to plants against being eaten by animals. Many animals avoid plants with
raphides, or eat them reluctantly ; and some animals, e. g., snail species, in
eating plants that have raphides, select those parts that are without the
crystals. Many plants held for poisonous, e. g., Arum maculatum, owe
their burning taste simply to the very numerous raphides, which, forced
out of their cells, enter the tongue and palate.. The juice obtained by
filtration has quite a mild taste.f

* Kirke’s Physiology.
+ Ibid.
{ “ Nature,’”’? Dec. 29th, 1887.

—--—

Geri

benrei Haut w

¢ “Pe
«ii *“houieide bai

at gas
ee ‘pe Ti
”
= 7 *
.

Gi eee 4's Lae oe
4 Loe Pe ¢ ijoe

Batak ere tT ae ere

-

» -

a We

b
at ~~ a
7 ~~ -. =~

ss :
A iy 7 - - :

i — es ey vi ;

1888. ] Toxic Principle of the Aroidewx. 117

the stomach, it would be acted upon by the gastric juice containing free
hydrochloric acid,—and that acid, as is well-known, is a ready solvent for
calcic oxalate,—so that, before the vegetable matter containing the needle-
shaped crystals could enter the intestine, it would have lost its mechani-
cal irritative properties. In answer to this we would merely remark, that,
when mechanical irritation of the stomach is carried beyond certain
limits, so as to produce pain, the secretion of the gastric juice, instead of
becoming more abundant, diminishes or ceases entirely, and a ropy mucus
is poured out instead.* » And it also appears likely to us that the great
irritation produced in the mouth would react upon the stomach; for,
according to experiments by M. Blondlot, the quantity of the secretion
seems to be influenced also by impressions made on the mouth.ft We
thus fail to see any reason why the arum tissues loaded with needle-
shaped crystals should not enter the intestines. Once in the intestines,
the mechanical effects of the crystals would be to induce convulsions,
dilated pupils, and coma; all of which symptoms are often caused by the
mechanical irritation of intestinal worms.

This theory of the mechanical action of the arums, which we
advanced in 1886, has since, apparently, been independently adopted by
Herr Stahl, who, at a recent meeting of the Jena Naturalists’ Society,
read a paper on the significance of those excreta of plants which are
known as raphides, and are so often met with in the cells in large quantity.
From experiments, this investigator inferred that they were a protection
to plants against being eaten by animals. Many animals avoid plants with
raphides, or eat them reluctantly ; and some animals, e. g., snail species, in
eating plants that have raphides, select those parts that are without the
crystals. Many plants held for poisonous, e. g., Arwm maculatwm, owe
their burning taste simply to the very numerous raphides, which, forced
out of their cells, enter the tongue and palate. The juice obtained by
filtration has quite a mild taste.f

* Kirke’s Physiology.
+ Ibid.
ft “ Nature,” Dec, 29th, 1887, ‘

Nt OO NO Oe

16

118 BE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

V.—Notes on Indian Ruyncenota; Heteroptera, No. 4.
By H. T. Arxinson, B. A.
[Received December 26th, 1887 ;—Read January 4th, 1888. |
Div. Nezaria.

En. Hem. v, p. 63 (1876).

a. b. c. as in Hoplistoderaria (p. 66).

d. as in Catacantharia (p. 70).

e. Entire feet, or at least the genicule, pale, flavescent or vires-
cent, rarely pictured or sprinkled black: antennz rarely to a very great
part, black: rostrum never entirely black : membrane rarely blackish.

f. Body greenish, very rarely incarnate, above entirely densely, or
very densely, punctured ; punctures concolorous : membrane colourless :
venter without a furrow, second segment spinose or very distinctly
tuberculated, tubercle higher than the mesostethium which is not ele-
vated : margins of pronotum neither levigate nor, unless at the very extre-
mity of the lateral margins, very slightly reflexed : tibize above flattish
or sulcated: dorsum of abdomen greenish, or, in dead specimens, flaves-
cent, very rarely anteriorly black: anterior lateral margins of the
pronotum, never, unless very narrowly, and then more broadly beneath
than above, black.

Genus AcCROSTERNUM, Fieber.
Eur. Hem., p. 79, 331 (1861) : Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 63, 90 (1876).

Broad, oval: head semioval, broadened at the eyes, without a black
spot or small line beneath before the eyes at the antenniferous tubercles ;
frontal callus continued through, anteriorly narrower : eyes robust, ocelli
large: jugular plates low, margined, anteriorly scarcely lobulate, as long
as the base of the rostrum: pronotum transversely sexangular, flatly
convex, margin slightly carinate, straight; corium exarcuate; venter
rather densely and distinctly punctured, levigate in the middle.

225. ACROSTERNUM GRAMINEUM, Fabricius.
Cimes gramineus, Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii, p. 295 (1787); Ent. Syst. iv, p. 120
(1794) ; Syst. Rhyng, p. 175 (1803).
Cimex seladonius, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv, p. 114 (1794); Syst. Rhyng. p. 17¢,
(1803).
Acrosternum gramineum, Stal, Hem. Fabr. i, p. 31 (1868); En. Hem. v, p. 90
(1876).

3, 2. Body small, entirely green, immaculate; above a little more
obscure, beneath a little paler (C. gramineus, Fabr.). Head flavescent,
antenne fuscous at the apex: pronotum virescent, anteriorly flavescent :
scutellum flavescent, with a pair of white dots at the apex: hemelytra

1888. ] K. T. Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 119

virescent with a flavescent streak before the margin: wings white:
body virescent (0. seladonius, Fabr.). Above yellow-virescent, beneath
with antennee and feet sordid yellow-whitish : second and third joints of
antenne subequal in length: scutellum with a small subcallous whitish
spot on both sides, at the apex: extremity of the apical angles of the
abdominal segments, black, somewhat acutely prominulous (Stal). Very
closely allied to A. incertum, Sign., differing only in the points noticed.
Long, 9; broad, 5 mill.
Reported from India : Utakamand and Calcutta.

Genus Nezara, Am. & Serv.

Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 143 (1843); Stal, Hom. Afric. i, p. 82, 192 (1864) ;
Ofvers. K. V.-A., Forh., p. 530 (1867); En. Hem. ii, p. 40 (1872) ; v, p. 63, 91
(1876). Includes Rhaphigaster, Dallas, pt, List Hem. B, M. i, p. 274 (1851); Walker,
Cat. Het. B. M. ii, p. 356 (1867).

Body oval or obovate: head flat, ovate, rounded at the apex, lateral
margins somewhat sinuated, lobe continued through in the middle : first
joint of rostrum not extending posteriorly beyond the buccule, some-
times somewhat shorter than the buccule: first joint of the antenns
barely reaching the apex of the head: anterior lateral margins of the
pronotum rarely very slightly reflexed or somewhat callous, anterior
margin sinuated between the eyes, behind the eyes on both sides trun-
cated, very rarely slightly callous in the middle: frena continued be-
yond the middle of the scutellum: mesostethium carinate: venter
tuberculate or spinose at the base: head beneath, before the eyes at the
antenniferous tubercle, marked by a black spot or small line: tibia
above very often furrowed.

226. NErZARA VIRIDULA, Linneus.

Pentatoma smaragdula, Leon Dufour, Rech. p. 157 (1833).

Nezara smaragdula, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 144 (1843) ; Fieber,
Eur. Hem. p. 330 (1861).

Rhaphigaster prasinus, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 274 (1851): excl. syn. Linn.

Pentatoma (Nezara) smaragdula, Guérin, Sagra Hist. Cuba, Ins. p. 373 (1857).

Nezara prasina, Muls. and Rey, Pun. Pent. p. 295 (1866): excl. syn. Linn.

Nezara viridula, Stal, Hem. Afric.,i, p. 193 (1864); Hem Fabr. i, p- 31 (1868) ;
En. Hem. ii, p. 41 (1872); v, p. 91 (1876): Mayr, Reise Novara, p. 67 (1866) : Dis-
tant, A. M. N. H. (5s.), p. 45 (1879) ; Biol. Cent. Am. Hem. p. 78 (1880): White,
Ent. Mon. Mag. xiv, p. 276 (1879).

Var. a. ;—Cimex smaragdulus, Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 711 (1775); Spec. Ins. ii, p.
354 (1781); Mant. Ins. ii, p. 292 (1787) ; Ent. Syst. iv, p. 109 (1794); Syst. Rhyng.
p. 167 (1803) : Gmelin, ed. Syst. Nat., i (4), p. 2153 (1788) : Wolff, Ic, Cim, ii, p. 56,
t, 6, f. 53 (1801). Madeira, India,

120 KH. T. Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

Cimex spirans, Fabr., Ent, Syst. Suppt. p. 533 (1798): Syst. Rhyng. p. 167
(1803). West India Islands.

Cimex viridissimus, Wolff, 1, c., p. 55, t. 6, £. 52 (1801). India.

Pentatoma unicolor, subsericea, leei, tripunctigera, proxima, chinensis, chloris,
chlorocephala, propinqua, and berylina Westw., Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 38-39 (1837) :
from Java, India, Cape St. Vincent, Teneriffe, China, Sierra Leone, Brazil, and
Puna respectively.

Rhaphigaster smaragdulus, Kolen., Mel. Ent. iv, p. 55 (1846).

Pentatoma plicaticollis, Lucas, Expl. Algér. Ins., p. 87; Hém., t. 3, f. 9 (1849).
N. Africa.

Rhaphigaster subsericeus, Dallas, List. Hem. i, p. 275 (1851). N. Bengal.

Var. b. :—Cimezx torquatus, Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 711 (1775); Spec. Ins. ii, p. 353
(1781) ; Mant. Ins. ii, p. 291 (1787); Ent. Syst., iv, p. 108 (1794); Syst. Rhyng.,
p. 166 (1803): Gmelin, 1. c., p. 2150 (1788).

Pentatoma flavicollis and flavicornis, Pal. Beauy., Ins. Hém., p. 185, t. 11, f. 4
(1805).

Rhaphigaster torquatus, Herr. Schiff., Wanz. Ins., iv, p. 100, t. 162, f. 447 (1839),

Var. c. :—Cimesz viridulus, Linn., Syst. Nat., 10 ed., p. 444 (1758) ; Mus. Lud.
Ulr. p. 172 (1764): Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 710 (1775); Spec. Ins. ii, p. 354 (1781) ;
Mant. Ins. ii, p. 291 (1787); Ent. Syst. iv, p. 109 (1794); Syst. Ribas p. 166
(1803): Gmelin, 1. c, p. 2150 (1788).

Cimex hemichloris, Germar, Silb. Rev. v, p. 166 (1837).

Rhaphigaster orbis, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh., p. 221 (1853).

3, 9. Somewhat narrowly obovate; varying in colour; through-
out densely punctured ; witha very obtuse, broad, levigate, ventral ridge +
third joint of the antenne at the apex, and almost entire 4—5 joints,
brunnescent: extremity of anterior lateral margins of the pronotum,
also margin of venter, pale substramineous: extremity of apical angles
of the segments of the abdomen and a minute spot or small lower line on
head before the eyes, black (Stal). Long, 12—16; broad, 6—9 mill.

Var. a.:—First joint of antenne green, fuscous at the apex; se-
cond fuscous, green at the base; third entirely fuscous: head rounded,
entire, eyes testaceous: margin of pronotum flavescent: scutellum
green with three very minute, yellow, basal dots ; abdomen greenish,
ventral line flavescent: feet virescent (C. smaragdulus, Fabr.). Above
broadly greenish; scutellum immaculate, a little more obscure at the
base: 83—4 joints of antenne at apex and entire last joint, purple
(Wolff, 1. c.). Westwood’s species vary chiefly in the coloration of the
antenne.

Var. b.:—Above green; head and margin of pronotum anteriorly,
flavescent or sordid stramineous : antenns variegated rufous and green
(CO. torquatus, Fabr.). Green: anterior half of head and thorax, three
or five spots at the base of the scutellum, and the margin of the abdomen,
yellow (Herr. Schaff.).

Var. c.:—Above sordid stramineous : two basal spots on the head,

1888. ] KE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 121

three anterior spots on the pronotum, three anterior spots and apex of
scutellum, also spot behind the middle on the hemelytra, virescent.

For the full synonymy of this remarkable cosmopolitan insect, re-
ference may be made to Stal (H. H. ii, p. 41) or Distant (1.c.). It
is found throughout North and Central America, and as far south as
Cayenne, in all Europe, all Africa including the adjacent islands, Corea,
Japan, China, India, the islands of the E. Archipelago, Australia, and
New Zealand. The Indian Museum possesses specimens from almost
all parts of India.

Div. HYLuLARIA.

a. b. c. as in Hoplistoderaria (p. 66).

d. as in Catacantharia (p. 70).

e. as in Nezaria (p. 118).

f. Body varying in colour, sometimes entirely virescent and adorned.
with concolorous punctures, if so, the anterior and anterior lateral mar-
gins of the pronotum are levigate, elevated or callous, or the head not,
unless very remotely and finely, punctured, or the mesostethium ele-
vated and not lower than the basal tubercle of the venter, or the tibiz
obtusely rounded, or the venter furrowed, or the anterior lateral margins
of the pronotum black: dorsum of abdomen rarely greenish, even in
greenish species, generally croceous, rufescent or black.

g. Venter without a furrow: tibis above generally margined or
furrowed: lateral angles of pronotum produced in a long, acuminate,
spiniform process: head without black points arranged in several longi-
tudinal rows.

Genus Sapaus, Stal.

Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 513 (1867); p. 632 (1870); En. Hem. v, p. 63, 92
(1876).

Body obovate: head moderately inclined, gradually narrowed for-
wards, slightly sinuate on each side before the eyes; tylus and juga of
equal length; buccule continued through, slightly elevated; ocelli
rather near the eyes; rostrum extended somewhat behind the last coxe,
first joint on a level with the buccule, second joint scarcely longer than
the third ; first jot of antenne as long as, or barely extending beyond, the
apex of the head, second joint shorter than third: pronotum moderately
declined before the middle, anterior margin scarcely elevated, anterior
lateral margins obtuse, basal margin straight, basal angles spinosely
produced: scutellum moderate, somewhat narrow at the apex, frena
extended somewhat beyond the middle of the scutellum: apical
angle of corium rounded: mesostethium distinctly carinate; metaste-

122 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

thium not elevated: odoriferous apertures continued in a furrow that
passes into a ridge: extremity of angles of abdominal segments promi-
nulous ; second ventral segment prominulous, in the middle at the base,
in an obtuse tubercle: tibies rounded, above convex, only towards apex
obsoletely flattish or subsulcate (Stal).

227. Sabpmus sprnosus, Dallas.

Rhaphigaster spinosus, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 278 (1851).

Rhaphigaster humeralis, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 278 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het.
ii, p. 364 (1867).

Sabeus spinosus, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh. p. 632 (1870); En. Hem. v, p. 92
(1876).

9. Above green, very thickly and rather coarsely punctured : pro-
notum with the lateral angles produced into acute spines; membrane
transparent, colourless: margins of the abdomen with a small black
point at the posterior angle of each segment: rostrum pale yellowish
green, with the apex of the last joint, black: antennze with the two
basal joints, green; the third with the basal half green, the apical half
black (Dallas). Long 164; humeral breadth, 12$ mill.

Reported from Philippines, Assam.

Genus Hyttvs, Stal.
Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 513 (1867) ; En. Hem. v, p. 63, 92 (1876).

Body broadly obovate : head much inclined, slightly sinuate on both
sides before the eyes, thence somewhat narrowed, rounded at apex ;
tylus scarcely longer than the juga, lateral margins somewhat obtuse;
buccule continued through, moderately elevated ; ocelli near the eyes :
rostrum extended somewhat behind the last coxe, first joint on a level
with the buccule, second joint longer than the third; first joint of the
antenne not reaching the apex of the head, second joint shorter than the
third: pronotum rather declined anteriorly, anterior margin narrowly
and distinctly callously elevated, scarcely truncate behind the eyes,
anterior lateral margins very obtuse, convex, basal margin very broadly
somewhat sinuate, lateral angles spinosely produced : scutellum some-
what short, almost equally broad and long, narrow at the apex, frena
extended beyond the middle of the scutellum: extremity of apical
angle of the cortum rounded: base of venter unarmed, neither spinose,
nor tuberculate : mesostethium distinctly carinate: apical angles of the
abdominal segments acutely very slightly prominulous : tibise furrowed
above (Stal).

1888. } EK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 123

228. Hyitius riorens, Walker.

Mormidea florens, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 263 (1867).
Hyllus eruginosus, Haglund, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxix, p. 160 (1868).
Hylilus florens, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 92 (1876).

Deep green, broad, oval, roughly punctured; under side and legs
pale: head above ochraceous, bordered with black and sometimes with
black sutures between the juga and the tylus which are of equal length :
rostrum extending a little beyond the hind coxe, tip black: antennse
black, slender, full half the length of the body ; first joint green, not
extending to the front; third longer than the second, shorter than the
fourth; fifth as long as the fourth: pronotum smooth along the fore
border; spines black, stout, acute, very long, very slightly ascending :
scutellum with a round pale yellow apical spot : abdomen beneath with
a pale luteous dise and with black marginal spots: legs slender; tarsi
luteous: membrane brown. (Walker). Body long, 8% mill.

Reported from Sumatra, Malacca, Siam, Burma.

Div. PLAUTIARIA.

En. Hem. v, p. 63, 64 (1876).

a. b. c. as in Hoplistoderaria (p. 66).

d. Lateral angles of the pronotum generally not, or rarely very
slightly, prominulous, not acuminate, rarely strongly produced and
acuminate, if so, the head is furnished with black punctures arranged
in parallel longitudinal rows.

e. Venter generally tuberculate or spinose at the base, the tubercle
touching, or somewhat so, the elevated mesostethium ; spine, when pre-
-sent, long and depressed ; mesostethium not lower than the basal tuber-
cle of the venter when present: ridge on mesostethium posteriorly
sometimes either amplified or thickened hindwards : tibie above flat and
margined or distinctly furrowed: third joint of the rostrum sometimes
longer than the second.

f. Head moderate, not, or not so strongly, impressed between the
_eyes and the ocelli: corium and scutellum rarely somewhat equal in
length, and frena rarely shorter by half than the scutellum, if so, the
ventral spiracula and the space around them are black: basal tubercle
of venter absent, or not extended in a spine.

g. Entire body or the greatest part virescent, rarely incarnately
virescent: frena extended beyond the middle of the scutellum: the
anterior and the anterior lateral margins of the pronotum not, or only
slightly, callously elevated : metastethium and basal tubercle of the
venter equally highly elevated, the latter touching, or somewhat so, the

124 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

metastethium : second and third joints of the rostrum equal, or some-
what so, in length, the third joint never longer than the second: ventral
spiracula generally concolorous, very rarely black: tibie above nar-
rowly and slightly suleated, or somewhat so. (Stal).

Genus Puavtia, Stal.

Hem. Afric. i, p. 82, 191 (1864); Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 514 (1867); En.
Hem. v, p. 64, 92 (1876).

Body broadly obovate: head flat, rounded at the apex, slightly
sinuated on both sides before the eyes, tylus about as long as the
juga: rostrum produced a little behind the last pair of coxa, first
joint not extending beyond the buccule posteriorly, second joint a
little shorter than the third: first joint of the antenne not reaching
the apex of the head, second joint never longer than the third:
anterior lateral margins of the pronotum entire, not callous, anteriorly
entirely callous, levigate, not or barely truncated on both sides behind the
eyes: scutellum shortish, frena continued somewhat beyond the middle :
mesostethium carinate: venter punctured, basal tubercle very obtuse,
somewhat broad, slightly elevated, not somewhat compressed, very
obsolete ; metastethium less elevated: coriaceous part of the hemelytra
beneath (costal limbus generally excepted) sanguineous, or more or less
incarnate, above also generally more or less distinctly incarnate: tibiz
sulcated above. (Stal).

229. PULAUTIA FIMBRIATA, Fabricius.

Cimex fimbriatus, Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii, p. 295 (1787); Ent. Syst. iv, p. 121
(1794); Syst. Rhyng. p. 175 (1803); Herr. Schiff., Wanz. Ins. y, p, 63, t. 164, f,

505 (1839).
Pentatoma fimbriolatum, Herr. Schiff., Wanz. Ins. vii, p. 102, f. 768 (1844).

Pentatoma fimbriata, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 251 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. ii,
p. 298 (1867).

Pentatoma crossota, Dallas, List J. c. p. 252; Walker, Cat., l. c. p. 300.

Plautia fimbriata, Stal, Hem. Afric. i, p. 191 (1864); Hem. Fabr., i, p. 32
(1868) ; En. Hem. v, p. 92 (1876); Distant, A. M. N. H. (58.) iii, p. 45 (1879) ;
Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 415 (1883). '

Small: antenne pale, joints black at the apex: head, pronotum and
scutellum green, punctured, immaculate: hemelytra greyish, with a
median spot which almost forms a band, fuscous, exterior margin green :
wings cinereous, spot-at the base fuscous: beneath green with a me-
dian line, yellow: anus porrect, emarginate at the apex (Fabr.).

3. 9. P. crossota, Dallas, has head, pronotum and scutellum bright
green, rather thickly and finely punctured with brown: eyes black

1888.] KE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 125
ocelli red: the head has a very short black line on each side in front of
the eyes below the lateral margins: pronotum with a very slender,
reddish brown line on the edge of each lateral margin, the lateral mar-
gins straight: scutellum with the margin of the apex whitish: coriace-
ous portion of the hemelytra red, punctured with brown, with the outer
margin green, punctured; membrane transparent, with a large brown
cloud at the base, in which are two darker brown spots: wings trans-
parent, with the principal vein red : abdomen above crimson, very thick-
ly and finely punctured, with the lateral margins bright green: body
beneath green, very thickly and finely punctured, except on the middle
of the disc of the abdomen, which is yellowish, very smooth, and punc-
tate ; lateral margins of the abdomen with a black point on the apical
angle of each segment: legs green; tarsi testaceous; claws black:
rostrum pale testaceous, with the tip black; second joint considerably
shorter than the third ; basal joint green, second pale greenish yellow,;
third becoming fulvous towards the apex; fourth and fifth fulvous,
with the tips brown (Dallas). Long, 10—11 mill.

The dorsum of the abdomen varies testaceous, unmarked, or broadly
with two black stripes: in a Chinese example it is almost entirely
black or subviolaceous-black.

Reported from Java, Hastern Archipelago, Japan, China, Siam
Malacca, Silhat, Assam. The Indian Museum has specimens from Java,
China, Assam, Sikkim, Calcutta.

Genus Zanais, Stal.

Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 514 (1867) ; En. Hem. vy, p. 64; 93 (1876).

Differs from Nezara, in having the body less broadly obovate ; he-
melytra above and beneath green; membrane entirely colourless ; head
generally less densely punctured ; vemter aciculately subrugose, not
punctured, basal tubercle very distinctly elevated, anteriorly angu-
lated and somewhat compressed, reaching but not higher than the
metastethium which is strongly elevated and generally sinuated poste-
riorly. Differs from Plautia in the narrower body, head and scutellum
longer and the scutellum narrower at the apex.

230. ZANGIS BERYLLUS, Fabricius.

Cime» beryllus, Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii, p. 292 (1787); Ent. Syst. iv, p. 110

(1794) ; Syst. Rhyng. p. 168 (1803).
Zangis beryllus, Stal, Hem. Fabr. i, p. 33 (1868) : Stal, Hn. Hem. v, p. 125 (1876),

Q2.Suboval, pale somewhat sordid flavescent, shining, above legs
Ls

126 KE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

densely punctulate, first and second joints of the antenne very pale
virescent, third fuscous, virescent at the base, fourth and fifth testacecus,
yellow-whitish at the base; extreme margin of the head, two longitu-
dinal lines, approached before the middle, posteriorly more distant,
parallel, a small line before the ocelli, also a lower line above the an-
tenniferous tubercles, four minute spots on the pronotum at the anterior
margin, six placed in a transverse row before the middle, also several
behind the middle arranged in an undulating transverse row, four
minute basal spots on the scutellum, one marginal on both sides before
the middle and several postericr scattered ; spots and small transverse lines
on the exterior limbus of the corium, a small spot on the pro- and meso-
stethium situate towards the coxe, patch on the anterior angles of the
prostethium, a minute spot almost at the middle of the basal margin of
the sides of the mesostethium, lateral marginal puncture on the metas-
tethium, basal and extremity of the apical angles of the ventral seg-
ments, narrow subapical and subbasal band on the segments of the
connexivim, also apex of rostrum, black: membrane sordid hyaline :
anterior lateral margins of pronotum, and exterior margin of corium,
anteriorly weakly orange.

Head shghtly sinuated before the eyes, somewhat narrowed before
the sinus, rounded at the apex, anteocular part shorter than broad at
the base ; antennz with the third joint scarcely twice longer than the
second: pronotum very remotely punctured before a waved row of
black spots, more obscure behind the same row, entire anterior mar-
gin narrowly elevated, lowest part of the anterior lateral margins
a little reflexed, lateral angles scarcely prominulous: scutellum almost
thrice broader at the base than at the apex of the frena: pectus remote-
ly punctured, a large, opaque, lateral spot not punctured: venter very
finely punctured, smooth on the disc, second segment at the base con-
vexly elevated in the middle: extremity of the apical angles of the
segments somewhat prominulous: tibie with a furrow continued
through (Stal). Long, 15; broad, 8 mill.

Reported from India, Tranquebar.

Div. AXIAGASTARIA.
En. Hem, v, p. 64 (1876).
a. b. c. as in Hoplistoderaria (p. 66).
d. e. f.as in Plautiaria (p. 123).

g- Body flavescent, punctured black: feet sprinkled with black or
fuscous : tibiae above broadly furrowed, or flat and margined : ventral
spiracles and the space around them usually black : membrane infuscate.

1888. ] EK. T. Atkinson —Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 127

Genus DirniostiraA, Dallas.

List Hem. i, p. 300 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 391 (1867): Stal, Ofvers.
K, V.-A., Férh, p. 522 (1867) ; En Hem. v. p. 64, 94 (1876). Includes Carenoscaptus,
Signoret, A. S. H. F. (2 s.) ix, p. 341 (1851).

Body elongate, broadest across the middle of the pronotum, thence
attenuated posteriorly : head large, longer than broad between the eyes,
margins very obsoletely sinuate, tylus and juga subequal in length,
punctures arranged in longitudinal rows ; ocelli moderate, placed very
little further from each other than from the eyes: antenne inserted a
little in front of the eyes, about half the length of the body, 5-jointed ;
basal joint very short, not reaching nearly to the apex of the head ; second
joint shorter than the third; the third joint shorter than the fourth ;
the fifth shorter than the fourth, but longer than the third: rostrum
stout, reaching the base of the abdomen, inserted in front of the base of
the antenne, basal joint short, not reaching the base of the head, second
joint longer, third longest, fourth longer than the first but shorter than
the second: pronotum hexagonal, immarginate, lateral margins round :
ridge on the meso- and meta-stethium strongly elevated, robust, furnished
with a deep furrow, elevated margins of furrow produced anteriorly
before the first pair of coxa, posteriorly behind the last cox, lobed ;
basal tubercle of venter compressed : furrow of the orifices long: scutel-
lum reaching a little beyond the middle of the abdomen with the lateral
margins waved, apex very broad and rounded. Coriaceous portion of the
hemelytra with the apical margin very oblique; membrane large with
numerous longitudinal veins; posterior lateral angles of abdominal
segments slightly spinose: abdomen beneath with an obtuse median
longitudinal ridge; legs rather stout; tarsi three-jointed ; basal joint
as long as the two following taken together.

231. DiPLostTiRa VALIDA, Dallas.

Diplostira valida, Dailas, List Hem. i, p. 301, t. 10, f. 5 (1851) ; Walker Cat,
Het. ii, p. 391 (1867): Stal, En. Hem. vy. p. 94 (1876): Distant, A. M. N. H. (5 s.)
iii, p. 45 (1879).

Carenoscaptus maculipes, Signoret, A. S. EH. F. (2 gs.) ix, p. 341 t. 10, f. 10;
Walker, 1. c. iii, p. 575 (1868). (1851).

?. Testaceous, shining, more or less punctured with brown: head
with the lateral margins black, and with six punctured, blackish brown
longitudinal lines, placed two on the tylus and which meet at the middle
of the vertex, and two on each of the juga, meeting at the ocelli: prono-
tum orange testaceous, thickly and coarsely punctured with dark brown ;
the punctures becoming confluent on the posterior portion of the dise
forming a broad blackish brown band, indistinctly clouded with testace-

128 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

ous ; the postero-lateral margins are testaceous, coarsely punctured with
brown: scutellum orange testaceous ; the base impunctate, with the
lateral margins strongly punctured with blackish brown, and four punc-
tured blackish brown spots across at the margin of the pronotum; the apex
rather finely punctured with brown; the middle occupied by a broad,
blackish brown, transverse band, interrupted in the middle: coriaceous
portion of the hemelytra with the disc covered with rather coarse, con-
fluent, brown punctures, so that only a few points of the testaceous ground
colour appears; outer margin testaceous, with two longitudinal lines of
blackish brown punctures ; membrane brown, semitransparent: abdomen
beneath testaceous, very thickly and finely punctured with brown, and
clothed with fine, short, whitish hairs, with the median ridge impunctate,
smooth and naked: pectus testaceous, more coarsely, but less closely
punctured than the abdomen, naked, shining and somewhat rugose: legs
orange red ; femora covered with round black points ; tibiee with a black
line down each of the ridges of the outer edge; claws black: rostrum
and antenne pale orange-red; the apical joint of the latter palest
(Dallas).
Long, 25—27 mill. Reported from Silhat, Assam, Sikkim (mihi).

Genus Axiacastus, Dallas.

Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 221 (1851): Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 268 (1867): Stal,
Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh., p. 511 (1867) ; En. Hem. v. p. 64, 94 (1876).

Body ovate: head longer than broad between the eyes, rounded at
the apex, tylus and juga subequal in length, lateral margins distinctly
sinuated ; eyes very prominulous, globose: ocelli large, placed close to
the eyes: basal joint of the antenne short and stout, not reaching the
apex of the head ; second joint more than twice the length of the first,
but shorter than the third ; rostrum very long, reaching the middle of
the third ventral segment, inserted close to the apex of the head; basal
joint shortest, reaching the base of the head; second joint longer than
the first, shorter than the fourth; third longest: anterior angles of the
rostral canal produced downwards into two long, curved tusks, of which
the points are turned a little hindwards and inwards: pronotum hexa-
gonal, unarmed, margined anteriorly and on the sides, lateral angles
rounded, not produced: scutellum large and long, reaching at least
two-thirds the length of the abdomen, with the apex broad and rounded :
frena not reaching the middle of the scutellum: coriaceous portion of
the hemelytra, much longer than the membrane, reaching nearly to the
apex of the scutellum ; membrane with longitudinal veins: ridge on the
meso- and meta-stethium varying in height and breadth, without a

1888. | H. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 129

furrow: legs moderate; tarsi 3-jointed, basal and apical joints about
equal (Dallas).

232. AXIAGASTUS ROSMARUS, Dallas.

Agiagastus rosmarus, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 221, t. 8, f. 5 (1851); Walker, Cat.
Het. ii, p. 268 (1867); Stal, En. Hem. vy. p. 94 (1876); Distant, A. M. N. H. (5s.)
iii, p. 45 (1879).

3. Yellow, somewhat shining, rather finely and sparingly punc-
tured with black: head with the margins, a line down each side of the
median and two longitudinal lines on the vertex, black: eyes brown ;
ocelli reddish : pronotum with the lateral margins and four spots placed
in a transverse line near the anterior margin, black; posterior margin
blackish: scutellum with two small black spots near the middle of the
base, a larger one on each lateral margin before the middle, and a large
black patch before the apex ; hemelytra clouded with brown ; membrane
brownish, semitransparent : margins of the abdomen banded with black
and yellow, the base and apex of each segment being black: abdomen
beneath very finely punctured with brown ; stigmata black ; pectus irre-
gularly punctured with black and brown: legs yellow; femora with
large, tibie with smaller, black points: rostrum with the extreme tip
black : antenne with the two basal joints yellow, the second with black
points ; third joint black, with the base yellow (Dallas). Long, 16—17
mill. Walker (J. c.) notes that the sides of the rostral canal are not
spinose in the ¢ : the length of the rostrum is variable, antenne much
more than half the length of the body, and the joints to the fourth
successively increase in length, 4—5 equal in length ; pale luteous spot at
apex of the scutellum is very variable in size and shape.

Reported from Siam, Philippines, Assam (mihi).

Genus AsTYAnax, Stal.
Ofvers K. V.-A. Forh. p. 511 (1867): En. Hem. v. p. 64, 94 (1876).

Body broadly obovate : head much deflexed, slightly narrowed for-
wards, slightly sinuate on both sides before the eyes, obtusely rounded
at the apex ; tylus and juga equalin length, lateral margins somewhat
obtuse ; buccule rather elevated, continued through; ocelli near the
eyes; rostrum extended somewhat behind the last pair of feet, first
joint extending beyond the buccule ; first joint of antenne not reaching
the apex of the head, second joint shorter than the third; pronotum
much inclined forwards, anterior margin narrowly callously elevated :
scutellum broad, a little longer than broad, somewhat shorter than
abdomen, slightly narrowed hindwards behind the frena which occupy

130 BE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

a little more than one-fourth of the length of the scutellum; corium
somewhat reaching the apex of the abdomen; apical angle rounded :
membrane with longitudinal veins: meso-stethium carinate : furrow of the
odoriferous apertures continued in a gradually vanishing wrinkle or
ridge: venter rather convex, unarmed at the base (Stal).

Type, Scutellera trimaculata, St. Farg.

233. ASTYANAx TRIMACULATUS, St. Farg. & Serv.

Scutellera trimaculata, St. Farg. & Serv. Enc. Méth, x, p. 411 (1825).

Graphosoma trimaculata, Germar, Zeitschr. i, p. 54 (1839); Walker, Cat. Het. i,
p. 69 (1867).

Hoplistodera trimaculata, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 217 (1851); Walker, l. c., ii,
p. 265 (1867).

Astyanaz trimaculata, Stal, Ofv. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 629 (1870) ; En. Hem. v, p, 94
(1876).

7, Pale testaceous, a little greyish; throughout finely punctured
brown, the punctures form six longitudinal rows on the head: sides of
pronotum spinose: scutellum with three whitish impunctate spots,
bordered brown, the apical largest, oval: last four joints of the antennsze
long, almost equal: rostrum extending a little beyond the posterior coxee
(St. Farg.). Long, 8? mill.

Reported from Java, Philippines, Penang, Malacca, Burma.

Genus CritHevs, Stal.

Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 517 (1867) ; Hn. Hem. v, 64, 94 (1876).

Body oval, depressed: rostrum long, extended almost to the apex of
the abdomen, first joint extending somewhat beyond the buccule, third
somewhat longer than the second ; head somewhat narrowed forwards,
obtusely rounded at the apex, lateral margins somewhat acute, slightly
sinuate behind the middle; juga and tylus of equal length; buccule
continued through, moderately elevated; ocelli scarcely thrice farther
from each other than from the eyes; antenne somewhat slender, first
joint not reaching the apex of the head, second joint shorter than the
third: anterior lateral margins of the pronotum, reflexed, straight,
anterior margin callous, scarcely truncate behind the eyes, lateral angles
scarcely prominulous: scutellum moderate, narrow at the apex, frena
extended beyond the middle of the scutellum: veins of membrane,
simple : mesostethium carinate: metastethium somewhat elevated, pos-
teriorly emarginate: furrow of the odoriferous apertures passing into
a gradually evanescent wrinkle or ridge: abdomen slightly rounded on
both sides, venter longitudinally somewhat flat in the middle, the extre-

1888. | HK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 131

mity of the angles of the segments somewhat prominulous (Stal). Allied
to Awiagastus, Dallas.

234. CRITHEUS LINEATIFRONS, Stal.

Critheus lineatifrons, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeit. xiii, p. 229 (1869): En. Hem. v,
p. 44 (1876).
¢. Oval, pale sordid flavescent, above rather densely dotted black,
the dots in patches on the pronotum and scutellum in the form of irregular
transverse lines: a smooth longitudinal line on the head and pronotum also
two or four small spots arranged in a transverse row before the middle
on the pronotum, and acontinued line within the anterior margins and
the lateral anterior, smooth, this continued line ends within the row of
densely accumulated black dots: dorsum of abdomen rufescent, testa-
ceous : head scarcely shorter than the pronotum, transversely, finely,subru-
gose, marked beneath by black dots accumulated in abbreviated lines:
antennze slender, second joint distinctly longer than the first, third
almost more than half longer than the second, fuscous near the apex:
pronotum more than twice broader than long; scutellum posteriorly a
little less densely punctured, with three small basal spots and the extreme
part of the basal margin smooth : hemelytra punctured fuscous-ferrugi-
nous, sprinkled with a few small smooth spots; membrane infuscate,
veined fuscous: pectus sparingly dotted black, the dots accumulated
here and there into some small spots: connexivum densely punctured
black : venter sparingly punctured ferruginous-fuscous, more sparingly
punctured in the middle; incisures, spiracles and transverse line behind
the spiracles, black: anal segment in “ strongly retuse on the disc,
broadly and obtusely sinuate at the apex, sinus itself slightly emaregi-
nate in the middle, posterior angles produced in a short lobe which is
emarginate at the apex ; femora remotely sprinkled ferruginous (S/al).
Long, 113; broad, 6 mill.
Reported from Burma.

Genus AcEsINES, Stal.
En. Hem. v. p. 65, 94 (1876).

Head short, almost equally long and broad between the eyes, broadly
rounded at the apex, vaguely punctured, not sinuated in the lateral
margins: pronotum vaguely punctured at the very narrowly levigate
anterior margin, and at the somewhat acute and narrowly reflexed
anterior lateral margins: scutellum moderate, shorter than the corium,
posteriorly moderately broad: frena extended beyond the middle of the
scutellum: rostrum not extended behind the metastethium, second joint

152 HB. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

longer than the third: mesostethial ridge gradually thicker hindwards :
metastethium somewhat elevated, sexangular, sinuated at the base ; basal
tubercle of venter distinct, angulately prominulous and touching the
metastethium : membrane with five veins (Stal).

235. ACESINES BREVICEPS, Stal.
Acesines breviceps, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 94 (1876).

@. Oval, somewhat depressed, weakly sordid flavescent, somewhat
shining, above and on the pectus rather densely and distinctly punctured
black, punctures arranged in lines and groups and leaving small irregular
and confluent smooth spots: anterior margin and obsolete longitudinal
line on pronotum, also anterior, obtriangular, indeterminate spot on
scutellum, less densely punctured or somewhat smoothish: sides of venter
remotely sprinkled with fine punctures; lacerated lateral streak, sixth
segment and anal valvules, blackish: dorsum of abdomen, membrane
and two apical joints of the antenne, fuscous: tibie minutely sprinkled
fuscous. Head about one-third shorter than the pronotum, anteocular part
transverse, gradually very slightly narrowed forwards beyond the middle,
thence at the apex abruptly, broadly and obtusely rounded: first joint
of the antennez scarcely reaching the apex of the head, second joint a
little shorter than the third : buccule slightly elevated, posteriorly lower:
rostrum reaching the base of the venter, first joint on a level with the
buccule posteriorly, third joint shorter than the second, longer than the
fourth: anterior lateral margins of the pronotum straight, acute, very
narrowly somewhat laminated and reflexed (Stal). Long, 9; broad,
6 mill. Reported from India.

Div. EURYASPARIA.

En. Hem. v, p. 65 (1876).

a. b. c. as in Hoplistoderaria, (p. 66).

d. e. as in Plautiaria, (p. 123).

f. Head posteriorly, between the eyes and the ocelli, rather strongly,
or very distinctly, impressed: corium and scutellum equal in length, or
somewhat so: the scutellum broad behind the short frena: anterior
lateral margins of the pronotum rounded, levigate, or callous: feet
pale, not pictured (Stal).

Genus Evuryaspis, Signoret.

Eurysaspis, Sign., A. S. H. F. (2 s.), ix, p. 342 (1851); Euryaspis, Stal, En. Hem.
v, p. 65, 95 (1876).

Scutellum large, occupying more than three-fourths of the abdo-
men, very broad and rounded: juga and tylus equal in length: rostrum

1888. ] EH. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 133

barely reaching the posterior feet and enclosed at its base: eyes very
stout ; ocelli approximate to the eyes : antenne 5-jointed, the 3—4 joints
longest : pronotum very tumid and inclined forwards ; angles rounded :
hemelytra longer than the abdomen: sternal ridge ending in a point
and flattened between the anterior feet, very broad between the middle
and posterior feet, slightly bifurcate in order to receive the ventral
point which is very short: abdomen very tumid, ecarinate: feet cylin-
~ drical (Sign.).

Remarkable for the large scutellum and the rounded tibie which
are very finely furrowed above.

236. HURYASPIS TRANSVERSALIS, Signoret.

Eurysaspis transversalis, Sign., A. S. E. F. (2 s.) ix, p. 343, t. 10, f. 1, (1851),
Euryaspis transversalis, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 95, (1876).

Yellow, varied with brown and lighter yellow: head small, yellow,
with the lateral margins sinuate, the sinuosity black as well as the
grooves between the lobes, the space around the ocelli and the posterior
margin: pronotum divided in two by a sinuated band of a lighter
yellow almost white, proceeding from one to the other of the posterior
angles; the anterior part, yellow, and the posterior, brownish: scutel-
lum with a yellow surface anteriorly, bounded by a circular band of a
much lighter yellow and almost white, and, posteriorly, a broad patch
of a brownish red, circumscribed yellow, and strongly punctured above
on both sides: hemelytra brownish-yellow: membrane transparent
with 7—8 veins, hardly bifurcate: body beneath and feet yellow:
abdomen with four brown bands: stigmata small and black (Stign.).
Long, 9 mill.

Reported from Pondicherry.

Div. MENIDARIA.
En. Hem. vy, p. 65, (1876).

a. b. c. as in Ho plistoderaria, (p. 66).

d. Second ventral segment obtusely convex in the middle, or with
a porrect spine, rounded or compressed, very rarely obtusely somewhat
tuberculate in the middle, if so, the tibie are rounded and without a
furrow: metastethium not elevated: mesostethial ridge everywhere
equal in breadth, or somewhat so: third joint of the rostrum very rarely
a little longer than the second.

e. Tibize above generally sulcated, or flattish and margined, very
rarely entirely rounded and without a furrow, if so, the venter has a
porrect spine at the base.

18

134 BH. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

f. Tibi above margined on both sides, or with a broad, very dis-
tinct furrow: mesostethial ridge anteriorly not, or barely, strongly
elevated, there neither laminated, nor freely produced, nor thickened :
ventral spine, when present, short or moderate, rarely extending some-
what beyond the intermediate coxz : ventral spiracles very rarely black :
apical angles of the sixth abdominal segment not produced in a large
acute tooth : rostrum extended behind the intermediate coxee, generally
reaching or extending beyond the base of the venter (Stal).

Genus CrespHontes, Stal.
Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh., p. 514, (1867): Hn. Hem. v, p. 65, 95, (1876).

Body broadly obovate: head rather inclined, narrowed forwards,
very slightly sinuate before the eyes, rounded at the apex; tylus and
juga of equal length; anteocular part shorter than broad; lateral
margins flattened, acute; buccule continued through, moderately ele-
vated : ocelli about thrice further from each other than from the eyes;
rostrum extended between the last coxe, first joint as long as the
buccule, second joint longer than the third; antenne moderate, first
joint scarcely reaching the apex of the head, second joint shorter than
the third : pronotum moderately inclined, anterior margin not elevated,
scarcely truncate behind the eyes, anterior lateral margins somewhat
obtuse, lateral angles obtuse, produced in a broad process: scutellum
somewhat broad at the apex, moderately long, frena extended a little
beyond the middle of the scutellum: apical margin of corium rounded :
mesostethium distinctly carimate : venter, at the base, with a long robust
spine: furrow from the odoriferous apertures continued in a long,
gradually vanishing, wrinkle or ridge: apical angles of abdominal seg-
ments scarcely prominulous (Stal).

237. CRESPHONTES NIGRO-MACULATUS, Haglund.

Cresphontes nigro-maculatus, Haglund, Stettin Hut. Zeit. xxix, p. 157, (1868) :
Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 95, (1876).

3. Subquadrate, posteriorly rounded, pale flavescent or stramine-
ous; head and pronotum, in patches, sides and apex of scutellum
densely, punctured black ; hemelytra densely punctured rufescent ; the
lower portion of the hemelytra, dorsum of abdomen, two basal joints of
the antenne, and base of three last joints, connexivum, and feet, more
or less, rufescent: three last joints of the antenne, a somewhat smooth
median shining spot on the scutellum, numerous minute spots on pectus
and venter, duplicated spots on the connexivum, also some spots on the
apices of the femora, black; membrane and wings, fuscescent: basal
internal angle of the membrane with an obscure spot.

1888. | E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 135

Head rounded at the apex, tylus continued through; ocelli four
times further from each other than from the eyes: antennw extended,
reaching beyond the lateral angles of the pronotum, last three joints
equal, twice as long as the second: rostrum hardly reaching the last
pair of coxe: pronotum transverse, almost thrice broader than long ;
lateral angles roundly produced, posterior margin subsinuate: sides of
the scutellum a little sinuate; apex rounded; frena extending some-
what beyond the middle: dorsum of abdomen hardly violascent ; be-
neath densely, but not strongly, punctured; ventral spine narrowed,
acute, reaching the middle between the anterior and intermediate coxe ;
pleurz opaque, rufescent: minute black spots on the venter arranged
in six rows; longitudinal spots in external rows in middle of the seg-
ments near the spiracles; transverse spots in median and internal rows
on the basal margin of the segments; the internal rows of spots are
wanting on the last two segments, but the last segment has a minute,
median, transverse, basal, black spot: tibize not distinctly sulcate (Hag-
lund). Long., 94; broad, hardly 7; exp. hem. 23 mill.

Reported from the Dekhan.

Genus Anrestta, Stal.

pt. Hem. Afric. i, p. 82, 200, (1864) ; Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh., p. 514, (1855) ;
En. Hem. v, p. 66, 95, (1876).

Head more or less deflexed, immarginate ; juga and tylus of equal
length ; first joint of rostrum not extending beyond the buccule pos-
teriorly ; first joint of antennz not or scarcely reaching the apex of the
head, second joint shorter than the third: anterior and anterior-lateral
margins of the pronotum distinctly reflexed or callous, elevated: scutel-
lum broad or somewhat so at the apex: mesostethium not, or but slight-_
ly, carinate: venter sometimes distinctly spinose at the base (Stdl).
Certain virescent species of Antestia are very like Zangis and Plautia,
but differ in having the second ventral segment in the middle rather
convex and not very prominulous, pronotum strongly margined, and the
tibize above distinctly flat and marginate.

238. ANTESTIA ANCHORA, Thunberg.

Cimex anchora, Thunberg, Noy. Ins. Spec. ii, p. 47, t. 2, f. 60, (1783).

Pentatoma anchora, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 254, (1851) ; Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p.
300 (1867).

Pentatoma cruciata, Ellenr., Nat. Tijdsskr. Ned. Ind. xxiv, p. 154, (1862).

Antestia anchora, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 96, (1876); Distant, A. M. N. H. (5 s.)
iii, p. 45, (1879) ; J. A. S. B. xlviii (5), p. 37, (1879).

Head pale orange-yellow, with a black, oblong, longitudinal spot
between the eyes: pronotum pale orange-yellow on the margins and

136 EK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

anterior half of the median line, rest lutescent-whitish, with six black
spots, of which two oblong, transverse, lie along the anterior margin ;
four, oblong or slightly cuneiform, longitudinal, towards the posterior
margin: scutellum Iutescent-whitish, the middle pale orange, with two
ovate or semicircular black spots at the base, two minute triangular,
scarcely visible, at the basal angles, and two large triangular spots
towards the apex and whose bases rest on the margins, black: hemelytra
pale orange-yellow, with three somewhat rounded black spots arranged
triangularly: membrane black, tip pale: beneath, pale virescent with
5—7 rows of black spots, the marginal minute, not continued on the
pectus, sometimes indistinct, the second oblong, transverse, the third
sometimes confluent with the second and sometimes wanting, the median,
on the disc, oblong transverse. In Ellenrieder’s example from Sumatra,
the two anterior spots on the scutellum are ovate, the posterior trian-
gular, the orange-yellow space between them taking the form of a
cross ; 1—2 joints of antenne and the feet, rufous, femora indistinctly
annulate, tarsi fuscous-brunneous, beneath sordid lutescent, with, on
both sides, a lateral row of black spots and a median row of brunneous
spots. Long, 10—11; broad, 73 mill.

Reported from Java, Sumatra, Burma, Tenasserim, Sikkim (mihi),
China.

939. ANTESTIA PULCHRA, Dallas.

Pentatoma pulchra, Dallas (nec Westw.), List Hem. i, p. 253, (1851): Walker,
Cat. Het., p. 300, (1867): ? Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 128, (1876).

2. Rounded ovate: head rather large, pale tawny, smooth and im-
punctate, with the sides narrowly margined: eyes black; ocelli red:
pronotum with six black spots which occupy nearly the whole surface,
namely, a rather small oblong transverse spot on each side close to the
anterior margin, a larger one on each lateral angle, and two large some-
what quadrate spots, covering nearly the whole disc and reaching the
posterior margin; the narrow anterior margin, the anterior portion of
the lateral margins, a tranverse line near the anterior margin, a median
longitudinal line, and a longitudinal line on each side running from the
transverse line to the posterior margin, are yellow; the median longi-
tudinal line has an orange spot close to the anterior margin, the posterior
portion of the disc, with the exception of the median yellow line, is rather
strongly, but not very thickly, punctured, with the punctures black on the
lateral longitudinal yellow lines, and there is a line of 5—6 fine black punc- .
tures on the yellow portions of the lateral margin close to the edge: scu-
tellum yellow, orange towards the base and at the apex, with a narrow
transverse black band, interrupted in the middle, at the base, and a large,

~ 1888.) EK. T. Atkinson—-Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 137

somewhat bifid, pitchy black patch occupying nearly the whole of the disc ;
the basal portion smoothand impunctate, the disc ratherstrongly punctured,
the punctures becoming finer and closer towards the apex, which is
very finely and thickly punctured, the lateral margins punctured with
black: hemelytra orange, with the inner part of the coriaceous portion
yellow, thickly and rather strongly punctured towards the base, more
finely towards the apex, with an impunctate space on the disc behind
the middle; with a large patch, posteriorly deeply emarginate, on the
disc about the middle, and the apical margin pitchy black; membrane
dark brown: wings brown, semitransparent, with the apex darker:
abdomen above red, very thickly and finely punctured, with the margins
yellow; the margins of the second and of the base of the third seg-
ments are black. Body beneath pale yellow, smooth, and shining:
venter impunctate, with a large black spot on each side of each seg-
ment except the last, which has a large square spot of the same colour
in the middle; the lateral margins of the second segment are black:
pectus witha lineof fine blackish punctures withinthe margins of each seg-
ment and with two rows of large black spots on each side, of which the
inner row consists of three spots, one in each segment, the outer of four,
of which the fourth spot is placed close to the posterior angle of the
metastethium : legs orange, with the base of the femora testaceous, and
with a more or less distinct brown or blackish ring near the apex of the
femora: rostrum brown, with the apex black, and the basal joint pale
orange: antenne black, with the two basal joints orange (Dallas).
Body long, 11—12 mill.

Reported from India, Burma: the Indian Museum has specimens
from Arakan, Sikkim (mihi).

240. ANTESTIA CRUCIATA, Fabricius.

Cimex cruciatus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 714, (1775); Spec. Ins. ii., p. 358, (1781) ;
Mant. Ins. ii, p. 295, (1787) Ent. Syst. iv., p. 119 (1794) ; Syst. Rhyng. p. 174 (1803);
Wolff, Ic. Cim. ii, p. 62, f. 59, (1801): Herr. Schaff., Wanz. Ins. v, p. 63, t. 164 f. 506,
(1839).

Pentatoma cruciata, Am. and Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 132, (1843) : Dallas,
List Hem. i, p. 254, (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 300, (1867).

Antestia cruciata, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh., p. 630, (1870); En. Hem. y, p.
96, (1876).

This species varies much, sometimes rufescent or croceous, some-
times flavescent or virescent, spots on the upper side larger or smaller,
black or olivaceous-virescent, pectus and venter on the anterior angles
of the segments marked with a blackish spot or immaculate. Antenne
fuscous: head pale, with two curved black lines, the sides brunneous :

138 H. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

pronotum pale, four spots anteriorly, and posteriorly six spots, black:
seutellum black, sides pale at the base, a cruciform patch in the middle
and at the apex pale: hemelytra pale, tinted ferruginous, with three black
spots: wings fuscous: beneath flavescent, sides spotted black (Fabr.).
The outer spots of the anterior row on the pronotum are sometimes
obsolete. Long, 9 mill.

Reported from Java, Burma, Bengal. The Indian Museum has
specimens from Calcutta, Sikkim (mihi).

241, ANTESTIA MODIFICATA, Distant.
Antestia modificata, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 350, t. 12, f. 4, (1887).

Ochraceous, spotted with bluish black,above sparingly punctate : head
luteous, margins of tylusand margins of juga in front of the eyes, also two
spots at base, bluish-black: eyes brownish : antennez bluish black: prono-
tum with eight bluish-black spots, the six largest arranged in two rows on
the disc, and a smaller elongate spot in each basal angle: corium with four
bluish-black spots, one at the base, one at the apex, and two median:
membrane pale hyaline with a large bluish-black subquadrate spot at the
base: body beneath pale luteous, sternum spotted with bluish-black, and
abdomen with sutural fasciz and lateral spots of the same colour: legs
luteous ; femora with a blackish spot near their apices: antenne with
second joint shorter than the third, 4—5 joints longest (Dist.). Long, 7
mill.

Reported from Sikkim, where it is rather common (mihi.).

Genus Apines, Dallas.

List Hem. i, p. 231, (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 283, (1867); Stal, En.
Hem. v, p. 97, (1876).

Head deflexed, about as broad as long, rounded at the apex, the
tylus as long as the juga: eyes prominent: ocelli distant but not placed
very near the eyes: antenniferous tubercles very small, entirely con-
cealed by the lateral margins of the head: antennz more than half the
length of the body, 5-jointed; basal joint short, not reaching the apex of
the head; second joint about the length of the first, much shorter than
the third; the 3—4 joints about equal; fifth a little longer: rostrum
scarcely reaching the posterior coxe; basal joint reaching the base of
the head, second longest, third shorter than the fourth, which is very
little shorter than the second: body oblong-ovate, somewhat elongate :
pronotum very little broader than long, much broader behind than
before : scutellum somewhat triangular, but with the apex rather broad
and rounded: corium rather longer than the membrane with its apical

1888. | E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 139

margin oblique and rounded; membrane with longitudinal veins : abdo-
men and sternum unarmed: legs rather long; tarsi_3-jointed, the basal
and apical about equal (Dallas).

242. APINES CONCINNA, Dallas.

Apines concinna, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 232, t. 9, f. 2, (1851) ; Walker, Cat. Het.
ii, p. 283, (1867) ; Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 97, (1876).

3, Shining black, thickly and finely punctured: pronotum with
the lateral margins narrowly edged with white, and with a large somewhat
ovate yellow spot on the middle of the disc : scutellum with a large yellow
spot in each basal angle, and a large spot of the same colour on the apex ;
across the disc, close behind the two basal spots, runs an orange yellow
line, which forms a kind of anchor, with a short longitudinal line run-
ning between the two spots: corium with the basal portion of the outer
margin whitish, and with a transverse white band near the apex ;
membrane blackish: abdomen with the margins of the 3—5 segments
white, interrupted with black at the sutures: pectus with a large, trian-
gular white spot in each of the posterior angles: cox and base of the
femora white; apices of the femora black; anterior tibize yellowish
white, with a black line down the inside; intermediate tibize white, with
the base, and a minute line at the apex, black; posterior tibia white,
with the base and apex black; tarsi black: rostrum black: antennze
black, with the second joint testaceous (Dallas). Long, 64 mill.

Reported from India, Bombay, Hardwar (mihi.).

Genus Menipa, Motsch.
H’tud. x, p. 23, (1861); Stal, En. Hem. vy, p. 66, 97, (1876),

Differs from Antestia, Stal, in having the second ventral segment
with a gradually compressed, porrect spine, almost laminate at the apex,
or with a compressed tubercle, prominulous forwards. In Antestia there
is neither spine nor tubercle..

243. Mernipa Sianoretu, Stal.
Menida Signoretii, Stal, En. Hem. v. p. 98, (1876).

Very like and closely allied to M. maculiventris, Dallas, differs only
in having the pronotum at the lateral intramarginal row of dots narrowly
smooth, and flavescent, entire anterior margin callous and smooth
not punctured behind the eyes, and head somewhat shorter (Stal).
Long, 73; broad, 4 mill.

Reported from India (Africa ?),

140 EK. T, Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

244. MENIDA FLAVO-VARIA, Dallas.

Rhaphigaster flavo-varius, Dallas, List. Hem. i, p. 288, (1851).

Antestia flavo-varia, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 23, (1867).

Menida flavo-varia, Stal, En. Hem. v. p. 98, (1876): Distant, A. M. N. H. (5 8)
ii, p. 45, (1879).

Above black, thickly and rather finely punctured: head with a few
irregular yellowish points : pronotum with the lateral margins, a spot on
the middle of the anterior margin, a corresponding one on the posterior
margin, one on each lateral margin, and three or four on the disc, yellow:
scutellum with a large cross on the disc, the apex and a spot in each
basal angle, yellow: hemelytra with the base of the outer margin, and
a spot on the disc, a little behind the middle, yellow ; membrane transpa-
rent, with an indistinct, brown, transverse band across the middle:
abdomen with the margins banded with yellow and black; beneath
black, with the sides thickly and finely punctured, the lateral margins
banded with yellow and black; basal spine passing the posterior coxe,
brown: legs yellow: ‘rostrum brownish: antenne pale brown, with the
4—5 joints black (Dallas). Long 72—8 mill.

Reported from N. India, Assam, Sikkim (mihi).

245. MrnipA rormosa, Westwood.

Pentatoma formosa, Westwood, Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 34, (1837).
Rhaphigaster spectandus, Stal, Freg. Hug. Resa Hem., p. 230, (1859).
Rhaphigaster albidens, Hllenr., Nat. Tijds. v. Ned. Ind. xxiv, p. 159, (1862).
Menida formosa, Stal, En. Hem., v. p. 99, (1876).

Brassy fuscous, varied with whitish; three lines 6n the head an-
teriorly, two lines posteriorly, and a dot before the eyes, whitish: pro-
notum anteriorly with two transverse rings and a waved median line,
scutellum with two basal spots and an apical anchor-shaped spot (some-
times connected by a longitudinal median line with the basal spots),
pale: two marginal spots on the hemelytra pale ; antennew fuscous, pale
at the base ; posterior femora and all the tibiae at the apex, and the tarsi,
black (Westw.). Long, 6—7 mill.

Very like M. varipennis, Westw.: the flavescent lateral lines on
the head abbreviated behind the middle ; median line forked posteriorly,
sometimes interrupted before the fork; band on the pronotum broad,
marked and sometimes divided into two by a confused row of black dots :
venter flavescent, sides spotted fuscous, median streak sometimes fus-
cous ; yellow marking on the dorsum variable (Stal).

Reported from China, Malacca, Sumatra, Burma, Sikkim (mihi).

1888. ] KE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhyuchota. 141

246. MENIDA VARIPENNIS, Westwood.

Pentatoma varipennis, Westwood, Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 43, (1837).

Rhaphigaster varipennis, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 286, (1851).

Antestia varipennis, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 281, (1867).

Menida varipennis, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 98, (1876): Distant, A. M. N. H. (5 s.)
iii, p. 45, (1879).

Brassy, thinly punctured, shining: head with three lines (the
lateral interrupted), and the orbit of the eyes, anterior and lateral
margins of the pronotum and an anterior band interrupted in the middle,
scutellum at the base, and an apical moon-shaped spot, whitish: heme-
lytra fuscous at the base, black in the middle, with a whitish spot before
the membrane which is fuscous; antenne and feet, luteous: posterior
angles of the pronotum not prominent ( Westw.).

Head adorned with a spot at the eyes and with three, parallel,
longitudinal lines (the lateral lines interrupted posteriorly), flavescent,
shining: beneath black: lateral limbus, two rows of spots and the
ventral spine flavescent. Long, 7; mill.

Reported from Java, Tenasserim, Sikkim ee

247. Menipa pistincta, Distant.

Menida distincta, Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 122, (1879); Scient. Res, 2nd
Yarkand Miss., p. 6, f. 3, (L879).

Luteous, covered with strong greenish-black punctures: head lute-
ous, with the lateral margins and four longitudinal punctured lines
ereenish-black ; these lines are much more distinct on the ante-ocular
portion of the head: eyes dull ochreous : antennz pilose with the second
joint shorter than the third, 4—5 joints sub-equal, rather longer than the
third ; 1—3 joints luteous, apex of the first, and apical half of the third,
black ; 4—5 joints, black, narrowly luteous at the base : rostrum Iuteous,
apical joints pitchy: pronotum with an anterior submarginal line of
greenish-black punctures, and two irregular transverse ocellated punc-
tured marks of the same colour on the anterior portion of the disc:
scutellum with a large median sub-basal greenish-black spot, and two
small and somewhat indistinct ones of the same colour situated on the
lateral margins a little before the apex: membrane transparent, whit-
ish: abdomen above black, connexivum luteous, spotted with black :
underside of body and legs luteous, sparingly and distinctly punctured
with black : tarsi pitchy (Distant). Long, 6 mill.

Reported from Murree, Sind valley.

ay

142 KR. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. 2,

248. MENIDA HISTRIO, Fabricius.

Cimer histrio, Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii, p. 296, (1787); Ent. Syst. iv, p. 122, (1794)
Syst. Rhyng., p. 178, (1803).

Rhaphigaster concinnus, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 285, (1851); Walker, Cat.
Het. ii, p. 281, (1867).

Antestia histrio, Stal, Hem. Fabr. i, p. 34, (1868).
Menida histrio, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 98, (1876).

Head deep black; orbit of the eyes and five lines (the two inter-
mediate abbreviated), black; antennz ferruginous: pronotum rufous
with numerous, impressed, fuscous points: anteriorly with two large
fuscous spots, punctured rufous: scutellum varied yellow and rufous
with three fuscous spots, the posterior marginal: hemelytra fuscous, pos-
teriorly with a rufous patch; wings whitish: beneath deep black with
two rows of whitish spots which, however, do not reach the apex:
margin of abdomen whitish (Fabr.).

Dallas describes his F. concinnus thus :—Above testaceous or pale
orange, shining, finely, but not very evenly, punctured black: head with
the lateral margins, a line within the orbit of each eye, two parallel
median longitudinal lines reaching the posterior margin of the head and
sometimes an abbreviated line on each of the juga, black: pronotum
with a strong, punctured, black line running close to the anterior and
antero-lateral margins, and on the anterior portion of the disc, two
irregular, transverse, black ocellated marks: scutellum with a lozenge-
shaped black spot in the middle near the base and a black spot on each
lateral margin near the apex: hemelytra with a broad black apical band
which is interrupted in the middle by a broad, oblique, reddish line :
the membrane transparent, whitish: margins of the abdomen yellow,
thickly punctured, with a black band on each of the sutures: body
beneath testaceous, thickly punctured at the sides: with three broad
longitudinal bands, one on each side, running from behind the eyes to the
apex of the abdomen, having a narrow testaceous margin throughout its
entire course, and one down the middle which is sometimes formed of
distinct spots on the abdomen: the abdomen is sometimes black, with a
large testaceous patch on each side at the base : ventral spine long, reach-
ing the intermediate coxex, testaceous: legs orange: rostrum pitchy, base
testaceous ; antenne pale brown (Dallas). ¢&, long, 63: 2, long, 8
mill. |

Reported from Tranquebar, China, Calcutta (mili).

1888. ] EH. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 143

Div. PirzopORARIA.
En. Hem. v, p, 66, (1876).

a. b. c. as in Hoplistoderaria, (p. 66).

d. e.as in Menidaria, (p. 133).

f. Tibize generally rounded, rarely furnished above with a narrow
and obsolete furrow, or flat and immarginate: venter spinose at the base,
spine sometimes extended to the head: apical angles of the sixth abdo-
minal segment sometimes produced in a large acute tooth (Stal).

Genus Prezoporus, Fieber.

Eur. Hem. p. 78, 329, (1861); Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 367, (1867); Stal, En.
Hem. vy, p. 66, 100 (1876).

Body oblong-obovate, smooth: head short, rounded in front; basal
joint of the antenne shorter than the head, third joint longer than
second and as long as the fourth; rostrum extended to between or behind
the intermediate coxe, somewhat slender, first joint not reaching the
base of the bucculx, second joint shorter or about as long as the third
which is thickened at the end: anterior margin of the pronotum with a
callous elevation, only very narrowly smooth; extreme apex of clavus
with a punctiform black or fuscous spot; membrane colourless: basal
spine on venter long, mesostethial ridge anteriorly elevated and there
incrassate or generally laminate, usually also freely prominulous between
the first pair of coxe; spiracula black; furrow of the odoriferous aper-
ture long, continued in a ridge or wrinkle: apical angle of sixth ab-
dominal segment not produced in a large tooth.

949, PiezopORUS RUBRO-FASCIATUS, Fabricius.

Cimeex rubro-fasciatus, Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii, p. 293, (1787) ; Ent. Syst. iv, p. 114,
1794) : Syst. Rhyng. p. 170, (1803).

Cimez hiibneri, Gmelin, ed., Syst. Nat. i, (4), p. 2151, (1788).

Cimex flavescens, Fabr., Knt. Syst. Suppt. p. 534, (1798); Syst. Rhyne. p. 168,
(1803).

Rhaphigaster flavolineatus, Westwood, Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 31, (1837) ; Dallas,
List Hem. i, p. 283, (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 364, (1867).

Rhaphigaster virescens, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 148, (1843).

Nezara pellucida, Ellenr., Nat. Tidsskr. Ned. Ind. xxiv, p. 157, f. 26, (1862) ;
Walker, I. c. p. 367, (1867).

Rhaphigaster oceanicus, Montr., Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon. (2 s.) xi, p. 224. (1865).

Piezedorus rubro-fasciatus, Stal, Hem. Fabr. i, p. 32, (1868); En. Hem. vy, p. 100,
(1876): Scott, A.M. N. H. (4s.) xiv, p, 290, (1874) Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 415,
(1883): Lethierry, Ann. Mus. Gen. xviii, p. 703, (1883).

Above virescent, beneath flavescent: pronotum posteriorly more
obscure, furnished with a sanguineous band (/fabr.). Above and feet

144 Hi. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

pale fiavescent, immaculate: antenne rufous, first joint pale at the base :
abdomen beneath with a row of black dots (C. jflavescens, Fabr.). Pale
lutescent or albescent, with a sulphur-coloured border, a transverse
luteous line between the posterior angles of the pronotum bordered with
ereyish bands: hemelytra pellucid, membrane hyaline: feet pallescent,
tarsi brunneous ; 4—5 joints of the antenne, purpurascent : beneath och-
raceous (N. pellucida, Ellenr.). Long, 8 mill.

Reported from N. Australia, Java, Sumatra, Philippines, New Cale-
donia, Ovalau, Tahiti, Assam, Sikkim (mihi), Bengal, Cochin-China,
Japan, Zanzibar, Abyssinia,

| Genus AmpBiorrx, Stal.
En. Hem. v, p. 66, 100, (1876).

Apical angles of the sixth abdominal segment produced in a large
acute tooth: abdomen gradually narrowed, sides somewhat straight :
basal spine of venter extended to the head, gradually compressly acu-
minated: anterior lateral margins of the pronotum, also the anterior
behind the vertex, levigate, the former straight, lateral angles somewhat
prominulous, straight, rounded at the apex: frena extended beyond the
middle of the scutellum: corium a little longer than the scutellum,
apical margin rounded: ventral spiracula black: mesostethium with a
fine ridge: tibis above narrowly and slightly furrowed: rostrum
reaching the last pair of feet, the 2—3 joints somewhat equal in length:
membrane colourless (Stal).

250. AMBIORIX AENESCENS, Stal.
Ambioriz enescens, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 100, (1876).

Q. Greyish-flavescent, shining; beneath with the feet verging into
ferruginous ; above distinctly and densely punctured, black; beneath
not so distinctly, and not so densely, punctured fuscous: 2—3 joints of
the antenne, black: head, barely anterior half of pronotum, rounded
impunctate basal spot and band near the impunctate flavescent apex of
the scutellum, anterior punctures on the costal area of the hemelytra
and bands on the connexivum, brassy: the dorsum of the abdomen ob-
scurely violaceous: wings towards the apex and the membrane, infuscate,
a colourless apical spot on the membrane: the extreme apical margin of
the head, anterior lateral margins and anterior margin of the pronotum
(the latter abbreviated on both sides), flavescent, levigate: lateral angles
of pronotum slightly prominulous, lateral margins, straight: abdomen
in @ acutely quadridentate at the apex (Stal). Long, 94: broad 52
mill.

Reported from N. India.

1888. | EK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 145

Div. BATHYCOELIARIA.

En. Hem. vy, p. 67, (1876).

a. b. c. as in Hoplistoderaria, (p. 66).

d. Venter with a furrow, its margins obtusely elevated, cylindrical,
smooth: mesostethium distinctly carinate: furrow of the orifices con-
tinued in a long wrinkle or ridge.

Genus Jurtina, Stal.

Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 518, (1867); En. Hem. v, p. 67, 101, (1876): in-
cludes Gastraulax, pt. Herr. Schiff., Wanz. Ins. vii, p. 61, (1844).

Head shorter than the pronotum, gradually narrowed forwards, round-
ed at the apex, anteocular part almost longer than broad, lateral margins
somewhat obtuse, posteriorly very slightly sinuate; buccule continued
through, moderately elevated : ocelli about thrice as far from each other
as from the eyes; rostrum somewhat reaching the apex of the abdomen,
first joint on a level with the buccule, third joint longest of all; first
joint of antennz scarcely reaching apex of head, second joint shorter
than third: anterior lateral margins of pronotum straight, somewhat ob-
tuse, anterior margin truncate behind the eyes, lateral angles somewhat
prominulous: scutellum moderate, frena extended to apical third of
scutelluam: veins of membrane simple: mesostethium with a somewhat
high ridge: metastethium slightly elevated: furrow from the odorifer-
ous apertures continued in a gradually vanishing wrinkle or ridge:
venter deeply furrowed, second segment elevated in the middle, not
produced forwards: tibize obtusely rounded, not furrowed (S¢al).

251. JURTINA INDICA, Dallas.

Bathycelia indica, Dallas, Cat. Hem.i, p. 270, (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. ii,
p. 350, (1867).
Jurtina indica, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 102, (1876).

3. Above very pale green, very thickly and minutely punctured -
head slightly truncated at the apex: pronotum with the lateral margins
edged with violet: scutellum with a small round black spot in each
basal angle: hemelytra with the outer margin dark green, except to-
wards the base; membrane transparent, colourless: body beneath pale
yellow, smooth and shining; abdomen impunctate ; pectus finely punc-
tured: legs pale yellow: rostrum pale yellow, with the tip of the last
joint black: antennz with the two basal joints and the base of the third
pale violet, 3—4 joints pale yellow (Dallas). Long, 20 mill.

Reported from N, India.

146 K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

Genus ABEONA, Stal.
En. Hem. v, p. 67, 102, (1876).

Head very slightly narrowed before the obtuse lateral sinus, very
obtusely and broadly rounded at the apex: anterior lateral margins of
pronotum sinuate; obtusely rounded, callous and levigate before the
middle, with a reflexed ridge behind the middle, the lateral angles pro-
duced, acuminate; costal margin anteriorly straight, callous and round-
ed, thence slightly amplified: ventral furrow short, extended into the
fourth segment: tibis rounded with a continued, narrow, distinct
furrow.

252. ABEONA (P) SERRATA, Distant.
Abeona serrata, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 350, (1887).

Above ochraceous, thickly, darkly and coarsely punctate: connexi-
vum reddish ochraceous, with black linear spots near bases and apices
of segmental sutures: antenne 4-jointed, 1—2 joints dark ochraceous,
3—4 joints luteous, apical halves blackish ; second joint very long, as long
as 3—4 joints taken together, 3—4 joints sub-equal: juga much longer
than the tylus, but notched in front: lateral margins of the pronotum
serrate, lateral angles moderately and broadly produced and obtusely
bispinose: a small blackish foveate spot on each basal angle of the
scutelluam: membrane brownish ochraceous: body beneath with the
head, legs, rostrum and sternum ochraceous, the abdomen brownish
ochraceous: head witha black linear spot on each side of the base of
the antenne : prostethium with some scattered black punctures: rostrum
just passing the intermediate coxe: tibie sulcated above: abdomen
obtusely sulcate to about the fourth segment (Dist.). Long, 14; exp.
angl. pron., 9 mill.

Reported from Bombay.

253. ABEONA GLADIATORIA, Stal.
Abeona gladiatoria, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 102, (1876).

2. A large, remarkable species: very pale sordid flavescent, shin-
ing especially beneath, above rather densely, distinctly and equally punc-
tured ferruginous-fuscous, beneath to a very great part impunctate ;
third joint of the antenne at the apex, the extreme margin and a small
lower line on the head before the eyes, also the acute apex of the apical
angles of the ventral segments, black : membrane somewhat colourless,
basal angle and an apical spot, fuscous: wings infuscate at the apex,
dorsum of the abdomen somewhat sanguineous in the middle. Lateral
margins of the pronotum callous before the middle, levigate, rounded,

1888. ] K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 147

having the lateral part produced in a gradually narrowed process, slender
at the apex, and acuminated, turning outwards and slightly forwards:
pronotum marked by a black-violaceous line within the smooth part of
the lateral margins; anterior margin of lateral process carinately-elev-
ated and black-violaceous, corium punctured violaceous anteriorly with-
in the costal margin; scutellum marked on the basal angles with a small
brassy-green spot: pectus near the coxse with three punctiform black
spots; pro- and meta-stethium punctured posteriorly: venter finely
aciculate, with a very obtuse, levigate median ridge: connexivum punc-
tured violaceous-fuscous, the extreme margin levigate (Stal). 9, Long,
21; broad, 10; exp. horns of pron. 14, mill.
Reported from India.

Div. RuyncHocorarié, Stal.
En. Hem. vy, p. 67, (1876).

a. b. as in Hoplistoderaria, (p. 66).

c. Mesostethial ridge and metastethium highly elevated, briefly
continued, the ridge extended anteriorly in a free lamina produced be-
tween and generally to a distance before the first pair of coxee, anteriorly
generally high: basal tubercle of the venter rather strongly elevated,
anteriorly angulated, quiescent in the posterior sinus of the metaste-
thium, the apical angles of the sixth abdominal segment generally acute,
or produced in a long tooth ; sixth ventral segment, in 9, strongly sinuated
in the middle before the anal valvules, the median part of the segment
therefore generally shorter than the lateral part: tibiz obtusely rounded
and generally without a furrow, very rarely furnished with a narrow
upper furrow: posterior margin of the pronotum generally sinuated.

Genus Cuspicona, Dallas.

List Hem. i, 296, (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 2, (1867): Stal, Ofvers. K.
V.-A. Forh., p. 521, (1867); p. 637, (1870); En. Hem. v, p. 68, 102, (1876).

Body obovate or oval: head moderate, tylus as long as the juga:
ocelli minute, placed near the inner angle of the eyes ; rostrum moderate,
second joint about as long as or longer than the third ; antenn 5-joint-
ed, about as long as the head and the pronotum taken together, basal
joint shortest, not reaching the anterior margin of the head, second joint
longer than the third, 4—5 joints nearly equal, as long or longer than the
second, sometimes the fourth, sometimes the fifth longest: pronotum
not transversely impressed, posterior angles not or but very slightly
produced, obtuse: plate of the mesostethial ridge reaching but not
produced beyond the anterior margin of the prostethium : tibia rounded,
only towards the apex flattish or somewhat furrowed ; tarsi 3-jointed.

148 HK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

254. CUSPICONA CURTISPINA, Stal.
Hoffmanseggiella curtispina, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 144, (1861):
Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 399, (1867).
Cuspicona curtispina, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 103 (1876).

Q. Pale, somewhat sordid flavescent, shining, above dis.
tinctly punctured: lateral angles of pronotum produced outwards,
somewhat obtuse at the apex, moderately prominulous: apex of the
posterior angles of the last ventral segment, rufescent: 2—3 joints of
the antenne of equal length: ventral segments unarmed: rostrum ex-
tending hardly beyond the last coxe (Sidl). Long, 10; broad, 5% mill.

Reported from Java, Burma (?).

255. CUSPICONA VIRESCENS, Dallas.

Cuspicona virescens, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 296 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p.
379 (1867): Stal, En. Hem. y, p. 103 (1876).

@. Above pale green, finely and thickly punctured: eyes black :
pronotum with the lateral margins yellowish, the lateral spines acute,
somewhat turned upwards and a little recurved towards the apex, the
extreme tip black: membrane nearly colourless, transparent: body
beneath testaceous, the pectus and sides of abdomen rather thickly
punctured, sternal ridge rounded in front: legs testaceous, tibize be-
coming brownish towards the apex ; tarsi brownish: rostrum testaceous :
antenne ferruginous, basal joint testaceous (Dallas). Long, 103 mill.

Reported from Java, Burma.

256. CUSPICONA PLAGIATA, Walker.
Cuspicona plagiata, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 379 (1867).

Testaceous, elongate-oval, minutely punctured, a little paler be-
neath: head elongate, smooth, transversely and finely striated, bordered
with black and with black sutures between the juga and tylus which are
of equal length ; rostrum extending te the hind coxa, tip black; an-
tenn black, slender, about half the length of the body, first joint not
extending to the front of the head, second joint very much shorter than
the third: pronotum mostly smooth in front, posterior angles forming
two long, acute, black-striped, directly diverging spines : pectoral ridge
very deep, especially in front of the first coxee where it is much rounded :
abdomen with a very large, purple, apical patch, beneath very slightly
ridged, with black spines along cach side, the basal spine extending to
the last coxe: legs rather slender: membrane aencous-brown: wings
cinereous, veins black (Walker). Long, 16% mill,

Reported from N. India.

1888. | EK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 149

257. CuUSPICONA SMARAGDINA, Walker.
Cuspicona smaragdina, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 380 (1867).

Deep green, elongate-oval, roughly punctured, luteous and bordered
with pale green beneath: head on each side with a luteous streak, which
includes a red streak; tylus hardly extending beyond the juga: rostrum
green, extending to the second ventral segment; tip black: antennz
black, slender, green towards the base, rather more than half the length
of the body; first joint extending nearly to the front of the head; third
much longer than the second, much shorter than the fourth; fifth a
little shorter than the fourth: pronotum mostly smooth in front ; pos-
terior angles forming two long acute spines, which are slightly ascending
and inclined forwards ; a luteous dot on the hinder base of each spine:
pectoral ridge shallow: legs pale green: membrane cinereous (Walker).
Long, 145—15 mill.

Reported from Burma: the Indian Museum has specimens from
Assam.

Add :—C. antica, Voll., Versl. Ak. Amst. Naturskun. ii (2), p. 188,
(1868), from India.

Genus Ruyncuocoris, Westwood.

Pt., Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 29 (1837) :—Rhynchocoris, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins.
Hém. p. 152 (1843) ; Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 198 (1851) ; Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 392
(1867) : Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh., p. 521 (1867) ; p. 637 (1870) ; En. Hem. v,
p. 68, 103 (1876).

Body oblong-ovate, attenuated posteriorly : tylus a little shorter
than the juga: rostrum 4-jointed, very long, reaching almost the apex of
the abdomen, first joint very small, remaining three nearly equal: an-
tenne entirely, or to a very great part, black, elongate, very slender, 5-
jointed, first joint very short, 2—4 joints gradually increasing in length,
fifth as long as the third : pronotum broad, within the entirely somewhat
elevated or callous anterior margin, furnished with a simple continued
row of punctures; basal margin sinuate, posterior angles distinct, covering
basal angles of scutellum, lateral angles much produced : apical angles of
the abdominal segments prominulous in a large or somewhat large tooth :
scutellum large, triangular, covering almost half of the abdomen, rounded
at the apex : membrane with 9 straight longitudinal veins: feet slender ;
prostethium unarmed: mesostethium much ridged, produced before
the prostethium: metastethium somewhat elevated in the middle, pos-
teriorly bifid. Type, R. humeralis, Thunb.

20

150 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. 2,

258. RHYNCHOCORIS HUMERALIS, Thunberg.

Cimex humeralis, Thunb., Nov. Ins. Spee. ii, p. 40, t. 2, f. 54 (1783).

Cimex hamatus, Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii, p. 286 (1787) ; Ent. Syst. iv, p. 104 (1794)
Stoll, Punaises, p. 80, t. 20, f. 185 and 104, t. 27, f. 186 (1788).

Edessa hamata, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 147 (1808).

Acanthosoma hamata, Burm., Handb. Ent. ii (i), p. 359 (1835).

Rhynchocoris humeralis, Dallas, List. Hem. i, p. 302 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het.
ii, p. 392 (1867): Stal, Hem. Fabr. i, p. 35 (1868) ; En. Hem. v, p. 104 (1876); Dis-
tant, A. M. N. H. (5 8.) iii, p. 45 (1879).

Antenne black: rostrum as long as the body: the body virescent.
(or flavescent), head and anterior part of pronotum more flavescent :
pronotum acutely spinose, spine subarcuate hindwards, tip black: ster-
num porrect, obtuse, compressed: abdomen flavescent with a line of
black dots on each side: margin of abdomen serrate, with five acute,
small, black teeth : feet flavescent (C. hamatus, Fabr.). Altogether olive-
green, yellow on the venter; spines of pronotum punctured black ;
corners of the abdominal segments acute, black. The Assam specimens
are brown, and, in some cases, the scutellum is olive-green and also part
of the pronotum. Long, 21; breadth of pronotum, 143 mill.

Reported from Siam, India, Silhat. The Indian Museum has speci-

mens from Sibs4gar (Assam) and Sikkim (mihi), not uncommon.

259. JRHYNCHOCORIS SERRATUS, Donovan.

Cimex serratus, Donovan, Ins. India, Hem., t. 8, f. 2 (1800): Stoll, Punaises, p.
10, t. 1, f. 3 (1788).

Rhynchocoris serratus, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém., p. 152, t. 3, £. 2
(1843) ; Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 302, (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 392 (1867) ;
Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 104 (1876).

Pronotum with acute spines, testaceous: hemelytra greenish : ab-
domen serrate (Don.).

@. Olive-green: posterior portion of pronotum and its posterior
angles, punctured black, the latter almost entirely black : head above,
with two longitudinal lines and one on each side between the base of the
antenne and the eyes, black: membrane hyaline naereous brown : an-
tennee black, first joint yellow beneath: feet of the same colour as the
body, spotted black (Am. § Serv.). Long, 20 mill,

Reported from Malabar, Malacca, Java, Philippines.

Div. TROPICORARIA.
En. Hem. v, p. 68 (1876).
a. as in Hoplistoderaria (p. 66).
b. Hntire anterior lateral margins of the pronotum cither anteriorly

1888. ] KE. T. Atkinson —Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 151

serrated, denticulated or crenulated, acute or somewhat so: lateral
angles of pronotum produced or prominulous: tibie above distinctly sul-
cated or flat and margined. '

Genus Tropicoris, Hahn.

Wanz. Ins. ii, p. 52 (1834): Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh., p. 518, (1867); En.
Hem. v, p. 69, 105 (1876).

Body elongate-ovate: head gradually narrowed, with the lateral
margins anteriorly more or less rounded, entire, not sinuate ; juga and
tylus about of equal length; antennz 5-jointed, almost three-fourths
the length of the body, the first joint shortest, the second somewhat
shorter than the fourth or fifth, the third longest, the fourth as long
as the obtusely rounded fifth: rostrum 4-jointed, second joint longest,
last shortest; ocelli in a line with the eyes, small: posterior angles of
pronotum, acutely produced ; anterior margin of lateral process gradually
rounded, or forming an angle towards the apex: hemelytra with the
costal margin of the corium anteriorly straight, thence slightly rounded,
a straight longitudinal vein on the inner margin, and a similar from
the same source at the base, close to the outer margin; membrane
with a broad limbus and some 5—7 veins: base of venter sometimes
unarmed, sometimes tuberculate, and sometimes very briefly spinose.

260. TROPICORIS LEVIVENTRIS, Stal.
Tropicoris leviventris, Stal, Hn. Hem. v, p. 105 (1876).

@. Pale flavescent, above distinctly punctured black ; punctures
on anterior part of pronotum and on anterior part of costal area aenes-
cent: membrane and wings sordid hyaline: dorsum of abdomen weakly
croceous : connexivum fuscescent-testaceous, punctured (two apical segs
ments excepted), segments with a pale marginal spot: venter levigate,
spiracula black. As to form of pronotum and stature, somewhat like
7. rufipes, Linn., from which it differs in its larger size, paler colour,
finer punctuation on the dorsum, entire juga distant, lateral process of
pronotum shorter, more obtuse, not reflexed, and anterior lateral margins
very slightly sinuated, scutellum also in the apical part punctured black,
in the marking on the dorsum of the abdomen and the connexivum, the
venter impunctate, pro- and meta-stethium posteriorly remotely sprin-
kled with concolorous punctures, not black, corium sprinkled with small,
somewhat rounded, impunctate spots: feet not marked: rostrum reach-
ing the base of the venter, second joint somewhat longer than the third :
anterior angles of pronotum sub-prominulous outwards in a small
tooth: furrow of the orifices longer about by half than the first joint of

152 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

the antenne : head posteriorly witha lateral spot, and in the middle

with a larger levigate, somewhat quadrate spot, which has a double row

of punctures in the middle (Stal). Long, 18; broad, 10 mill.
Reported from India.

261. Tropicoris puNcTIPES, Stal.
Tropicoris punctipes, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 106 (1876),

Ss. Above lurid and rather densely punctured fuscous; beneath
with the antenne, rostrum and feet pale sordid flavescent, the feet
sprinkled fuscous: pectus and venter remotely punctured fuscous ;
median ridge on the venter broad, very obtusely rounded, levigate :
membrane infuscate: dorsum of abdomen sanguineous: connexivum
punctured, fuscous, externally aenescent-fuscous, segments marked with
a sordid flavescent median band: ventral spiracula black. <6. with the
genital segment broadly and rather deeply sinuated at the apex, apical
margin prominulous on both sides at the sinus in a small dentiform
tubercle, apical angles of the sixth segment of the abdomen somewhat
obtuse, not rounded. Stature and punctuation like 7. rufipes, Linn.
from which it differs in the lurid colour of the entire dorsum, apex of
scutellum concolorous and punctured, juga distant, anterior angles of
pronotum not so much prominulous forwards, lateral process truncated
at the apex, or somewhat sinuately truncated, apical angles equal, basal
spine of venter somewhat slender, somewhat prominulous before the
metastethium, rostrum somewhat shorter, reaching somewhat the apex
of the second segment of the venter, also in the form of the genital
segment in do. Furrow of the orifices short, shorter than the first joint
of the antenne : head posteriorly levigate with a spot at the eyes: second
joint of the rostrum distinctly somewhat longer than the third (Stal),
Long, 11; broad, 7 mill.

Reported from India.

Genus AGATHOCLES, Stal.
En. Hem. v, p. 69, 106 (1876).

Head broad, somewhat short, broadly rounded at the apex, lateral
margins posteriorly sinuate, parallel before the sinus, rounded at the
apex; second joint of rostrum much longer than the third ; anterior margin
of the lateral process of the pronotum straight up to the apex; entirely
densely and distinctly punctured, anterior margin narrowly smooth be-
hind the vertex: venter rather strongly convex. In Amyntor, Stal, the
head is long, triangular, gradually narrowed, lateral margins anteriorly
abruptly sinuate: anterior lateral margins of pronotum posteriorly
straight : venter unarmed at the base.

1888. ] KH. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 1353

962. AGATHOCLES LIMBATUS, Stal.
Agathocles limbatus, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 106 (1879).

&. Above lurid, rather densely and distinctly punctured black, and
sprinkled between the punctures with small pallescent spots or protu-
berances ; beneath black: extremity of the anterior lateral margins of
the pronotum, lateral limbus of the prostethium and broad limbus of
the venter, sordid rufescent. <. with the sixth ventral segment an-
teriorly rounded, truncated at the apex, apical angles shghtly promi-
nulous, straight. Head posteriorly with a levigate spot at the eyes, mar-
gins posteriorly sinuated, parallel before the sinus in the middle, an-
teriorly rounded: anterior margin of the pronotum very narrowly levi-
gate behind the vertex; behind the eyes broadly truncated ; anterior
angles with a small tooth turning outwards; anterior lateral margins
somewhat straight, somewhat sinuated in the middle, very narrowly
reflexed, obsoletely. and obtusely crenulated before the middle ; lateral
angles straight, very slightly prominulous: lateral margin of the apex
of the scutellum slightly reflexed : pectus remotely and distinctly punc-
tured: abdomen broader than the pronotum, fuscous-violaceous on the
dorsum: venter punctulate, the middle and the rufescent limbus levi-
gate : connexivum fuscous : first joint of antenne black, second lurid,
more than twice longer than the first : rostram reaching the base of the
venter, lurid: feet fuscous ; coxe, trochanters, base of femora, and the
tarsi, lurid: membrane fuscous: wings sordid hyaline, very slightly in-
fuscate towards the apex (Stal). Long, 2U: breadth of abd. 12 mill.

Reported from India, Silhat.

Genus Amyntor, Stal.

Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 519 (1867): En. Hem. vy, p. 69, 107 (1876).

Head acutely triangular, gradually narrowed forwards; juga much
longer than the tylus, contiguous before the tylus, a little hiscent and
rounded at the extreme apex, lateral margins acute, anteriorly sinuate,
prominulous behind the sinus in a somewhat obtuse angle, buccule some-
what continued through, moderately elevated; ocelli twice as far from each
other as from the eyes; rostrum scarcely reaching the last coxe, first
joint extending a little beyond the buccule, second joint longer than the
third ; antenne moderate, first joint not reaching the apex of the head,
third joint almost twice as long as the second : anterior lateral margins
of pronotum hardly sinuate, serrulate, lateral angles acute, rounded at
the extreme apex, a little prominulous: costal margin of corium
moderately rounded: abdomen rounded on both sides, apical angles of
segments very slightly prominulous: venter unarmed at the base:

154 K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

furrow of the odoriferous apertures not so long, abruptly abbreviated :
tibize broadly sulcate (Stal).

263. AmyntToR opscurus, Dallas.

Halys (Dichelops ?) obscurus, Dallas (nec Westw.), Trans. Ent. Soc. v, p. 188, t-
19, f. 3, a-b, (1849).

Amyntor obscurus, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 107 (1876).

3S, 2. Body ovate: above brown, obscure, very thickly punctured :

pronotum with the lateral angles somewhat prominent, margins pale or
yellow: head, pronotum, and scutellum shghtly clouded with yellowish :
a reddish tint on the hemelytra ; membrane transparent, with a pitchy
black spot at the internal basal angle, (this spot is concealed by the tip
of the scutellum when the wings are closed) : margins of the abdomen
projecting considerably beyond the hemelytra on each side: venter,
pectus, legs, rostrum, and antenne reddish or testaceous brown; venter
smooth, shining, the disc sparingly, the lateral margins very thickly
and finely punctured: pectus sparingly punctured, more thickly so at
the sides: legs punctured with black; the tarsi darker: rostrum
darker at the tip: antennew with the two last joints black, except at the
base (Dallas). Long, 142—16 mill.

Reported from Sikkim.

Genus Compastes, Stal.

Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh., p. 519 (1867) ; Hn. Hem. v, p. 69, 107 (1876).

Head flat, somewhat narrowed forwards, rounded at the apex ;
juga longer than the tylus, somewhat hiscent at the apex, lateral margins
acute, flattened, posteriorly very slightly sinuate; buccule continued
through, moderately elevated; ocelii a little over twice more distant
from each other than from the eyes; rostrum extending somewhat be-
yond the last coxe, first joint extending a little beyond the buccule,
second joint longer than the third; antennew slender, first joint not
reaching the apex of the head, second somewhat shorter than the third :
lateral margins of pronotum somewhat obtuse, denticulate, lateral
angles produced in a stout, broad, truncate, process, obliquely turning
forwards, dentate on the margin; anterior angles acutely prominulous:
costal margin of corium anteriorly sinuate, thence much rounded before
and at the middle, straight towards the apex: veins of membrane
sparingly furcate: furrow from the odoriferous apertures somewhat
long: abdomen roundly amplified before the middle, apical angles of
Segments a little prominulous; base of venter unarmed: tibie broadly
sulcate (Stal).

Type Cimex boutanicus, Dallas.

1888. | E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 155

264. CoMPASTES BOUTANICUS, Dallas.

Cimez ? boutanicus, Dallas, Trans. Ent. Soc. v, p. 190, t. 19, f. 4 (1849).
Compastes boutanicus, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 107 (1876).

2. Body ovate, above brown, obscure, thickly and strongly rugose-
ly punctulate: head rather thickly punctured, nearly as broad in front
as behind, and with the anterior margin strongly notched; slightly
wrinkled posteriorly : eyes pitchy ; ocelli yellowish: pronotum with the
enlarged lateral angles considerably directed forwards, with five teeth
at their apex, of which the third and fourth from the front are rounded,
the others acute: a strong spine at each anterior angle of the pronotum,
immediately behind the eyes, and the antero-lateral margins are strongly
serrated: scutellum rather elongated, narrower towards the apex, which
is less punctured than the rest of the body and margined with yellow-
ish : hemelytra rather paler than the rest of the surface, thickly and
coarsely punctured, and somewhat rugose; membrane brown: the sides
of the abdomen scarcely project beyond the hemelytra: abdomen be-
neath reddish-brown, smooth, impunctate: pectus paler with numerous
scattered black punctures which are larger and closer together on the
prostethium : a large dull wrinkled patch on each side of themeta- and
meso-stethium : coxe smooth ; legs yellowish brown, mottled with reddish-
brown; the 2-jointed tarsi are rather paler: antenne pale yellowish-
brown, the basal joint and the others at base and apex, paler: rostrum
pale brown with the apex darker and the tip of the basal joint, pitchy
black (Dallas). Body long, including membrane, 20 mill.

Reported from Sikkim (mihi).

265. COMPASTES TRUNCATUS, Distant.

Compastes truncatus, Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 351, t. 12, f. 10 (1887).

Brownish-ochraceous, covered with coarse and darker punctures ;
connexivum luteous, with blackish spots at bases and apices of sutures :
membrane brownish, veins darker: 1—3 joints of antennz brownish,
minutely darker at the apices; second joint longer than the third:
pronotum with lateral margins obtusely crenulate, the lateral angles
produced into broad and apically truncated spines: body beneath and
legs ochraceous, punctured with brownish: rostrum ochreous, apex
pitchy, extending to second abdominal segment: ventral spine reaching
intermediate coxee (Dist.). Long, 16; exp. angl. pron. 10 mill.

Reported from Sikkim (mihi).

266. CompastEes sprnosus, Distant.
Compastes spinosus, Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 351, t. 12, f. 11 (1887).
Above brownish, coarsely and darkly punctate: pronotum rugulose,

156 HK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

with a median longitudinal luteous line, the lateral margins with three
prominent spines, the lateral angles broadly produced and somewhat
obtusely spined posteriorly: membrane pale fuscous: body beneath
brownish and darkly punctate: legs ochraceous, mottled and sprinkled
brownish ; sublateral margins of the sternum bronzy: rostrum ochrace-
ous, apex pitchy, extending beyond the last coxa (Dist.). Long, 17:
exp. angl. pron. 8 mill.

Reported from Sikkim.

Genus Prionocui.us, Dallas.

Rhaphigaster, subg. Prionochilus, Trans. Ent. Soc. v, p. 191 (1849) ; Prionochilus,
Stal, Ofv. K. V.-A. Férh., p. 519 (1867); Hn. Hem. v, p. 69, 107 (1876). Includes
Lelia, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 406 (1867 }.

Head flat above, narrowed anteriorly, the juga passing the tylus,
and united in front of it; apex of head rounded, with a very slight
notch in the middle; eyes rather small, very slightly prominent, touch-
ing the anterior margin of the pronotum; ocelli small, situated rather
behind the eyes, and nearer to them than to one another; antenne 5-
jointed, about half as long as the body; first joint short, not reaching
the anterior margin of the head; the other joints gradually increasing
in length towards the apex ; 4—5 joints thickest, fourth slightly com-
pressed ; rostrum 4-jointed, reaching the base of the ventral spine, the
first jomt short, as long as the head, inclosed entirely in a groove, which
reaches the base of the head; 2—3 joints equal, longer than the first;
fourth as long as the first: pronotum declined anteriorly; the anterior
margin strongly emarginate, almost in a semicircle, for the reception of
the head ; the lateral angles very prominent, acute and curved forwards,
their points reaching beyond the line of the anterior angles; the antero-
lateral margins are strongly serrated, and there is a distinct tooth
behind each lateral angle: scutelluam long, passing the middle of the
abdomen, the apex rounded and narrowed ; membrane reaching beyond
the apex of the abdomen, with eight longitudinal veins, of which the
3—5 from the inner margin spring from a basal cell; the 6—7 are united
at the base and the eighth is very short: abdomen extending a little
beyond the hemelytra on each side; beneath strongly ridged, with a
strong basal spine, which extends forwards as far as the middle of the
space between the intermediate and first pairs of legs: vulvar apparatus
as in Rhaphigaster, &c. : mesostethium with a slight ridge in the middle :
legs rather slender, the posterior longest: tibiz grooved on the
outside, and fringed with small stiff hairs, especially towards the apex :
tarsi 3-jointed, pilose, basal and terminal joints equal; second very
short: claws and pulvilli moderate (Dallus).

1888. ] EK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 157

267. PrionocHinus ocropunctatus, Dallas.
Rh. (Prionochilus) 8-punctatus, Dallas, Trans. Ent. Soc. v, p. 192, t. 19, f. 5 a—c.
(1849).
Prionochilus octopwnctatus, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 107 (1876) ; Distant, A. M. N.
H. (5 s.) iii, p. 45 (1879).

2. Ovate, testaceous brown, opaque, beneath paler, above thickly
and finely punctured with black: pronotum strongly rugosely-punctate,
with four black dots arranged in a transverse line across the disc, from
the base of one lateral angle to the other; the marginal serrations
yellowish: scutellum less closely punctured than the pronotum, dis-
tinctly rugose, with four black dots at the base, placed two close to the
posterior margin of the pronotum about the same distance from each
other as from the lateral] angles of the scutellum, the two behind these,
forming with them a small square; on each side of the apex of the
scutellum is a small yellow impunctate spot: hemelytra with the punc-
tures arranged somewhat nebularly; a small impunctate spot on the
disc, a little behind the middle: membrane transparent with a brownish
tinge: ventral spine brown: legs, rostrum and antenne brownish
testaceous ; the fourth joint of the antennz, except its base, the fifth
joint entirely, and the apex of the fourth joint of the rostrum, black
(Dallas). Long, 22; breadth of pronotum, 123 mill.

Reported from Sikkim.

Genus Prionaca, Dallas.

List. Hem. i, p. 291 (1851) ; Walker, Cat. Het., ii, p. 375 (1867) : Stal, En. Hem,
v, p. 69, 107 (1876).

Body short and broad: head nearly as broad as long, rounded and
entire in front, juga meeting beyond the tylus ; ocelli minute placed near
the posterior angles of the eyes and close to the anterior margin of the
pronotum: antenne with the basal joint robust, not reaching the apex
of the head; second joint slender, very long, twice the length of the
head : rostrum not reaching the posterior coxe, inserted on a level with
the base of the antennz at some distance from the front of the head ;
basal joint short, not passing the base of the head; second longest ;
third longer than the first, a little shorter than the second, fourth shortest :
pronotum with the lateral angles produced into strong acute spines, the
lateral margins distinctly crenulated: scutellum very little longer than
broad, triangular, with the lateral margins waved, the apex rounded:
coriaceous portion of the hemelytra much longer than the membrane, with
the apical margin rounded ; membrane with longitudinal veins: ventral
spine not reaching the intermediate coxee: sternum with a.distinct median
furrow for the reception of the rostrum (Dallas).

21

158 E. T, Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

268. Prionaca LATA, Dallas.

Prionaca lata, Dallas, List. Hem. i, p. 291 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 375
(1867) ; Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 107 (1876); Distant, A. M. N. H. (5 8.) iii, p. 45
(1879). :

3. Above yellowish, very thickly punctured with black: prono-
tum with a large, slightly elevated, impunctate yellow spot on each side
near the lateral margins before the middle: corium with a large, im-
punctate, yellow spot about the middle of the disc ; membrane brownish,
somewhat opaque, with the inner basal angle dark brown: body beneath
fulvous, the pectus brighter than the abdomen which is somewhat
opaque, impunctate, with the middle of the 3—5 segments, brown; the
lateral margins brownish; the first segment and the ventral spine con-
colorous with the pectus which is slightly shining, more or less pune-
tured with brown, with the antero-lateral margins and the lateral spines
black: legs, rostrum, and the two basal joints of the antenne fulvous
(Dallas). Wong, 13 mill.

Reported from Java, Silhat (mihi).

269. Prionaca ExempTa, Walker.

Prionaca exempta, Walker, Cat. Het. iii, p. 569 (1868); Distant, A. M. N. H.
(5 s.) iii, p. 45 (1879). )

Testaceous, elliptical, thickly and minutely punctured: head
rounded in front ; fore part with brown punctures; hind part smooth ;
juga and tylus of equal length; eyes piceous not prominent; rostrum
extending to the last coxa, apex black; antenne slender; first joint
extending nearly to the front of the head; second much shorter: than
the third; fourth a little longer than the third: pronotum smooth,
except the fore parts on each side where the punctures are brown ;
lateral angles acute, elongated, shorter than their breadth atthe base ;
scutellum hardly ridged, attenuated towards the tip which is slightly
acute: posterior angles of the apical abdominal segment elongated ;
ventral spine extending to the intermediate cox: legs slender:
hemelytra with black punctures along the costa; membrane and wings
pellucid (Walker). Body, long, 17—19 mill.

Reportedifrom N. India, Sikkim (mihi), rare.

Genus Pracosternum, Am. & Serv.

Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém., p. 174 (1843); Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 351 (1851); Walker,
Cat. Het. iii, p. 486 (1868): Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh, p. 519 (1867); En. Hem.
v, p. 69, 107 (1876).

Lateral margins of the head before the middle gradually rounded

1888. ] E. T. Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 159

and entire ; juga not long, longer than the tylus, anteriorly converging ;
rostrum not extended behind the last pair of feet: first joint shorter
than the much elevated buccule, second joint shorter, or some-
what so, than the third: ocelli close to the eyes: pronotum broad,
lateral margins in part denticulate, posterior angles produced, straightly
truncate at the tip: meso-stethial ridge robust, more or less prominulous
anteriorly between the first pair of coxe: meta-stethium elevated,
sexangular, posteriorly sinuate, receiving the anteriorly rounded,
depressed, basal tubercle of the venter: membrane rather transparent,
veins somewhat regular: furrow from the odoriferous aperture produced
to a considerable distance with the apical ridge or wrinkle: first joint
of tarsi not so short, apical joint of last pair somewhat compressed or
tectiform.

270. PLACOSTERNUM TAURUS, Fabricius.

Cimezx tawrus, Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii, p. 344 (1781); Mant. Ins. ii, p. 283 (1787);
Ent. Syst. iv, p. 91 (1794) ; Stoll, Punaises, p. 25, t. 5, f. 34 (1788) P

Edessa taurus, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 145 (1803).

Placosternum taurus, Am. & Serv., Hist Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 174 (1843); Dallas,
List, Hem. i, p. 351 (1851) ; Herr. Schaff., Wanz. Ins. ix, p. 305, f. 1002 (1853) ;
Walker, Cat. Het. iii, p. 406 (1868); Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 107 (1876); Distant, A.
M. N. H. (5 s.) iii, p. 45 (1879).

Body large ; above altogether grey, below flavescent, feet punctured
black: pronotal processes porrect, thick, compressed, very obtuse
(C. tawrus, Fabr.). P. tawrus, Am. & Serv., is described as greyish
yellow, spotted brown: venter yellowish: two brown rings at the end
of the femora, the rest of the feet, also the antenne, punctured black.
Long, 21 mill.

Reported from Java, Hast. Arch., China, Siam, Singapore, Ceylon,
India, Coromandel, Bombay, Silhat, Assam’: the Indian Museum has
specimens from Sikkim (mihi).

271. PLacosteRNUM CERVUS, Distant.

Placosternum cervus, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 352 (1887).

Allied to P. tawrus by the lateral angles of the pronotum being
profoundly bisinuated at their apices, but much smaller than that
‘species and having the lateral angles much more developed, being
broadly and strongly produced upwards and forwards and deeply
notched at each edge of the apex: the lateral angles are not simply
crenulate, but shortly spinose (Dist.). Long, 19; exp. angl. pron. 17
mill.

Reported from Sadiya (Assam),

160 KE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. 2,

272. PLACOSTERNUM ALCES, Stal.
Placosternum alces, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 107 (1876).

Q. Very like P. tawrus; differs in having the lateral process of
the pronotum longer, truncate at apex, with the apical angles promi-
nulous in a small tooth: scutellum convex at the base, depressed behind
the posteriorly rounded and gradually inclined convex part (Stal).
Long, 21; broad, 12; exp. horns, 16 mill.

Reported from Ceylon, Calcutta (?).

273. PLACOsTERNUM DAMA, Fabricius.

Cimex dama, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv, p. 92 (1794) ; Wolff, Ic. Cim. i, p. 6, t. 1, £. 6
(1800).

Edessa dama, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng., p. 147 (1803).

Placosternum dama, Stal, Hem. Fabr. i, p. 34 (1868) ; En. Hem. v, p. 108 (1876).

3, 2. Sordid yellow-whitish, punctulate ferruginous-fuscous :

1—8 joints of antenne also basal half of fourth joint, sprinkled fuscous-
ferruginous, last ferruginous, pallid at the base: membrane grey, veins
fuscous: feet sprinkled ferruginous: anterior lateral margins of the
pronotum somewhat sinuated, obtusely crenulated, lateral angles ob-
tusely produced, obliquely truncated at the apex and anteriorly sinuate ;
apical margin of the corium very slightly sinuated outwards. The &
has the anal segment deeply subsemicircularly sinuated at the apex,
apical angles acute. Close to P. taurus, Fabr., but is smaller, lateral
angles of pronotum not so long and less deeply produced, more obliquely
truncated at the apex and unisinuate, anterior lateral margins some-
what straight before the middle, scarcely rounded, more obsoletely and
more obtusely crenulated (Stal). Long, 16—19; broad, 10—11 mill.

Reported from India: Dikrang (Assam).

Genus AmAsENus, Stal.

Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 601 (1863) ; Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh., p. 519 (1872): En. Hem.
v, p- 69, 108 (1876).

Body oval depressed: juga longer than the tylus, somewhat dis-
tant ; rostrum reaching base of third ventral segment ; antenne 5-joint-
ed, somewhat short, second joint shorter than the third: lateral margins
of pronotum crenulate : scutellum posteriorly produced rather far, sides of
produced part parallel : sterna not elevated ; posterior feet distant (Stal.).

274, AMASENUS CORTICALIS, Stal.

Amasenus corticalis, Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. (3 s.) i, p. 602 (1863): Walker, Cat.
Het. iii, p. 487 (1868): Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 108 (1876).

@. Greyish-stramineous, remotely punctulate fuscous : large basal
patches on pronotum and some scattered, confluent patches on corium

1888. | K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 161

subeeneous-black : lateral streak on pro-stethium' obscurely ssneous : band
near the apex of the femora and two bands on the tibize, fuscous : head
somewhat lobate on both sides before the eyes, slightly sinuate before
the lobe, sides thence somewhat parallel, juga very obliquely sinuately
truncate towards the apex: lateral angles of pronotum prominent,
somewhat sinuately truncate at the apex, anterior lateral margins sinuate
in the middle, rounded and crenulated before the sinus: scutellum
slightly bigibbous at the base (Stal). Long, 24; broad, 13 mill.
Reported from Ligor, Malacca, Assam.

Species of doubtful position.

275. Pentatoma bengalensis, Westwood, Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 36 (1887); Stal,
En. Hem. y, p. 126 (1876).

Fulvescent, punctured black; head with black lines between the
eyes ; antenne fuscous; anterior part of pronotum with a submarginal
line of black dots and other dots arranged on both sides in the shape
of an irregular triangle: scutellum with a small levigate space on both
sides at the base: apical spot on corium, rufous: membrane hyaline:
abdomen beneath with a median line of spots and a submarginal line
on both sides, black (Westw.). Long, 9—10 mill.

Reported from Bengal.

276. Pentatoma albo-notata, Westwood, Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 37 (1837) ; Stal,
En. Hem. y, p. 126 (1876).

Narrower than P. bengalensis, Westw., somewhat parallel; black,
punctured: band on the disc of the pronotum abbreviated : spots on
the scutellum of an irregular Y-shape, large triangular spot on corium
at the apex, coxe, intermediate tibie in the middle, and median band
on the abdomen, white: extreme tip of membrane, hyaline (Westw.).
Long body, 8—9 mill.

Reported from Gambia (Westw.) ; Bengal (Stal).

277. Pentatoma wnicolor, Westwood, Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 41 (1837); Stal, En.
Hem. v, p. 127 (1876).

Allied to Pentatoma juniperina, Fabr., but form of pronotum dis-
tinct: sides of pronotum angularly prominent, subacute: above leck-
green, somewhat opaque, punctured : membrane fuscous ; body beneath
with the feet paler; antenne green, two last joints, fuscous (Westw.).
Long, 12-13 mill.

Reported from Bengal. Westwood (p. 38, l. c.) gives this name to a
second species from Java which is one with Nezara viridula, Linn.

278. Pentatoma indica, Westwood, Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 42 (1837) ;, Stal, En.
Hem. v, p. 127 (1876).

Luteous-fuscous, punctured black, shining, broad: posterior angles

162 EK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

of the pronotum a little prominent, rounded, fulvous at the apex : veins
on hemelytra longitudinal: abdomen beneath with a large, longitudinal,
median, black spot (Westw.). Long, body, 8—9 mill.

Reported from Bengal.

279. Pentatoma lateralis, Westwood, Hope, Cat. Hem. i,-p. 43 (1837) ; Stal, En.
Hem. v, p. 127 (1876).

Fuscous, sub-opaque, punctured-black ; sides of pronotum margined
paler, somewhat emarginate in the middle, posterior angles not promi-
nent: membrane pallid, smoky, with five fuscous longitudinal veins :
abdomen beneath piceous; margin paler: feet palely luteous (Westw.)
Long, body, 8—9 mill.

Reported from Bengal.

280. Pentatoma crassiventre, Dallas, T. H. 8. v, p. 189 (1849); Stal, En. Hem.
v, p. 130 (1876).

@. Body roundish: above olive-testaceous, opaque, thickly and
finely punctured with black: head very thickly and rather coarsely
punctured: eyes brown: pronotum with the lateral angles considerably
produced on each side, but rounded at the apex; emarginate anteriorly
for the reception of the head, the posterior margin straight : the anterior
portion of the pronotum is more thickly punctured than the posterior,
with a faint transverse line on each side near the anterior margin, and a
very narrow longitudinal line on the disc, smooth, impunctate:
scutellum rather more faintly punctured towards the apex: hemelytra
with a small impunctate spot on the disc; the membrane transparent:
dorsum of abdomen pitchy black, the margins testaceous, very thickly
punctured with black: beneath testaceous, smooth, slightly shining:
abdomen convex, punctured with black, the punctures very close
together towards the margins, thus forming a broad cloady line down
each side within the line of stigmata; the base of the second segment,
and a large spot in the middle of the 5—6 segments, black: pectus and
underside of head concolorous with the abdomen: legs pale testaceous,
with distinct pitchy punctures; those on the femora much larger than
those on the tibie ; the apices of the latter and the tarsi tinted with
ferruginous: antenne with the two basal joints pale testaceous ;
rostrum of the same colour, with the apex pitchy black (Dallas). Body
long, 9; breadth of pronotum, 63 mill.

Reported from Sikkim.

281. Pentatoma fimbriata, Westw, (nec. Fabr.) Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 39 (1837) ;
Stal, En. Hem. vy, p. 127 (1876).

Grass-green above and beneath ; above, punctured, shining: heme-
lytra luteous, punctured, varied with brunneous, external margin
greenish; large internal patch or streak on the membrane fuscous :

1888.] HE. T. Atkinson—-Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 163

three last joints of the antennex, black at the apex (Westw.). Body,
long, 9-10 mill.

Reported from Bengal.

282. Pentatoma lateralis, Walker (nec. Westw.), Cat. Het. ii, p. 301 (1867).

Tawny, oval, thickly and minutely punctured, pale yellowish
beneath ; punctures brown: head large ; juga and tylus of equal length :
rostrum extending to the hind coxe; tip black: antenne testaceous,
a little less than half the length of the body; first joint not extending
to the front of the head ; second blackish at the tip, much longer than
the third ; 3—5 joints pale yellowish, black towards the tips; fourth
much longer than the third; fifth longer than the fourth: pronotum
with pale yellowish slightly reflexed sides; posterior angles slightly
acute and prominent: scutellum attenuated towards the tip, not extend-
ing beyond the angle of the corium; tip bordered by a pale yellowish
line which is dilated at each end: pectus and abdomen beneath thinly
black speckled : abdomen above ochraceous ; beneath with an irregular
black stripe, which does not extend to the tip: legs slender, pale
yellowish ; femora and tibiz black speckled ; tibiee furrowed : hemelytra
greenish testaceous, reddish testaceous along the costa; membrane pale
cinereous, with nine pale longitudinal veins, of which the fifth is forked
near its tip and united with the sixth near the base; wings pellucid
(Walker). Long, 115 mill.

Reported from India, Siam: resembles Halyomorpha picus, Fabr.,
in structure; the eyes and the angles of the pronotum being less
prominent. |

283. Pentatoma vicaria, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 303 (1867).

Grass-green, elongate-oval, thickly and minutely punctured, indis-
tinctly tinged here and there with red, pale yellowish green beneath :
head yellow, elongate ; hind part green ; juga and tylus of equal length :
rostrum extending to the last coxe; tip black: antenne greenish, less
than half the length of the body; joints successively increasing in
length ; first not extending to the front of the head: pronotum with a
broad yellow band along the fore border, the hind border of this band
dentate; hind angles obtuse, not prominent: scutellum extending a
little beyond the angle of the corium, attenuated towards the tip, with
three yellow points at the base: abdomen beneath slightly ridged: legs
slender: membrane pellucid (Walker). Body, long, 133 mill.

Reported from India.

284. Pentatoma inconcisa, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 301 (1867).

Tawny, elongate-oval, roughly punctured, beneath testaceous, punc-
tures black: head elongate, tylus and juga of equal length, the former

164 K. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

very thinly punctured, forming a very slight ridge: rostrum extending
to the last coxe, apex black: antenne black, less than half the length
of the body, 3—5 joints successively increasing in length, first testace-
ous not reaching front of the head, second longer than the third: pro-
notum with a hardly elevated transverse line near the anterior margin,
an indistinct tubercle on each side in front of the line, the posterior
angles obtuse but not prominent; scutellum reaching beyond the bend
of the corium, narrowed towards the apex which is levigate and lute-
ous; most of the punctures clustered in five patches of which one is
on each side of the base, one on the disc, and one on each side beyond the
middle: abdomen not emarginate at the apex; connexivum with a black
dot at the base of each segment: legs stout, testaceous, thickly setulose,
apex of tarsi, black: hemelytra with a few minute, levigate, luteous
marks; membrane lurid with six longitudinal veins, of which 1—2 are
united near the base (Walker). Long, 10% mill.

Reported from N. India.

285. Pentatoma trispila, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 302 (1867).

Ferruginous, oval, shining, thinly sprinkled pale yellow, rather
roughly punctured; beneath pale testaceous: head conical, with
two pale testaceous streaks between the eyes; juga and tylus of equal
length, the latter testaceous: rostrum extending to the last coxe, tip
black ; antennz testaceous, very slender, more than half the length of
the body, joints successively increasing in length, first not reaching the
front of the head, apex of third ferruginous, fourth black, with basal
fourth part pale yellow, fifth black with basal third yellow : a transverse
levigate luteons mark on each side of the pronotum near the anterior
margin, sides pale testaceous, posterior angles obtuse not prominent:
scutellum extending a little beyond the angle of the corium, a large pale
yellow spot on each side at the base, and another at the apex : three
black points on each side of the pectus: abdomen above black, with
testaceous spots on each side: legs pale testaceous, minutely sprinkled
black: apices of the tibie and of the joints of the tarsi, brown: mem-
brane lurid (Walker). Long, 103 mill.

Reported from Siam.

Genus Asyna, Walker.

Cat. Het. ii, p. 403 (1867).

Body elliptical; head large, much rounded in front; sides slightly
reflexed: juga as long as the tylus which they partly overlap; rostrum
extending nearly to the posterior margin of the second ventral seg-
ment: antenne slender, first joint not extending to the front of the
head ; second much shorter than the third: pronotum serrated on each

1888. ] H. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 165

side in front; anterior angles acute; posterior angles dilated, forming
two short rectangular horns: scutellum rather small: pectus with a
very slight ridge: abdomen somewhat concave above, slightly dentate
along each side: legs rather long and slender; tibize furrowed ; tarsi 3-
jointed: membrane with five longitudinal veins, of which the subcostal
one is forked (Walker). The structure of the head separates it from
Euschistus and Galedanta.

266. Asyla indicatriz, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 403 (1867).

Tawny, minutely and rather thinly punctured ; punctures blackish ;
beneath testaceous, ferruginous speckled: rostrum with a black tip:
antenne black: pronotum most thinly punctured in front: scutellum,
much excavated at each anterior angle: tarsi brown: membrane lurid-
cinereous : wing's cinereous (Walker). Long, 21 mill.

Reported from India.

267. Mormidea socia, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 262 (1867).

Dingy yellowish, elongate oval, largely punctured ; punctures black ;
underside and legs pale yellow: head more thickly punctured than the
pronotum ; juga and tylus of equal length ; rostrum extending to the last
cox ; tip black; antennz pale yellow, setulose; first joint extending
nearly to the front; second longer than the third: pronotum with a
transverse callus on each side near the aaterior margin and with a
smooth slight marginal ridge on each side between the spine and the
anterior margin ; spines black, stout, acute, slightly projecting forward :
scutellum with the disc pale yellow and thinly punctured ; three large
smooth pale yellow spots, two on the fore angles and one at the tip:
pectus, abdomen beneath and femora with a few black points: legs
slender, setulose: membrane pellucid (Walker). Body, long, 83 mill.

Reported from India.

268. Mormidea nigriceps, Walker, Cat Het. iii, p. 554 (1868).

Tawny, elliptical, thickly and minutely brown punctured, testaceous
beneath: head blackish, somewhat elongated; juga and tylus of equal
leneth; eyes piceous, prominent; rostrum extending a little beyond the
last coxe, tip black: pronotum witha slight transverse ridge, in front of
which itis testaceous and thinly punctured ; fore border and a line along
the posterior border of the ridge, blackish; the usual transverse calli;
posterior angles elongated, acute, a little shorter than their breadth at
the base: scutellum smooth and pale yellow at the tip, which is rounded
legs slender ; femora and tibie slightly brown-speckled : membrane and
wings cinereous (Walker). Long, 105 mill.

Reported from India.

22

166 K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

269. Rhaphigaster (?) macracanthus, Dallas, List. Hem. i, p. 289 (1851) ; Walker,
Cat. Het. ii, p. 365 (1867) ; (P) Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 129 (1876).

@. Broad and short, somewhat rounded, above brown, somewhat
ferruginous, very thickly and finely punctured with black: pronotum
with the lateral angles very prominent and obtuse: scutellum very
broad at the base: membrane brownish: margins of the abdomen bright
reddish orange, with a small black band at the base and apex of each
segment near the suture, leaving the suture itself orange: body beneath
fulvous, thickly and rather finely punctured ; the abdomen somewhat
rugose ; ventral spine very long, reaching the base of the head, pitchy
brown, very smooth and shining: legs fulvous: rostrum testaceous, with
the tip black: antenne with the second joint very short, scarcely more
than half the length of the third ; the two basal joints testaceous ; third
joint black, with the base testaceous ; 4—5 joints black, with their bases,
dull orange or tawny (Dallas). Long, 11;—12 mill.; breadth of prono-
tum, 9 mill.

Reported from N. India.

270. Rhaphigaster apicalis, Dallas, List. Hem. i, p. 285 (1851); Walker, Cat.
Het. ii, p. 281 (1867).
Antestia (7) apicalis, Stal, En. Hem. v, p. 129 (1876).

9. Above pale greyish olive: head with six black punctured lines
on the anterior portion which unite more or less on the vertex, making
that part nearly black, with irregular pale spots: eyes brown; ocelli
red: pronotum rather thickly punctured with black, the punctures
arranged somewhat in transverse lines, with the anterior portion of the
disc blackish, the anterior and lateral margins with a narrow whitish
edge: scutellum rather thickly punctured with black, with a small
orange spot in each basal angle, a large round black spot in the middle
of the base, and a black spot on each lateral margin near the apex :
coriaceous portion of the hemelytra rather thickly punctured with black,
with the apex and asubmarginal spot near the middle, black ; membrane
transparent, brownish: margins of the abdomen variegated with black
and yellow, very thickly punctured : abdomen beneath, greyish-testace-
ous, with the sides rather thickly and strongly punctured with black;
ventral spine long, reaching the intermediate coxe: pectus testaceous,
thickly punctured with black: legs testaceous ; femora punctured with
black ; tarsi with the apical joint brown: rostrum testaceous, with the
tip black : antenne with the three basal joints testaceous; 4 and 5 black,
with the base testaceous. (Dallas). Long, 9 mill.

Reported from N. India.

1888. ] E. T. Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 167

271. Rhaphigaster bisignatus, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p 366 (1867).

Testaceous, elongate-elliptical, thickly and minutely punctured ;
punctures black: juga and tylus equal in length: eyes rather promi-
nent: rostrum extending nearly to the last coxe; tip black; antennz
black, nearly half the length of the body, 1—2 joints tawny; first not
extending to the front of the head; third a little longer than the se-
cond ; fourth much longer than the third; fifth not longer than the
fourth: pronotum transversely and very slightly impressed in front;
a transverse triangular black mark with a testaceous disc on each side
in front of the impression: scutellum less thickly punctured than the
pronotum; a blackish dot on each side near the tip: abdomen black ;
connexivum testaceous; under side with two testaceous stripes which
do not extend to the tip: ventral spine obtuse, extremely short, not
extending to the last coxe: femora and tibiss with tawny tips; tibie
shghtly furrowed; tarsi tawny: corium with a brown apical patch,
which is bordered on its inner side by an incomplete whitish band, the
latter not punctured ; membrane lurid: wings pellucid, pale lurid to-
wards the tips (Walker). Body, long, 6; mill.

Reported from India.

272. Rhaphigaster patulus, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 8366 (1867).

Pale testaceous, ample, nearly elliptical, thinly punctured: head
black-punctured in front; juga and tylus of equal length: rostrum
extending to the last coxee; tip black: antennse slender, less than half
the length of the body; first joint not extending to the front of the
head; second much shorter than the third ; fourth longer than the third :
pronotum black punctured ; the punctures more thick in front, excepting
a transverse, abbreviated, slightly undulating line ; posterior angles pro-
minent, hardly acute: scutellum attenuated towards the tip: pectus not
ridged ; sides whitish testaceous: abdomen, in the &, excavated at the
tip; ventral spine extending to the intermediate coxw: legs slender:
hemelytra with black punctures along the costa; membrane and wings
pellucid (Walker). Long, 153—19 mill.

Reported from N. India.

273. Rhaphigaster strachioides, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 865 (1867).

Luteous; oval; thinly and rather finely punctured; punctures
black: head black, with five luteous stripes, of which the inner pair are
forked in front, and the outer pair are irregular and border the eyes ;
juga and tylus of equal length: rostrum black towards the tip, extend-
ing to the last coxe : antenne tawny, less than half the length of the
body, joints successively increasing in length; first joint not extending

168 KH; T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

to the front of the head: pronotum in front with an abbreviated black
band, which is dilated on each side, where it contains an interrupted
Iuteous streak; space about the band smooth; hind angles much round-
ed, not prominent: scutellum with a callus on each angle at the base,
and with a black spot on each side near the tip: pectus with three black
stripes : abdomen beneath with three stripes of triangular black spots ;
of these the lateral spots are connected: legs reddish, short, stout:
hemelytra with a black spot in the disc of the corium ; membrane pellu-
cid (Walker). Long, 53;—6 mill.
Reported from India.

274. Rhaphigaster rubriplaga, Walker, Cat. Het. ii, p. 365 (1867).

Testaceous, nearly oval, thickly punctured, slightly shining : head
with a black slender marginal line along each side; juga and tylus of
equal length: rostrum extending to the intermediate coxe: antenne
tawny, less than half the length of the body; joints successively and
slightly increasing in length; first not extending to the front of the
head: pronotum slightly and transversely impressed on each side in
front ; ared patch on each side between the posterior angles, which are
slightly rounded and not prominent: scutellum with a red spot on each
side near the base and with a red band near the tip: abdomen with a
black stripe on each side above, and with an incomplete brown stripe on
each side beneath ; tip truncate ; ventral spine extending to the inter-
mediate coxe: legs rather short and stout: hemelytra with a red spot
on the tip of the corium near the costa; membrane and wings pellucid
(Walker). Long, 63—7 mill.

Reported from India.

275. Tetrisia bruchoides, Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 112 (1867).

Black: body convex, oval, dull, finely scabrous: head transverse,
rounded in front, not more than half the breadth of the pronotum; eyes
not prominent; rostrum reddish, extending beyond the last coxe;
antenne rather stout and short: pronotum nearly twice the length of
the head, with a transverse furrow in the middle, in front of which the
sides are rounded and serrated ; a short longitudinal furrow near each
side of the hind part: scutellum broader than the pronotum, rounded
at the tip, entirely covering the abdomen and the folded hemelytra, of
which the membrane is dark brown: abdomen contracted : legs very
short and stout (Walker). Long, 5¢ mill.

Reported from Singapore. Belongs to sub-family Plataspina.

1888. | HK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 169

Sub-fam. Asopina, Stal.

En. Hem. i, p. 21 (1870); Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh., (3), p. 40 (1872) ; Distant,
Biol. Cen. Amer., Hem., p. 26 (1879): Asopide, Dallas, List. Hem. i, p. 75 (1851) ;
Asopida, Stal, Hem. Afric. i, p. 32, 62 (1864).

(a) to (d) as in sub-fam. Pentatomina, (J. A. S. B. Pt. II, p. 192,
1887).

(e) Rostrum long, passing the intermediate coxe, stouter than in
the preceding sub-family, sheath inserted at the labrum which is a little
remote from the apex of the tylus: rostral furrow not coarctate an-
teriorly : first joint of the antenne generally short and not longer than
the longitudinal diameter of the eyes.

Genus Zicrona, Am. & Serv.

Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém., p. 86 (1843): Sahlb., Mon. Geoc. Fenn., p. 18 (1848) :
Dallas, List. Hem. i, p. 108 (1851) : Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 145 (1867) : Stal, Ofvers.
K. V. A. Forh., p. 499 (1867); En. Hem. i, p. 36 (1870).

Body shining: second joint of the antenne longer than the third ;
second joint of rostrum longest, shorter than the two apical taken
together ; juga not, or scarcely, louger than the tylus: anterior lateral
margins of pronotum entire or very obsoletely eroded: frena not ex-
tended beyond the middle of the scutellum: second ventral segment
not elevated in the middle: feet rather short, tibie without a furrow
above, convex, at least towards the base, somewhat obtusely rounded,
anterior pair not dilated.

276. ZIcRONA CHRULEA, Linneus.

Cimex ceruleus, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, i, p. 445 (1758) ; 1. c, ed. 12, i (2), p.
722 (1767) ; De Géer, Mém. iii, p. 268 (1773) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 716 (1775) ; Spec.
Ins. ii, p. 359 1781) ; Mant. Ins. ii, p. 296 (1787); Gmelin, ed. Syst. Nat. i, p. (4), p.
2154 (1788) ; Wolff, Ic. Cim. i, p. 18, f. 18 (1800).

Pentatoma ceruleum, Hahn, Wanz. Ins. ii, p. 65, f. 154 (1834).

Asopus ceruleus, Burm., Handb. Ent. ii, (1), p. 378 (1835) ; Herr. Schaff., Wanz.
Ins. vii, p. 112 (1844); Flor, Rhynch. Liv. i, p. 90 (1860).

Pentatoma concinna, Westwood, Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 39 (1837).

Pentatoma violacea, Westwood, 1. c. p. 39 (1837).

Stiretrus ceruleus, Blanchard, Hist. Nat. Ins. p. 154 (1840).

Zicrona illustris, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 87 (1843); Vollen., Faune
Ent. Arch. Ind. Neer. iii, p. 15 (1868).

Zicrona cerulea, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 86 (1843); Dallas, List
Hem. i, p. 108 (1851) ; Fieber, Hur. Hem. p. 346 (1861); Douglas & Scott, Brit.
Hem. i, p. 88 (1865) ; Walker, Cat. Het.i, p. 145 (1867); Stal, En. Hem. i, p. 36
(1870) ; Scott, A. M. N. H. (4:s.), xiv, p. 289 (1874) ; Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. p.
128 (1875); J. Sahlbohm, K. V.-A. Handl., xvi (4) p. 15 (1879); Distant, Scien.
Res. 2né Yarkand Miss. p. 3 (1879) ; Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 415 (1883).

170 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

‘“‘ Cerulean-blue, immaculate” is the short description given by the
earlier writers. Serville describes this species as having the body, feet,
and antenne metallic greenish-blue shining; body above finely pune-
tured. Z. illustris, Am. & Serv., differs only in being metallic blue not
greenish-blue, like Z. cerulea. The P. concinna of Westwood is described
as larger than Z. cerulea, altogether black with cerulean and purple
reflections, antenne and feet black. The P. violacea, Westw., scarcely
differs from the preceding, but is altogether more violaceous and some-
what punctured. Others give bright blue or blue-green, shining,
punctured: legs and antenne, black. Dallas and Stal (1. c. supra)
record fully the synonymy and references to figures. Long 9—10 mill.

Reported from all Europe, N. W. Siberia, Japan, China, Bengal,
India, Malacca, Java, Borneo, Bujkoti in Jaunsar Bawar, 7,000 feet
(mihi).

Genus Cecrrina, Walker.
Cat. Het. i, p. 118 (1867).

Body very elongate-oval, rather flat: head and pronotum rather
largely punctured: head not much shorter than the pronotum, a little
narrower in front of the eyes, with a slight ridge which emits two short
slight forks on each side between the eyes: eyes very prominent: ros-
trum stout, extending to the last coxee: antenne very minutely pubes-
cent, about half the length of the body, first joint stout, second shorter
than the third, 4—5 a little broader and longer than the third: scutum
slightly rugulose, not longer than broad, the forepart much contracted :
scutellum with a slight ridge, narrowed towards the apex, which is
rounded : legs rather stout; first femora with a spine beneath the apex;
first tibis much dilated: the elongate hardly convex body, the shape of
the head, and the margined pronotum distinguish this genus from Cazira
(Walker).

277. CECYRINA PLATYRHINOIDES, Walker.
Cecyrina platyrhinoides, Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 119 (1867).

Tawny, irregularly and more or less speckled with piceous, the
latter hue partly predominating: head piceous, with a tawny longitudi-
nal line: rostrum piceous: antenne reddish ; 4—5 joints piceous, fourth
with a whitish band near the base: abdomen above very dark red, with
tawny spots along each side: membrane cinereous, with two curved
brown bands: wings cinereous (Walker). Body, long, 11—123 mill.

Reported from India,

1888. | HK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 171

Genus Bracuia, Walker.
Cat. Het. i, p. 117 (1867) : includes Sesha, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 343 (1887).

Body short-oval, convex, shining: head about half the length and
about one-fifth of the breadth of the pronotum; juga and tylus of
equal length; rostrum moderately stout, extending to the last coxe ;
antennes slender, very minutely setulose, rather more than half the
length of the body, 2—5 joints successively slightly increasing in length :
pronotum thinly and finely punctured, nearly twice broader than long,
forming an acute angle on each side of the fore border, with an acute
diverging spine on each side posteriorly: scutellum slightly contracted
posteriorly, hardly extending beyond the corium: legs hardly stout, fore
femora with a spine beneath near the apex ; fore tibie much dilated.

278. Buacuia pucazis, Walker.

Blachia ducalis, Walker, Cat. Hem. i, p. 117 (1867).
Sesha manifesta, Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 348, t. 12, f. 2 (1887).

Testaceous: head with a small purple spot on each side of the
posterior margin: pronotum with five purple spots, of which two near
anterior margin are much smaller than the three in a transverse row
near posterior margin: scutellum with a very large purple spot on each
side near the base and with a purple spot on each side behind the mid-
dle: pectus with three purple patches on each side: abdomen beneath
on each side with an inner stripe of three purple spots and an outer
stripe of two purple spots: hemelytra witha large purple spot joining the
middle of the costa and a smaller apical purple spot ; membrane colour-
less with two broad brown streaks, one capitate ; wings brown ( Walker).
Body, long, 10$;—12 mill.

Reported from Siam, Sikkim (mihi),

Genus Cazira, Am. & Serv.

Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. i, p. 78 (1843): Dallas, List. Hem. i, p. 82 (1851) ; Walker,
Cat. Het. i, p. 117 (1867): Stal, Hem. Afric. i, p. 62 (1864): En. Hem. i, p. 38
(1870).

Body somewhat short, stout: scutellum with vesicular tubercles at
the base: venter at the base with a small spine directed forwards and
not extending beyond the insertion of the posterior feet: all the femora
with a spine beneath towards the apex ; anterior tibiz much dilated :
rest as in Asopus (Am. § Serv.).

172 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No.2,

279. CazIRA VERRUCOSA, Westwood.

Pentatoma verrucosa, Westwood, Zool. Journ. v, p. 445, t. 22, f. 7 (1835).

Asopus verrucifer, Burmeister, Handb. Ent. ii, (i), p. 8380 (1835).

Cazira verrucosa, Dallas, List. Hem. i, p. 82 (1851), excl. syn. Linnev; Walker,
Cat. Het. i, p. 117 (1867) excl. do.: Stal, Hn. Hem. i, p. 38 (1870) ; Distant, A. M.
N. H. (5 s.) iii, p. 45 (1879).

Rufous-testaceous, variegated with fuscous, punctured, subrotun-
date ; posterior sides of pronotum on both sides unispinose ; dorsum
with several elevated oblique lines; scutellum at the base with two
large, round, rufous tubercles, and two other small lateral tubercles ;
posteriorly narrowed and produced to the apex of the abdomen, pos-
terior part concave, sides elevated : corium rufous, punctured with black
and the apical membrane produced to a distance beyond the abdomen ;
sides of abdomen visible, serrated : antennz longer than the pronotum,
2—3 joints equally long, also 4—5 which are a little longer than the
two preceding: femora beneath unispinose, first pair stouter; the two
first tibiee dilated, four posterior simple, rufous, with a white ring.
(Westw.).

Variable in coloration, sometimes fuscous-piceous, sometimes cin-
namon-yellow ; pronotum witha longitudinal median wrinkle or ridge,
a transverse discoidal wrinkle behind the middle, recurved on both sides,
anteriorly with two lateral tubercles and behind the tubercles a less
distinct obliquely longitudinal wrinkle which is sometimes confluent
with the posterior tubercle; apical part of scutellum more or less con-
cave, apex more or less distinctly emarginate (Stal). Body with heme-
lytra long, 10$—11 mill.

Reported from Malabar, Dekkan, India, Assam. The Indian
Museum has specimens from Sikkim, Sibsigar (Assam), and Calcutta
(mihi).

280. CAzIRA INTERNEXA, Walker.
Cazira interneza, Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 118 (1867).

Ochraceous, thick, shining, roughly tuberculate : head about one-
fifth the breadth of the pronotum; juga extending somewhat beyond
the tylus; rostrum black; antennw black, 2—4 joints successively
increasing in length, fifth a little shorter than the fourth: pronotum
with prominent obtuse spines: scutellum with a hump on each side at
the base and with two slight longitudinal furrows: legs black, stout ;
coxe, first femora at base and last. towards the base, lutcous ; first tibive
much dilated: membrane black, with a limpid spot on the costa before

1888. ] K, T. Atkinson—wNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 173

the middle, and one on the hind border beyond the middle. Distin-
guished from preceding by the comparatively smooth hinder part of the
scutellum (Walker). Long, 93 mill.

Reported from Cambodia.

281. Cazina ULCERATA, Herrich-Schiffer.
Asopus ulceratus, Herr.-Schaff., Wanz. Ins. iv, p. 103, t. 108, f. 452 (1839) and
vii, p. 114 1844). |

Cazira ulcerata, Dallas, List. Hem. i, p. 82 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 118
(1867); Stal, En. Hem. i, p. 39 (1870).

Miniaceous: pronotum at the base with raised tubercles, lateral
angles produced widely outwards and a little forwards into a spine, of
which the lateral margins are sinuate before the apex: scutellum with
tubercles at the base: a spot in the middle of the hemelytra, the an-
tenn, tarsi and apex of last tibie, black; the last tibie in the middle,
white: membrane brownish, with a white spot in the middle of the
outer margin: venter spinose at the base: first pair of tibise very
strongly dilated, the tooth-like inner edge of the tip, black; fore femora
with a tooth. Long, 8 mill.

Reported from Hong-Kong, Siam, Calcutta (mihi), Coromandel.

282. CazirA CHIROPTERA, Herrich-Schaffer.

Asopus chiropterus, Herr.-Schaff., Wanz. Ins. v, p. 78, t. 170, f. 523 (1839) ; vii,
p. 113 (1844).

Cazira verrucosa, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém., p. 78, t. 3, f. 8 (1843) :
excl, syn.

Cazira chiroptera, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 82 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. i, p.
118 (1867); Vollenhoven, Faun. Ent. Ind. Neerl. iii, p. 4 (1868): Stal, En. Hem. i,
p. 39 (1870).

Ferrugino™g : coarsely punctured: pronotum with a raised smooth
median line ; lateral angles acutely produced ; four black spots, of which
one on each side near the lateralangles: base of scutellum with spheri-
cal, raised tubercles, a black spot at base and apex : a rounded black spot
near the apex of the hemelytra and the apex itself, black; wings fus-
cous: legs luteous: beneath two spots at the base, and two before the
end of the abdomen. Long, 10 mill.

Reported from Java, Sumatra, Borneo, Malacca.

Genus CantHEecona, Amyot & Serville.

Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém., p. 81 (1843) : Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 89 (1851); Walker,
Cat. Het. i, p. 130 (1867): Stal, Hem. Afric. i, p. 62, 66 (1864) ; En. Hem. i, p. 41
(1870) :—Cimez, subg. Canthecona, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh., p. 49 (1867).

Head somewhat flat ; two apical joints of rostrum of equal length,
each a little shorter than the second: anterior lateral margins of the
23

174 EK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

pronotum more or less distinctly crenulated or transversely rugose : frena
extended to, ora little beyond, the middle of the scutellum: venter, at
the base, furnished with a tubercle or short spine, obtusely conical ;
stridulatory spots, in 3, extended through 4—5 ventral segments, serice-
ous: first tibie not dilated, first femora with a distinct spine.

283. CANTHECONA BINOTATA, Distant.
Canthecona binotata, Dist. A. M. N. H. (5 38.) iii, p. 47 (1879).

Luteous, thickly punctured with brown: tylus reaching the apex
of the head, juga thickly covered with brassy black punctures: eyes
prominent, fuscous, luteous at the base: antenne with 2—3 joints sub-
equal, fourth rather longest, 1—2 joints luteous, 3—4 dark fuscous,
luteous at the base: rostrum luteous, with the tip reddish: pronotum
considerably deflexed from the base towards the head, with a median
raised longitudinal line, which is prolonged throughout the whole length
of the scutellum; lateral edges, with an indistinct, obscure, violet,
submarginal border, and some other indistinct striz of the same colour
on the disc ; lateral angles produced into short, obtuse, black spines,
emarginate and luteous at the tip: scutellum somewhat gibbous at the
base, where it is thickly and darkly punctured, the median longitudinal
line becoming broad and impunctate towards the apex: corium with a
somewhat triangular subcostal blackish spot situated a little beyond the
middle: membrane produced considerably beyond the abdomen, black,
with the apical half whitish: abdomen above blackish, with a segmental
marginal row of alternate sub-quadrate green and luteous spots: body
beneath luteous; pectus with three violet streaks on each side; venter
with the marginal row of sub-quadrate green spots as above, a sub-
marginal row of narrow, transverse, waved, dark lines, situate one on
each segment, and a large sub-apical blackish spot: legs luteous, pilose ;
tibis strongly sulcated ; fore tibiz dilated, their apical halves and bases
and the apices of the intermediate and posterior tibiwe, blackish (Dis-
tant.) Allied to C. trbialis, Dist. Long, 15; exp. lat. angles of prono-
tum, 73 mill.

Reported from Naga Hills, 2000—6000 feet (Assam) ; Calcutta,
Dehra (mihi).

284. CANTHECONA TIBIALIS, Distant.
Canthecona tibialis, Distant, A. M. N. H. (5 8.) iii, p. 46 (1879).

Head brassy black, very thickly punctured; tylus reaching the
apex of the head, with its base obscurely luteous ; eyes brown: antennee
pilose; 3—4 joints longest, sub-equal ; apical joint rather shorter than

1888.] BE, T. Atiinson—Wotes on Indian Rhynchota. 175

the second, which is brown, the 3—4 joints blackish with their bases
narrowly brown, fifth dark fuscous with basal third luteous: rostrum
luteous, tip blackish: pronotum brassy black, very coarsely punctate,
and lightly and irregularly rugulose, with a slightly raised median
longitudinal line and irregular luteous markings, which indicate faintly
four longitudinal striz, two on each side of the median line; the crenu-
lated portion of the margin and a small spine behind the eyes, luteous ;
lateral angles produced into short, black, obtuse spines, strongly emar-
ginate at the apex: scutellum with the basal half brassy black, very
thickly punctured ; apical half paler and more sparingly punctured, with
a small median basal spot, a large rounded spot in each basal angle, two
small irregular and indistinct markings beneath these, and the apex,
broadly luteous: corium luteous, somewhat thickly marked and punc-
tured with black ; on the underside, at the apex, is a large reddish spot :
membrane fuscous, with two large whitish spots, one on the outer and
the other on the inner border: abdomen above shining green, very
thickly punctured, with a marginal row of three luteous spots, which ap-
pear on the margins of alternate segments above and below : body beneath
luteous, pectus thickly punctured with brassy black: abdomen with a
median, narrow, longitudinal, impunctate area, from which it is sparing-
ly punctate halfway to the outer border, which is very thickly punctured
with brassy black, a large black sub-apical spot: legs luteous, with the
apices of the femora, and bases and apices of intermediate and posterior
tibie, brassy black; fore-tibis very widely dilated and strongly punc-
tured black; first tarsi black, rest luteous, with apex black; tibiz
strongly sulcated (Distant). Long, 17; exp. lat. ang. pronotum, 9 mill.

Var. a. Smaller, with the ground-colour brownish instead of brassy
black. Allied to C. furcellata, Wolff, from which it differs principally in
the shorter and obtuse lateral angles of the pronotum.

Reported from N. Khasiya Hills, 1500—3000 feet ; Sikkim (mihi).

285. CANTHECONA FURCELLATA, Wolff.

Cimex furcellatus, Wolff, Ic. Cim. v, p. 182, t. 18, f. 176 (1801).

Asopus armiger, Herr.-Schaff., Wanz. Ins. vii, p. 1138, 119, f. 711 (1844).

Canthecona furcellata, Dallas, Uist. Hem. i, p. 91 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. i,
p. 130 (1867) ; Vollenhoven, Faune Ent. Arch. Indo-Néer. iii, p. 5 (1868) ; Stal,
En. Hem. i, p. 42 (1870).

Antenne 5-jointed, yellow-ferruginous, joints fuscous at the apex :
head porrect, obtuse, impressly-punctured, variegated fuscous and yellow,
with a paler longitudinal line; eyes fuscous: rostrum 4-jointed, ferru-
ginous, fuscous at the apex: pronotum greyish, variegated anteriorly
with fuscous, posteriorly with very many impressed fuscous punctures,

176 EK. f. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

with a small anterior longitudinal yellow line; lateral margin serrulate,
posteriorly on both sides with a bifid fuscous spine of which the pos-
terior tooth is the shorter : scutellum greyish with numerous impressed
fuscous punctures, obscurely at the base with three minute rufous
points ; a longitudinal line and the apex, paler: hemelytra greyish with
impressed fuscous punctures and an obsolete fuscous median line ; mem-
brane fuscous with two pale opposite marginal spots before the apex:
abdomen above black, margin prominulous, spotted yellow, beneath
testaceous, with a row of very minute fuscous spots on both sides,
margin somewhat serrate, sternum somewhat porrect anteriorly : pectus
testaceous, spotted fuscous: anus obtuse, bidentate: feet testaceous ;
first femora with a very acute tooth before the apex; tarsi fuscous
(Wolf.). Long, 15—16 mill.

Reported from India, Bombay, Tenasserim, Berhampur, Arrah
(mihi).

Genus AvupinetiA, Elenrieder.

Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xxiv, p. 136 (1862): Cimex subg. Audinetia, Stal,
Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh., p. 496 (1867) ; En. Hem. i, p. 45 (1870).

Head oblong; juga a very little longer than the tylus: second joint
of antenne long, 3—5 joints nearly equal (fourth longer): eyes small,
globose, not very prominent: ocelli distinct, close to the pronotum, as
far from each other as from the eyes: pronotum declined forwards,
convex behind, the anterior margin narrower than the head, sinuated,
posterior-angles very prominent, transverse, with a bifid spine of which.
the anterior terminal point is very acute, the posterior somewhat short :
hemelytra and abdomen rather elongate, attenuated hindwards: the
sides of the abdomen extending a little beyond the hemelytra: mem-
brane albescent, with 7—9 veins, longer than the abdomen: venter from
the median line inclined convexly towards the sides; ventral tooth
short, not extending beyond the insertion of the last pair of feet: ros-
trum scarcely reaching the posterior feet, its joints almost equal, but
the second long, the last short : femora robust, unarmed; first tibie
prismatic, unispinose on the lower (inner) side; tarsi robust, first jot
long, second very small, hardly visible. Distinguished from Arma,
Hahn, by the ventral tooth ; from Canthecona, Am. & Serv., by the first
femora being simple, and from others by the spine on the inner side of
the first tibiee (Hllenr.). Stal separates it from Canthecona by its having
the stridulatory spots in 3 very large, extended through the 3—6 ventral
segments: first femora beneath with a small, sometimes very obsolete,
tubercle.

1888. | HE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 177

286. AUDINETIA SPINIDENS, Fabricius.

Cimex spinidens, Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii, p. 285 (1787); Ent. Syst. iv, 99 (1794) ;
Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i, (4), p. 2139 (1788); Fabr., Syst. Rhyng., p. 161 (1808).

Asopus geometricus, Burm., Handb. Ent. ii, (i), p. 380 (1835).

Arma geometrica, Dallas, Trans. Ent. Soc. v, p. 187, t. 19, f. 2 (1849).

Picromerus spinidens, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 95 (1851); Walker, Cat. Het. i,
p. 133 (1867).

Pentatoma aliena, Westw., Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 40 (1837) ?

Audinetia aculeata, Hllenrieder, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., xxiv, p. 187, f. L
(1862): Walker, 1. c., iii, p. 532 (1868).

Arma spinidens, Vollenhoven, Faune Ent. l’Arch. Indo-Néer. iii, p. 10 (1868).

Cimex (Audinetia) spinidens, Stal, Hem. Fabr. i, p. 16 (1868); En. Hem. i,
p. 45 (1870).

Audinetia spinidens, Distant, Biol. Cen. Am. Hem. p. 35 (1879): A. M.N.H. (5 3.)
iii, p. 45 (1879): Lethierry, An. Mus. Gen. xviii, p. 742 (1883).

Fuscous : spines on pronotum large, acute, with a small acute tooth
in the middle posteriorly: apex of scutellum and margin of hemelytra,
white ; beneath paler: feet pale (Fabr.).

@. Body elongate-ovate, the sides nearly parallel: olive-brown,
or brownish-testaceous, very thickly punctured: pronotum with the
lateral angles produced into a short, acute, black spine, which is dis-
tinctly toothed on its hinder margin ; a pale yellowish line runs across
the disc of the pronotum from angle to angle: scutellum rather dark
at the base, the apex white: hemelytra with the external margin
whitish ; membrane transparent: abdomen beneath punctured, with an
Se salar line down the middle, and the stigmata, black : legs, rostrum,
and antenne yellowish brown: the apex of the third joint of the an-
tenn, and the whole of the fourth, except the base, black : tarsi pitchy
(A. geometrica, Dallas). Body, long, 14—15 mill.

Reported from Borneo, Java, Sumatra, Assam, Abyssinia, Mexico.
The Indian Museum possesses specimens from Calcutta, Harmatti (at
the foot of the Daphla hills, Assam), Sikkim (mihi).

Genus PicromMerus, Am. & Serv.

Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém., p. 84 (1843): Dallas, List. Hem. i, p. 95 (1851): Walker,
Cat. Het. i, p. 132 (1867) :—Cimex subg. Cimex, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh.

497 (1867) ; En. Hem. i, p. 45 (1870). “

Body flat : juga not, or scarcely, longer than the tylus, apical interior
angle somewhat straight, scarcely acute, not produced inwards : posterior
angles of pronotum acutely produced, flattened, dentate on the sides -
venter, in c, without smooth, silky, stridulatory spots: anterior femora
with 1—2 spines towards the tip; anterior tibiz not dilated,

178 HE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

287. PicRoMERUS oBTUSUS, Walker.

Picromerus obtusus, Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 133 (1867): Distant, A. M. N. H.
(5 8.) iii. p. 45 (1879).

Lurid brown: oval, rather flat, minutely punctured; dingy testa-
ceous beneath; punctures black: rostrum dingy testaceous: antennse
black, piceous towards the base, 4—5 joints whitish towards the base:
pronotum crenulate along each side in front; spines broad, obtuse,
hardly forked at the tips: scutellum with a slight ridge which is widely
forked towards the fore border: pectus and abdomen beneath with some
black patches on each side, stigma of the pectus ochraceous: femora
dingy testaceous, black-speckled ; tibis tawny, with black tips; tarsi
black: corium lurid, with blackish punctures and with a few small
blackish marks: membrane aeneous (Walker). Body, long, 11—11}$
mill.

Reported from N. India: very common in Sikkim (mihi).

288. PicRoMERUS NIGRIVITTA, Walker.
Picromerus nigrivitta, Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 133 (1867).

Dingy testaceous, elliptical, rather flat, thickly and minutely black
speckled, livid beneath : head with the juga and tylus distinctly marked:
rostrum tawny: antenne black, piceous towards the base; 4:—5 joints
pale yellow towards the base: pronotum with a pale tubercle on each
side on the disc; sides straight and serrated from the fore border to the
spine, which is aeneous and truncate: scutellum with a slight forked
ridge: pectus with ochraceous stigmata: abdomen beneath with a black
stripe: legs livid, black-speckled, with aslight aeneous tinge : membrane
aeneous (Walker). Body, long, 103 mill.

Reported from Silhat.

289. PicRoMERUS ROBUSTUS, Distant.

Picromerus robustus, Distant, A. M. N. H. (5 8.) iii, p. 48 (1879).

Has somewhat the elongated form of A. spinidens, but with the
pronotum robust, much deflexed anteriorly, and body narrowed pos-
teriorly : luteous, covered regularly and thickly with coarse brown
punctures: tylus and juga equal in length; eyes large, prominent,
obscure fuscous; rostrum Iuteous, with the tip pitchy; antennz with
the 2—3 joints sub-equal, pale luteous, third joint pitchy at apex: pro-
notum much narrowed in front and widened posteriorly, with an
indistinct median, longitudinal line; a transverse row of four small
Iuteous spots situated a little behind a somewhat obscure transverse
ridge ; lateral angles, produced into long, black, pointed spines, toothed

1888. | H. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 179

behind, which give them the appearance of being emarginate at the
apex: scutellum with a small luteous spot in each basal angle: corium
with purplish reflections towards the apex; membrane fuscous with a
large whitish spot on the outer and the inner border (size of these spots
variable) : body beneath luteous, punctured and mottled with brown ;
intermediate femora testaceous and the tibize brownish, with apex and
tarsi dark fuscous (Distant). co, long, 11, exp. lat. angles pron. 63
mill.: 9, long, 14, exp. lat. angles pron. 9 mill.

The @ varies in having the luteous spots above much more obscure
and the legs luteous.

Reported from Sadiya (Assam), 350 feet.

Genus Guypsus, Dallas.

List Hem. i, p. 93 (1851) ; Stal, Hem. Afric. i, p. 62, 63 (1864); En. Hem. i,
p. 47 (1870): Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 132 (1867).

Body ovate: head flattish, jugaa little longer than the tylus, some-
what contiguous at the apex, buccule moderately elevated: antennz
about half as long as the body, the second joint a little longer than the
third, the fourth about equal to the second, the fifth shorter than the
third : rostrum reaching the posterior coxe, stout, the two apical joints
of equal length, each a little shorter than the second: anterior lateral
margins of pronotum crenulate before the middle, the lateral angles
strongly spinose: scutellum rather broad, the posterior part narrowed
hindwards, rounded at the apex; frena extended a little beyond the
middle of the scutellum: sternal ridge broad, depressed, furrowed:
venter, in &, without stridulatory sericeous spots, second segment armed
at the base with a depressed tubercle, slightly prominulous forwards,
sinnated at the apex : membrane with nine veins: first femora armed
beneath with a spine towards the apex; anterior tibie# quadrangular,
not dilated exteriorly ; inner spine rather large: tarsi 3-jointed, second
joint very small, basal joint as long as the other two taken together.

290. GLYPSUS FUSCISPINUS, Stal.
Glypsus fuscispinus, Stal, En. Hem. i, p. 47 (1870).

3. Weakly greyish-flavescent, distinctly punctured fuscous-ferru-
ginous ; antenne weakly ferruginous: four very minute spots arranged
in a transverse row before the middle, and the lateral angles of the
pronotum, also a small impression on the basal angles of the scutellum,
black: membrane sordid vinaceous, apical spot fuscous. Stature almost
of G. conspicuus, Westw., but the lateral angles of the pronotum are
gradually acuminated, posteriorly near the apex, not, unless very

180 Wj. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

obsoletely, sinuated. Head scarcely narrowed before the lateral sinuses,
distinctly punctured, smooth posteriorly and on the tylus, punctures on
the tylus arranged in two rows of groups, and, on the posterior part,
densely arranged in six rows of groups; juga with fuscous limhi, furnished
in the middle with a somewhat smooth streak : lower side smooth, adorned
with a lateral, punctulate, fuscous, streak: second joint of the antenne
shorter than the third: rostrum stout, piceous, first joint weakly sordid
flavescent: pronotum rather densely punctured, punctures on the
posterior part more obscure, anterior lateral margins slightly sinuate in
the middle, obtusely crenulate before the sinus, lateral angles much
produced outwards, acute, above obtusely carinate: scutellum and
hemelytra densely and distinctly punctured, the scutellum furnished
behind the middle with a very obsolete wrinkle or ridge; punctures on
pectus and venter in groups; the spot on the pectus inclosing the
furrow from the odoriferous orifices, fuscous: the dorsum of the abdo-
men, black-violaceous, punctulate ; segments of the connexivum spotted
black on the basal and apical angles, apical angles of the 2—6 ventral
segments prominulous in a small tooth; spot on the sixth segment and
the aual segment, black: median streak on the venter, smooth: no
stridulatory spots: posterior femora obsoletely varied fuscous: furrow
on tibiz obscurely subsanguineous at the bottom (Stal). Long, 15;
broad, 7; breadth of pronotum, 10 mill.
Reported from India.

Genus Poprsus, Herrich-Schaffer.
Wanz. Ins. ix, p. 296, 337 (1853) ; Stal, K. V.-A. Forh., p. 497 (1867) ; 1. c., (3),
p- 40 (1872); En. Hem. i, p 48 (1870): Distant, Biol. Cen. Am. Hem. i, p. 36
(1879) :—Asopus, Fieb., Hur. Hem. p. 348 (1861).

Stal (En. Hem. 1. c.) distributes the species assigned by him to this
genus amongst the subgenera—Troilus, Apateticus, Apoecilus, Podisus,
and Tylospilus, of which only Troilus appears to occur in India. Sub-
sequently, he raises T'roilus to a genus with Asopus luridus, Fabr., as the
type. Venter without stridulatory spots, spinose at the base : first pair of
femora unarmed : juga rounded at the apex, distinctly longer than the
tylus: buccule very slightly elevated, gradually evanescent hindwards :
frena extended beyond the middle of the scutellum.

291. Popisus Luripvs, Fabricius.

Cimex luridus, Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 701 (1775); Spec. Ins. ii, p. 345 (1781);
Mant. Ins. ii, p. 283 (1787) ; Gmelin, ed. Syst. Nat.i (4), p. 2136 (1788) ; ? Wolff,
Ic. Cim. p. 130, t. 18, f. 180 (1804).

Cime» elector, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv, p. 98 (1794) ; Syst. Rhyne. p. 160 (1803).

1888.] BE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 18]

Arma lurida, Hahn, Wanz. Ins. i, p. 97, t. 15, f. 53 (1831); Dallas, List Hem. i,
p. 96 (1851) ; Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 134 (1867).

Pentatoma luridum, Herr.-Schaff., Nom. Ent. i, p. 56, 92 (1835).

Asopus lwridus, Burm., Handb. Ent. ii (i), p. 379 (1835); Herr.-Schaff., Wanz.
Ins. vii, p. 114 (1844) ; Gorski, Anal. Ent. p. 117 (1852); Fieber, Eur. Hem,, p. 348
(1861) ; Doug. & Scott, Brit. Hem. i, p. 94, t. 3, f. 6 (1865).

Pentatoma sublurida, Westwood, Hope, Cat. Hem. i, p. 41 (1837).

Arma luridum, Kolenati, Mel. Ent. iv, p. 40 (1846).

Asopus (Podisus) lwridus, Flor, Rhynch. Liv. i, p. 95 (1860).

Podisus (Troilus) luridus, Stal, Hem. Fabr.i, p. 17 (1868); En. Hem. i, p. 48
(1870).

Var. angusta, Reuter, Berlin Ent. Zeit. xxv, p. 156 (1881).

Podisus luridus, Mulsant, Pun. France, Pent., p. 347 (1866) ; Saunders, Trans.
Ent. Soc., p. 124 (1875); J. Sahlb., K. V.-A. Handl. xvi (4), p. 15 (1879).

Antenne black, second joint yellow before the apex: clypeus emar-_
4 nate: pronotum obtusely spinose, above greyish, beneath flavescent :
' seutellum greyish, paler at the apex: hemelytra greyish with a median
fuscous spot: body fuscous, with a large, distinct, deep-black point be-
fore the anus: wings deep black, with a pale marginal spot: feet
g.eyish (C. elector, Fabr.). The variety sublurida, described by West-
‘wood, has the femora obscure at the apex, antenne fuscous, apex of
fourth joint fulvous, and a large spot before the anus. Long, 103 mill.
Saunders (I. c.) describes it thus :—‘ Yellowish-brown, closely punc-
tured with bronzy punctures: head, sides of pronotum, and connexi-
vu1o, bronzy-green, the latter with red, transverse spots; sides of the
pronotum roughly and unevenly denticulate in front, posterior angle
much produced: antenne black, apex of fourth joint widely red: legs
pale, spotted black. Long, 103 mill.

Reported from nearly all Europe, India.

Genus Asorus, Burmeister, Stal.

Burmeister, Nova Acta Acad. Leop. xvi, Suppt. p. 292 (1834); Handb. Ent.
ii (i), p. 377 (1835): Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 83 (1843): Stal, Hem.
Afric. i, p. 63 (1864) ; En. Hem.i, p. 56 (1862). Includes Amyotea, Hllenr., Nat.
Tijds. Ned. Ind., xxiv, p. 137 (1862).

Posterior angles of pronotum obtuse, not spinose: ventral spine
obtuse, short, hardly reaching insertion of posterior feet: all femora
unarmed: tibie unarmed, neither foliated nor dilated: last joint of
rostrum very short. Differs from Canthecona in the unarmed pronotum

and femora.

24:

182 HK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

292. AsSOPUS MALABARICUS, Fabricius.

Cimex malabaricus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 718 (1775) ; Spec. Ins. ii, p. 363 (1781);
Mant. Ins. ii, p. 298 (1787).

Cimex mactans, Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii, p. 866 (1781) ; Mant. Ins. ii, p. 301 (1788).

Lygeus malabaricus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv, p. 151 (1794); Syst. Rhyng., p. 219
(1803).

Lyg@us mactans, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv, p. 161 (1794); Syst. Rhyng., p. 227
(1803).

Cimex oculatus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppt., p. 535 (1798).

Lygeus argus, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng., p. 217 (1803).

Asopus argus, Burm., Nova Acta Acad. Leop. xvi, Suppt. p. 293, t. 41, f. 6
(1834).

Asopus mactans, Dallas, List Hem. i, p. 107 (1851) ; Voll., Faun. Ent. P Arch.
Ind. Néerl. iii, p. 12 (1868).

Asopus dystercoides, Ellenr., Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind., xxiv p. 187, f. 2, 3, # (1802);
Walker, Cat. Het., i, p. 146 (1867).

Asopus nigripes, Hllenr., 1. c., p. 188, f. 4,5, $ (1862): Walker, 1. c. i p. 146
(1867),

Asopus malabaricus, Stal, En. Hem. i, p. 56, 230 (1870).

Head rufescent: antenne black: pronotum rufous, varied cinere-
ous, with two black spots anteriorly : scutellum large, rufous with two
large black spots at the base: wings black: abdomen pale, with large
cyaneous spots on both sides (L. malabaricus, Fabr.). Head pale rufes-
cent: antenne black: pronotum black, paler anteriorly, with two black
spots: scutellum rufous with two black spots: hemelytra rufous ; wings
black: beneath flavescent with cyaneous bands (LZ. mactans, Fabr.).
Red or red-testaceous: two elliptical transverse spots on the anterior
part of the pronotum and two on the anterior angles of the scutellum,
membrane, apex of femora, tibise, tarsi, antenne, except the first joint,
black: first joint of the antenne, red: face and rostrum reddish:
pectus margined white and red, with rows of black spots ; venter
margined white and red, banded black, with five bands narrower in the
middle : femora rufous: abdomen laterally not extending much beyond
the hemelytra, not longer: sometimes two spots on the head (Hilenr.).
Long, 12—13 mill. I have a specimen of A. nigripes, Hllenr., from
Bengal.

Reported from India, Sahasram (Bengal), Calcutta (mihi), Java,
Borneo, Sumatra, Philippines.

Species of uncertain position.
293. Arma velata, Walker, Cat. Het. iii, p. 532 (1868).

Ferruginous, nearly elliptical, thickly and minutely punctured ;
punctures black, dull ochraceous beneath: head mostly blackish above :

1888. ] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 183

eyes rather prominent: antennee ochraceous ; third joint hardly shorter
than the second; fourth longer than the third and than the fifth:
pronotum with an irregular black band near the fore border; sides
indistinctly crenulated; spines black, long, stout, acute: scutellum
blackish towards the base, except on each side; tip pale yellow: abdo-
men beneath with a broad black stripe on the apical segment: legs
ochraceous, stout: membrane brown (Walker). Long, 105 mill.

Reported from India, closely allied to A. turbida, Walker, but the
spines of the pronotum are longer and more acute.

294. Arma turbida, Walker, Cat. Het. i, p. 140 (1867).

Piceous, elliptical, thickly and minutely punctured ; black beneath :
head less than one-fourth of the breadth. of the pronotum; juga and
tylus of equal length ; antenne slender: pronotum with a very slight
longitudinal ridge ; sides crenulated ; spines prominent, acutely angular:
scutellum with a slight longitudinal ridge towards the apex: abdomen
purple, blue at the tip: ventral spine not extending beyond the last
coxze: lees piceous, stout, setulose : membrane cinereous, partly clouded
with brown (Walker). Long, 113 mill.

Locality unknown, India ?

Add the following synonymy to that given in these notes :—

J. A.S. B., Pt. II, p. 187, 1886, No. 105, Hurygaster maurus, Linn.,
add :—

cinerea and Schranki, Goeze; testudinaria and cappata, Fourer, according to

Puton: also.
Cimezx frischii, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i (4), p. 21384 (1792).
Var. LE. nigra, Fieber, Eur. Hem. p. 370 (1861),
Var. L£. signata, Fieber, 1. c.

J. A. S. B., Pt. II, p. 30, 1887, No. 169, Carpocoris nigricornis, Fabr.,
add :—

Cimes purpureipennis, De Géer, iii, p. 258 (1773).

Cimez corneus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i (4), p. 2184 (1792).

P. 42. No. 186 :—FHysarcoris inconspicuus, Herr.-Schaff., add :—

Eusarcoris helferi, Fieber, Eur. Hem. p. 332 (1861).

Eysarcoris epistomalis, Muls. and Rey., Pun. France, 177 (1866).

Pentatoma pusilla, Costa, Cim. Cent. If, decas 6-10, 24.
Eusarcoris pseudoaeneus, Jakow., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., vi, p.117: Bull. Soc.

Mose. 48 (i), p. 288 (1874).
P. 52 No. 199:—Hurydema festivwm, Linn., transfer :—
Var. albiventris, Jak., to H.dominulum, Scop., and add :—

Var. maracandicum, Oschan, Strachia id, Bull. Soc. Mosc. 48 (i), p. 239 (1874),
Var. decoratum, Herr.-Schaff , Pentatoma, id, Faun. Germ, 116: Walker, Cat.

Het, ii, p. 313 (1867).

184 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,

Strachia pustulata, Fieber, Weitenw. Beitr. i, p. 352, t. 2, f. 3’, (1836) : Walker,
lc.

Strachia decorata, Muls. and Rey., Pun. France, Pent. p. 214 (1866).

Var. mehadiense, Horvath, Term. fiiz. v, p. 219 (1881): Rev. d’Ent. vii, p. 187,
(1888).

Var. Christophi, Jak., Horvath, 1. c.

P. 53, No. 200 :—Hurydema dominulum, Scop., add :—

Cimex cordiger, Goeze, Reuter, Rev. Men. d’Ent. iii, p. 68 (1883).

Eurydema ornatum, F. Sahlb., Mon. Geoc. Fenn., p. 24 (1848).

Pentatoma fimbriolata, Germar, Faun. Ins. 17. For ‘ bhesgica,’ read ‘ lhesgica’ in
heading.

P. 54, No. 202 :—Hurydema ornatum, Linn., add :—

Var. Strachia pectoralis, Fieber, Hur. Hem., p. 342 (1861).
Var. Strachia dissimilis, Fieber, do.
Var. Eurydema ventralis, Kolenati, Mel. Ent. iv, 26 (1846).

J.A.8.B., Pt. II, p. 36, 1887, in line 6 from top of page, for ‘ basal,’
read ‘ lateral.’

Do, p. 165, No. 80, in line 5 of description, for ‘ head,’ read ‘ body.’

Do. p. 168, No. 82, in line 10 of description, for ‘joining,’ read
‘forming.’

Do. p. 169, line 9 from top, for ‘an oblique stria,’ read ‘and some
oblique strie.’

Do. p. 172, No. 86, add to title, ‘ Parricrus.’

Do. p. 177, line 18 from top of page, for ‘ within,’ read ‘ inward of.’

Do. p. 189, No. 107, in title, for ‘Catuipna,’ read ‘ Curysocoris.’ I
have since received a specimen from Assam.

6
ss eo teen6€eeele KomTOM Ey
nate oh sus Pediat ““9myereduray,
““geadno ainssolg

"e8ee dy 429
suoumauasq” ‘WY OF

06
MAAILYYVd WOO

J” Soe

vaLaWONVE

Peeve’

oe*
P=
«nee
”
Lh ee i, a eee Pa
a ee a ea de nn a ee ea ae
Se i a a
Ce
a Oe ean Nee ats ia
* ee

tee

Cart, eee, Nee) ee ee Li co Lc mens belied” AY ar ps
Cae Rene 5 lek reece PE oes SS i io

settee
anes see
.

‘vobosgn

98.62

“AIXX GLY Id

“II Id ‘ILATX “IOA ‘Seer ‘TeSteg ‘00g ‘sy ‘UMoL ‘TIgMOUO ¥ AIG

Te

é
‘
f
i
:
-
5

a ee ae he ik

46
ee Cer Ye AQIptuaN FT
seacterres sen det hea eetIMIG T.

—_— ees

“''“SOAIND dINSssold

‘9994 ywdey YZ

suounulasgg “W'V OF ‘ $1,862
buobnyyy)
%S2
vs
$8-6¢
v8 , |
ATLINILSIa
AauNS:S3ud J ere est
asodunny, ai a bien uboquennay eZ
LDYIPES
on,
PL. |
08:6¢/
epbnsyr¢ ;} 4
J Gt

v6 . “4 f

"AXE GLVIA "I “4d ‘ITATX ‘TOA ‘eest Tesueg ‘oog ‘sy ummor ‘ZIGNOWO PUMIGHd =

a ed

- a rte

~

~.

EE Oar

“a Pontes

4 NOE Sh

v6

~e . . urna mm yerad ua y,
———————"""" sgamnd ainssel gi

"g8gb mdr 419
suorwnrlasqQ "WY ‘'F OF

ve
j : o<——
a JUNS Saud
o0L
Lobwosgto » ,OL:

/ Ys : #6 06 98
$1.62 |

TAXX GLV Id II “Id ‘ILATX ‘OA ‘gegl ‘TeSteg ‘00g ‘sy ‘uINOL ‘AIGMOUO ¥ UMTAdd

at

pa Aa ae

6
*

" oe ni a ;

‘opeuso) jo puswmadusiUWog ‘opeusoyL JO ISAINOD 3yi UI aguevyo
2p brone
a38 Yanjyaio

oe —

CQ 2 GP B@aAnbe G10

(qedaq gun ydapd”) N
} DUDUYA IIFET

/
2

In GT ‘

aq
ae 4 ym ymos

\

Al

a a es
ath

yn PM UE LOAL

gd 7

"PNOJD Opeuso, 40 adeyg ‘pung pur)jong uo opeusoy jo uo;pY

Opeuso; ui spuilm jo
40139 a41p JUaSsudey 0} Weiseig
“ITAXX G@LV'Td
“IT "4d ‘IIAT *[O ‘ é Sue “90 *s ° ‘
oie. . | X TOA ‘Ses TeAueg “og “sy “MINOL ‘GINO ¥ uRTARa

—_—

es
ae
Qn a gt
a ae Koa
emt : PL
oe LEY

VoovVad
Vu

88ST [lady YI, Jo

OOVNHYOL 943 49 FSUNOD
a4} SuLMoys

WET Ee auryping

\ $2959 w 4 3 =
i WI SAE NE re varia y Xp
abe Mf 0. xX Ho @

3 pee S:
eS SEY

GiIrsvw

4 INYINYS
2 pees A J
Ae gs OM 44 K/ OPOULI2 40
aN = f U'FUIUMITUAUULGY
= M aN AL
se _ SX i

ITIAXXY QLVId —
: IT Yd TIATX TOA ‘Sgel ‘Tesueg ‘oog ‘sy ‘uimor ‘algWwouo F aaTaTa

—

"INOG SVM S9VINVO HONW 3Y3HM siZ WYdV JO OGYNYOL JO WOVWYL SHL JO LYVd LVHL JO NWId GalivisGd

Bed A Oe Vo N Vo | eas

/ Se a ae Sf pPuunpmpza young,
[ee nege a peel Tt

ED ad =
Cah i Dae

“YIXY WTiyid ‘II “4d ‘ITA'TX TOA ‘sa81 ‘Tedueg ‘00g ‘sy ‘usmnor ‘“GIqNOUO ¥ AATCad

1888.] Pedler and Crombie—Tornado which occurred at Dacca, Sc. 185

V1.—On recent Tornadoes in Bengal with special reference to the Tornado
at Dacea on April 7th, 1888. In two Parts. Part I. <A Description
of the Meteorological Conditions in Bengal which accompanied the
Formation of the Dacca Tornado.— By ALEX. Papier, Offg. Meteorologi-
cal Reporter to the Government of Bengal. Part II. A full Description
of the actual Phenomena of the Dacca Tornado.—By A. Cromets,M.D.,
Civil Surgeon of Dacca.

(With Plates XXIV.—X XIX.)
[Received and Read May 3rd, 1888. |
Part T.

Meteorological Conditions accompanying the Dacca Tornado.
By Awurx. PEDLER.

Amongst the very varied meteorological phenomena which are
commonly met with in India or in Bengal, tornadoes are fortunately of
rare occurrence. So rare are they in most countries that few people,
except those living in the United States, ever have an opportunity of
witnessing one. On account of their rarity in India and of the rather
loose manner in which such names as cyclones, whirlwinds, dust-storms,
and nor’-westers are sometimes applied to classes of storms which have
no right to them, it may be well to state that whirlwinds, waterspouts,
tornadoes, dust-storms, and even nor’-westers, are all closely connected
phenomena, differing from each other in such particulars as dimensions
and intensity, or the degree in which the moisture present is condensed
and becomes visible, though more or less closely connected in the causes
which give them birth. Such storms as these are, however, widely
different from true cyclones both in the manner of their formation
and in their phenomena. Thus, the largest tornadoes are vastly smaller
than the smallest cyclones, so that there is no difficulty in distinguish-
ing between the two classes. The cyclones with which we are
familiar in India, and particularly in the Bay of Bengal, are formed
over sea areas when the conditions of pressure are very uniform,
when the air motion is small over the area where the storm forms, and
when the air is of high temperature and nearly saturated with moisture.
The formation of a cyclone is apparently only possible wheu the energy
of the storm can be supplied by the rapid inrush of moisture-laden
winds in large volumes, and the actual formation of it appears to
follow on or to be connected with excessively heavy and torrential
rain over a small area. Again, cyclones take time to generate, and they
are frequently in existence for days before they attain their maximum
strength, and the diameter of the area of hurricane winds is rarely less
than 100 miles. Cyclones are also as a rule slow moving storms in

186 Pedler and Crombie—On the Tornado which [No. 2,

India, averaging perhaps 8 to 10 miles an hour, and they rarely travel
faster than about 15 miles an hour, so that consequently a place visited by
a cyclone remains under its influence usually for some hours ; and, finally,
the whole track of a cyclone may be many hundreds of miles in length.
Tornadoes or whirlwinds, which, perhaps, from their destructive energy,
are alone likely to be confounded with cyclones, are of very different
nature. Itis true, cyclones and tornadoes are both circular storms, and,
in the Northern hemisphere, the rotation of the winds round the centre
of these storms is against the hands of a watch; and in this point they
agree, but they differ in many others. As the result of the examination
of the character of 600 tornadoes in the United States,* their average
size is found to be about 360 yards, the velocity of their progression
about 80 miles an hour, the average time consumed by the tornado
cloud in passing a given point about six minutes, and the average
length of the storm track about 28 miles. Another point in which
tornadoes differ completely from cyclones is that tornadoes have a
distinct diurnal periodicity, usually occurring from 4 to 6 P. M., and
they may occur at any season of the year, while fierce cyclones in the
Bay of Bengal are confined to limited periods of the year, and they can
have, from the nature of the case, no diurnal periodicity at all. It might,
however, be objected that perhaps a tornado might grow to a cyclone,
but up to the present time such an action has never been known to
occur, and thus it must be admitted that there is a sharp line of
demarcation between the two classes of storms.

A tornado, briefly described, is merely a whirlwind of excessive
violence, and the tornado cloud usually takes the shape of a funnel,
though such descriptions as ‘‘ cone-shaped,” “ inverted funnel-shaped, ”
‘“‘ hour-glass-shaped,” &c., sometimes occur. The tornado cloud has
generally four movements (1) a motion of translation which is in most
cases from the south-west to the north-east at perhaps an average rate
of 28 miles an hour, (2) a violent rotating motion, the winds moving
against the hands of a watch, (3) a swinging to and fro, so that the path
of the storm frequently becomes very irregular, and sometimes (4) a
rising and falling motion. With reference to the last movement, torna-
does have been seen by observers to travel actually for some distance
through the air with the lower point of the tornado cloud at a consider-
able distance from the ground and simply to strike the ground from
point to point.

The destructive effects of the tornado seem to be vastly more
violent than those of cyclones, and the area of destruction is most sharp-

* Winley, Professional Papers of U.§. Signal Service, Series No. VII., Washing-

ton,

1888. ] occurred at Dacca on April 7th, 1888, 187

ly defined. The effects of tornadoes are in fact almost ineredible, and
they are due to both lateral and ascensional force. Masonry buildings are
almost ground to powder by the lateral force ; and, with reference to the
uplifting power of tornadoes, it is on record that on June 4th, 1877,*
a tornado passed over Mount Carmel (Illinois) and swept off the spire
vane and gilded ball of a church and carried them bodily 15 miles in
a north-easterly direction.

Previous Tornapors in Buncat.—Tornadoes seem to have been
rather more frequent in Bengal than appears to be commonly supposed,
though, when compared with other regions, such as the United States,
their occurrence may be considered very exceptional. In the United
States, however, sometimes 10 or 12 tornadoes are known to occur in
different districts in a single day, and in the year 1884 no less than
180 tornadoes were recorded by the Meteorological Department in dif-
ferent parts of that country. In Bengal, previous to the year 1870,
there appear to be only two or three well authenticated cases of tornadoes
on record. One occurred on the 8th April in the year 1838 in the
District of the 24-Pergunnas, and it passed close to Calcutta and was
attended with great damage. This storm, which is described by Messrs.
Floyd and Patton, was a very violent one and destroyed several villages.
Its track is rather difficult to trace, but it appears to have passed near
Dum-Dum, through Baliaghata a short distance to the east of Calcutta,
and through Sonarpur S. H. of Caleutta on che South-Eastern State
Railway. Its course was said to be southerly, a very unusual circum-
stance. Its track was roughly 16 miles long by ¢ to 3 a mile broad, and
it lasted for 4 hours. The number of persons killed was 215, and the
wounded, which were numerous, were sent to the Alipur Hospital. An
observer at Dum-Dum Says, one of the hail-stones which fell at that
place during this storm weighed three and a half pounds. In passing,
it may be mentioned that appended to the description of this storm
there isa statement of a mass of ice, apparently a conglomeration of
hailstones, and measuring 19 feet 10 inches, having fallen in the year
1838 at Nowloor near Dharwar.

Another tornado occurred at Pundooah (Hooghly District) on May
Ist, 1865, and is described by Babu Chandra Sekar Chatterjee in the
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. The diameter of its
vortex appears to have been about 200 feet, and its rate of advance
in a north-easterly direction about 10 miles an hour. It occurred at

* Buchan and Balfour Stewart’s article on Meteorology in Encycl. Bri. 19th. Ed.

+ Some of these storms are described in Blanford’s Indian Meteorologist's Vade
Mecum. .

I J.A.S. B., 1888, p. 422. § P. A. S. B., for 1600, p. 124,

188 Pedler and Crombie—On the Tornado which [No. 2,

6 to 6.30 p. M., and, according to the statements made, its track must
have been at least 3 to 4 miles long. It killed 20 persons and did a
large amount of damage. The rotation of the winds in the storm was
against the hands of a clock.

Major Sherwill* in 1860 describes several waterspouts (pheno-
mena of similar nature to tornadoes) which he had observed in and
near Calcutta previous to this date ; and one which occurred on October
"th, 1859, is described by him as having been 1500 feet in height and
having inundated half a square mile of country to a depth of six inches.

These, however, are the only clear cases of such storms I can find in
Bengal previous to 1860. After this date either these storms have be-
come much more numerous, or, as is more probably the case, owing to
the more accurate records kept of such phenomena, our knowledge of
their occurrence has become more complete. Thus, Mr. W. G. Willson,t
formerly Meteorological Reporter to the Government of Bengal, states
there were whirlwinds in April 1871 and September 1872 in the Nadia
District, also a rather severe one at Satkhirat (24-Pergunnas District)
on 25th April, 1872, one at Bhadalia§ (Nadia District) on February Lith;
1874, and another at the same place at 5 p. um. on 16th September 1874.

In the case of the Satkhira storm of April 1872, Mr. Willson con-
sidered that it accompanied, or was in some way connected with, the
passage of a low pressure area through Bengal at the same time, and he
states that the storm moved in the same direction as the trough of low
pressure. This storm, however, was very small and only caused three
deaths.

The most violent storm of this kind in Bengal on record is de-
scribed by Mr. Fasson.|| It occurred in the Mymensingh District on
March 26th, 1875, and it partially destroyed the villages of Uladah and
Chamburi. It seems to have originated over the bed of a large river,
instead of, as is usually the case, over hot plains. In this instance, the
duration of the whirlwind was 20 minutes, the width of its path 250
yards, and the length of its course from formation to dissipation a little
over two miles. Its course was almost exactly from south-west to north-
east, and it occurred just after dusk. The whirlwind seems to have been
accompanied with a fiery appearance or ruddy glare, and, though it was
a storm of great violence, it did comparatively little damage to life and
property, as the greater part of its path was over the open country.

The Dacca tornado now described by Dr. Crombie appears to have
been very similar in character to that which visited the Mymensingh

* J. A. S. B. Vol. XXTX, p. 366. § P. A. S. B. 1875, p. 107.
+ P, A. 8. B. 1875, p. 107. | P. A. S. B. 1875, p. 104,
+ P. A. 8. B. 1872, p. 96.

1888. ] occurred at Dacca on April 7th, 1888. 189

District in 1875, as to size, duration, and general direction, but, as its
track lay through a populous town instead of the open country, the
amount of damage done by it was very large.

METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS USUALLY PRECEDING TORNADOES.—AS will
be seen from the preceding description, the number of tornadoes which
have occurred in Bengal (and probably in India also), and of which ac-
curate records are obtainable, has been far too small to enable any scientific
work to be undertaken as to their causation. In the United States, how-
ever, as previously mentioned, tornadoes are frequent, and, under the
direction of the War Department, the Signal Service of that country has
done most valuable work on these storms. For a full description of the
effects of these storms and of the meteorological conditions which pre-
cede them, the works of Lieutenant John P. Finley may be consulted.*
But even though Mr. Finley has worked out the records of about 800
tornadoes, he has been unable to lay down more than very general state-
ments as to the meteorological conditions which precede such storms,
and, in his last work published in 1885, he states, “The following are
some of the conclusions which appear to proceed from a study of the
relation of tornado-centres to areas of barometric minimum.

1. That there is a definite portion of an area of low pressure with-
in which the conditions for the development of tornadoes are most favour-
able, and this js called the dangerous octant.

2. That there is a definite relation between the position of tornado
regions and the region of high contrasts in temperature, the former lying
to the south and east.

3. That there is a similar definite relation of position of tornado
regions and the region of high contrasts in the dew point, the former
being, as before, to the south and east.

4. That the position of tornado regions is to the south and east of
the region of high contrasts of cool northerly and warm southerly winds,
a condition that appears to be dependent upon the preceding, and is of
use when observations of temperature and dew point are not accessible.

5. The relation of tornado regions to the movement of upper and
lower clouds presents some interesting points for study, but, as yet, no
decided results.

6. The study of the relation of tornado regions to the form of
barometric depressions appears to show, that tornadoes are more frequent
when the major axes of the barometric troughs trend north and south
or north-east and south-west, than when they trend east and west.”

* In such papers as Professional Papers of the Signal Service War Department.
No. IV. Tornadoes of May 29th and 30th, 1879. No. VI. Report on the character
of 600 tornadoes. No. XVI. ‘Tornado Studies for 1884,
25

190 Pedler and Crombie—On the Tornado which [No. 2,

In reference to the connection which Mr. Finley appears to find
between the passage of barometric minima and the possibility of forma-
tion of tornadoes, it will be remarked that Mr. Willson apparently traced
a connection between the two same facts in the case of the Satkhira
tornado of £872.

According to the meteorological charts which accompany Mr. Finley’s
Memoirs, it would appear that the position of the formation of tornadoes
is to the south and east of the line taken during the advance of the
barometric minimum, and that it occupies the same relative position to
the high contrasts of temperature and humidity. Further, it is probable
that the track of the tornado bears a definite relation to the position of
these same violent contrasts. In all these cases, however, it is not to
be assumed that the tornado will be formed in close proximity to baro-
metric minima or to contrasts of temperature and humidity, for the
researches in America show that these actions may only exist long dis-
tances, perhaps 200 or 300 miles, away. Beyond these rather vague state-
ments, it does not appear safe to go, but it is clear there must be some
further cause or causes at work which determine the actual formation
of the storm, but of which at the present time we have no knowledge.

Similar actions or contrasts of temperature and humidity brought
about by more or less opposing wind systems blowing in neighbouring
districts are common in Bengal during the hot weather season. It fre-
quently happens that hot, dry, north-westerly winds may be blowing a
short distance inland, while moist, comparatively cool, southerly or south-
easterly winds are blowing to the south of them, or along the coast and
in the neighbouring districts. Such actions usually, it is believed, pro-
duce the nor’westers with which all are familiar, and which are of very
frequent occurrence in Bengal from about February to June. The history
of some of these storms has been worked out by Mr. Eliot.* Experience
has shown that nor’-westers do not occur either when a steady, hot,
and dry westerly or north-westerly current is blowing over Bengal, or
even when a steady easterly or south-easterly current heavily laden with
moisture is blowing over the Province, as is the case during the rainy sea-
son, but it is required that both currents be present in different districts.
To state the case roughly and very briefly, it is believed that the actual
storm may be formed at the area of interaction by one of two causes.
Bither the moist wind may be forced upwards above the hot, dry current,
when according to well known laws the mass of gas would expand and
cool, and at once deposit a part of its moisture in the form of rain.
This formation of liquid water from aqueous vapour will immediately
set free a large amount of energy, which, perhaps, increases the ascen-

* Indian Meteorological Memoirs, Vol. I, p. 119.

1888. ] occurred at Dacca on April 7th, 1888. 191

sional motion ; and this probably forms an important part in the develop-
ment of the storm and of its well known energy. Or the north-westerly
current which is blowing may suddenly overcome the resistance of the
southerly current, and cool air from the higher regions of the atmos-
phere may force its way downwards to the earth’s surface and cause
similar effects. The formation, however, of these nor’westers appears
to necessitate a considerable amount of air motion, and also that the air
currents shall be of more or less opposite nature.

This, however, does not exhaust the possibilities of storms in India,
and, in many cases, dust-storms, &c. are formed when there are apparently
no Opposing wind systems at work as previously described. Such
storms usually form at considerable distances inland and over highly
heated and dry land surfaces, and their formation is probably due
to the intense heating effect of the sun’s rays on an atmosphere
more or less laden with dust and other solid particles. The immediate
antecedent cause of the formation of such a storm may perhaps
be found in an action which may be best described in the words
of Sir George Airy, who states, ‘“‘ The atmosphere is a viscous gas, and it
is only on this assumption that cyclonic phenomena and the phenomena
of all rotatory storms in the hotter parts of the earth can be explained,
and that in such storms there is a mass of hot air which, from the vis-
cosity of its structure, is not able to rise up for a long time until at last
it rises up witha burst.” It is in fact only by some such action as this
that many of the phenomena of hot weather storms in India can be ex-
plained. If we admit that, over a considerable tract of land, owing to
the heating effect of the sun and the viscosity of the air, there is a
decided increase of pressure, which, after accumulating for a time, is
suddenly relieved, and that in consequence of this relief of pressure the
highly heated air suddenly ascends, then the uprush will, directly the
ascensional motion commences, assume a spiral movement, and there
will be formed in the northern hemisphere a wind rotation probably
against the hands of a watch, similar in fact to that sometimes observed
in dust-storms and usually in tornadoes in the northern hemisphere.
Though these storms can be understood so far, their enormous energy
has not been well accounted for, though many theories and suggestions
have been put forward.

Theories such as have just been very briefly and incompletely
described are advanced to account for the classes of storms which are
frequently met with in India during the hot season of the year, but, from
time to time, perhaps once in five or ten years, the conditions which
usually are only followed by ordinary nor’westers or dust-storms, but
which are more or less violent in their nature, give birth to a whirlwind
or tornado of extreme energy and destructive force. In the case of the

192 Pedler and Crombie—On the Tornado which [ No. 2,

Dacca tornado under discussion, an ordinary nor’wester was actually
in progress when the tornado suddenly appeared in close proximity to,
if not in actual connection with, the storm, but still quite distinct from
it, and moving in its own particular path. This would apparently point
to the fact that the general conditions which produce nor’westers, or
perhaps dust-storms, may with the addition of some cause or causes,
possibly almost accidentally present, also generate tornadoes of a violent
type. What such additional circumstances or causes are which deter-
mine the actual formation of the tornado, it is impossible at present to
say, but it is fortunate for India that the combination of circumstances
required is rare.

The conditions as to great contrasts of temperature and humidity
previously referred to, and the passage of areas of barometric minima
may be looked upon as predisposing causes only, but they clearly cannot
be classed as proximate causes, for such predisposing conditions obtain
very frequently indeed in India, and it is rarely that they are followed
by tornadoes.

Tornadoes are also found in America to be formed frequently
during still or almost calm weather, and there are accounts of observers
having actually seen the formation and growth of a tornado taking place
on an almost perfectly calm but sultry day.* This would perhaps point
to some such action as described before in Sir George Airy’s words
being the possible explanation of their formation; and, if such is the
case, any forecast of their probability from any regular or definite series
of meteorological conditions would become impracticable, for it is mani-
festly impossible to say when any sudden uprush of heated air may take
place over any large and highly heated area, or at what point such action
might occur.

The above statements may perhaps be said to be confessions of an
ignorance more or less complete of the subject of tornado formation, but
such only are the facts at present known.

MerteoroLocicaL CONDITIONS IN BENGAL PREVIOUS TO THE TORNADO.
—The meteorological conditions of the earlier parts of the year do
not call for any particular comment. In fact, the phenomena of the
formation and existence of a tornado are of such a brief and transitory
nature that it would be useless to seek for anything like proximate or
even predisposing causes in the meteorology of the previous months
of the year; so that an extremely brief record will suffice.

January and February were months of the normal cold weather
type in Bengal, and in March the usual rapid increase of temperature

* H. S. Whitfield, Tornadoes in the Southern States, American Journal of
Science, 3rd Series, Vol. II, p. 96 and others.

1888. ] occurred at Dacca on April 7th, 1888. 193

took place, the mean temperature of the province at the end of March
being nearly 10° higher than at the commencement. The winds blow-
ing in the various districts were nearly normal in character; dry wes-
terly and north-westerly winds were reported in the west and north-west
of the province, moist south-westerly and southerly winds were blowing
at the southern stations, and moist south-easterly and easterly winds at
the eastern and at some of the northern stations. In consequence of the
interaction between these wind systems, a considerable number of local
storms or nor’westers occurred, principally about the middle of the
month; these ceased about the 18th of March and weather became fine,
but again on the 27th, without any particular change in the ordinary
conditions, a series of storms set in, very local in character, but some of
which were exceedingly fierce. One, if not two, of these storms appear
to have been whirlwinds or tornadoes. One of them occurred in the
Magura subdivision of the Jessore district, and Mr. F. H. Barrow, C. S.,
Magistrate of Jessore, describes it as follows :—

‘‘T have the honor to report that at sunset of 27th March last, a
hail-storm blew in the Magura subdivision and devastated the villages
Barbhanga, Kukhila, Gobindpore, Nurandia, Ghoranach, Jagdal, and
Dakurbhila. It is described as having risen inthe shape of a whirl-
wind from Kalijir bheel about 2 miles to the south-east of Magura
and blown right across the south over the villages in the order they are
noted. It blew in a cyclonic form, throwing down almost all the huts
and uprooting and smashing extensive bamboo topes and fruit trees,
it is said by thousands. There was a large tank in village Ghora-
nach which supplied drinking water to the inhabitants of the neighbour-
ing villages. This tank has been literally filled with falling trees and
branches, and the water rendered undrinkable.

“‘Four persons died by the fall of trees and huts, and nearly 24
persons, chiefly women, have received hurt.

“The storm has caused great hardship to the inhabitants of the
7 villages named. They have lost almost everything ibey had, and have
no shed to shelter them.”’

The following isa further note by Babu Kali Prasanna Sircar,
Subdivisional officer of Magura.

‘*The tornado blew towards the south, inclining a little towards the
east. It is said that two gusts of wind, one blowing from the east, and
the other from the west, met together at Kalijir bheel, about 2 miles
south of Magura, and then swept across the country. The area affected
is about 7 miles in length and 1 mile in width, and the duration was
about 10 minutes. The people say that the tornado blew in the shape

194 Pedler and Crombie—On the Tornado which [ No. 2,

shewn in the sketch.* It was ushered in by a deep rumbling sound as
of a continuous distant thunder and it lasted about 3 minutes.”

On the same day, 27th March, an extremely violent storm took place
in the Pubna district, which passed over the villages of Barenga, Kalay-
anpore, and many others. The storm is said to have blown from the
north-west and crossed the Brahmaputra and Batabunda over to the
district of Dacca. It seems to have lasted, according to the published
accounts, about half an hour. Many huts and trees were thrown down
and some pucca houses badly injured. More than 20 persons were killed
and about 80 severely injured. No details as to this storm have been
received from the District Officers by the Meteorological Department, the
above facts having appeared in the daily papers, but, so far as can be Judged
by its destructive violence, etc., this storm also must have been a whirl-
wind or tornado, though probably not connected with the Magura storm.

From the 27th of March to the 4th April, again, the meteorological
conditions of the province call for no particular comment, except that
on the Ist there were storms in North Bengal, and on the 4th a few
nor’ westers were reported in Orissa and West Bengal. From the 4th
to the 6th there was an almost complete absence of local storms, and
weather appeared fairly settled. The character of the meteorological
changes which took place in Bengal from the 5th to the 6th of April is
shewn in the following small table :—

Observations taken at 10 a. m. April 6th, 1888.

IS Sala¢ po mite aihel d ila HH
[ob) n!| 2 oO ° 4 o
eeelee | 8. Ble la ds bled Balen
ergo ee Teer le tees aes
SEFly Sk as laslesinS| 8 (Bale! Ee
STATIONS. o° s/o 85] 8 [8 se 4/ba S |e sie} a b
HoT lo2 ,| SE IES] Slat) s+ [hal AS [eae
ge o|eo8) Se ERIGEas| = lgfls|a lene
SoblSee/ RS (Ss) sla) # Lezlsl 2 less
os £2 Se le eal EF. JF |3)Pgie
|
False Point ... | 29°848|]— 024} 87:4 | 77-6) 85:3) 78 | S.S.W. | 11 |3/Nil. | Fine.
Hazaribagh .e- | 29°764) — 023 | 94°5 | 69°9/91°7; 0} N.W 12 | O|Nil. | Fine.
Patna... .. | 29°758}—:004| 99°7 | '70°2|94°7| 9 W. 7 |O|Nil. | Fine.
Saugor Island ... | 29°838) Nil. | 90°2 | 80-0) 85:9} 78 | S.S.W. | 19 | 6 |Nil. | Fine.
Calcutta .. .. | 29°831| +022] 97°5 | 752) 86-4] 68 | S.S.W. 4 |0|Nil.} Fine.
Jessore ... .-. | 29°838] + -032 | 100°8 | 76:3) 90°C] 64 | S.S.W. 3 | 0 (Nil. | Fine.
Furreedpore _... | 29°868|+°005| 88°5 | 76°9| 87°©| 65 S. 5 | O (Nil. | Fine.
Chittagong ... | 29°897| +032 | 88°8 | 743) 86") 68 | S.S.W. | 8 |3|Nil. | Fine:
Dacca. ss ... |29°820/4°012] 94-1 | 77-0) 86:7; 70) S.W. 8 | O!Nil. | Fine.
Mymensing sae oO O2el cas 90°0 | 76:1] 85:2} 63 | S.E. 6 |2|Nil. | Fine.
Serajgunge .«« | 29°800) + 021] 99°0 | 71°7| 90°7| 44 | S.S.W. | 5 |O|Nil.| Fine.
Dhubri ... ... |29°801] +°059| 95°6 | 69:7) 84:9] 44 | W.S.W.| 6 |O/Nil. | Fine.
Bogra... ... | 29°777) 4-030 )100°3 | 71-8) 94°5| 21 | S.W. 6 |O|Nil. | Fine.
Dinagepore ... | 29°756) + "020 | 99:1 | 65°7) 96°3) 11 | S.W. 6 | O|Nil. Sultry.
Rampore Beauleah| 29-790} — :009 | 98°4 | 66°7/ 95:6) 23 | S.W. 4 |O|Nil. | Fine.
Berhampore __ ... | 29°810}/+°018 | 101°2 | 72°3)94°5| 18 | S.S.W. | 6 |O|Nil. | Fine.

|

* The diagram given is very similar to the shape of an apple.

1888. | occurred at Dacca on April 7th, 1888. 195

The observations contained in the above table, with those of a good
many other stations, are charted on a small map (Pl. XXIV.) on which
are drawn the lines of equal pressure reduced to sea-level, which are
shewn by continuous lines, the lines of equal humidity in broken lines,
and those of equal temperature at 10 A. m. by dotted lines ; but in the
last case the temperatures are not reduced to their sea-level equivalents,
for the majority of stations which are shewn are in the plains of Bengal,
and do not therefore differ very much in height above sea-level, and, for
the purposes required in this paper, it does not appear that such a correc-
tion is necessary. The observations prove clearly that, so far as atmos-
pheric pressure was concerned, the changes were very small, and did not
denote that there was any particular disturbance going on in Bengal.
On the previous day, the 5th, the observations taken over the whole of
India for the India Weather Report had shewn that pressure was falling
over part of Orissa and th2 neighbouring parts of the Central Provinces,
while over the whole of Bengal and Behar pressure was rising. On the
6th April, or the day under review, pressure was falling decidedly over
Chutia Nagpur and parts of Orissa, while it was still rising over the
remainder of the Province, particularly in East and North Bengal.
Owing to these changes, a shallow area of comparatively low pressure
appears to have formed over parts of West Bengal and Chutia N agpur,
though the lowest pressures in the province were actually recorded in
Behar and North Bengal. On this day also, the isothermal lines repre-
senting differences of 5° are very close to each ‘other, particularly over
parts of North Bengal, shewing that there were great contrasts of tem-
perature over limited areas. The broken lines shewing equal degrees of
humidity are also very close over Hast and North Bengal, and, while
such stations as Berhampore, Rampore Bauleah, Bogra, Dinagepore,
and the area to the west shew generally humidities below 20 per cent.,
only 50 to 100 miles to the east of this area, humidities of about 70 per
cent. were generally reported. .

The distribution of the humidity and the wind directions over the
Province as laid down in the chart for the day (Pl. XXIV.) shew
most clearly that two very distinct wind currents were principally
affecting Bengal. There was an exceptionally dry westerly current
blowing from the centre of India over Behar, Chutia N agpur, and
West Bengal, and even penetrating as far as North Bengal, for winds
were more or less westerly with very low humidity at Bogra, Dinage-
pore, and Rungpore. At the southern stations, a strong and very moist
southerly wind from the Bay of Bengal was blowing, giving, in com-
bination with the westerly winds from Central India, a south-westerly
breeze over considerable parts of the centre of the Province, while north-

196 Pedler and Crombie—On the Tornado which [No. 2,

easterly winds were blowing down the Assam valley, and reached as far
as Julpiguri in North Bengal. The limit on this day of the area of the
action of the moist southerly winds may be said to be defined by a
curved line running through Balasore, Calcutta, Jessore, and Mymen-
singh ; and near this line and to the north and west of it, the contrasts
of temperature and humidity were exceptionally large.

The following table gives again some of the principal meteorolo-
gical observations taken in Bengal on the morning of the 7th April 1888.

Observations taken at 10 a. m. April 7th, 1888.

O- a i) —) he

8 | 8 és | 3 = x j

oe a ee abe z

oe | 8 2/8/83 —

cata gohan ay oy S és : q (8 State of

STATIONS. 5 - zs er ey ad & b |t weather for

Oo a Behe de 1S ae = 19 previous 24

“ae | Se = ie lade inkl b=) hours.

Se git oh! OPMENT ay ds gets lah, iE Oe eeh Ble

Po | wo a a a ee Blas

mn aA au o ts; . re) TO

Oo ® aren ia qd < /q A a 4/218

4 aa oS Rey S B a eo L213

es Ss) el ets ie E E |O|ra
False Point .. | 29°815] -- 033 | 86°9) 77-6) 85°3)74) S.S.W. | 14 | O|. | Dust Haze.
Hazaribagh .. {| °716/—.048] 98:5] '72°8) 92:2) 81 S.S.W. | 9 | O Fine.
Patna... a *711|—.047 | 102°9| 73:2| 98°3/16] W. 5 | Ol. Clear.
Saugor Island... 795) — .043 | 89°7| 80°5| 85:9/76] S.S.W. | 22 | 4/.. Fine.
Calcutta... ...| °767/~.064| 96°5/77-2|86-9/70| S.w. | 7 | 2l... s
Jessore ... we | °773) — ,065 | 102°0) 784 89 4/68} ~~ S.. 4 | Of... ys
Furreedpore ... °858/— 010] 88:5! 76-4) 880/63 S. Dy} Oleg ‘3
Chittagong ...| °873/-.024] 87-9] 75°5| 85-7165] 8. 7 ae ‘
Dacca -.. we | °779|~ .041 | 94°5) 76:2) 86°7/72| S.S.W. | 10 | 2). Zz
Mymensing we | °780/—.043| 90:3] 75-6] 84°7/68] S.S.E. | 5 | 5).. a
Serajgunge «| °741)—.059 | 100°0} 73°7| 89°5/59] S.S.E. | 6] OQ... 3
Dhubri ... nae *740|— .061| 96°7| 67°8] 84°7/59| Calm. 5 | 4l.. Clear.
Bogra ss «| °710|— .067 | 101°9] 746] 91:°5|/58} W.S.W.| 6 | 0 Hot wind.
Dinagepore a *703| — .053 | 101°1| 66-2) 99-8/13} W.S.W.| 7 | O)...| Very sultry.
Rampore Beauleah| *740/—.050] 100°4| 70°7| 89°6/64| —S. 5 | Ol... Fine.
Berhampore _... 738] — .072 | 103°2| 75°3| 90 4/63} S.W. FeO Foggy.

On this day, there was again only a slight change in the pressure,
and the barometer fell by about 0°03” to 0°07” over the whole province.
The most rapid fall of pressure took place at such stations as Calcutta,
Kishnagar, Jessore, Berhampore, Serajgunge, Bogra, and Dhubri, appa-
rently pointing to the advance of the feeble area of low pressure from
Chutia Nagpur and West Bengal towards Central and North Bengal.
The area of comparatively low pressure was, however, a feeble one, but
it is shewn distinctly in P]. XXV. by the shape of the isobars for the
day, that for 29°75" dipping down rapidly to the south and including a
large part of the centre of the Province. There was no particular
change of pressure at Dacca or at any of the neighbouring stations

1888. ] occurred at Dacea on April 7th, 1888. 197

in any way differing from the general atmospheric oscillation which was
taking place over Bengal, and no indication of any kind was given of
the possible formation of any violent storm over this area. So far then
as the pressure indications go, it would appear that the extremely
feeble comparatively low pressure area which on the 6th was over
Chutia Nagpur and West Bengal was advancing slowly in a north-
easterly or easterly direction, and it is certain that the pressure at
some of the stations in the centre of the Province, particularly at
Kishnagar or between that station and Berhampore, was distinctly low.
At Kishnagar indeed the fall of pressure in the 24 hours preceding
10 a. mM. of the 7th was 0:074 inch, while at Berhampore it was
0°072 inch. |

A glance at Pl. XXV., representing the meteorology of this day,
will again shew the very marked contrasts of temperature and humidity
which existed over the centre and north of the Province, and particu-
larly in North and Central Bengal, where high temperature with low
humidity and low temperature with high humidity existed within a few
miles of each other. Thus at 10 A. M. at Dinagepore temperature was
99°8° and humidity was 13 per cent., while at Rungpore, a few miles to
the east north-east, temperature was 88°4° and humidity 45 per cent.
At Nya Dumka temperature was 97:9° and humidity 13 per cent., and
at Berhampore, afew miles to the east, temperature was 90°4° and humi-
dity 63. It will, however, be noticed that this area of great contrasts of
temperature and humidity had advanced much further north than it was
on the 6th. In fact, when comparing the humidities and wind directions
at the various stations on the two days, it is seen that on the 7th the
moist southerly wind current had advanced rapidly over Central and
part of North Bengal, and had either forced back the dry westerly wind
before it, or had pushed its way under it, and thus on this day there is
no doubt that the moist current from the Bay of Bengal made its
influence felt as far as Berhampore, Rampore Beauleah, Bogra, Maldah,
and Rungpore, but that it had failed to reach as far north as Dinagepore.
This fluctuation in the area affected by these winds is unusually large
and well marked, but, as will be seen subsequently, the observations of
the 8th April shewed that this northerly advance of the moist southerly
winds was purely temporary, and by the morning of the 8th the moist
winds had been completely driven back to their former position. Such
large oscillations as these point most unmistakeably to a most disturbed
state of the atmosphere, and it will be remembered that, on the evening
of this day, the tornado at Dacca happened.

The following table contains some of the principal meteorological
observations taken in Bengal on the morning of the 8th April :—

26

198 Pedler and Crombie—On the Tornado which [No. 2,

Observations taken at 10 a. m. April 8th, 1888.

ie ras
| 8 | oF | S 8 |

Q ® on Pal

Sale e lene a

Oo n wa Pp =} Oni 5

ate : 5 S E zi Fe F State of

SravIons. o.8 | & a | & | & | d |i weatheans

aie ® g g Si i) Bales previous 24

Deshi et ak |p Senki Sel Be nee hana

Bl od we allt ale eshte dete

See eteet gies el ee ee lela

BS Wp Ree! detains (Peru) ai « Balti og

ea Sofi cla as eS ae Ata AS Sa =

= (CS) Ss |a|a |o EE E\O| 4
False Point w+ | 29°768 ~ 047 | 86°4: 789 ae S.S.W. |21] 0 Dust Haze.
Hazaribagh ; “761| + .045 | 101°3| 70°5| 85-6] 44 W. |18) 0 Strong wind.
Patna A *695) — .016 | 1049) 73:2) 90°6| 8} W. 6} O Clear.
Saugor Island ...{ °767|—.028) 89°7| 81-5) 85°4)79| S.W. |27| 0 Fine.
Calcutta or *733| — .084 | 93°5| 72°7| 92°4|22| W.S.W. | 6] 0 sg
J essore Bes "754|— 019! 99:1) 747; 92°2)40| N.W. | 4} 0 -
Furreedpore .. 865] + .007 | 88°5) 77:9) 87°5|61) _—sS. BOs! ee
Chittagong sik *803|— .070| 87:7| 74:0) 83°4/76, S.S.H. | 9} O} .. ee
Dacca oA, "714 — .065 | 92:9) 75:2) 867/75} S.W. {12} 1/0°36| Tornado.
Mymensing Bo *699|— .081 | 90:2) 73:4! 86°6/67| S.S.E. | 8] 3] ... Fine.
Serajgunge is °676| — .065 | 101°3| 73 7| 89°5/51] W S.W. | 7| O} .
Dhubri eee °665|— .075 | 99°4| 69:2] 84-6160] N.N.E. | 7] 1] . Clear.
Bogra Bet *660} — .050 | 1043} 73°8| 93:1/27| Ww. 6} O] . High wind.
Dinagepore sin *709| + .006 | 100°6| 69-1| 95°8/10| W.S.W. |10} 0 Very sultry.
Rampore Beauleah| °*680/—.060 | 101°4' 69°7| 93°6|27; S.W. | 4) Ol]. Fine.
Berhampore... "712| — .026 | 104°7| 743] 93:5/17) W.S.W. | 5} O} . u

It will be noticed in these observations that there had been a deci-
dedly rapid fall of the barometer at Rampore Beauleah, Mymensing,
Serajgunge, Dhubri, and Bogra, while at Saugor Island, Jessore, Calcutta,
Berhampore pressure had fallen only slightly. The slight area of com-
paratively low pressure which was in Central Bengal on the 7th April
appears to have again advanced in a north-easterly direction and to have
slightly intensified, and on this day a very distinct low pressure area
existed in North Bengal, and was represented by such stations as Rung-
pore, Bogra, Serajgunge, Mymensingh, and Dhubri. The marked con-
trasts of temperature and humidity still existed over the north and
centre of the Province, but scarcely to such an extent as on the 7th, and
the lines in Pl. XXV. shewing the increase of temperature by 5° and of
humidity by 25 per cent. on this day are still rather close. The most
important feature is, however, the change which is seen in the condition
of the centre of the province when the humidity and wind directions are
considered together, and, as already indicated, the moist southerly wind
which had advanced rapidly over the country from the 6th to the 7th
had been forced back between the 7th and the 8th with apparently

1888. ] occurred at Dacca on April 7th, 1888. 199

more than equal rapidity, and in fact the southerly winds had been
pushed back much further than they had previously advanced, for on
this day their action was confined only to the area to the east of a
curved line represented by such stations as Saugor Island, Burrisaul,
Fureedpore, Serajgunge, and Dhubri. It is therefore clear that there
must have been a most unusual and rapid increase in the strength of
the dry westerly wind current on the 7th to have overcome the resistance
of the strong southerly current in such a complete manner, and the
actions of these opposing winds seem to be by far the most important
facts in the meteorology of the period, 6th to 8th of April, during which
the tornado was formed.

These changes in the areas aifected by either the very dry westerly
or the very moist southerly current are best shewn by placing in a table
the humidities recorded at 10 a.m. at the various stations affected
on each day from April 6th to the 9th inclusive.

Table shewing the Saturation of air with moisture.
Complete saturation = 100.

April | April April. April
DIsTRICT. STATION. 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th,
1888. 1888. 1881. 1888.

Motihari fi: 14 16 6 6

Behar Arrah .is . 13 64, 10 11
Bankipore des 9 16 8 i}

Chutia Nagpur .. | Hazaribagh “Ep 0 8 4, 5
Calcutta Sh 68 70 22 13

Burdwan eee 45 60 14 10

Peas West Bengal ... | Berhampore aes 18 63 17 15
Jessore ... oe 64 68 40 50

(| Chittagong mi 68 65 76 79

} Burrisaul Se 72 T3 73 56

East Bengal --4 | Fureedpore ide 65 63 61 32
|| Dacca ... sine 70 72 75 50

| Mymensingh =m 63 68 67 18

{| Bogra. ... i: 21 58 27 14,

| | Rampore Beauleah... 23 64 27 18

North Bengal «4 | Maldah.., tae 31 49 26 27
| | Dinagepore vive 11 13 10 7
| Rungpore Tr 16 45 45 21

The figures contained in this table may be more clearly grouped
into three districts: first, that to the west and north of the province,
second, that to the east and south, and, third, the district in the centre of
the province dividing the two. Arranged in this way the figures shewn
in the following table are obtained, and it will be seen that over the third
of these divisions, or over the area through which the barometric minimum

200 Pedler and Crombie—On. the Tornado which [No. 2,

passed and to the south-east of which the tornado was formed, there were
from the 6th to the 8th the most striking and excessive changes in
humidity.

AVERAGE Humipity—SaTuRATION = 100.

DISTRICT.

April 6th. | April 7th. | April 8th. | April 9th.

A.—Stations in Behar, Chutia Nag-

pur, and North Bengal acted on

by dry wind current ... 16 40 18 14
B.—Stations in South and South East

Bengal ... 64 67 54 39
C.—Average of Stations, Berhampur,

Rampur Beaulah, and Bogra

representing an area ina N.E,

direction over which apparent-

ly the barometric minimum

passed and to the south east

of which the tornado was

formed ... “K 21

; 62 24, 16
Difference between. B, & 0. oe 43

3) 30 23

These rapid changes of humidity necessitate equally rapid changes
in the air currents affecting the areas, and it is therefore clear that, in
Central and North Bengal, or to the north north-west and west of the
position in which the tornado was formed, or at all events in which it
made itself felt during the period 6th to 8th April,

1. There were rapid changes in the areas affected by two wind
currents of almost opposite nature. |

2. There were great contrasts of temperature and hymidity at
neighbouring stations over the same area,

3. There is evidence to shew that there was a shallow area of
comparatively low pressure, or a barometric minimum, which passed in
a north easterly direction through the centre of the Province from the
6th to the 8th April, or at the time of the formation of the Dacca storm,
In other words, the Dacca tornado was formed to the south-east of the
track of a feeble low pressure area, and to the south-east of great con-
trasts of humidity and temperature, as is always found to be the case in
America by Mr. Finley and others. But, as before stated, these can only
be predisposing causes, and what the immediate cause of the formation
of the storm may have been it is impossible to say ; and, though it is con-
ceivable that the violent fluctuations of the opposing air currents above
referred to may be insome distant way connected with its causation, or
with rendering the formation of such a storm extremely probable, yet it
is clear we are far from having arrived at its actual cause.

1888. } occurred at Dacca on April 7th, 1888. 201

The excellent exhaustive description of the tornado at Dacca which
follows this paper is contributed by Dr. A. Crombie, Civil Surgeon of
that place. The track of the storm as given by Dr. Crombie shews
that the statement of the meteorological observer at Dacca that the storm
passed through the compound of that observatory, which was pub,
lished in the Calcutta Gazette in the Report on the Meteorology of
Bengal for the week ending the 138th of April, was incorrect; and
it is clear that the storm track was some little distance from the
meteorological observatory.

The storm in its destructive effects seems to have been strictly
confined to a very sharply defined area, and not to have had even an
outer circle of very strong winds, for Mr. H. F. Mondy, Professor of
Science, Dacca College, writes :—

‘“‘ Phere was nothing of a remarkable nature to indicate its coming.
One of the usual not very violent storms was known to be coming, but
nothing more. Nor were there any very violent winds outside of its
track. [I live on the river side and was in my verandah the whole while,
not 100 yards from its track on the river side, the river running here
about W. 30° N., and not a stone’s throw from Hdward’s house (one of
those injured though apparently not quite in the track of the storm),
which lies N. 20° W. from here, but the wind even at this short distance
was by no means strong. Yet while I was in the verandah and watched
the approach of the storm from the other side of the river, the whole
of@ie tremendous havoc was done just to the N. W. of us.”

The track of the tornado, which is most fully described in Dr,
Crombie’s paper and is also illustrated by diagrams, appears to have been
mainly in an east-south-easterly direction while passing through Dacca,
but if Dr. Crombie’s surmise is correct that the same tornado after-
wards visited the Moonsheegunje District, then its path must have
changed to south after rising from the Sankari Bazar. This may un-
doubtedly have been the case, but there is however nothing impossible
in the counter suggestion that the tornado which visited the Moonshee-
gunje District was a second one, In America, eleven separate tornadoes
within a comparatively small area have been known to occur on a single
day, and thus it is quite possible that, with the favorable conditions for
the formation of such storms which must have obtained in the Dacca
District on the 7th of April, two or even more of such storms might
have originated. The time at which the storm visited the Moonshee-
gunje District and the known rate at which the Dacca storm was
travelling perhaps favour Dr. Crombije’s view.

It is also desirable in connection with the subject of tornadoes in
Bengal to place on record an account of another small storm which

202 Pedler and Crombie—On the Tornado which [No. 2,

visited the Hooghly District on the evening of April 27th. The small
town which was visited is close to Serampore, and only about 16 or 17
miles north of Calcutta. The account is written by Mr. F. W. Duke,
C. S., Subdivisional officer of Serampore, and the report was submitted
to Mr. Toynbee, Magistrate of Hooghly, by whom it was communicated
to the Meteorological Department.

The following is Mr. Duke’s letter, which is dated April 28th, 1888.

‘“‘T have the honor to report that early this morning I was informed
by the Police that yesterday evening Bhudressur had been visited by
a tornado, and that the Police outpost had been blown down and much
damage, accompanied by loss of life, had been done.

‘‘ Accompanied by the Assistant Superintendent of Police I pro-
ceeded to Bhudressur, and found that a tornado apparently under the
form of a whirlwind from right to left had entered the south-eastern
part of the town from the river about 8 o’clock yesterday evening. It
proceeded north-west by north, and having travelled about 13 miles
finally left north-east about the northern part of Bhudressur disappearing
in the river—as it had come. The breadth of its course was about 200
or 300 yards on land from the shore and the centre and point of greatest
violence about the line of the river-bank near the Gunge. It was
stated that the tornado was preceded by a booming sound: its total
duration is estimated at from 3 to 6 minutes. The violence of the wind
must have been inconceivable, many large trees were blown down, and
the Grand Trunk Road was completely blocked by them this morning.
Many thatched houses, probably some score, were blown down—the tiled
part of the town was completly stripped, and the streets were full of
fallen tiles. In the town four people were killed by the falling of houses,
and many more or less injured. Both the regular outpost and the
Police barracks entirely collapsed, all the Police papers and records
being buried in the outpost. Most of the constables were in the barracks
when they fell in, but all succeeded in struggling out, scratched and
bruised itis true, but without broken bones.

‘“‘ Along the river bank, however, the force of the wind had been
most tremendous. In several cases boats of 500 maunds’ burden had
been picked out of the water and thrown over to the bank. I saw a
shattered dinghi which had been blown up on to a tree which had first
been partially blown down. Another dinghi had been picked out of the
water, blown across 15 or 20 yards of chur, and on to the upper part of
a high pucca-ghat. A 500 maund boat had been docked for repairs and
the manjhis had built a temporary shelter behind it, the boat was lifted
by the storm, turned on end and thrown over the shelter, crushing it to
nothing and killing two men init, the boat itself being crushed out

1888.] occurred at Dacca on April 7th, 1888. 203

absolutely flat by the violence of the fall. In another case a large boat
was blown up the river-bank, and is now blocking a road within the
Gunge. In all as far as I could ascertain, 7 persons had been killed, 3
were missing apparently in the river—nine persons were seriously in-
jured; of these eight were put in a boat and brought to Serampore, and
an unascertained number had sustained slight injuries. The material
damage I have as yet no means of estimating ; when accurate figures are
available on mortality, injuries and losses, I will forward them. Tempor-
ary accomodation must be provided for the Police. The outpost and
barracks are utterly laid waste, and quite beyond repair.”

PART IT.

An account of the Dacca Tornado of the 7th of April, 1888.
By Dr. A. Cromsig, Civil Surgeon of Dacca.

There can be no question that the storm which wrecked a portion
of Dacca jon the evening of the 7th of April, 1888, was a tornado or
whirlwind. The evidences of its nature are quite conclusive. They
consist in observations of the directions in which objects which it en-
countered have been thrown down or distorted. The objects which
give the most unmistakable evidence are walls running at right angles
to the track of the tempest, trees, especially plantain trees, the pinnacles
of mats and masjids, and kutcha huts; and the experiences of persons
who were stationed at or near the vortex as it passed over them.

A tornado is a whirling wind rotating at an enormous speed, and
advancing rapidly at the same time, along a more or less straight line.
For convenience of description, such a whirlwind may be said to have
four radii, an anterior in advance of the vortex, a posterior behind the
vortex, and two lateral radii at right angles to the centre line of the
track of the storm. All objects situated directly in the centre line of
the track will be driven in a direction at right angles to that line, in one
direction by the anterior radius, and in the opposite direction by the
posterior radius, while objects situated near the sides of the track will
be carried or driven forwards on one side, and backwards on the other,
in relation to the track of the tempest. One of these lateral radii, that
which carries objects in the same direction as that in which the tempest
is advancing, may be called the advancing lateral radius, while the
opposite which drives objects in the opposite direction may be called
the retrograding lateral radius.

In the diagram shown as Fig. A., Pl. XXVII., AB is the line taken
by the vortex in its advance, C is the vortex, the circle FLEK represents
the whirling of the wind round the vortex ©. The arrows indicate

204 Pedler and Crombie—On the Tornado which [No 2,

the direction in which it is rotating, CE is the anterior radius, CF the
posterior radius; Cli is the advancing, and CK the retrograding lateral
radius. It is obvious that all objects at E.will be blown to the left, all
objects standing at I will be blown to the right of the line AB, while all
objects at L will be driven forward, and all at K, backwards ; it is also.
obvious that, as the circle moves up the line AB, they will encounter first
the force of the wind at H, and be knocked over to the left, and only those
which have withstood the wind at E will encounter the wind at F as the
tempest advances, and only these will be driven to the right. If the
line AB happen to be an unprotected stone wall; it is clear that; as the
storm proceeds, the whole of that stone wall will be thrown to the left
by the wind at right angles to the anterior radius, none of it will be
thrown to the right by the wind at F, because it will probably have
previously been demolished by the wind at H. If, however, the wall be
placed in the line KL at right angles to the line of progress of the
storm, all to the right of the vortex will be thrown down forwards
by the advancing lateral radius of the whirlwind, while all to the left
will be thrown down backwards by the retrograding lateral radius.
This was clearly indicated by the storm of the 7th of April. It struck
the Buckland Bund nearly at a right angle about 90 paces above the
Nawab’s palace. Here there was a garden having a south and a north
wall both running parallel to the Bund, and therefore at right angles to
the line of the advancing storm. The south wall, next the Bund, was
low, but topped by an ornamental cast iron railing, and the north wall was
about 10 feet high. To the east of a certain point, the cast iron railing
on the south wall was driven into the garden by the wind on the ad-
vancing lateral radius CL, while all to the west of the same point was
driven on to the Bund by the retrograding wind on the radius CK.
The north wall was treated in the same way. All to the east of a
certain point, directly opposite the point on the south wall, was driven
forwards into the compound of the house being built for Sulimullah
Miya, while all to the west of that point was driven by the retrograd-
ing lateral wind backwards into the garden. The corresponding points
of these two walls showed precisely where the vortex of the tornado
passed over them, and fixed the track of the vortex at this part of its
course; and the way in which these two walls fell was alone sufficient,
if no other evidence had been forthcoming, to prove that this storm
was a tornado, and also that the wind was circling from right to left,
as in the diagrams I have drawn. The action of the storm on this part
of the Buckland Bund is shown in Fig. B., Pl. XXVII. Unfortunately
- other evidence was only too plentiful. On the opposite bank, the storm
had, before crossing the river, burst through a belt of trees, some 300

1883. ] occurred at Dacca on April 7th, 1888. 205

yards in breadth in which was concealed a Muhammadan village. All
the trees on the east side of the track of the tempest were lying directed
towards the river in a northerly direction, all on the west side were
directed southwards, inland, away from the river. The former had
been broken or uprooted by the advancing lateral radius, the latter by
the retrograding lateral radius. In the centre of the track, where they
had been exposed to the anterior radius, and afterwards to the posterior
radius as well as to the inner lateral radii, nothing but stumps were
left; for it is clear that, while all objects outside the lines MN and OP (in
Fig. A., Pl. XXVIT) will be exposed to only one wind force, an advancing
one in the case of OP, or a retrograding one in that of MN, those within
those lines will be exposed to three out of the four wind forces in action.
Thus, an object situated in the line RS will be first thrown to the left by
the wind forces after they have passed the line CE, then subjected to a
retrograde force on the line CK, and will afterwards be tossed to the
right by the wind forces approaching CF. It was thus that the tornado
ground its way through the Nawab’s palace and through the masonry
houses between his palace and the main street of the town.

For these reasons, when the tornado is passing over masonry build-
ings, it will appear as if most of the destruction near the centre of the
track had been done by a wind blowing from right to left, because the
wind forces at right angles to CH, the anterior radius, are the first to
come in contact with them. They are immediately thrown down to the
left and remain there undisturbed by the subsequent rotatory winds
which pass over them. So it is with plantain trees, which do not snap
across, but bend and break and lie down flat, retaining their connection
with the root by a short stump. But with hard wood trees, and with
kutcha huts and furniture, it is different. They are first carried to the
left by the wind force near the anterior radius, and afterwards lifted and
carried from left to right by the forces on the posterior radius. Thus,
it was not uncommon for the roof of A’s house to be carried into B’s.
compound, and immediately afterwards B’s roof to be lifted and deposit-
ed in A’s compound. So in the Nawab’s house an almirah in one room
was carried through a doorway into another room, and from the latter
a writing-table was carried through another doorway into the former
room. These interchanges only take place near the centre of the track.

The tornado of the 7th of April began its destructive course at the
extreme west end of the Municipal limits. Its exact method of com-
mencement will be described further on. Here the houses are built on
an old river bank, the bank of the old bed of the Buriganga, which at
this season is here a mere khal. This old river bank is continuous in a
nearly straight line with the present bed of the Buriganga, which now

27

206 Pedler and Crombie—On the Tornado which [No. 2,

approaches the town at the old Muhammadan Fort, the Lalbagh, just
above the Water-works, at an obtuse angle to its old course, which was
nearly straight from Hazaribagh on the west to Fatula a village 6
miles down the Narainganj road on the south-east. At the extreme
west end of Hazaribagh is a mosque, Fakirni-ka-masjid. From this
mosque a Slightly sinuous road runs as far as the Lalbagh at an average
distance of 300 feet from the old river bank. There are houses on both
sides of the road, but at first they are chiefly between the road and the
river bank. They are nearly all mat huts, the only masonry buildings
being mosques: for this part of Dacca is Muhammadan, Afterwards, as
the road runs successively through the mohullas called Inayatgunj,
Nawabgunj, and Amligolah, pucka houses become more and more
numerous, and in Amligolah, which is close to the Lalbagh, the majority
of the houses are of this nature, and the inhabitants are mostly Hindu.

The first clear signs of the rotatory nature of the tempest occurred in
an orchard to the north-east of Fakirni-ka-masjid, and close to it on the
north side of the road referred to, Here there are remains of a clump
of plantain trees thrown down and twisted in all directions clearly
showing that they were in the vortex itself. Around this clump of
plantains there was a fine old plantation chiefly of mangoes and jacks.
The branches of all the trees to the north are broken off and thrown to
the west, those on the south are thrown to the east, and several of the
largest of them are uprooted bodily, and are now lying prone in the
same directions, showing that even here the storm was already, in the
very beginning of its manifestations, one of great violence. The
masjid itself had only a few bricks disturbed, and the lie of the broken
trees to the south-west of it was towards the north-east.

From this point to the north-east of Fakirni-ka-masjid, the vortex
travelled in a south-easterly direction, crossing the road at an acute
angle, and from that point continued its course between the road and the
old river bank destroying every kutcha hut in this portion of Dacca.
All the indications given were as above. Hverything to the right of the
vortex, that is, on the river bank itself was broken and laid low ina
forward direction towards the east. There the advancing lateral radius
was at work, while, on the road and to the north of it, all the indications
were in an opposite direction, the work of the retrograding lateral
radius. Between the river bank and the road, where the winds on the
anterior and posterior radii were at work in opposite directions, there
was mere confused destruction.

As the whirlwind passed eastwards along Inayatgunj, it gradually
edged more and more towards the old bed of the river. This was pro-
bably due to the greater resistance offered to the forces on the left of

1888. ] occurred at Dacca on April 7th, 1888. 207

the line AB (Pl. XXVIL., Fig. A.) than to those on the right. This was
also the direction in which it originally started, but the continued resis-
tance on the left no doubt helped to force it more and more to the right.

The storm passed well to the right of the pucka house of Babu
Kailash Chandra Das, a Municipal Commissioner, which was not dis-
turbed, and, at the Hlephant ghat below the Philkhana, the vortex was
actually down in the old bed of the river. The road from the Phil-
khana to the Hlephant ghat here crosses the track of the tornado at a
right angle. On the west side of this road, on the old bank of the river,
is a small Hindu temple, and there stood a tall Jagarnath Car; along
the west side of the road was a brick wall. The brick wall and the
Jagarnath Car were thrown down to the west, and the east corners of
the temple were torn away, and the bricks thrown to the west into the
compound, clearly showing that they had been caught by the retrograd-
ing lateral radius, and that the vortex was therefore to the right or south
of them as in the diagram, Pl. XXVII., Fig. C. At this point of its
course, the Khedda Sergeant’s house was beyond the influence of the
tornado, and the houses on either side of the road leading from Hazari-
bagh were undisturbed, but, on a spur of land lying to the south of
the old river bed, the branches of trees and the plantains were broken
and lying eastwards, as they had been caught by the advancing lateral
radius of the whirlwind.

At this point of its course, the tornado bade fair to pass out into
the open maidan lying to the south of Nawabgunj, that is to say, in
the direction of least resistance, its vortex being already in the old river
bed. But it is evident that a great barometric depression had formed
to the north of its course. This was no doubt due to the constant
sucking action of the wind forces on the retrograding (left) lateral and
the posterior radi. It is clear, I think, that there must always be in«
creased barometric pressure to the front of a tornado and on its advanc-
ing radius, and a barometric depression outside the retrograding and
posterior radii and behind it in its track. However that may be, it is
evident that, immediately after passing the Klephant ghat, there was a
great barometric depression to the north of the whirlwind, for the
vortex suddenly moved to the left (north), and at the same time a great
hurricane from the north crashed through the trees, from a point to the
east of the Philkhana, and joined in the revel of the tornado, the vortex
of which was now near, if not on the main road through Nawabgunj.

The evidences of this great indraught are quite distinct. As you
drive from the Lalbagh to the main gate of the Philkhana (Hlephant
depot) by aroad which is roughly parallel, but 600 yards to the north of,
the path of the tornado, there are all along sigus of a high wind which

208 Pedler and Crombie—On the Tornado which [No. 2,

was directed towards the south and west, but all at once you come upon
evidences of a much more violent wind which had no westing in it, one
which not only broke the high branches of trees, but uprooted huge
peepuls and mangoe trees, and tore its way in a distinct track down
south towards the tornado, just after it passed the Elephant ghat. This
hurricane from the north of which I write was not more than 60 paces
across, and was very local. It was altogether to the east of the Phil-
khana, where nothing was disturbed. It was curious to see the little
low kutcha huts where the mahout’s live, standing about, within the
Philkhana enclosure, while 200 yards to the east a large solitary gab
tree was overturned, and a huge uprooted peepul tree blocked the road,
and there were marks of devastation away everywhere in a track to-
wards the south.

After the occurrence of this indraught from the north, the vortex
passed along, or close to, the main road through Nawabgunj eastward.
Soon it began to encounter on its left front the pucka houses of Amli-
golah, and from the resistance they offered to the anterior and retro-
grading radii, it again began to edge towards the right, passing how-
ever between these houses and Ram-Shaha’s mat. This mat was taken
by the advancing lateral (or right) radius, and two of its pinnacles were
thrown down; those on the north-west and south-west corners. They
were thrown south-east and east by north respectively. The finials of
the two remaining pinnacles were bent south-east and south-east by
south, but the terminal finial of the main spire at a height of about 60 feet
was bent nearly due east, showing, I think, that the vortex was at this
part of its course not perpendicular, but sloping backwards and towards
the north-west.

From Ram Shaha’s mat, the tornado continued to edge towards the
south, till the vortex at last, just before reaching the Lalbagh, passed
again on to the maidan. Up to this point the tornado does not seem to
have had power to destroy pucka masonry buildings. So far it had only
laid low all kutcha huts in its course, broken and uprooted trees,
carried away the pinnacles of mosques and temples, and leveled kutcha
pucka walls. It had only managed to dislodge a few bricks on the most
exposed corners of masonry buildings. But as soon as it passed on to
the maidan to the south of the Lalbagh, and was so freed of the ob-
struction offered by these obstacles, it seems to have rapidly accumulated
additional force, sufficient before the vortex had passed the east gate of
the Lalbagh for its retrograding lateral radius to knock down a portion
of three of the police barracks, built high on the south rampart of the
old fort, killing one and severely wounding twelve constables by the
falling of masonry and beams.

1888. ] occurred at Dacca on April 7th, 1888. 209

Nearly opposite these three barracks which were destroyed by the
retrograding lateral radius, two up-country coolies had been engaged in
making a trench, running north and south, about six feet deep at the
south end, near the river, but open, from the sloping of the ground, in
the direction of the Lalbagh. They were close to the south end of the
trench when the tornado came upon them, like a sudden hurricane from
the south. They jumped down into the trench and crouched down for
shelter, when in an instant, the wind blew with equal violence from the
north, and hove a brick up the trench from the direction of the Lalbagh,
inflicting a ghastly wound on the head of one of the coolies. From the
directions in which the wind blew, the vortex must have passed over
this trench, and this fixes its position at this point of its course.

The vortex now passed on totheriver. The right or advancing
radius did not reach the opposite bank at Haslee, but the left or retro-
grading radius kept sweeping along the river front as far as the Purana
- Kuttra. Close to the water-works, the Commissioner’s Steamer, the
** Linnet”’, and the police steam-launch, the ‘‘ Marion,” were anchored and
made fast to the shore. The “ Linnet” was unroofed ; the “Marion” car-
ried away from her moorings, a short distance up-stream, and sunk in
42 feet of water. This was obviously the work of the retrograding
radius, and the resistance offered to this radius by the river bank and
the pucka buildings on it continued to push the vortex more and more
to the right, and it finally reached the opposite (south) bank at Jinjira
Hath, which was promptly demolished and set on fire.

From Jinjira Hath, there is a road leading south-east to the village
of Subadiya about a mile distant. This road was nearly in the direct
line of the tornado, as it crossed the river from the south of the Lalbagh,
and it followed it, making a track straight in the direction of Subadiya.
This road is raised, but passes along a shallow depression or valley,
sheltered on the south by high trees, and on the north by the belt of
trees on the (south) bank of the Buriganga. Just as it entered on this
course, the vortex passed over the new pucka masonry house of Abdul
Bipari, and simply ground it to pieces, killing the owner and severely
injuring three persons sitting with him at the time. The manner in
which it treated this building is conclusive that the forces of the whirl-
wind had become greatly more intense than they were to the west of
the Lalbagh.

From Abdul Bepari’s house, the tornado made straight for Subadiya,
running at an acute angle inland from the river, and at this moment Dacca
lying on the opposite (north) bank of the Buriganga seemed safe, and
Subadiya doomed. But before reaching this village it had to cross an
open maidan stretching away to the south, Here it appears to have

210 _ Pedler and Crombie— On the Tornado which [No 2,

encountered a strong current of air blowing up this maidan from the
south ; for no sooner did the tornado enter on this maidan than it ab-
ruptly altered its direction, wheeled nearly at a right angle to the left,
crashed through the belt of trees between it and the river, and made for
the palace of the Nawab on the opposite side.

On the opposite side it struck the Buckland Bund, opposite the
private apartments of the Nawab. ‘The exact position of the vortex is
determined, as I have already said, by the points of the two walls of the
garden intervening between the Bund and the palace, where the railing
and wall were thrown down in opposite directions as previously de-
scribed. A line drawn from these two points shows that the vortex was
here directed north-east towards the middle of the western verandah of
these private apartments. When the vortex reached that point, the
whole of the advancing lateral radius was engaged in unroofing the
south verandah of these apartments as well as that of the Ahsanmunzil
to the right. The opposition offered by these high buildings to the right
or advancing radius retarded this part of the whirl, with the effect that
the vortex swung round to the right to the open space behind the Ahsuni
munzil, and started off nearly due east in the direction of the Sankar-
bazar and the Commissioner’s house, As the vortex swung round behind
the Ahsunmunzil, it passed over the inner apartments, which were
gutted by the retrograding and posterior radii. As the vortex left the
open space behind the palace, it had the Nawab’s offices close on the
right. These were demolished by the advancing lateral radius, while the
retrograding radius played with the roof of the stables, and blew the top
off the Nabatkhana over the main entrance from Patuatoli.

From the point where it left the Nawab’s premises, the vortex
worked low among the houses between it and the top of the road leading
from the main street to J. P. Wise’s house ; leaving a track of confused
destruction, as if from a prolonged bombardment. It was here that
Jagabandhu Ray Bahadur was killed by the falling of his house, yet
in the midst of this confusion of demolished houses, levelled walls, and
twisted and broken trees, and the remains of kutcha huts, there is stand-
ing safe, close behind the Nawab’s school-house, which was partly wiped
out and wholly wrecked, the residence of one Bahadur Bepari, with its
ornamental plaster mouldings, only a little bespattered with mud.

On reaching the main street close to Kabiraj’s lane, the anterior
radius seems to have become entangled in the narrow lanes and high
houses of Sankari bazar, and the vortex to have risen suddenly into the
air, The houses in this part of the town are two and three stories high,
and only the upper stories are seriously damaged, though all the kutcha
huts and many of the low kutcha-pucka walls are thrown down. From

1888. | occurred at Dacca on April 7th, 1888. 211

this point the tornado seems to have passed high into the air, making
only a final dash downwards at the Municipal Secretary’s bath-room and
one or two trees in the kachari gardens, the College, and in the Com-
missioner’s compound. The last indications given are those of its an-
terior radius, and show it as departing in a north-easterly direction. The
exact track of the tornado as it passed through Dacca is shewn in PI.
XXVIILI., and a more detailed map of that part of its track in which the
greatest amount of damage was done is given in Pl. XXIX.

In no part of its course did its breadth exceed 200 paces; where it
struck the Buckland Bund it was only 180 paces broad. It travelled al-
together overa distance of only 35 miles. Its rate of progress is not easy
to ascertain. Nawab Ahsanullah tells me that he had been watching the
progress of the ‘‘ Nor’-Wester” all the evening; when, about 7 P.M,
a servant came and informed him that there was a very peculiar ap-
pearance in the west. He went to the west end of the south verandah
of the inner apartments, and there saw what looked like a glowing cloud
in the direction of the Lalbagh. He stood looking at it for about three
minutes, during which time it seemed to be stationary. He then went
inside, where he had not been two minutes before the storm was on the
house. Supposing the tornado had reached the Lalbagh when he left
the verandah, and that it was three minutes before it reached the Ahsan-
manzil, and that the route followed by the tornado was a mile and a half
during that interval,—the rate of progress would be one mile in two
minutes or 30 miles an hour. The Serang of the ‘‘ Star of Dacca,” who
watched it from the time it crossed from the direction of the Lalbagh
till it struck the Nawab’s palace (the ‘‘ Star” being anchored within
the angle described by the tornado between these points), speaks of its
having travelled with great rapidity. On the other hand, Khajeh Amir-
ulla, who witnessed its progress over the same distance, estimates the
time at 10 or 12 minutes, but admits that it may have been less. I my-
self saw from the Club verandah a low black cloud passing rapidly over
the houses to the west in a north-easterly direction, and I estimate that
its progress was not faster than that of a train on the Hastern Bengal
State Railway, that is about 20 miles an hour. We have, however,
considerable unanimity as to the period occupied by the storm in passing
over any given spot: almost every one says it did not occupy more than
a minute anda half. Considering the excited state of mind of those over
whora it passed, this estimate may I think be safely cut down to one
minute. Taking the distance between the extreme front of the anterior
radius and the subsidence of the violent gusts which followed in its
wake as 300 yards, we arrive at a rate of progress of a mile in 53 minutes
nearly, or roughly 12 miles an hour.

212 Pedler and Crombie—On the Tornado which [No. 2,

The force of the wind rotating within the tornado is difficult to
estimate. There is no doubt that it was very great. What the wind
did when it came upon a pucka house standing at right angles to the
course of the tornado, and caught by one of the lateral radii, was not at
once to blow down the front wall, but to blow in the doors and windows,
and then to lift off the terrace roofing, and blow out the back wall, thus
leaving the beams supported only on the top of the front wall. Now there
is evidence to show that in such cases the force of the wind blowing
through the house, after the back wall had fallen, was sufficient to pre-
vent the unsupported beams from falling for a perceptible time. To
this fact Mr. Kelsall and Khajeh Amirulla owe their lives. Mr. Kelsall
was in the Nawab’s office when the right radius of the tornado caught it
and blew the back wall into the street. The unsupported beams re-
mained standing out like flags, long enough after the wall was blown out
to enable him to make his escape before they fell.. Mr. Kelsall’s move-
ments were no doubt very rapid on this occasion, and they were acce-
lerated by the violent wind propelling him in the direction where lay
his safety. On the other hand, Khajeh Amirulla was sitting in a small
pleasure-house close to the Buckland Bund watching with great interest
the roaring cloud bursting on the Bund, the true nature of which he did
not understand, when, in a moment, the house was caught by the retro-
grading radius and demolished. A heavy beam fell on his shoulder ;
but fell so slowly and gently, owing to the force of the wind underneath
it, that it felt like a soft but firm hand pressing him down to the ground.
He remained under that beam for three quarters of an hour before he
could be dug out. His companion was killed.

The persistency with which eye-witnesses declare that the cloud
accompanying the whirlwind glowed cannot be overlooked. The men
at Hazaribagh where it began its destructive course were not to be moved
from their assertion, that when it first came upon them it glowed with a
dull red lurid glare “‘ like a smoky lamp chimney on fire.” Khajeh Amir-
ulla, who watched it with much interest, is perfectly clear in his state-
ment that, as it approached him from the opposite bank of the river, it
resembled a balloon in shape, and seemed to be lit up witha “ reflected
light,” and that, at the narrow neck, it kept throwing out a body of fire
on either side, as in the accompanying sketch, which is a facsimile of
his own drawing (Pl. XXVII., Fig. D). The Nawab Ahsanulla and
others also speak of its being accompanied with “balls of fire” pro-
ceeding at a great speed. On the other hand, nothing is so certain as
that no one who was in the course of the tornado presented any
appearance of having been burned. The injuries received were all of
the nature of contused, lacerated, and punctured wounds, and simple

1888. ] occurred at Dacca on April 7th, 1888. 213

and compound fractures. In not one instance was there a trace of
scorching. Mr. Kelly, the Resident Apothecary of the Mitford Hospital,
on whose statement I put much reliance, is equally clear that the
cloud, as he saw it, did not glow, and the appearance, as I saw it
(but this was probably only the wake of the true tornado), was a
low dark unilluminated cloud, throwing out sparks of fire, which were
no doubt merely burning embers caught up and carried along by the
storm. One of these was undoubtedly of this nature, for it was carried
burning into Mr. S. J. Sarkies’ verandah, where he crunched it out with
the heel of his boot. These were no doubt the “ balls of fire” noted by
the Nawab and others. The appearance described by Khajeh Amirulla
of a body of fire rushing out from below is more difficult to account for.
The fires which followed its course in many places do not require the
assumption of any fire connected intrinsically with the tornado itself, for
the people had just finished cooking their evening meals, and were
about to sit down to eat it when the storm burst upon them. The em-
bers from the fires with which they had been cooking were no doubt
caught up by the whirlwind and carried along with it, and thatched
houses, blown down over these fires, would instantly take fire.

I am told that numbers of large fish were found on the Buckland
Bund after the storm, and there is no doubt that they along with much
water were caught up by the vortex as it crossed the river. The water
thus taken up, circling with the dust of the whirlwind, was worked
into a soft mud, and one of the most remarkable phenomena of the storm
was the way in which all objects within the influence of the tornado
were plastered with a wash of liquid mud. It covers all walls to a depth
of nearly one-eighth of an inch, it matted the hair, coated the skin, and
was ingrained in the wounds of the injured.

The noise accompanying the progress of the tornado has been
variously described. It was compared by the Engineer of the Water
Works and by Khajeh Amirulla to the letting off of steam. It was this
sound which first attracted the latter’s attention, and he put his head
out of window to see what steamers were letting off steam at that time
of the evening. It was then that he saw the storm breaking on Jinjira
half a mile up stream on the other bank. The sound which I heard
from the Club verandah in no way resembled the letting off of steam.
It was a low sustained rumbling. I think that the discrepancy is capable
of reconciliation. What they heard was, besides the noise of the rever-
berations of the tornado itself, the comparatively shrill sound of the
storm crashing through trees and kutcha houses west of the Lalbagh,
and on the opposite side of the river. What I heard was the sound of
falling masonry, along the track of the storm from the Nawab’s palace

28

214 Pedler and Crombie—On the Tornade which [No. 2,

to the Sankari bazar. As soon as the storm cloud passed, there was an
instant’s silence, the stars shone out bright and clear, and then came
through the still air the long wail of the injured and houseless.

I have reserved till now the discussion of the origin of this tor-
nado. I donot think it can be dismissed with the remarks that it
originated as all tornados do, and as we see them constantly do on a
small scale on a hot dusty highway, by the impact of two currents of
air flowing in different directions, and which thus after their impact
assume a rotatory motion. I do not say that this one did not so origin-
ate somewhere, but that there are good grounds for the belief that it did
not so originate at Hazaribagh, where its destructive course began. I
believe that it was already a whirlwind of great force before it touched
ground at that place.

My reasons for this belief, which is at first sight improbable, are to
my mind insuperable. They are as follows :—

All day, as usual at this season, a strong south or south-easterly
breeze had been blowing. About 5 p. m., the low grumbling of an ap-
proaching “‘ nor’-wester ”’ became audible, and a dull slate-blue bank of
clouds was seen coming up in the teeth of the wind from the north-west
lit up by occasional flashes of lightning. About 6-30 p. m., the nor’wester
was overhead, and a few drops of rain began to fall. In these two cur-
rents of air, a south wind blowing hard along the surface, and a high
north-west current from the north-west, we have the necessary ele-
ments for the birth of a rotatory storm. About this time, Mr. Kelly, the
Resident Medical Officer of the Mitford Hospital, was visiting a friend
at the Railway lines to the north of the town, Mr. Kelly has spent most
of his service in the North West Provinces, and is well acquainted with
the appearances of dust storms, and he called the attention of his friend
to a dull brown patch low over the mangoe trees to the north, contras-
ting with the clear slate-blue background of the approaching nor’-
wester. This brown patch was travelling rapidly from west to east.
He pointed out that this patch exactly resembled a distant dust storm.
When it got due north of his point of observation, it seemed to become
stationary or rather to be approaching Dacca. From his experience of
dust storms he knew it was time to get home. When he reached the
Mitford Hospital ten minutes afterwards, he looked for the brown patch,
and saw it now to his north-west, 7. e., on its way from its former posi-
tion on the north of the town to the west end of Dacca. About ten
minutes afterwards he heard the sound of the tornado on its track from
the west of the Lalbagh, and along the opposite bank of the river, and a
large tree in the Mitford Hospital compound was blown down.

Here we have the evidence of an intelligent and trustworthy ob-

1888.] occurred at Dacca on April 7th, 1888. 215

server noticing a phenomenon with which he was familiar, altogether
apart from the other phenomena of the nor’-wester, following a course
of its own, and approaching that part of Dacca where the tornado first
struck.

Next, we have the evidence of the people living at Hazaribagh, who
are consistent in their assertion that the storm came upon them, with a
“lurid glare” from the north, the direction from which Mr. Kelly saw it
approaching that part of the town.

Thirdly, we have the appearance presented by the ravages committed
by the storm before it settled down as a tornado in the orchard to the
north-east of Fakirni-ka-masjid. From these appearances alone, I was
driven to the same conclusion before I had heard the evidence of the
inhabitants or of Mr. Kelly. To carry the weight they deserve, these
appearances must be given in some detail. The position of the first
appearance of the tornado is shown in Pl. X XVII, Fig. EH.

From the Elephant Depdt there is a curvilinear road leading to the
old river bank at Hazaribagh, for the convenience of watering the ele-
phants. Itis known as the Hathi-ka-sarak. About half way between
the Philkhana and Hazaribagh, it is crossed by the old Mirpur road.
From the eastern gate of the Philkhana to the point of intersection of
these two roads, not a twig or leaf was disturbed by the storm; but
_after passing the Mirpur road on the Hathi-ka-sarak, half way between
it and the Hazaribagh ghat, one comes suddenly upon traces of a violent
wind from the north. The first tree which seems to have suffered is a
tall jamun tree well to the right of the road, the top branch of which has
been torn off, and is hanging to the south. There is then an interval of
low brushwood, and then a group of mango trees close to the road side.
The top branches of all these trees are snapped across and driven to the
south. On the opposite side, in a direct line with the jamun and the
mango trees, all the trees for a distance of fifty paces along the road
have their top branches snapped across. There is again an interval of
forty paces without a leaf turned on either side of the road, but after
that distance, and for another forty or fifty paces, all the top branches
are seen to be knocked off the trees ; on the right or north side only those
quite close to the road, but on the left or Hazaribagh side there is a
line of destruction towards the south ending about 200 yards away in a
chaos of broken and uprooted trees. Continuing to walk along the road,
there is no evidence of a storm on the right or left till we reach the
old river bed, and just there is a group of tall jamun trees overhanging
a mat house. One of the top branches of this group of trees has been
torn off, and thrown to the south over the mat house, but not a straw of

the thatch is disturbed.
Here we have evidence of a violent wind blowime from north to

216 Pedler and Crombie—On the Tornado which [No. 2,

south about 100 paces broad, and coming downwards at an angle of from
five to ten degrees with the surface of the ground ; striking at first only
the top branches of tall trees, then the upper branches, and finally snap-
ping across the main branches or uprooting them bodily, when the vio-
lence of the wind got lower. To the north and to the east and west of
this track nothing had been disturbed. I drove along the old Mirpur
road far enough to satisfy myself that beyond the first jamun tree men-
tioned nothing had been touched,

It is to be noted that there was no evidence of rotation in this wind :
everything was carried in one direction, namely, from north to south.

On the old river bed and on the bank there, were, however, evidences
of a less violent gale, blowing from west to east and from the south-west
to north-east, as indicated by the arrow heads; and there were signs, to
the east of this chaos, of a very violent wind blowing down trees and
branches to the west and south-west. To the north-east of Fakirni-ka-
masjid, was the chaos of broken and uprooted trees, centring round a
group of plantain trees twisted and turned in all directions where the
vortex had at once established itself.

It is open to any one to say that the vortex originated round those
plantain trees, and that the arrow heads in my diagram indicate the
directions of the wind as it was sucked into the vortex as it began to
rotate, and that the great destruction was caused by the gradual deve-
lopement of power as it continued to rotate.

I oppose this theory with the objections already stated, namely, that
an unusual cloud was seen travelling towards this very place, and by
the assertions of the people of the place, that the storm did not develope
itself there, but burst upon them suddenly from the north, and the ex-
treme violence of the wind at its very first manifestation, before the
vortex had begun to move, is opposed to the idea of a gradual develop-
ment of the whirlwind at this spot.

I hold that the other theory that the tornado was travelling in a
higher stratum of air, and descended at a low angle, and struck ground
at this spot is compatible with all the observations. It is what the
people on the spot say did happen,—it explains the extreme violence of
its very first manifestations, and the direction which it immediately took.
It may be objected that the total absence of the evidence of rotation in its
very first manifestation is opposed to this theory. But it is not really
so. If you imagine that as the tornado struck the trees on its way to
the ground the vortex was not perpendicular, but sloping towards the
north-west, it will be clear that the first part to come in contact with
terrestrial objects would be the right or advancing lateral radius. The
other three radii would not come into action, on account of the tilting,
till the vortex itself was on the ground. The next radius to come into

1888. ] occurred at Dacca on April 7th, 1888. — 217

action would be the posterior, and we have evidence that this was so in
the violence of the destruction to the east of the first track from north
to south. The anterior radius being tilted most upwards would at first
have the feeblest power, and it is the case that the least destruction
done was in the river bank straight in front of the violent gale that
broke through the trees from the north. If the vortex had gradu-
ally formed, one would have expected a more equal distribution of power
around it, instead of its being chiefly at first on two sides.

The theory that the tornado already formed was travelling rapidly
from north to south before it struck ground, also explains the reason for
its starting at once in a south-easterly direction. The resistance of the
ground was at first offered solely to one radius, the right or advancing
lateral one. The result was equivalent to that of a sudden powerful
push to the left, that is, to the east of the direction in which it was pre-
viously travelling. The experiment of offering resistance to a humming
top at a corresponding point would illustrate the effect of the resistance
of the ground to a tornado descending upon it in the way in which I
suppose this one did.

The possibility of a tornado travelling in the air may appear doubt-
ful to some, but the probability of its being able to do so, and at great
speed, receives confirmation from what I consider to be the progress of
this very tornado after it left Dacca. I have said that when the vortex
reached the Sankari Bazar it seems to have risen rapidly into the air, for
the reason that only the upper stories of the high houses of this part of
the town were seriously damaged. It seems after leaving Dacca to have
travelled in the air due south for a distance of 20 miles, and to have
struck down again in the south of the Munshiganj subdivision of this
district, destroying 5 or 6 villages, and causing 60 to 80 deaths, The
time it took to travel that distance was not more than 20 minutes to
halfan hour. It came upon the people in the west suburbs of Dacca
just as they were about to sit down to their evening meal, a few minutes
after 7 P.M. It reached the neighbourhood of Rajabari in the south of
Munshiganj just as they had finished their evening meal, and were pre-
paring for their post-prandial smoke, that is, about 7.30 P. Mm.

It may be objected that it was not the same tornado which took
these villages in Munshiganj, but another and independent one. But
the improbability of two different and independent tornadoes, forming
and travelling together on one evening in this part of India, where a
tornado has never been known before, is, to say the least, very great.

Since writing the above, I have visited the villages referred to in the
south of the Munshiganj subdivision. The people say it came from the
north-west. It first struck a village called Dohori, then Barakoer,
Banuri, Hashail, Silbaran, Majgaon, and Bagbari; a course altogether

218 Pedler and Crombie—On the Tornado which [No. 2,

of about seven miles. Its track was about east by south, and, like the
Dacca one, it was about 200 paces broad. The evidences of rotation
were equally clear, and the rotation was from right to left, all the trees
on the right or advancing radius being blown eastwards, while those on
the left or retrograding radius were broken westwards,—at Barakoer
there were signs of a great indraught from the north, similar to that
which occurred to the east of the Philkana at Dacca. This indraught
passed over the house of Babu Kali Prasanna Ghosh, manager of the
Bhowal estates. The force of the tornado was very great, and the loss
of life would have been much greater, if it had not selected a comparatively
open track of country for its course. In some of the villages over which
it passed, it made a clean sweep of everything, leaving only the raised
platforms over which the houses had stood. The people speak of men
having been lifted into the air and dashed down on the ground.
Twenty-one persons are said to have been killed in this way in the
village of Hashail.
Dacca,

23rd April, 1888.

The observer at the meteorological observatory at Dacca having
reported that the Tornado had passed through the compound of the
Telegraph Office, and this statement having appeared in the Meteorologi-
cal Report for the week ending the 13th of April, I subsequently wrote
to the officiating Meteorological Reporter as foliows :—

‘In your short notice which was published last week in the Gazette,
you surmise that the tornado passed through the telegraph compound, but
you will see from these maps that this was not so. The Telegraph Office
was well to the right of its track. The trees blown down there were affected
by cyclonic blasts which circled round the real tornado, and at some dis-
tance from it. You will see that there were several such blasts. One
went between Beighton’s house and my own, breaking down a lot of trees,
and carrying away the corner of the house occupied by Messrs. Edwards
and Wilson. It was such a blast that brought down the wall of the
lunatic asylum, which was well away to the north of the tornado, which
was at that time crossing the river. I think that the three police bar-
racks at the Lalbagh were perhaps affected by a similar blast, only they
were much nearer the vortex than the other examples now given. It is
otherwise difficult to understand how only those three were affected.
Some people even think that the blowing down of the asylum wall is
evidence that the vortex was somewhere there. But the damage near
the asylum is trivial, and there is no sign of the track either to or from
that point, and I am clear that it was not near it, and that my tracing is
practically correct. On the opposite side of the river it went rather more
inland than I have shown.”

occurred at Dacca on April 7th, 1888. 219

1888. ]

"900g fo quapuayursadng 70.0481
‘Wav1o ‘ae (‘ps)

“SpunoM 9.10A08
Ajarey ynq Aue

OO0ZT STG TI GEG STI 8zF‘S19| ZT 19
epnpout jou op
seInsy asou yy, (a) (a) (0) (a) (Vv)
‘orp 04 AToxT] ore [ P 09 Ze prsge | 99 ne
e10ul g eutog (A)

-Tj1¥d so1aeq Vyo9nd Jo ‘ON

"POTTE O19M | OOZT | «Bhs 4 ue
eso} UBT4 O10UL | ( 6SEE9 0€
02 Alqeqorg (gq) U4 | 291 98
Rune ae GZzsss | 8 19
aey ATOA ®@ SI
sry} YUryd I (y) | ‘SY
a S 4 =i ees a a
co o ©: 2) : Ds ‘ b ©
“eee tt igi ores one . E pis | ee
Ss 2) OES) Bas | teo & te © i ts.
ie) fo) . ee ae Le} cot (om
© 9 4 aa oS ct | ro) io) ° ©
Peo | ekg fog 4 Sate 3 e a E
E: | gag a5 : = ° a RD ee
"‘SHUVNAY oe ele =| Ee 3 = 2 a:
rs eae ce 2 ap = A a =a
is (o} BH. O S 4 R me ° = ee
© os S e 3 2 |
5 4 § > oO eh a g , oF
me oe ro os :
Se Pee | See See
ee .
ee a ae oe Ba

"NOILVLG £NADINVATY ANY VOOVCE
40 ALIQ FHL NI QQQT Idd VY HLY FHL JO OAVNUO]T, FHL Ad ANOG GTOVNVG MO TIOLVN FHL ONIMOHS LINANALVLG

"8881 1adp fo yn, 247 fo oppusoy, ay2 fo qunovoP s.arquouy ‘aq 07 guawmarddng

G68Z

VIL

‘poysijourop Ajoqo a
-U10D SalLIVq BYDIND JO ‘ON

*poystjouop Ale

-yaed sosnoy vooud jo ‘on

‘poystouop Ajoqo]d
-ul09 sesnoy evooud jo ‘on

see {qo y,

funSstuviry

se yseqyery

sine UMOJ,

"SNOILVLG

29

220 G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. [No. 3,

VII.—Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer
‘Investigator,’ Commander ALFRED Carpenter, R. N., D. S. O.,
Commanding. No.9. Further Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian
Waters.—By G. M. Giuzs, M. B., F. R. C. 8., Surgeon-Naturalist to
the Marine Survey.

[Received May 5th, 1887 ;—Read February 1st, 1888. ]

(With Plates VI.— XII.)

How little the Amphipoda of the Bay of Bengal have been hitherto
worked may be judged from the fact that every species I have as yet
examined appears to be new to science. Indeed, with the single excep-
tion of a fresh-water species, Gammarus fluviatilis, which I met with
in a mountain lake (the Pandar) at an elevation of 11,000 feet in the
Hindu-Kush range, and of the doubtful case of Amphithoe indica, M.-
Edw., described in the present paper, I have yet to find a described
Indian form.

The group having been thus hitherto neglected in India, it appears
a good plan to set about the description of the species as they come to
hand, more especially as, on account of their minuteness and fragility,
they are best examined in the living state, a work which can only be
carried out on boardship.

On this account the species are described provisionally in the order
in which they come to hand, the work of arranging them systematically
being left to some future time when sufficient material shall have been
collected. I will now proceed to describe the species met with since my
last contribution to this Journal.

1. ANONYX AMAURUS, n. sp., Pl. VI., Fig. 1.

This form is interesting on account of its having, as far as I can
make out, no traces whatever of eyes. It was trawled at a depth of
1300 fathoms off the Coast of Burmah in Lat. 16° 44’ 45” N., Long. 95° 34’
30” E.; bottom temperature 36°. Although this station is over 40 miles
from the nearest shore, the bottom appears to consist largely of water-
logged drift wood, and other shore material, amongst which was a number
of the fruits of a plant which, Dr. King of the Royal Botanical Garden,
Calcutta, informs me, are probably those of Baringtonia racemosa. The
abundant albuminous material of the seed is still comparatively fresh
and sound. On breaking open one of these, I found two specimens
of our species; and another seed yielded a third specimen. All three
are females and the egg-pouches of two contained ova. The animal is,
for an amphipod, remarkably broad in proportion to its depth, the
pleura being narrow, while the coxal plates are of considerable depth.

¥

‘dunt O27 Ween BOM.

Ti shel,

Vie LtCbINI Vibo L2l Vv &
“SNUNVUWV XANONV ‘I Mes :
ATL prem -g ASYsTe TF

TSP ‘S31 WD)

‘Ilad IAT TOA’ S881 Tebusg S0g ‘rYeIsy Umor’S HILO WD

‘PPR 'SATID W'D
OPXII

7

eng A
23

sSs=
ii

—
‘J

SSS =
3 Ss5
mZ
ZZ

a 41 ——— =
=

TIA Td

‘I td ‘ILAT 1°A ‘8881 ‘Te-dueg ‘s0g"yBIsy “UInoe ‘sa TIM WD

THY PrALMmoOR jsyre I
‘Aur g (29g WEUTMANT “ISON Fe STS We

oor x OL

ALLA Tel 3 } ‘ILad IAT 12d S881 Tebueg 90g YeIsW umMor SATIN WO

Pei

jNewman &C° amp

West
AMPELISCA LEPTA.

ward. hth.

19)

@GM.GILES, Journ. Asiat Soc Bengal. 1888.Vol.LVII Pell.
Parker&C

{

eh

>

-—
>
-

G.M.GILES.Journ.Asiat. Soc. Bengal. 1888.VoLLVIL.P*lL. PLA

GM Gales, del. West,Newman& C°imp.

1-7. AMPHITHOR, INDICA. M. EDW.
8-10.ATYLUS COMES. w. sp.

Parker & Coward lith.

’

UROTHOR

RUBBER.

=> Le
EI Le

:

West, Newman &C°innp

TNE TT AR Tei Ni eRe Ne Mm Beat NG Ae cabane (WY cel? Nery SW eg as Pome e eein) aa - “THYTL PTEMOD A ABLE T
PPS ITD

duat 9 g ueumayy 89M, . Sere os Pie were oe

[:)
ie)
o

oN
At A)
aif

Mi
a an
ae f
prea den
AX
ye,

y

1 as

*

ee ely
Boh ce ee

1888.] G.M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 221

The legs are short and stout and the mouth-parts exceptionally
strong, so as to be eminently suited for digging its way into the hard
albumen of the seeds on which it feeds. It might at first sight appear
strange that an inhabitant of so great a depth should feed on such ex-
clusively shore products. From the quantity of these seeds and other
driftage brought up in the trawl, it is, however, evident that, as long as
the tides and currents remain as they now are, the animal can never
be at a loss for food. That it is really a bottom organism there
can be no doubt, as, apart from its eyeless condition, its limbs are
ill-suited for swimming, and the driftage brought up in the trawl was
too abundant and of too varied a character to admit of any suspicion of
its having been picked up by the trawl on its upward or downward
route.

The species can, however, have but a very limited distribution, as
situations in which abundant and well-preserved food drifted from the
shore is to be found at sucha considerable depth must be quite excep-
tional, and widely separated from each other, as they can only be found
in the neighbourhood of great tidal rivers, and where such enter the
sea in the neighbourhood of considerable depths.

The animal is of an uniform ivory-white throughout ; and the largest
specimen is about 12 mm. in length.

The head is small and short, rounded in front and broad behind at
its junction with the thorax, where the animal very nearly attains its
maximum breadth.

The segments of the thorax are long and subequal, the middle
members of the series, however, slightly exceeding the others in all di-
mensions.

The first three abdominal segments are longer than any of the
thoracic and of remarkable depth, the third being the largest. The
remaining three segments diminish rapidly in size, and the telson is
small, conical, and upturned. |

The antennule is short and stout, its total length being but one-fifth
that of the body. It consists of a peduncle of three joints, of which the
first is long and cylindrical, and the remaining two, remarkably short,
form considerably less than half of the peduncle. The flagellum consists
of a long conical basal joint, forming quite half its length, and of five or
six short tapering joints of the usual form. The secondary appendage
consists of two joints, the first of which, though much thinner and ey-
lindrical, exactly equals the first joint of the primary flagellum in
length, while the second joint is small and short.

The antenna is subequal to the antennule, but of slighter build.
Its peduncle is longer, consisting of three joints of nearly equal length,

222 G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. (No. 3,

which together nearly equal the peduncle of the antennule with the
long first joint of its flagellum in length. Its remaining joints if pre-
sent cannot be distinguished. The flagellum consists of six or seven
short joints.

The gnathites are remarkably short, the mandibles being especially
powerful and provided with a long jointed appendage. The maxilli-
pedes are large and pediform, and are terminated by a globular joint pro-
vided with a strong claw.

The second of the thoracic appendages is very stoutly built, and is
terminated by a powerful subchela, the dactylopodite forming a powerful
curved claw, and the propodite having its posterior border prolonged
into a stout plate, which is curved downwards to oppose the dactylo-
podite; this plate is armed with a number of tooth-like spines not
shewn in the drawing. The third thoracic appendage, in general
form, closely resembles the second, but it is slightly longer, and very
much slighter, and differs also in the basipodite being strengthened on
its anterior border by a strong flat plate. The fourth and fifth thoracic
appendages are somewhat shorter than the two preceding, stoutly made,
and of the ordinary ambulatory type. The sixth, seventh, and eighth
have their basipodites provided with large strengthening buttress-like
plates; all three are stoutly built, but, while the sixth is the shortest,
the seventh is the longest of all the appendages. The eighth is inter-
mediate in length, but has its distal five joints shorter even than those
of the sixth, its excess of length over the latter being Cue entirely to the
great size of the basipodite, which is nearly twice as long as that of
any other appendage; it has no strengthening plates on its anterior
border, but this is more than compensated for by the immense size of
the posterior buttress.

The first three abdominal appendages are of the usual swimming
type, but are somewhat small in proportion to the bulk of the animal.
The last three appendages are short and stout, and are each provided
with a pair of short, subequal, styloid rami; they diminish progressively
in length and to a less extent in thickness, the last being rather shorter
than its breadth ; all three are armed with a series of short stout spines.

The animal differs from any of its congeners enumerated in Spence
Bate’s Catalogue in the first jomt of the flagellum and of the appendage
of the antennule being markedly longer than their successors ; in being
eyeless; and in the exceptional development of the gnathopoda, which
are much better formed even than in the closely allied Opis, a genus to
which, if this character alone were taken into account, the species might
be referred. The distinction, however, between Anonyx and Opis, resting
as it does on this character alone, is of very doubtful generic value, and

1888.] G.M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 223

I have preferred to class the present form under Anonyx on account of
its more closely resembling in most other points the known species of
that genus than it does the hitherto described species of Opis.

Since the date of the issue of Spence Bate’s Catalogue of the Am-
phipods of the British Museum (1862), a considerable number of species
have been added to Anonyx and a few to Opis, the descriptions of all of
which are not accessible in India. From considerations of locality and
depth, itis, however, highly improbable that any of these corresponds to
the species now described.

Sars (Archiv Math. Naturv. (Christiania) 1881, p. 487) has de-
scribed an eyeless species of the genus (A. typhlops) from 1710 fathoms in
the Arctic seas, but I have not been able to obtain access to the paper.
The temperature of the water at such depths as 1300 and 1710 fathoms is
pretty constant all over the world, and deep-sea species have, as a rule,
a wide distribution, so that it is possible that our forms may be the same,
Still it appears extremely unlikely that the present species would be
able to obtain suitable food in such regions, so that, provisionally at
any rate, I describe it as new in the absence of any evidence to the
contrary.

2. AMPELISCA LEPTA, n. sp., Pls. VIII. & IX.

This species was dredged in 107 fathoms on the edge of the
Swatch-of-no-Ground, at the head of the Bay of Bengal. A very large
number of specimens were obtained in the mass of soft mud brought up
in the dredge, which, with the exception of a few annelids, contained
no other living organisms. The mud contained a quantity of broken
lamellibranchs and pteropod shells, but none of these appeared to have
been recently inhabited.

The subfamily Ampeliscades contains the single genus Ampelisca ;
Haploops wanting the character of having two pairs of simple eyes, and
so being very doubtfully a member of this subfamily. With the charac-
teristics of Ampelisca, as given by Spence Bate (Cat. Amphip. Crustacea,
p. 90), the present species entirely agrees, but it differs from the five
of the known species figured in that work in the slenderness of the
body, and in the great length of the fifth thoracic appendage, and wants
also the vinous colouration which appears more or less to characterize
many. of the species. These points, however, are hardly sufficient to be
of generic value.

The animal measures about 6 mm. in length and is of a fine ivory
white throughout, with the exception of the rings of dark brown pigment
surrounding the eyes.

The head is of moderate size, irregularly quadrate ; the portion carry -

224 G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. [No. 3,

ing the eyes and antennules projecting forwards much beyond that
giving support to the antennz. In length, it barely equals the first two
thoracic segments together.

The two pairs of eyes are of fair size and are placed close to each
other on the produced upper part of the cephalon, the outer pair being
situated a little behind as well as below the inner.

The thorax consists of seven distinct segments increasing gradually
in length from before backwards, the last being the longest. It forms
exactly half of the total length of the animal. The first four coxal
plates are deep and vertical, while the last three are narrow and much
everted, giving a fictitious appearance of breadth to this portion of the
body when seen from above.

The first of the abdominal segments is as long as the last thoracic,
but the second and third are considerably shorter, while the remaining
three are very short, the fifth being not half the width of either the
fourth or sixth, and with difficulty distinguishable from the former.
The telson forms a deeply cleft, semilunar plate, which appears to be
movably articulated to the sixth segment.

The antenne and antennules are long and slender, but unequal.
The antennules, much the shorter, equal the first six thoracic segments
in length. The peduncle consists of a short spindle-shaped basal joint
and two slender distal articulations, of which the first is nearly four
times as long as the second, which is with difficulty distinguishable
from the flagellum. This latter consists of ten very slender articulations.
The antenne are as long as the body less the last four abdominal segments.
The peduncle consists of five joints, of which the first two are very short,
completely hidden behind the projecting anterior border of the cephalon.
The third joint is long and thick and the fourth and fifth very long
and slender, so that the flagellum forms much the shorter portion of the
organ. This latter is but little longer than that of the antennule and con-
sists of 14 or 15 slender somewhat shorter articulations.

The gnathites are rather small and are more adapted for sifting and
retaining finely divided material than for biting and cutting. The
mouth is guarded in front by a blunt triangular plate, which appears to
be immovably connected with the anterior surface of the head. The
mandibles are provided with a four-jointed hirsute appendage and
with two plates, of which one has a simple cutting edge of no great
power, perfectly smooth for its posterior half, but worn in front into
a series of irregular dentations. The second plate has a more complex
structure. In front it is provided with two stout conical teeth, the
more anterior being quite plain and smooth, while the posterior,
which is more slender and pointed, has its posterior border minute-

1888.] G.M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 225

ly dentated. Behind these two teeth comes a plate immovably connected
with that bearing them, but placed more to the dorsal aspect of the
organ, and bearing six processes or stout hairs of peculiarform. Arising
from stout bases they at first become constricted and then expand into
a lanceolate terminal plate the borders of which are minutely dentated.
It is difficult to determine what may be the function of these peculiar
organs, unless it be to finely comminute the mud from which the
animal separates the nutritive particles on which it subsists. The
first maxille present no points of particular interest, consisting of the
usual pair of hirsutely edged plates. The second maxille are some-
what peculiar, their inner border being armed with a series of pecu-
harly formed flattened hairs shaped like small lanceolate leaflets. The
maxillipeds are four-jointed, pediform, and clawed, and are provided
with a pair of elongated flattened inner plates, both these and the main
portion of the organ being extremely hirsute.

The second and third thoracic appendages are but little modified
from the plain ambulatory type, presenting only a tendency to the
subchelate plan of construction, the dactylus being long and smooth,
and the propodite being but little dilated; the only specialization for
_ grasping being the provision of a series of stout dentate hairs on its
posterior border, not unlike those on the mandibles. Both these pairs
of appendages are essentially alike, but the third is considerably the
longer and is even less specialized than the second, the propodite being
barely dilated, and the dactylus, of very moderate strength. The fourth
and fifth appendages are quite of the usual ambulatory type, and
alike in general plan, but, while the first is the slightest and shortest
of all the appendages except the second, the fourth is the longest
and stoutest, slightly exceeding the thorax in length. The sixth and
seventh are of moderate length, the sixth having its distal articula-
tions exceptionally stout, while those of the seventh are exceptionally
slight, both have their basipodites strengthened by anterior and pos-
terior buttress-like plates ; the eighth has the basipodite very stout and
is strengthened behind only by an extremely broad plate, its breadth
being one and a half times its length. The eighth appendage is short
and its remaining articulations are in general form lke those of the
seventh.

The first three abdominal appendages are of the usual swimming
type, but are more freely furnished with hairs than is usually the case.
They diminish regularly in size from before backwards. The last three
are biramous and styloid, armed only with a few short spines on their
protopodites. The rami are somewhat flattened and have a bold hollow
curve on their inner borders beset with minute dentations (ig. 10.).

226 G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. [No. 3,

The animal differs from A. gaimardii, A. ingens, A. belliana, A.
limicola, and A. japonica, the species figured by Spence Bate (loc. cit.),
in the great length of the fifth thoracic appendage; from A. pelagica
in the antenne being shorter, in its colour being white instead of pale
yellow, and in presenting no blotches of red pigment on the cephalon ;
from A. macrocephala in the eyes being larger, and the upper and
lower pairs equally distinct, in none of the segments being carinate, in
colour, and in size; from A. tenuicornis, A. levigata, and A. carinata
in wanting the posterior dorsal carina.

Anatomy.—The visual organs of Ampelisca are arranged in a manner
somewhat exceptional amongst the Amphipoda. Being anxious to
examine the minute structure of these and to make out whether both
pairs of eyes were alike or of different structure, I made several sets
of serial sections in the various axes of the animal. From an examina-
tion of these, the following points were made out, which, without pre-
tending to be a complete account of the minute anatomy of the animal,
it may be well to record.

Organs of Vision.—The two pairs of eyes are identical in structure,
but quite distinct from each other, and belong to a high type of the
simple invertebrate eye. The portion of the chitinous coat of the head
which forms the “ cornea ”’ is but slightly more convex than the general
curve of the part. Imbedded in this is a refractile body of a slightly
flattened spherical form, consisting of a delicate sac containing a struc-
tureless gelatinous material.

The sac is quite distinct from the cavity in which it is contained,
and is capable of dislocation from its hollow bed. In sections where this
has happened the contained material may be seen oozing from the
shrunken sac, and forming a drop very similar in appearance to the myelin
drops that form in the course of a medullated vertebrate nerve. The
lens, thus formed, rests on a concave surface formed of the epidermic
layer of the head, which here consists of soft rounded cells, granular
and easily stained in spirit specimens, but doubtless quite transparent in
life. Surrounding the lens, and forming a sort of iris, is a ring of these
epithelial cells, deeply impregnated with a deep brown pigment.

Behind this epithelial layer comes the retina. This consists of
three distinct layers. Immediately beneath the epithelial layer is a
layer of cylindrical bodies, nucleated and deeply pigmented, and con-
tinuous with the bases of these (so that each appears to have its con-
tinuation in the next layer) is a layer of tapering rods, which divide at
their deeper extremity into two or more slender fibres. Between these
two layers there is doubtless an organic connection, each cylinder
fitting accurately on to its corresponding rod, but that the continuity is

1888.] G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 227

not absolute is evidenced by the existence of a distinct line free from gra-
nules at their point of junction, and by the circumstance that rough
handling has a tendency to separate the layers at this point. The rods,
like the cylinders, are nucleated, the nuclei lying not all in the same plane,
but exhibiting a tendency to alternation. These rods contain but few
granules and, as already mentioned, divide below into a number of fibres,
each of which is continuous with a cell of the third and last layer. This
last layer consists of spindle-shaped cells strongly granular and dis-
tinctly nucleated. They are prolonged at their superficial extremities
into fibres, which are continuous with the branches of the rods of the
second layer, and their deep extremities split up into a number of fine
fibres, which can, in favourable cases, be made out to inosculate with
fibres issuing from the ganglionic mass supplying the eye.

With such refractile arrangements, the outer surface being but
little curved, the entire work of refraction must be performed by the
lenticular bag of highly refringent fluid, and the rays, passing through
the transparent epidermic layer, must be brought to a focus on the
deeply pigmented anterior extremities of the front layer of rods of the
retina. The lens is probably a modified cuticular structure. It must
be acknowledged that so specialized a structure as this is of a higher
type than the very ill-developed compound eyes which are commonly
met with amongst the Gammaride.

Nervous System.—The ventral nerve cord is large and well deve-
loped. In the thoracic region, the paired ganglia are placed so close to
each other as to nearly blend, the transverse commissures presenting
scarce any constriction. In the abdominal region these commissureg
are somewhat longer. The longitudinal commissures between the second
thoracic and the maxillipedal ganglia are longer than usual and diverge
outwards, the latter pair being placed fully the width of the cesophagus
apart. From these spring the long commissures of the cesophageal collar,
which in front join with two long, cord-like chains of cells which lie on
each side below the anterior prolongation of the peculiar gizzard to be
described below. This ganglionic cord, curving upwards, blends with
the main mass of the supra-cesophageal ganglion, which fills up nearly
the entire space of the head between the gizzard and its anterior
wall. From the periphery of this mass project eight rounded processes,
the centres of the two pairs of eyes and of the two pairs ef antenne res-
pectively. Those of the eyes lie almost in contact with the bases of the
retinal spindle cells and distinct fibrous connections can be made out
between them and the retina. From the long cord-like horns that run
back from the main brain mass to the cesophageal commissure, branches
may be traced to the gnathites and to the green-gland. Hach of the great

30

228 G.M. Giles—WNotes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. [No. 3,

ganglion masses, the ventral ganglia included, is surrounded more or less
completely by a layer of small round cells that have all the histological
characteristics of leucocytes. From an examination of certain figures
illustrative of current researches in the group, I am inclined to think
that these have been, in some cases, mistaken for nervous elements and
described as portions of the ganglion system. They are, however, simple
granular rounded cells with small indistinct nuclei, both cell substance
and nuclei greedily absorbing all dye stuffs. These cells are quite
without tails or other protoplasmic connections, and appear to be packed _
in the intercellular lymph tissues surrounding the ganglia rather than
embedded in any intercellular material. They are certainly mesoblas-
tic and probably are plasmic cells whose function it is to subserve the
rapid nutritive changes going on within the ganglionic system.

Muscular System.—This, in one species, is but feebly developed, the
sections contrasting strongly with those of species of more active habits,
such as inhabit the surface. In the head a number of radially placed
bands suspend the gizzard, those in the middle line above being the
most strongly marxed. A strong band runs between the anterior part
of the under surface of the gizzard obliquely downwards and backwards
to the antero-inferior corner of the “ sifting” stomach. The body mus-
cles are especially feeble, the best developed being the great extensors of
the segments, which attain a development somewhat superior to the
other body muscles, The great obliquely vertical bands which take up
so large a share of the segmental space in most crustaceans are scarcely
developed at all in the thoracic segments and but feebly so for even the
first three abdominal segments, which usually have these muscles of
immense size for keeping up the constant vibrations of the three anterior
abdominal appendages. Living, however, as this species does, imbedded
in tolerably thick mud, it can have but few opportunities for putting
this movement in action, the want of a free current through its branchial
plates being met in another way. The muscles of the thoracic appens
dages and of the last three abdominal appendages are correspondingly
weak, the greater part of the space within the articulations being taken
up with aggregations of plasmic cells like those already described
as surrounding the ganglionic centres.

Digestive System.—The gnathites, already described, work beneath
a vaulted space formed by the sterna of the cephalic and maxillipedal
segments. From the middle of this vault a funnel-shaped pharynx leads
into a very narrow oesophagus of some length, which opens into a large
cavity which appears to function asa gizzard. This cavity is nearly
rounded in transverse section, but slightly flattened from above down-
wards, especially behind, the width of the lumen being about one quarter

1888.] G.M. Giles—WNotes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 229

the depth of the head and more than athird of its breadth. In length, it
considerably exceeds half the length of the head, the esophagus opening
into it rather in front of the middle of its length. It is lined through-
out with chitine, and presents sundry toothed plates and hairs which
subserve the trituration of food. Of these plates and hairs, the follow-
ing are the most remarkable: from the anterior wall of the cavity,
on either side of the middle line, projects a strong flattened plate
somewhat narrowed at its origin from the wall of the cavity and
expanded at its border, which latter is armed with a double row of
strong teeth, very like those on the triturating plate of the man-
dible; the upper ranks of these teeth are short, strong, and some-
what lanceolate in form, while the lower ranks are longer, thinner,
and of more uniform thickness, and interdigitate with a series of
similar long weak teeth placed on a second pair of plates situated on the
anterior portion of the ventral wall of the organ (Plate II, fig. 3.).
Lastly, the middle part of the dorsal wall of the organ is densely
clothed with long thin flexible hairs. From the vicinity of the posterior
end of the ventral wall, rather nearer the posterior end of the organ
than to the point of entry of the esophagus, a funnel-shaped depression
leads to a very short channel, which admits the food to a second chitin-
lined cavity, which I have already alluded toas the ‘ sifting stomach.”
Seen in transverse section this latter cavity has a cordate outline; a
strong chitinous ridge, with a very broad base, projecting upwards into
its lumen from its ventral wall, and reaching upwards nearly to the
level of the dorsal wall of the organ, thus dividing the greater part of
the length of the cavity into two nearly distinct spaces. In front and
behind, this ridge sinks down rapidly to the level of the ventral wall of
the cavity. Hach of the two main spaces into which the viscus is thus
cut off is further subdivided by a very delicate chitinous plate which
projects upwards and inwards nearly as high as the main median ridge.
These plates, the median ridge, and the walls of the viscus are alike
clothed with closely set, short, and stiff, but very fine, hairs, so that the
entire organ must form a most efficient sieve by which all particles that
have not been sufficiently comminuted in the gizzard are kept from
entering the mid-gut. The “sifting stomach” opens behind by a
constricted channel into the mid-gut. The mid-gut is of considerable
dimensions, and is perfectly straight and of nearly uniform diameter
throughout, it opens by a narrow anus on the under surface of the
sixth abdominal segment close to the telson. In its anterior portion the
endothelial coat is two cells in thickness and the mesoblastic layer
of perceptible thickness. In the hinder part of the canal, however,
the endothelium is reduced to a single row of cells and the meso-

230 G. M. Giles ~Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. [No. 3,

blastic layer is so thin as to be scarcely perceptible. It is a simple
rounded channel without foldings or complications of any sort. The
large size of the canal is no doubt connected with the bulky nature
of the food in proportion to its contained nutriment. In all but one
of the specimens cut the intestinal canal was full and its contents
simply mud, exactly similar to that clinging to the outside of the
animal, which appears to live by swallowing the mud without any parti-
cular selection, trusting to the elaborate arrangements of its digestive
apparatus to separate and utilize any particles that may possess a nutri-
tive value.

Glandular System.—This in our species possesses but a feeble deve-
lopment. Situated below the main mass of the supra-cesophageal ganglion
is the green gland, consisting of a mass of somewhat elongated cells en-
closed in a distinct capsule. The situation of its duct could not be made
out. The liver les behind the gizzard and immediately underneath the
anterior end of the dorsal vessel. It is of small size, and does not com-
pletely sheath the mid-gut, being placed almost entirely above and at
the sides. Certain glandular cells can also be made out within the
basipodites of certain of the thoracic appendages, notably of the fifth,
but the position of their ducts could not be discovered with certainty,
although I am inclined to think that the opening is in the propodite,
near its articulation with the dactylopodite.

Vascular System.—The dorsal vessel is a tube of considerable size
occupying the greater part of the space between the great extensor
muscles of the segments above and the intestinal canal below; and is
slightly constricted at the points of junction of segments. Of large
size in the thoracic region, it tapers off, in front and behind, and
is lost. Beyond the constrictions, already mentioned, no signs of valves
could be made out. It appears to open by minute, oblique slits into the
general lymph spaces surrounding it. In histological structure it con-
sists of an inner layer of flat, polygonal epithelioid cells, covered by a
layer of flattened nucleated fibres disposed in a regular spiral round the
tube, the ostioles communicating with the lymph space consisting of
interstices between the thus obliquely placed fibres (PL lt, ee
The general body cavity is divided into lateral halves by a delicate
vertical septum connecting the dorsal vessel with the body wall above
and with the intestinal canal below, and each half is further subdivided
by a horizontal septum running from pleuron to pleuron above the genera-
tive gland tubes to the side of the intestine.

Organs of Respiration.—The branchie of our species attain an ex-
ceptional degree of complexity. There are five pairs, which are at-
tached to the coxopodite of each of the thoracic appendages except the

1888.] G.M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 231

first and last. Each gill plate consists of a flattened lamina of consider-
able length,the longest being nearly as long as twice the depth of the body.
From each face of this primary lamina, spring secondary lamine ar-
ranged in regular alternation on either side to the number of 20 or 30
on each face. These secondary lamine are of considerable area, the depth
of the largest being quite half the length of an average thoracic segment.
Gills of so complicated a structure as this are rare amongst the Amphi-
poda, and their presence in our species is no doubt connected with its
mode of life. Burrowing as it does in thick mud, its anterior abdominal
appendages cannot be kept in the usual rapid vibration which in most
species maintains a free current of water through the subthoracic
hollow. Such a current being unobtainable, the difficulty is met by the
great increase of available gill surface secured by the complex branchial
structure already described.

Organs of Reproduction.—Although a very large number of. speci-
mens was obtained, all appear to belong to the female sex, all presenting
the same external characteristics, and all the specimens that were dis-
sected having the same form of generative gland. Apparently the
animals were not breeding at the time of the haul, as, although the
ovaries of most of those sectionized contained young ova, none carried
egos beneath the thorax. The ovaries consist of a simple tube bent on
itself and occupying nearly the entire length of the thorax, so that a
typical section exhibits four tubes cut across and disposed in a semicircle
below the alimentary canal; of these the outer pair appear to be the
glandular and the inner, the duct portions of the organs. Such ova as
were met with in this latter portion of the tube were enveloped in a
voluminous ovoid coating of albuminons material. The flexure of the
ovarian tube takes place at the anterior end of the thorax, so that its
blind commencement is in the most posterior portion of the region. In
one series of sections, the organ presents a suspicious resemblance to
a sperm-producing gland, in other respects differing in no way from the
usual type, while no ova could be made out in any portion of the series
of sections. It may be that this 1s a male specimen, but, if this be
the case, the organs of both sexes closely resemble each other, even
to the detail of the double tube bent on itself.

3. MIcRODEUTOPUS MEGN®, n. sp., Pl. VII., Figs. 1—4.
The species described below was taken in the surface net in the
turbid water (about 6 fathoms) of the Meena Shoals.
The animal, which is 43 mm. long, is of a dirty white colour,

and the intestinal canal often shews through the body as a greenish
streak.

232 G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. [No. 3,

The head is small and somewhat excavated below, the antennz
originating a good deal behind the antennules. There is no rostrum,
and the single small black rounded eye is placed on a prominent angle
situated between the antennules and antenne.

The thorax forms a little more than half of the entire body length,
and is long and slender, the segments (saving the first, which is shorter)
being subequal. The coxal plates are small and narrow, the anterior
ones being so short as not to overlap in all positions of the animal; that
of the third is the deepest, while the last three are extremely narrow.

The abdomen is small and, like the thorax, narrow, its first three seg-
ments being about the same size and depth as the immediately preceding
thoracic segments with their coxe. The last three segments are small
and nearly cylindrical, and the short ¢elson is armed above with a pair
of peculiar conical protuberances bearing a single strong bristle. The
last three segments also have their posterior borders furnished, in the
middle line, with a few short stiff hairs.

The antennules and antenne are stout, approaching the pediform, espe-
cially in the case of the latter. They are subequal in length, the anten-
nules being a little the longer, equalling the length of the thorax less its
last segment. The peduncle of the antennules forms nearly two-thirds of
the entire length of the organs and is very stout. It consists of three joints,
of which the first is the stoutest, but is intermediate in length between the
two remaining joints, the second joiut being much the longest and form-
ing nearly half the peduncle, while the last joint is the shortest and
slenderest. All three joints are moderately hirsute, especially along
their inferior borders. The appendage of the antennule is uni-articulate,
and so small as to be very easily overlooked, indeed, it is of so delicate a
character that it will be found to be wanting in a large proportion of
specimens. The flagellum proper is very slender and consists of 10 to 14
short articuli armed with extremely short hairs.

The peduncle of the antenne is both absolutely and relatively much
longer and stouter than that of the antennules. It is five-jointed, the first
two joints being short, but very stout, the last two very long and sub-
equal to each other and to the long middle joint of the peduncle of the
antennule, and the third joint about half the length of the two distal
pieces. All its joints are moderately hirsute especially on the inferior
borders, and the last joint is additionally armed on the sides with
a number of stout tooth-like spines. The flagellum is very short,
forming nota quarter of the entire length of the organs, and consists of
10 or 12 very short, feebly armed articuli.

The gnathites and the digestive apparatus generally present a strong
general resemblance to those of Ampelisca lepta, already described, The

1888.] G.M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 233

mandibles are of even more complex structure, their cutting and tritura-
ting plates being alike doubled. Each pair of plates is immovably con-
nected together, the two cutters having simple toothless chisel edges
and closely resembling each other in general form, while the triturating
plates are very peculiar, the more superficial plate being smaller than
the deeper and armed with short, stout, conical teeth, the most anterior
being blunt and considerably longer than the rest, and the deeper tritu-
rating plates even more complex. Most anteriorly comes a vertically
arranged row of three stout, bluntly conical teeth placed, it will be ob-
served, at right angles to the main row of triturating processes. Behind
this row comes a peculiar stout tooth with a trenchant bifid apex, and,
behind this again, a number of long stout spines of no great strength.
The mandibular appendage is of exceptionally great proportional size,
being absolutely considerably longer than the pediform ramus of the
maxilliped, and may often be made out projecting forwards between
the roots of the antennules and antenne. The palp has four joints,
of which the first is very short, while the remaining three are subequal
and long. The last joint ends in a dense brush of long thin hairs, but
the remainder of the organ is nearly smooth.

The digestive organs, as far as they were examined, closely resemble
those of Amypelisca lepta, the chitinous stomach being subdivided into two
cavities, and closely resembling that of Ampelisca in the arrangement of
its armature. There is the same pair of strongly armed plates at the
anterior extremity of the organ, and it is further notable that, as in
Ampelisca, the spines of these plates resemble in form those on the pos-
terior portion of the triturating mandibular plate ; being simple pointed
rods, in both cases, in the present species; and lancet-headed spines
in both situations in Ampelisca. The ‘ sifting” stomach appears to be
of identical constructiou in both species.

The second and third thoracic appendages, or gnathopoda, present
considerable sexual differences. In the male, the lst gnathopod, though
of but medium length, is immensely stout, being nearly as thick as the
body of the animal. It is furnished with a well-developed and very
powerful double subchela, the dactylus, which is strong and a little vari-
cose, but otherwise unarmed, being opposible to the nearly quadrangular,
very short, and hirsute propodite and the latter again to the prolonged
postero-inferior angle of the immensely dilated carpopodite. The
articulation between this latter and the meropodite is very oblique,
being placed much more on the anterior than on the inferior aspect of the
articulus. The remaining joints, though very short, present nothing
remarkable. The second gnathopod in the male is short, slender, and
imperfectly subchelate, the dactylus being barely opposible to the dilated,

234 G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. [No. 3,

but not prolonged, propodite. As in its predecessor, the articulation
between the carpus and merus is extremely oblique.

In the female, the gnathopods are both much smaller, the first,
though larger, being not disproportionately so to the second. The
subchele of both pairs are single and very rudimentary, that of the
first being barely opposible and the grip secured only by a few weak
spines on the propodite, while the second pair differ but little from an
ordinary ambulatory appendage. The carpo-meropodital articulation
of the first is oblique, but in the second gnathopod it is of the ordinary
type.

In the young male, the 1st gnathopoda are comparatively small, but
can still be distinguished from those of the female by the presence of
the distally prolonged spine of the propodite.

The 4th and 5th thoracic appendages have rather long and falciform
dactylopodites, but are otherwise of the usual ambulatory type ; the fifth
is the longer of the two, being as long as the last four thoracic segments
and subequal to the sixth appendage, while the fourth, which is subequal
to the third, is at least one-fifth shorter. The sixth, seventh, and eighth
thoracic appendages resemble each other in general form, but increase
in dimensions, especially in length, from before backwards, the increase
being mainly in the great proportionate length of their distal articuh,
the length of their basi- and ischiopodites differing in much smaller pro-
portion, so that, while the sixth does not exceed the fifth in length, the
seventh appendage is as long as the entire thorax, and the eighth longer
than the seventh by the length of the animal’s head. Their basipodites
are much compressed, but not distinctly buttressed.

The first three abdominal appendages are large and powerful and
well armed with hairs, and the last three, short and cylindrical with
styloid rami, both protopodites and rami being armed with a number of
short stout spines. When extended, they all three reach about the same
level and their rami are subequal, the protopodite of the last pair being
extremely short.

The animal was found in considerable numbers to all appearance
swimming freely in the water; there was, however, abundant drift wood
which may have served as its hiding place, aud the little creatures when
under observation showed a very strong tendency to take advantage of
such opportunities of concealment.

It is possible that those taken had been washed from their hold by
the strength of the current, which often reaches a speed of 43; knots on
the Megna Flats. Still, I cannot say that I actually detected a specimen

burrowing a shelter for itself in any case that came under my obser-
vation.

1888.] G.M. Giles— Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 235

The posterior appendages are, however, admirably adapted for cling-
ing to any chance protection that might be met with.

The male is provided with five pairs of simple branchial lamince
attached to each thoracic appendage between the third and seventh in-
clusive. In the female, the gravid egg pouch renders it difficult to make
out the exact number of these laminz, but I am inclined to think that
it is the same as in the male.

Our species differs from M. gryllotalpa in the much greater propor-
tionate size of the 8th thoracic appendage; from WM. websterii in the
larger size of the seventh appendage and in the body of the latter being
much stouter; from M. anomalus and M. tenuis in the appendage of
the superior antenna being uni- instead of multi-articulate ; from M.
versiculatus in the posterior thoracic appendages being longer in that
species, and in the peculiar form of the anterior thoracic appendages of
versiculatus ; from M. longipes in the antennules and antennz being
subequal in our species, while in the former the antennule is much
longer than the antenna; from M. macronyz in the three posterior seg-
ments of the pleon being armed with spines; from M. grandimanus
in the antennules and anteunez being nearly of equal length and in the
form of the last pair of abdominal appendages, which in our species have
the peduncle much shorter than, instead of subequal to, the rami; from
M. australis, M. tenuipes, and M. chelifer, in the flagellum of the
antennules being shorter instead of longer than the peduncle ; and from
M. mortoni in this same point (which appears to characterize all the
Australian members of the genus), and in the form of the first gnathopod
of the male; M. maculatus (Thompson, Am. N. 4, (5), IV, p. 33, from
Dunedin, New Zealand), agrees with the other Australasian forms in
possessing a very long antennule, the appendage of which is multi-
articulate, and differs further from our species in the comparative short-
ness of the 7th thoracic appendage.

4. MoNOCULODES MEGAPLEON, n. sp., Pl. VII., Fig. 12.

This species was taken at the surface in the drift net in rather tur-
bid water on the banks off Chittagong.

Only a single (probably male) specimen was obtained, so
that I am unable to furnish any details as to its more minute
anatomy. The animal is 32 mm. long, of a dirty white colour,
and the intestinal canal shews through the carapace as a greenish
streak.

The head is very small, and is produced in front into a peculiar,
down-turned hooked rostrum, very minutely serrated along its posterior
border. The anterior half of the upper surface, and a portion of the

31

236 G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. [No.3,

sides, are occupied by the eyes, which blend in the middle line so as _ to
appear to be a single organ.

The thorax is small, forming only a third of the whole body length.
The segments increase gradually in length from before backwards, the
last being nearly double the length of the first, and are of very moderate
depth. The coxal plates, however, are very deep, nearly equalling, as
a general rule, the depth of their corresponding segments. The last
coxal plate is the only marked exception to this rule, being only half the
depth of the corresponding segment and little more than half the depth
of that immediately preceding it.

The abdomen is very large, forming more than half of the total body
length, the first three segments alone exceeding the thorax in length,
while the remaining three are as long as the first four thoracic segments.
The first three segments are of great depth, while the last three are
rather narrow. ‘The telson is simple and laminar.

The antennule is slightly longer than the thorax. It is moderately
hirsute, the distinction between pednnele and flagellum is very ill-
marked, the first joint alone of the former markedly exceeding the suc-
ceeding articulations in size. The flagellum consists of 10 or 12 short
joints.

The anfenne are slightly longer, exeeeding the antennules by the
length of an average thoracic segment. The peduncle forms a good deal
less than half its length, is moderately hirsute, and consists of five
joints, of which the first three are very short and the last two long and
stouter than any part of the peduncle of the antennule. The flagellum
is very smooth, its hairs being extremely fine and short, and consists of
about forty very short joints, the lines between the component articuli
being very indistinct.

With the exception of the maxilliped, which is small, hirsute, and
clawed, nothing could be made out of the gnathites, which are very small
and almost completely hidden by the sides of the head.

The second and third thoracic appendages are long and slender, the
third being a little the longer and stouter, nearly equalling the com-
bined head and thorax in length. They closely resemble each other
and shew well the peculiar form characteristic of the genus in
having the postero-inferior angle of the carpopodite prolonged into
a spine opposible to the propodite and long enough to meet the
dactylopodite. This spine in the second thoracic appendage pro-
jects a little behind the propodite, while in the third the pro-
podite slightly exceeds the spine. The fourth and fifth are the
shortest of the thoracic appendages; they are subequal and moderately
stout, and closely resemble each other, both being very hirsute and termi-

1888.] G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 237

nated by a brush of hairs so dense as to hide their dactylopodites, which,
if present, must be very small. Thesixth and seventh are stout, and alike
in general form, having their meropodites considerably expanded. They
are articulated quite to the edge of the coxe and their basipodites,
though strong, are without buttress plates. The seventh is considerably
the longer, the sixth being only as Jong as the head and the first four
thoracic segments, while the seventh is as long as the head and thorax
save its last segment. The eighth is unfortunately partially wanting on
both sides in my one specimen, but is evidently much the largest and
longest of the appendages, the basi-, ischio-, and meropodites, which re-
main, being very considerably larger than those of any other appendage;
the basipodite is strengthened by buttress-like plates both in front and
behind.

The first three abdominal appendages are of the usual type, but are
exceptionally powerful. The last three are rather long and thin, the
fourth being longest, and the sixth the shortest, the fifth, however, pro-
jecting rather beyond the other two, when all three are extended. They
are almost without hairs or spines, such as are present being very fine
and short, and have their protopodites cylindrical and their rami, of
which each has a pair, of styloid form.

Our species differs from M. carinatus in wanting the dorsal keels
and in both gnathopoda being of typical form; from M. stimpsonii in
the much larger proportional size of the abdomen; and from JZ. demissus
in the last two coxe being of fair size, certainly not very small, in the
eyes being black and not vermillion-coloured, and in the greater size of
the abdomen.

CoNCHOLESTES, gen. nov.

The following species is a most singular one in its habits. It belongs
certainly to the subfamily Corophiides of the family Oorophiide, but I can
find no genus, either in Spence Bate’s Catalogue of the British Museum
Amphipoda, or amongst the numerous new genera that have been estab-
lished in the family since the date of that publication, that, by any mo-
derate extension, can be made to include so peculiar a species, al-
though it certainly approaches most nearly to Corophium.

It was obtained by dredging in 7 fathoms, on a sandy bottom, off
the “ Seven Pagodas,”’ on the Madras Coast. Amongst the catch were a
number of specimens of Dentaliwm lactewm, some living, a few empty,
and more containing a small pagurus. On examining the latter, I was
surprised to find that two specimens were inhabited by a tubicolous
amphipod which had made its home in the shell, lining it with a mix-

238 G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. [No. 3,

ture of silken secretion with fine sandy particles ; this inner tube being
quite distinct and coherent when separated from the shell by dissolving
the latter in dilute hydrochloric acid.

Though quite lively, it was evident that the animal must be quite
confined to the bottom, as it was evidently incapable of lifting its heavy
house, but crawled about the bottom of the jar by means of its powerful
antenne. Of the two specimens, one was a female, and it is notice-
able that the eggs she carried were enclosed in no proper egg-pouch,
but were retained under the thorax only by narrow plates fringed with
long hairs, which, though of equal morphological value, differ markedly
from the usual broad plates.

So far as Iam aware, the circumstance of an amphipod making use
ef a deserted shell as a tube has not been previously observed, and I
have based the proposed generic name on this circumstance.

Animal long and slender, with the abdomen composed of six
distinct but very small segments; antennule moderately large, flagel-
late, but without appendage; antennz very large and pediform inser-
ted barely behind the antennules; 3rd thoracic appendage with a well-
developed subchela considerably larger than the weakly subchele of
2nd thoracic appendage; 7th and 8th thoracic appendages short, with
the carpopodital articulation peculiarly modified, the joint being placed
obliquely on the anterior and outer face of the articulus, and the distal
end of the carpopodite rounded, and covered with short closely set
recurved hooklets; 8th thoracic appendage ambulatory ; 4th abdominal
appendage biramous, 6th blunt, rounded, without rami, nearly hidden
beneath the squamous telson.

5. CoNCHOLESTES DENTALII, n. sp., Pl. VII, Figs. 7—11.

The head, seen laterally, forms a truncated pyramid with the base
forwards, the small eye being situated on a small angular process be-
tween the antennule and antenna, but no marked recess is formed for
the reception of the latter appendage. The carapace projects forwards
a little in the middle line between the antenne in the form of two pro-
cesses, forming a sort of bifid rostrum.

The thorax is very large, being a little more than twice as long as
the combined head and abdomen. The length of the segments is
somewhat irregular, the first being the shortest, the 2nd, 5th, and
6th subequal and longest, and the remaining segments of inter-
mediate length. The first segment has the additional peculiarity of
being prolonged into a sort of rostrum, armed with a tuft of hairs,
which overlaps the back of the head. The coxal plates are small,

1888.] G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 239

and quite distinct from each other, the first four forming conical
processes directed obliquely forwards and downwards from their cor-
responding pleura, and the hinder three being longer, but very narrow,
plates.

The first three abdominal segments are subequal, nearly cylindrical,
and are a little shorter than the first thoracic segment; the last three
are very diminutive, and the telson short, squamous, and semilunar.

The antennule is stout, less than half as long as the body. Its pe-
duncle forms three-fourths of the length of the organ, and consists of
three joints, subequal in length, but diminishing progressively in stout-
ness, and the flagellum consists of five stout longish articuli. Both
peduncle and flagellum are armed with a large number of long stiff hairs,
and the flagellum is, in addition, provided below with a series of flexible
flattened hairs quite different from the others. The antenna is pedi-
form and much the largest of all the appendages, being very stout and
nearly as long as the entire thorax. Almost the entire length of the
organ 1S formed by the peduncle, the flagellum being represented by a
single short, stout joint terminated by a pair of strong claws. The
first and last pedunculary articuli are subequal and rather short, the
second a little longer than these, and the third and fourth subequal
and very long, forming together two-thirds of the length of the organ,
which is profusely armed with long, stiff hairs.

The gnathites, as far as they could be examined, present no points
of peculiar interest, the mandibles being of simple form and _ palpate,
and the maxillipeds small and unguiculate.

The first of the gnathopods is but feebly subchelate, no palm being
developed to the propodite ; such grasping power as it may have being
furnished by a number of fine serrations on the dactylopodite and some
stiffish hairs on the protopodite. The appendage is as long as the pedun-
cle of the superior antenne; the second gnathopod, though but little
longer, is much stouter and has the protopodite much dilated, the palm,
though rather oblique, being strongly armed with three formidable
teeth, and the dactylopodite being strongly serrated. The dactylopodite
also presents the following additional peculiarities: first, it is armed
in its anterior border with one or two hairs, a most exceptional circum-
stance, and, secondly, it is really trifid when seen from above, as, from a
point about half way along its length, a powerful secondary tooth pro-
jects obliquely on either side; these latter being but little exceeded
by the main central tooth either in length or stoutness. As in the Ist
enathopod, the carpo-propodital articulation is rather oblique.

The next two thoracic appendages (4th and 5th) are short, being
only as long as the two first joints of the peduncles of the anten-

240 G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. [No. 3,

nules. They are mainly remarkable for the stoutness of their articuli
and the length and straightness of their dactylopodites. The 6th
and 7th thoracic appendages are of very peculiar structure, and
have already been shortly described in the generic diagnosis. They
are similar in general form, but the 6th is somewhat the larger, its
excess of length being gained mainly in the basipodite. Hach carpo-
podite forms a stout cylinder, armed at its point with a short, stout
spine, and densely clothed at its apex and outer aspect with short stout
recurved hooks. The propodite is articulated a little below the
middle of the outer and anterior aspect of the carpopodite, and the
dactylopodite forms a small, but much curved hook. The 8th thoracic
appendage differs considerably from any of the other appendages, and
is more of the normal type. Subequal to the second gnathopod
in length, it is the slenderest of all the appendages, the basipodite
alone being of any size, and even this considerably tapered distally.
All the thoracic appendages are somewhat hirsute.

The first three abdominal appendages, though of the usual type,
are very small and much broader than long. The fourth is the larg-
est of them all, its peduncle being stout and armed with a few stout
spines, and its rami, which are equally stout, about half the length
of the peduncle and armed with a number of stiff sightly curved
spines. The articulations of the rami of this appendage with its
peduncle are strong and of hinge type; and watching the animal
while alive, I was impressed with the idea that the organ could be, and
probably is, employed by the animal as a forceps for holding on to its
house. Of the fifth abdominal appendage I have been unable to obtain
a satisfactory view. It is small and its peduncle is very short, though of
considerable breadth. The ramus appears to be single and rounded,
and has its end beset with recurved hooks, similar to those on the car-
popodites of the 6th and 7th thoracic appendages. The last abdominal
appendage is short and blunt and has no ramus, its end being armed
with a few spines, some of which show a tendency to hooking.

6. AMPHITHOE INDICA, M.-Hdw., Pl. X., Figs. 1—7.

This very beautifully ornamented species was obtained in the drift
net, in the middle of the Bay of Bengal, on a voyage from Chittagong to
Madras. Although so far from land, there was a certain amount of
flotsom and jetsom to be met with on the surface, and it was in the in-
terstices of such pieces that the little animal had its home. It builds no
regular tube, but constructs an irregular sort of shelter for itself by
glueing together tiny morsels of driftage, ekeing out its materials;
from the appearance of some of the irregular masses resulting from its

1888.] G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 241

architectural efforts, I am inclined to believe, with pellets of its own ex- —
creta, as observed in certain kindred species by F. S. Smith (Nature,
1880, p. 095). To this queer home it clings most tenaciously, and I should
certainly have overlooked it altogether had not my assistant, in lifting
some of the morsels of débris, with the view of cleaning the catch, acci-
dentally demolished a homestead and evicted one of the tenantry ; when
a closer examination resulted in the discovery of a considerable number
of specimens.

The animal is about 5 mm. long, and is very beautifully coloured.
The ground colour is a rich deep purple, fading to nearly a burnt-sienna
tint towards the dorsal line, the coxal plates being darkest and free from
paler markings. The whole of the head and thorax is mottled with
patches of the brightest golden yellow, which forms a broad, but
somewhat irregular, band along the middle of the back, and is further
disposed in irregular patches over the pleura of the somites. The basi-
podites of the thoracic appendages are of the deepest purple, but on
their distal articuli the colour fades to a paler shade of the same tint.

The head has an irregularly pentagonal outline, its anterior bor-
der being peculiarly vertical and straight, and without any rostrum.
It nearly equals in length the first two thoracic segments; its depth
is but little less. The eye, which is coloured the brightest scarlet, is of
medium size and placed at the antero-inferior angle of the head.

The thorax is large, forming five-ninths of the entire body length.
Its segments are stout, and as deep as they are long, and do not differ
markedly from each other in length, but the 8rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th are
subequal, and about } longer than the two first and the last segments.
The five anterior coxal plates are deeper than the corresponding
seoments, and the 5th has the additional peculiarity of being composed
of two lobes, of which the anterior is as deep as, or deeper than, the coxee
in front of it, while the posterior lobe is very narrow and corresponds
in form and depth to the very small coxe of the 6th and 7th segments
behind it.

The abdomen is small, forming but little more than $rd of the
entire body length. Its first, second, and fourth segments are sub-
equal in length to the first two thoracic segments, while the third is
subequal to a median thoracic, and the last two are very short, the pen-
ultimate segment being the shortest of all. In depth, the 1st abdominal
segment only equals the last thoracic segment and its coxe, the 2nd and
3rd are somewhat deeper, and the last three segments very narrow.
The telson is small, laminar, somewhat upturned, and of a roundedly
conical outline. The last three segments are armed with a few hairs
along the middle line.

242 G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. [No. 3,

The antennule is a little more than a third of the body length,
reaching back to nearly the end of the 4th thoracic segment. Its
peduncle is moderately stout and forms more than half the length
of the organ. Of its three articuli, the first is the longest and stoutest,
the second, nearly as large, and the third, very small, is dotted
along its inferior border with a number of long fine hairs, but, with
the exception of a few short fine hairs, is naked above. The flagellum
tapers gradually, andis formed of 13—14 short joints, each of which is
distally armed with a few short stiffish hairs.

The antenna exactly equals the antennule in length, but is much
stouter and subpediform. The peduncle forms {ths of the entire
length of the appendage; its first three joints are very stout, but in
length together only equal the 4th, which is subequal to the 5th. The
proximal segments are pretty liberally clothed with long hairs, and the
last with hairs shorter and almost spinous. The flagellum consists of
9—11 very short joints, each of which is armed distally with a circlet of
short stiff hairs. |

The gnathites are rather small and inconspicuous, but the mandible,
which is provided with a small appendage, is of remarkable complexity,
its triturating portion being subdivided into three distinct, but immovably
connected, plates, each armed with dentations of progressively increasing
severity. The deepest of these three plates is armed, in addition, with
a number of compound sifting hairs.

The maxille and maxillipeds are small, but quite of the usual type.
The second and third thoracic appendages (gnathopoda) are small
and rather weakly subchelate. The palm of the propodite of the Ist
gnathopod is fairly marked, but has its angle round and not produced
into an opposible ramus, while that of the 2nd gnathopod has the palm
even less pronounced, being retracted and excavated ; both have a pair
of stout spines near the angle between which the dactylopodite closes.
In both, the dactylopodites are feebly serrate, and the carpo-meropodital
articulations, oblique. The fourth and fifth thoracic appendages are
subequal in length to the gnathopoda; both are somewhat slighter
and quite of the usual ambulatory type. The sixth, seventh, and
eighth ‘thoracic appendages resemble each other closely in general
plan, but differ greatly in length, the sixth being subequal to the
appendages in front of it and a little more than ;th the body length,
while the seventh is fully a third, and the eighth, a sixth, longer
than the seventh. All three have the basipodites strengthened by
buttress plates, those of the sixth being placed in front as well as be-
hind the cylindrical portion of the articulus, while, in the 7th and 8th,
the buttress is placed entirely behind. The basipodites certainly do

1888.] G.M. Giles—WNotes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 243

“taper” distally (as described by Milne-Edwards, Nat. Hist. des Crus-
tacés, vol. iii, p. 31), but not so markedly as to make it a prominent
characteristic. All three appendages shew also a peculiarity of the pro-
podites, which are armed at the distal end of their anterior borders with
a pair of stout blunt spines including between them a rounded depres-
sion, and giving one the impression of their being especially suited to
subserve the guiding ofa thread. All the thoracic appendages, except
the first and last, appear to carry gill plates in both sexes.

The three anterior abdominal appendages are large and well de-
veloped, but are quite of the usual type. The 4th and 5th abdominal
appendages are stout, the peduncle of the 5th being considerably the
shorter. Their rami are subequal and styloid and are armed with
stout short spines, some of which, near the ends of the rami, shew a
tendency to become recurved. The peduncles also are armed with
a few similar spines. The last appendage is peculiar. Its peduncle is
very short and broad and armed only with a single spine at the end
of its inner border. Its rami differ greatly, the inner ramus being
very stout and nearly spherical and armed only with a single short
spine and a few hairs, while the outer is laminar and quite sinooth,
and has its inner border developed into a peculiar double hook.

I think it is more than probable that this specics is identical with
A. indica, Milne-Edwards (loc. cit.), more especially as my specimens
agree in the most prominent peculiarity which the species possesses,
namely, the shortness and equality of the antenne. Milne-Hdwards’
Species was taken on the other side of the peninsula, but, as it is
thoroughly pelagic, it is probably found on both sides. His description
is, however, so utterly inadequate that it would be impossible to pro-
nounce on the point without seeing the actual specimens. He does
not appear to have figured the species, and S. Bates’ figure (Cat. Amph.
Crust. British Museum, pl. xlii, fig. II), which is stated to have been
drawn from the type in the Museum of the Jardin des Plantes, is so
small and indistinct that it is impossible to draw any certain conclusions
from it. As far as they go, figure and description incline me to believe
that this is the same species, but in any case a more complete fizure
and description were a desideratum.

7. ATYLUSs comEs, n. sp., Pl. X., Figs. 8—10.

The main point of interest connected with the present species is its
close superficial resemblance to, and its companionship with, Amphithoé
indica. Several specimens were taken with the latter species, already
described ; but it was not until after repeated examinations that I was
able to assure myself that the differences were not of a sexual value

32

244 G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. [No. 3,

only. This was at last negatived by the discovery of egg-bearing
females belonging to both species.

The colouration of the two species is closely similar (although the
Atylus has, if anything, a larger share of the bright yellow maculi ona
brown purple ground that characterize both species) that I think that
there can be little doubt that we have to do with a case of mimicry, in
which case there can be little doubt that it is the Afylus who gains the
advantage, as the Amphithoé is much the stouter and stronger species, and
possesses the added advantage of being able to construct itself a home
which makes pursuit almost futile. Whether or not the Atylus avails
itself of deserted Amphithoé nests, Iam unable to say, as the resemblance
is so close that, until I had the whole catch under the microscope, I did
not suspect that I had to do with more than a single species. I am in-
clined to think, however, that such must be the case, as all my brightly
coloured specimens were certainly turned out of hiding places of sorts,
and so think that the probable advantage that is gained by the mimicry
is the facility of appropriating empty nests without being discovered as
a feeble interloper by the much better armed Amphithoé. It seems pos-
sible too that such a habit may be more or less a generic characteristic
of Atylus, as Liljeborg (Oefvers. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl. p. 8,
1852) had already noticed a curious resemblance between Amphithoé
tenwicornis and Atylus compressus, though there is no note as to their
habits.

The species, although a slenderer animal, is about the same length
(5 mm.) as Amphithoé indica, and has the yellow maculi somewhat
larger and more regularly distributed than in that species.

The head is proportionally larger and deeper, being nearly cylindri-
cal and much deeper than long. At its antero-inferior angle is carried a
black-pigmented compound eye much longer than the scarlet eye of the
Amphithoe. The cephalic shield is angulated in the middle line in front,
but can hardly be said to be rostrate.

The thorax is small, forming considerably less than half the body
length and not much exceeding the abdomen in that respect. It is much
compressed, its segments being a good deal deeper than long, and its
posterior segments are, if anything, shorter than those in front. The
coxal plates are narrow, the anterior four being not more than half the
depth of their corresponding segments and the three posterior not much
more than a third the depth of the anterior coxe.

The abdomen is large and deep, its three anterior segments being as
long as 13 thoracic segments ; the fourth segment is also of consider-
able size, equalling in length an average thoracic segment, and the last
two segments are very small. The telson is composed of two, quite .

1888.] G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 245

distinct, oval leaflets, regularly articulated to the posterior border of
the last segment, and capable of free motion like an appendage. It is
possible that this power of thus erecting the telson may serve as a
substitute for the uropodal hooks of the associated Amphithoé, enabling
the animal to hang on to the nest it has appropriated in much the same
way that species does by the latter means. .

The antennules and antenne are subequal and short, being hardly
more than a third of the body length, reaching back as far as the back
of the third thoracic segment.

The antennules have the peduncle considerably shorter than the
flavellum, the first joint being long and stout, the second rather more
than half the length of the first, and the third joint so small as to be -
almost indistinguishable from the flagellar articuli, which latter are
14—16 in number, short, and, like the peduncle, but feebly armed with
a few fine hairs.

The first joint of the peduncle of the antenne is hidden behind the
projecting anterior border of the head and the next two are very short
and stout, while the remaining two pieces are long and slender and
subequal to each other and to the flagellum, which latter consists of
8—10 short articuli. Both peduncle and flagellum are somewhat more
strongly armed than the corresponding parts of the antennules.

The gnathites are large and strong. The mandibles are simple in
construction, the biting plates having a straight, unserrated cutting
edge, while the triturating plate consists of a single row of simple blunt
teeth arranged ina vertical series with a tuft of compound, sifting
bristles behind them. They are provided with a long four-jointed
appendage. The first maxilla has the inner lamella strongly toothed
and almost mandibuliform, and the second maxilla has the outer ramus
but little flattened, and almost palp-shaped.

The gnathopoda (2nd and 8rd thoracic appendages) are of similar
form, with weak subchele, the protopodite being simply dilated and not
produced into a distinct palm, but the anterior of the two is consider-
ably the smaller, its length only equalling that of the head and first
two thoracic segments, while the posterior is longer by the length of an
additional thoracic segment. The fourth and fifth thoracic appendages
are of the usual ambulatory type, but differ in length, the fourth being
subequal to the second gnathopod, while the fifth, the shortest of all
the thoracic appendages, is not quite as long as the first gnathopod.
The remaining three thoracic appendages closely resemble each other
in form, all having, as in the Amphithoé, dilated basipodites taper-
ing below, and their remaining articuli long and slender. They differ,
however, somewhat in length, the seventh, the longest of all the thoracic

246 G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. [No. 3,

appendages, being as long as the head and first five thoracic segments,
while the eighth is a trifle shorter, and the sixth is only subequal to the
second gnathopod.

The three anterior abdominal appendages are of the usual type and
are strong and well developed. The last three appendages are strong,
with the inner ramus slightly shorter than the outer, both rami being
armed with stoutish spinous hairs. The three pairs of rami are
subequal, but the peduncles differ a good deal in size, that of the fifth
being only half, and that of the sixth only a quarter, the length of the
peduncle of the fourth.

Our species differs from the hitherto described members of the
genus as below: from A. gibbosus, A. bispinosus, A. swammerdamii,
A. villosus, A. carinatus, A. corallinus, A. hualeyanus, A. spinulicauda,
and A. compressus, in having no dorsal carine or spines; from A.
erenulatus and A. austrinus in having the antenne subequal, and not
differing considerably in length as in those species; from A. vulgaris
and A. capensis in the antenne being considerably shorter ; and from
A. inermis, A. simplex, and A. fissicauda in the last three thoracic
appendages not being subequal, but differing a good deal in length.

8. UROTHOE RUBER, n. sp., Pl. XI.

This form was extremely common in the surface net takings on the
banks of Chittagong, and was easily distinguished from the other organ-
isms comprised in the catch by its bright brick red colour. Its length
is about 3 mm.

Its head is small and somewhat olive-shaped ; the large eyes being
placed rather high up on its lateral aspect.

The thorax is of moderate size, forming rather less than half of the
body length, excluding the head. It is depressed rather than com-
pressed and its segments increase in size regularly from before back-
wards. The coxal plates are deep, especially the first four ; owing to
their extreme transparency it was difficult to make out the posterior
ones clearly, but they appeared to be as in the figure, the 5th not being
markedly small, as indicated in the generic diagnosis; this, however,
is also the case in U. elegans (Sp. Bate).

The abdomen is large, forming nearly half of the entire body
length, its 3rd segment being the largest and alone as long as the head,
while the 5th is the shortest of all.

The antennule is small, its peduncle is three-jointed and as long as
the head, and its basal joint is armed dorsally with a number of plumose
compound hairs. The flagellum is very small, 4-jointed, and its ap-
pendage even smaller and made up of two very slender articuli,

1888.] G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 247

The antenna is much larger than the antennule, its peduncle alone
equalling in length the entire organ, while, with its long flagellum,
it slightly exceeds the animal in length. The peduncle appears to be
3-jointed from the blending of its first three pieces into one, on which
the orifice of the green-gland forms a small tubercle about half along
its length. The flagellum is very long, slender, and smooth.

The gnathites are small and feebly armed, the mandible, which
is provided with a long 3-jointed appendage, armed with a number of
long stiff sete, being provided with a small cutting, and two very small
triturating, lamelle, and the maxille and maxillipeds exceptionally
small and feeble.

The second and third thoracic appendages are small and slender,
imperfectly subchelate and extremely hirsute. The 4th and 5th, also
very hirsute, are otherwise of the usual ambulatory type, but are even
shorter than the gnathopoda. The 6th has a very peculiar form. Its
basipodite, short and stout, is expanded below to articulate with the
much expanded ischiopodite, half way down which is a row of formi-
dable spines; both it and the meropodite are provided with peculiar
lamelliform processes on their posterior borders, from the posterior
border of which, and from the inferior border of the process of the
latter, spring a number of very long bipennate compound hairs. The
inferior border of the propodite is similarly provided, but to a less
extent. The lower borders of all the articuli are armed with a row of short
stout spines. The 7th is the largest of all the appendages, and, though,
in general form, it resembles the ordinary ambulatory appendage, it
too is decorated, along the posterior border of the basipodite and mero-
podite, with long compound hairs of the same character as those on
the sixth thoracic appendage. The 8th, somewhat smaller than the
7th, resembles this latter in general form, but is more feebly armed.

The three anterior abdominal appendages are large and powerful,
and their paddles are armed with compound, plumose hairs, like those
of the posterior thoracic appendages, in place of the usual simple cirrhi.
The fourth is large and smooth with its rami unequal, the inner being
somewhat the smaller. The fifth resembles the fourth, but is consider-
ably smaller. The sixth is the largest of all, and, like the anterior
appendages, isarmed with long plumose compound hairs. Its protopo-
dite, though short, is very stout, and its large rami are nearly equal, the
outer only slightly exceeding the inner in length. The telson is squami-
form and completely double.

_ In the female there is a large egg-pouch, which appears to be sup-
plemented by the long fringe of feathery hairs from the posterior thoracic
appendages, for in several cases I noticed very advanced ova entangled.

248 G. M. Giles—Notee on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. [No. 3,

A series of transverse sections shewed the stomach to be very simple
and scarcely at all armed. It was also evident that the diet of the
animal consists mainly of minute marine algz and diatoms. The pecu-
liar fin-like form assumed by the sixth abdominal appendage no doubt
nie a the almost purely surface existence which the creature appears
to lead.

9. CHDICERUS PULICIFORMIS, n. sp., Pl. VII, Figs. 5 & 6,9.

Although not in all points agreeing with the definition of (dicerus
as restricted in Spence Bate’s Catalogue, the present species corresponds
sufficently well to the genus as extended by Kossmann (Zool. Reis. ii,
p. 130, 1880), who combines under Oedicerus the genera Kroyera, Monocu-
lodes, and Westwoodilla, as well as Dana’s original Cdicerus.

Our species resembles most nearly WM. equimanus, Kossmann,
from the Red Sea (loc. cit.). From this, however, it differs in the pro-
portions of the body, the thorax in Kossmann’s species being relatively
much larger, exceeding considerably in length the first three segments
of the abdomen, while the reverse is the case in the species to be pre-
sently described.

Female specimen, carrying ova, dredged in Megna shoals, 5 fathoms.
Length, about 2mm. Colour, dirty white.

Head quadrate produced into a somewhat acute rostrum, which is
fringed below with fine hairs; excluding the rostrum, itis as long as
the first three thoracic segments. Hyes placed laterally, very small, so
that they might well be overlooked.

Thorax small, forming less than a third of entire body length, the
segments of about uniform depth, but increasing regularly in length
from before backwards. Coxal plates small, of almost uniform depth.

Abdomen large; the first three segments alone considerably ex-
ceeding the thorax in length; fourth segment narrowed in front so as
to move freely beneath the much excavated posterior part of the third:
fifth and sixth segments very small. Telson squamiform, entire.

All the appendages are remarkable for their extreme hirsuteness,
their distal parts especially being so thickly clothed with long fine hairs
that their outline is very difficult to trace.

Antennules short, equalling the first five thoracic segments in length ;
the peduncle forms rather more than a third of their entire length.

Antenne long, peduncle consisting of three short basal, and two
longer distal, joints ; flagellum slender, multiarticulate, not very hirsute ;
the entire organ nearly as long as the thorax and abdomen together.

Maxillipedes large and pediform. The second of the thoracic ap
pendayes, as long as the thorax, slender, weakly subchelate, the palm

1888.] G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 249

being ill-developed and the dactylopodite smooth and unarmed. The
carpopodite, however, is prolonged into a styliform process opposible to
the propodite. Third thoracic appendage closely resembles the second,
but has the propodite rather shorter and broader. In both these ap-
pendages the inferior border of the propodite is armed with a number of
peculiar uncinate hairs. The fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh thoracic
appendages are about the same length as the gnathopoda, the fifth and
sixth being slightly the longer, the seventh shorter than the rest, all
closely resemble each other and are so thickly covered with hairs that
their dactylopodites can only with difficulty be made out among the
dense brush springing from the end of the propodite. The eighth
differs much from all the preceding thoracic appendages, being very
nearly as long as the entire body of the animal. Its three proximal
joints are stout and armed with short, sharp spines, while the remaining
articulations are filiform and clothed with long thin hairs.

The first three abdominal appendages are of the usual type, but are
very large, the protopodites being exceptionally long and the rami broad
and well armed. The last three pairs are all biramous and styliform.

ELSIA, gen. nov.

For the following species I can find no genus into which it will at
all well fit. The family Platyscelide, to which it undoubtedly belongs,
has been divided by Professor Claus (Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien. 2, 1879)
into two groups, into the second of which—characterized by the body
being more or less compressed and extended, by the abdomen being long
and not easily flexible on to the ventral aspect of the thorax, and by long
and narrow coxal plates,—our species falls without any difficulty. Claus
divides this group into three subfamilies, the Pronoidw, Lyceide, and
Oxycephalide. Of these three, the second corresponds best to the present
species, and is thus characterized by Claus, “‘ Body generally shaped as in
Hyperia : abdomen can be half flexed on thorax : coxal plates of 6 and 7
thoracic appendages triangular; 8th thoracic appendage feeble. In the
female the body is more compressed than in the male and the hinder
antennee usually aborted.” Claus enumerates the following genera as
belonging to this subfamily, Thamyris, Lyccea, Simorhynchus, Pseudolycea,
Paralycea, and Lycceopsis. The present species corresponds to none
of these, although it approaches most nearly to Pseudolycea. From this,
however, it differs in the following points.

a. ‘The parts near the mouth are not ‘‘ produced into a sort of snout.”

B. Eyes large, but do not cover the whole extent of head.

y. Gnathopoda not simple and claw-shaped, but complexly sub-
chelate.

250 G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. [No. 3,

These differences are so considerable that I feel constrained to pro-
pose for it a new genus, characterized as below.

Antennules short, hidden by the cephalon. Antenne obsolete (in the
female). Second and third thoracic appendages small, subequal, sub-
chelate, the palm of their forceps formed by the prolonged posterior
inferior angle of the carpopodite; sixth and seventh pairs larger than
the rest: hindermost pair very small, the basopodite alone well deve-
loped, while the distal] joints are very small and ill-defined. Fourth and
fifth segments of pleon fused together.

10. Esta inpica, n. sp., Pl. VI., Figs. 2—4, ¢?.

A single specimen (female) was taken in the surface net in Bombay
Harbour.

Total length about 4 mm.

Colour deep sepia-brown throughout, without spots or blotches. -

Head ovate, prolonged in front into a sort of proboscis, the
lower surface of which is hollowed out; at the back of its lateral
faces are the large compound eyes.

Thorax much compressed forming nearly half of the entire body
length. Coxal plates not markedly differing in depth, the fourth and
fifth being somewhat the deepest, while those in front of and behind
these gradually diminish. The last three segments are subequal and
larger than the rest, the first especially being very narrow.

Abdomen broader and less compressed than the thorax and as lang
as the last four segments of the latter. The first three segments sub-
equal and larger than any of those preceding them. The fourth and
fifth blended together, not half as long as the third, and the sixth
very small.

The antennules are very short, consisting of a peduncle formed of
three short, but stout, joints and a rudimentary flagellum consisting of
two pieces, of which the first is tumid and pear-shaped, and the second
slender and digitiform. The last joint of the peduncle and the first
flagellar articulation are furnished with a few short soft hairs.

Antenne obsolete.

The gnathites generally, including the maxillipedes, appear small
and ill-developed.

The second and third thoracic appendages are small and subequal,
the hinder being but a trifle the larger, neither approaching the head in
length. They closely resemble each other, having a complex unarmed
subchela formed by the prolongation of the antero-inferior angle of the
carpopodite opposed to the somewhat dilated propodite, and the dacty-
lopodite being small and claw-shaped. The fourth and fifth pair are

1888.] G.M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 251

subequal, simple, and slender, and as long as the first five thoracic
segments ; the posterior border of their propodites are weakly denticu-
lated. The sixth and seventh pair closely resemble each other, but
the sixth is somewhat the larger, being as long as the entire abdomen.
Their basipodites are short and broad and the anterior border of their
propodites is markedly denticulated. The eighth is much smaller, and
more than half its length is formed by the broad and fairly stout
basipodite, the remaining articulations being very small and scarcely
definable from each other. In all the thoracic appendages the dacty-
lopodite is extremely minute. Simple branchial sacs are attached to
the 5th, 6th, and 7th thoracic appendages.

The first three abdominal appendages are stout, their protopodites
being especially long, while their rami are short and but ill-provided
with marginal hairs. The last three pairs are stout with styliform
rami ; all three reach to an equal length beyond the posterior extremity
of the abdomen.

11, CapPRELLA MADRASANA, n. sp., Pl. XII, Figs.1 & 2, 39.

Three specimens of this form, two males and one female, were taken
in the drift net lowered nearly to the bottom in 6—9 fathoms off the
“Seven Pagodas” Madras, and afterwards in a similar depth in Palk’s
Straits. |

The animal (with the exception of the eye, which is of a deep pur-
ple tint) is of a dirty white colour throughout, and is very small, the
males measuring only 3 and the females only 4 mm. in length; and in
general outline resembles C. linearis, although its nearest ally is probably,
C. geometrica. The body is quite smooth without tubercles or spines,
the head is rounded and unprovided with any rostrum, and presents a
somewhat pear-shaped outline when viewed laterally, being deeper than:
long.

The first segments of the thorax are very long and slender in both
sexes, the first being as long as the head and united toit by a visible, but
apparently immovable, suture. The second is as long as the head and
the first segment together, and the third, fourth, and fifth progressively
longer, the last forming 2ths of the entire length of the animal. The
sixth segment is nearly as long as the second, and the seventh very
short.

The rudimentary abdomen is represented only by two or three very
indistinct rings, and no rudiments of its appendages can be made out
with the exception of a short projection armed with a small articulus
(or hair ?) from the penultimate ringlet.

33

252 G.M. Giles—wNotes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. (No. 3,

The antennule is more than 3rd as long as the body, reaching back
as far as the origin of the first pair of branchial sacs. Rather more than
half its length is formed by the three-jointed peduncle, whose middle
articulus is much the longest, the third joint being very short. It is
nearly naked, being armed only with a very few fine, short hairs. The
flagellum consists of five joints, of which the first is much the longest,
exceeding a good deal, in this respect, the last joint of the peduncle;
each joint is armed with a small hair on its distal extremity above, and
with a pair of soft flattened hairs below, the first articulus having two
additional pairs of such hairs at equal distances along its lower border
indicating probably that the flagellum grows from its base by the inter-
calation of additional articuli, as my second male specimen has this
joint longer than in that figured presenting an additional pair of hairs,
the last being opposite a very indistinct line of division.

The antenna is somewhat shorter than the antennule, being
but 2ths the total length of the creature; the peduncle is five-jointed,
the first two joints being stout, but very short, while the third is but
little longer and as slender as the last two articuli, which are very long
and subequal and together make up $rds of the entire length of the
organ. The flagellum consists of two stout articuli, and, like the pe-
duncle, is armed, more especially along its inferior border, with strong
simple hairs.

The gnathites appear to be of normal form, the mandibles being
provided with a large palp, and the maxillipeds, small, but of pediform
outline and clawed.

The second thuracic appendage is small and takes its origin from the
anterior border of the segment, close to the maxillipeds. It is
only as long as the third thoracic segment and is but feebly sub-
chelate, the propodite being but little dilated. It has, however, some
amount of grasping power, as the posterior border of the propodite is
armed with a ridge divided into peculiar square-topped teeth, and the
dactylopodite is provided with a number of stout tubercular spines.
The third thoracic appendage is the longest and largest of the appen-
dages, and, though no true palm is developed, is more strongly sub-
chelate than its predecessor; the propodite being much dilated and
armed with a peculiar downwardly directed tooth about its middle, and
further provided, at the proximal end of the same margin, beyond the
reach of the opposition of the dactylopodite, with a strong tubercle armed
with a stout spine exactly like those on the propodites of the posterior
thoracic appendages by which the animal fixes itself. The third
and fourth thoracic segments have no appendages except a pair of simple
laminar gill-sacs. The sixth pair of appendages is very weak, but little

1888.] G.M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 253

longer than the segment from which it springs, and quite of the usual
ambulatory type. The seventh and eighth pairs are iarge and powerful
and are used by the animal to anchor itself to any suitable object; they
resemble each other closely in general form, but the eighth is much the
larger, the seventh being only as long as the Ist and 3rd thoracic seg-
ments, while the eighth is as long as the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th thoracic seg-
ments together. Each has the basipodite rather stout and the meropo-
dite and carpopodite of very moderate size, the main part of the length
of these appendages being formed by the propodite and dactylopodite,
which are of great size and strength ; the dactylopodite being stout and
falciform, and the propodite being provided at its proximal extremity
with a tubercle and spine like that already described as similiarly
situated on the 3rd thoracic appendage. By means of the grasp
obtained between this and the point of the dactylopodite, the animal
is able to attach itself to such comparatively smooth surfaces as the
interior of a leaden ring which formed the walls of the cell in which
it was confined. .

The female differs from the male in the following points :—

Ist. She is larger and proportionately stouter.

2nd. She is provided with an egg-pouch attached to the 3rd and
4th thoracic segments. This is large and deep; the lamine of the
3rd segment being directed downwards and backwards, and their
posterior border overlapped by those springing from the 4th segment.
During life these lamin are kept in constant motion so as to produce a
continuous current of water round the contained ova.

Srd. No trace of the abdomen or its appendages can be made out.

Observing the living animal, I was much struck with the activity of
its circulation, which is much more active than in any other amphipod
that has come under my notice, the lymph current flowing as rapidly as
in the highest crabs.

12. CAPRELLA PALKII, n. sp., Pl. XIT, Fig. 3.

This species closely resembles the preceding, so much so that, a
single immature female only having been obtained, I am in some doubt
as to whether or not it is a distinct species or merely a stage of C. mad-
rasana. On the whole, however, I am inclined to think that it is speci-
fically distinct.

The specimen was dredged in 7 fathoms in the mouth of Palk’s
Straits, and was clinging to some Sargassum weed. The differences
between the two species are as follows :—

Ist. The lst thoracic segment is proportionally shorter.

2nd. The 3rd and 4th thoracic segments are each armed with two

254 G. M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. [No. 3,

stout, forwardly directed, dorsal spines, one situated about the middle of
the segment, and the other at its hinder edge.

3rd. There is more difference between the antenne, the superior
pair being proportionally larger.

4th. The 2nd thoracic appendage has its propodite better de-
veloped.

5th. The 38rd thoracic appendage is somewhat smaller.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Anonyx amaurus, x 12. The dotted line beneath the body shews the
outline of the brood-pouch. The coxal plates are represented as semitransparent, in
order to shew the form of the parts beneath ; they are in point of fact, however,
quite opaque. Fig. 2. Elsia indica, ¢, x 24. Fig.3. Antennule, x 100. Fig. 4.
One of the gnathopods, x 100. ‘

Prate VII.

Fig. 1. Microdeutopus megne, #, x 11. Fig.2. Gnathopoda of female, x 11.
Fig. 3. Mandible and its appendage, x 40. Fig. 4. Pediform ramus of the maxil-
liped, to shew its relative proportions to the mandibular palp, x 40. Fig. 5.
Cdicerus puliciformis, x 19. Fig. 6. ‘Terminal joints of gnathopoda, x 50.
Fig. 7. Concholestes dental, x 10. Fig. 8. Head, seen from above, x 10,
Fig. 9. Subchela of 2nd gnathopod, x 50. Fig. 10. Distal joints of 6th thoracic
appendage, x 50. Fig. 11. Last three abdominal segments, x 40, Fig. 12,
Monoculodes megapleon, x 12.

Prate VIII.

Fig. 1. <Ampelisca lepta, x 20, Fig. 2. Last three abdominal segments and
appendages, x 40. Fig. 3. The mandible and its appendages, x 40. Fig. 4.
Sifting plate of mandible, x 200. Fig. 5. Cutting plate of mandible, x 200.
Fig. 6. Ist maxilla, x 40. Fig. 7. 2nd maxilla and maxilliped, x 40. Fig. 8.
One of the rami of 2nd maxilla, x 100. Fig. 9. Imperfect subchela of 2nd
thoracic appendage, x 100. Fig. 10. Ramus of one of posterior abdominal appen-
dages, x 100.

Prate IX.

Fig. 1. Transverse section of head ( x 100) of A. lepta at the level of the
upper pair of eyes; (a) chitinous coat of animal, (b) lens, (c) lens of the other
side dislocated and shrunken with contained fluid oozing out, (d) epithelial layer
of dermis deeply pigmented to form a sort of iris, (e) retina. Fig. 2. A portion
of retina of preceding, x 600; (a) deepest layer of spindle-shaped bodies,
(b) middle layer of nucleated rods divided below into fibres inosculating with
ends of the preceding layer, (c) deeply pigmented rods external to middle
layer, (d) epithelial layer of dermis. Fig. 3. Vertical longitudinal section of
head of A lepta x 100, cut a little to one side of the middle line in the plane
of the inner pair of eyes; (a) inner eye, (2) cerebral nervous mass (the upper

1888.] G.M. Giles—Notes on the Amphipoda of Indian Waters. 255

of the two dotted lines from (6) points to the centre of the inner eye, the lower
to that of the inferior antenna; between them is seen a smaller projection, that
of the external eye), (¢) anterior portion of cesophageal nervous collar, (d) the
green-gland, (e) the cavity of the mouth, (f) cavity of the gizzard, (g) sifting
stomach, (h) the liver, (&) anterior part of dorsal vessel, (m. m.) masses of plasmic
cells surrounding the nervous centres, (z. 2.) muscles of the gizzard. Fig. 4,
Diagrammatic median section of A. lepta to shew arrangement of the parts of the
intestinal canal. The thick line shews the external integument, the thin, the fore-
gut, the dotted line the mid-gut. Fig. 5. Transverse section head of A. lepta, at the
level of the passage between the gizzard and the “sifting stomach ;” (f) gizzard,
(9) sifting stomach, x 180. Fig. 6. Semi-diagrammatic transverse section of the
basal portions of a thoracic appendage, x 60; (a) pleuron of segment, (4) coxa,
(c) basipodite, (d) gill-plate.

Plate X.

Fig. 1. Amphithoé indica, M.-Edw., x 20. Fig. 2. Mandible, x 70. Fig. 3.
Maxilliped, x 70. Fig. 4. 1st Gnathopod x 70. Fig. 5. 2nd ditto, x 70.
Fig. 6. Distal joints, 5th and 6th thoracic appendages, x 70. Fig. 7. Last three
abdominal segments and appendages, x 70. Fig. 8. Atyluws comes, x 20. The
specimen figured was somewhat smaller than that of Amphithoé indica, but the
difference is an individual not a specific character. Fig. 9. Last three abdominal
appendages, x 60. Fig. 10. One of the compound branchial plates, x 60.

PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. Urothoé rubra, x 30. Fig. 2, Flagellum and appendages of anten-
nule, x 200. Fig. 3. Mandible, x 100. Fig. 4. 6th thoracic appendage, x 100,
Fig. 5. Last three abdominal segments, x 100. Fig. 6. Transverse section
through animal in hinder thoracic region; (a) coxa, (0) gill-lamine, (c) nerve-
ganglion, (dd) ovarian tubes, (e) intestine, (f) heart, (gy) digestive glands - “ liver.”

Puate XII.

Fig. 1. Caprella madrasana, &, x 36. Fig. 2. Caprella madrasana, 2, x 36,
Fig. 3. Caprella palkii, x 36.

256 O. Thomas—Eupetaurus, a new form of Flying Squirrel. [No. 3,

VII.—On Enupetaurus, a new form of Flying Squirrel from Kashmir.
By OuprieLD Tuomas, British Museum (Natural History).
[Received August 8th ;—Read Sept. 5th, 1888.]

(With Plates XXIT and XXIII.)

As long ago as 1877, Mr. W. T. Blanford received, among a set of
mammals obtained by Mr. L. Mandelli, the skin of a large flying squirrel
belonging evidently to anew form, but in such a bad condition that no
scientific description of it could be given, and the skin has therefore
remained unnamed until the present time. Precisely the same thing has
happened in the case of a skin obviously of the same animal purchased
by Mr. R. Lydekker about 1879 from some skin-dealers in Srinagar,
Kashmir, and said to be from the Astor district. Both these specimens
have now been presented by their respective owners to the national
collection. Mr. Lydekker’s specimen is a most magnificent example,
so far as its size and the character of its fur are concerned, but again,
being without a skull, and showing a certain superficial resemblance to
what the common Indian Flying squirrel, Pteromys oral, Tickell, might
be if occurring in a cold climate, no zoologist has dared to describe it.

Finally, before speaking of the specimen that has settled what this
fine squirrel really is, a reference may be made to two flying squirrels
in the Leyden Museum described by Dr. Anderson*, one said to be from
Kashmir and the other probably from Thibet, which, judging only from
his descriptions, may be not improbably a melanoid and a normal, but
imperfect, example respectively of this most interesting addition to the
known fauna of India.

At last in 1887, Mr. G. M. Giles, of the Indian Marine Survey,
when on the Kafiristan-Chitral Mission under Colonel Lockhart, C. B.,
had brought to him at Gilgit a living example of the present form,
which had been taken at an altitude of about 6000 feet. This specimen
on its death was skinned, and, fortunately, its skull brought home for
comparison, and by the kindness of Prof. Wood-Mason and Mr. Giles
I have been entrusted with it for description.

It is by the skull alone, first brought home by Mr. Giles, that we
are enabled to make out its true position, as no one, from an inspection
of the skin, would have suspected that the animal was anything but a fine
and very long-furred species of Pteromys. The skull, however, shows
that this is not the case, and that the species must be relegated to a new
genus, representing a highly specialized hypsodont form quite unap-
proached, so far as its dental characters are concerned, by any member
of the family Sciwride.

* Zool. Yunn. Exp. Mamm. pp. 284 and 286, 1878,

1888.] O. Thomas —Eupetaurus, a new form of Flying Squirrel. 257

Of the three specimens before me I propose to call the two received
from Mr. Lydekker and Mr. Giles together the co-types, the descrip-
tion of the external characters and the coloured plate being founded on the
former, as the largest and finest specimen of all, while the latter has
furnished the particulars for the description and figures of the skull and
teeth.

KUPETAURUS, gen. nov.

| Externally as in Pteromys, except that the claws do not possess the
exceeding sharpness characteristic of all previously known floating
mammals.*

Skull distinguished from that of Pteromys by its longer, trumpet-
shaped muzzle, more marked supraorbital notches, longer anterior pala-
tine foramina, and shorter bony palate.

Teeth strikingly contrasted with those of any of the other Sciuride
by being hypsodont instead of brachyodont, while their essential pattern
remains unchanged. Thus, while the crown of each tooth is enormously
lengthened vertically, the grooves ordinarily present on the grinding
surface of the molars of Pteromys are reproduced as deep vertical in-
foldings of the enamel, which, when seen in the natural section produced
by wear, give the teeth very much the general appearance of those of many
of the Hystricomorpha. Owing to the worn state of the teeth in the
single skull available, it is impossible to say how many extra superficial
grooves there may have been, but of the deeper notches there are two on
the outer and one on the inner side of each cheek-tootht above, and two
on each side of each tooth below, the anterior internal notch, however,
in the posterior teeth almost worn out of sight. The teeth also, apart
from their hypsodont structure, are distinguishable by their very large
proportional size, by being set more obliquely than is the case in other
squirrels, and by presenting, in cross-section, a sharp postero-internal
angle, markedly different from the evenly convex internal border of the
teeth of Pteromys. The implantation of the large upper premolar is also
peculiar, in that of the three distinct roots it has in the allied forms
the antero-external and the internal have coalesced into a single broad
flat root running along the whole of the long antero-internal border of
the tooth.

* Whether Flying Phalangers, Flying Squirrels, or Galeopitheci, this sharpness
of the claws is obviously an adaptive character of the highest utility to an animal in
the habit of taking long flying leaps from tree to tree and yet without the Bat’s or
Bird’s power of saving itself from a more or less serious fall in case it fails to secure
its hold on the tree towards which it is leaping.

+ Excepting of course the small cylindrical penultimate premolar.

258 O. Thomas—Eupetaurus, a new form of Flying Squirrel. [No. 3,

EUPETAURUS CINEREUS,* n. sp. (Plate XXII).

Size equalling or exceeding that of the largest species of Pteromys.
Fur extremely long, soft, and silky. General colour uniform grizzled
greyish brown, the hairs of the back slaty grey for about an inch or an
inch and a half, then the tips of the shorter woolly hairs are a dull pale
grey, while those of the longer straighter hairs are ornamented with a
white subterminal, and a black terminal band. Ears pointed, hairy,
their backs black or brown, their internal surfaces grey. Upper surface
of parachute darker brown. Hands and feet brown or black; palms
and soles thickly hairy, except on the surface of the pads; the former
with three distal pads at the bases of the fingers and two large proxinal
pads, the latter with four distal pads, and a single internal, proximal pad.
Whole of under surface pale brownish grey, the hairs slate-coloured
basally and dirty white terminally. ‘Tail long, cylindrical, exceedingly
bushy, more like that of a fox than that of a squirrel, the hairs averag-
ing nearly 3 inches in length; its colour similar to that of the body,
but rather darker terminally. In Mr. Lydekker’s specimen there is a
small tuft of white hairs at the extreme tip.

Skull as described above, and as shown in detail in the figures (Pl.
XXIII). Special attention may, however, be drawn to its comparatively
light and slender build, to the long muzzle, the slender frontal processes
of the premaxille, the deeply concave forehead, long palatine foramina,
large expanded bulle, and to the very peculiar shape of the lower jaw,
in which the coronoid process does not rise so high as the condyle, while
the latter is bent up away from the angle to an unusually great extent.
The incisors are yellow in front, but little darker above than below.

Dimensions :—
Mr. Lydekker’s specimen. Mr. Giles’s specimen.
‘Head and body ... 610 mm. (= 24 in.) 515 mm.
Tail ae Seu 5; 480 ,,
Hind-foot Rt Cee es: oh aad
Ear 28 29

mee 9 99
Skull. Basal length, (c.) 68 millim.; greatest breadth, 46; nasals,
length, 28; greatest breadth 14:5, least breadth 6°5 ; interorbital breadth
20; intertemporal breadth 15°5 ; post-orbital processes, tip to tip, 34;

* T had originally wished to connect with this animal the name of Mr. Giles, to
whose care in bringing a skull as well as a skin we owe the possibility of appreciating
its natural position, and to whom therefore mammalogists have every reason to be
grateful. Since, however, further investigations have shewn that he was not the origi-
nal discoverer of the species, an honour that Mr. Mandelli or Mr. Lydekker might

equally claim, I consider it better to give it a name altogether impersonal in its
nature.

1888.] O. Thomas—Enupetaurus, a new form of Flying Squirrel. 259

palate, length 41, breadth including posterior premolars 20°8, least
breadth inside the same teeth 6°7; diastema, length, 16°8; anterior
palatine foramen (c) 85; length of molar series, from front of last
premolar to back of last molar, i9°3. Lower jaw, length (bone only) 54:5,
(to incisor tip) 59, height, from condyle to below angle, 346.

The discovery of such a fine new mammal as the present in so com-
paratively well-known a region as Kashmir, is very remarkable, and
especially as Hupetuwrus is found in Gilgit, a place whose fauna Dr. John
Scully, both as collector and describer,* has so thoroughly and ably
investigated.

It was under the skilled supervision of Prof. Wood-Mason that
Behari Lal Das executed the beautiful drawing of its skull now re-
produced to form Plate XXIII.

A further interest, however, attaches to Hupetaurus from its being
the only member of the Sciwride in which the character of hypsodon-
tismt+ has been developed, although, among the whole group of Sciwro-
morpha, Castor and Anomalurus have hypsodont teeth, while Haplodon
has the still further advance of possessing permanently rootless molars.
Throughout mammals hypsodontism has been developed independently
over and over again, as for example in Hlephas as compared to the brachyo-
dont Mastodon; in Hquus as compared to Anchitherium, in Neotoma as
compared to Cricetus, and, best known of all, in the Bovide as compared
to the Cervide.

The superiority of high-crowned over low-crowned teeth is obvious,
especially to animals living on food that has a strong grinding action on
the teeth due either to natural silex contained in it, or to sand and
dirt mixed with it. In all cases it is probable that the jaws have a more
or less horizontal chewing action in hypsodont, as compared to a vertical
“ chumping ” action in brachyodont animals.

Finally it should be noticed that hypsodontism represents of course
only the first step towards the development of entirely rootless teeth, a
development that has again often independently taken place, but which
must in every case have been by way of hypsodontism, the complete
series of steps being evidently as follows. First and least specialized then
is the short-crowned long-rooted tooth (as in ordinary brachyodont
animals) ; secondly, the high-crowned short-rooted tooth (as in the hypso-

* Of. “On the Mammals of Gilgit, p. 35, 1881, p. 197, and “‘ On some Mammals
from the North-West frontier of Kashmir,’ Ann, Mag. N. H. (5) VIII, p. 95, 1881.
I understand that Dr. Scully himself recognised Mr. Giles’s Flying Squirrel as new.

+ A concise description of hypsodontism has been given by Flower, Encycl.
Brit. (9) Art. Mammalia, XV, p. 471, 1883.

34

260 W. T. Blanford—WNotes on Indian Chiroptera. [No. 3,

dont forms) ; thirdly, the tooth so high-crowned that its roots are only
formed at a late period of life as in Hvotomys and others; and finally the
highly specialized growing tooth that never develops roots at all.

In connection with the dental evolution of this interesting animal,
it would be advisable for naturalists and sportsmen in Kashmir to notice
what its food is, as compared with that of the other squirrels. Judged
from its blunt claws, it probably frequents rocks and precipices rather
than trees, and it is therefore possible that its ordinary food may consist
of lichens, mosses, and other rock-loving plants, which, by being mixed
with sand and particles of rock, would necessitate the development of
such long lasting molars as it is remarkable for possessing.

Additional specimens of Hupetaurus would be most valuable for
scientific examination, especially if of different ages, and I may be
permitted to express the hope that some of the many British sportsmen
who annually visit Kashmir will help to enrich either the Indian
Museum in Calcutta or the National Museum at home with examples of
this, the latest addition to the Mammal-fauna of our Indian Hmpire.

SPL LLI IIL III PII rw

1X.—Notes on Indian Chiroptera.—By W. T. Buanrorp, F. R. 8.
[Received April 25th ;—Read June 6th, 1888. |

In the course of last year, whilst preparing an account of the bats
of India and its dependencies for a general work on Indian Mammalia,
I found that, in a few instances, scraps of information are now available,
in addition to the mass of facts brought together by my friend Mr. G. H.
Dobson in his standard works on the order Chiroptera. In a very few
cases I am obliged to differ from his nomenclature, the most important
of these being the use of the generic term Hipposiderus instead of Phyl-
lorhina, and of Xantharpyia instead of Cynonycteris. The reasons for
these changes I have explained at length in a paper published in the
Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1887, pp. 636, 637. Some
points that I had noted have, I find, been already fully investigated by
my friend Mr. J. Scully in his paper on the Chiroptera of Nepal, pub-
lished in the Society’s Journal for last year (Pt. II, p. 233). As some
time may still elapse before my work on Mammals will be published,
a short note may be useful. I have endeavoured to identify all the
species noticed by Hodgson, Blyth, Kelaart, and Jerdon, a few of which,
owing doubtless to the difficulty and occasionally impossibility of deter-
mining them satisfactorily, have been left unnoticed by Dobson, and,

1888. ] W. T. Blanford—Notes on Indian Chiroptera. 261

although I have not always been successful, I do not think there are
now many forms left unnoticed.

RHINOLOPHUS AFFINIS.

Besides the synonyms quoted by Dobson, the RB. rouxi of Jerdon*
and, in part, of Blyth must be referred to this species. The latter
indeed was practically identified in Dobson’s Catalogue of specimens in
the Indian Museum, printed at the end of his Monograph of Asiatic
Chiroptera. But Blyth, in his Catalogue of Mammalia, included his
fi. lepidus under R. rowxt, and I believe R. lepidus to be R. minor, with
which it agrees in description and measurements. I shall have some
further remarks to make on this when I come to R. minor.

Besides the R. rubidus and R. cinerascens of Kelaart (Prod. Faun,
Zeyl. p. 13) referred by Dobson to R. affinis, there appears no reason why
the R. rammanika of Kelaart (ib. p. 14) should not be assigned to the
same species. Blyth in his catalogue placed R. rammanika, with, how-
ever, a mark of doubt, under his BR. rouat.

In both the Monograph of Asiatic Chiroptera and the British
Museum Catalogue of Chiroptera a Rhinolophus fulvidus, Kelaart, is
mentioned, and, in the first named work, the measurements of the type
are given. I cannot discover any species of this name described by
Kelaart, and, from Blyth’s mention of R. fulvidus in J. A. S. B. XX,
p. 182, it is probable that this term was a mistake or MS. name for
R. rubidus. The new and unnamed species referred to in the next page
(183) by Blyth was clearly that subsequently described by Kelaart as
fi. rammanika.

RHINOLOPHUS PETERSI.

This horse-shoe bat was originally described by Dobson from a
specimen of unknown locality (J. A. S. B. XLI, Pt. II, p. 337). The
species was subsequently obtained by Hutton at Masuri (P. Z. 8. 1872,
p. 700). Recently another specimen has been captured by Mr. Davison
at Coonoor, Nilgiri Hills, Madras Presidency, and sent to the British
Museum, where it was identified by Mr. Thomas.

RHINOLOPHUS MINOR.

Mr. Scully, in his excellent account of the Chiroptera of Nepal, has
identified Rhinolophus subbadius of Hodgson and Blyth with R. minor.
So far as Blyth is concerned, this is precisely the same conclusion as
that to which I had arrived independently, and, as Blyth’s description
_ was taken from a supposed typical specimen sent by Hodgson, it would

* Dobson classed R. rouxi of Temminck as asynonym of R, afinis and both
Blyth and Jerdon took the name from Temminck,

262 W. T. Blanford—Notes on Indian Chiroptera. [No. 3,

naturally be supposed that there could be no question about the identi-
fication of Hodgson’s type also. Yet, strange to say, Hodgson’s &. subba-
dius belonged, not only to a different species, but to a distinct genus.
A comparison of the description and measurements by Hodgson quoted
by Blyth together with his own (J. A. S. B. XIII, p. 486) would alone
cause suspicion. No true Rhinolophus can be said to have the “ nasal
appendage quadrate,” and it would be remarkable if Blyth’s measure-
ment of the tail should be only 3 inch when Hodgson found it to be 1?
inches. In fact, Hodgson’s RK. subbadius was Hipposideros bicolor or per-
haps H. amboinensis. It was referred to Hipposiderus by Hodgson him-
self in 1847 (J. A. S. B. XVI, p. 896) and by Gray in the 1846 British
Museum Catalogue of Hodgson’s collections (p. 3), and that this refer-
ence is correct is shewn by Hodgson’s drawings. LHvidently, in this
case, Hodgson had one specimen drawn and sent another, which proved
to belong to a distinct form, to the Asiatic Society’s Museum in Calcutta.

But this is not all that has to be to be told about BR. minor. Blyth
at the same time that he described A. subbadius gave an account of
another allied form which he called BR. lepidus. The principal difference
between the two was the form of the posterior nose-leaf, the sides of
which were but slightly emarginate towards the tip in R. subbadius, but
‘** so considerably emarginated ” in R. lepidus that the tip appeared “as
a narrow terminal prolongation, one-sixteenth of an inch in length.”

In one of the brief notes, often full of suggestion, that Blyth was
in the habit of attaching to his zoological reports, and which, for want
of a complete index, are so often forgotten, both R. subbadius and R.
lepidus were shewn (J. A. S. B. XXI, p, 847) to be varieties of R.
minor, Horsfield, differing only in colour. Again in the same volume, p.
361, R. subbadius was identified with R. minor. But before his Catalogue
of Mammalia was written, Blyth had either forgotten his previous re-
marks or changed his opinions, for in that work, whilst R. lepidus was
assigned to Rh. roua: (Rh. affinis), Rh. subbadius was left as a distinct
species (1. c. pp. 24, 25). Curiously enough, although under R. roux
in that catalogue there is a reference to “ #. minor (?) apud nos, J. A, S.
XXI, 486,” the page is incorrect.

In 1872 (J.A.S.B. XUI, Pt. IT, p. 337), Dobson described a horse-
shoe bat as &. garoensis. ‘This species, which was kept distinct im both
the Monograph and Catalogue, was shewn in them to differ from R&.
minor only in having the margins of the posterior nose-leaf straight in-
stead of concave, in short it was Rf. subbadius of Blyth with the posterior
nose-leaf slightly more triangular. Finally, in 1880 (Report Brit. Assoc.
p. 175), Dobson united R. garoensis and R. minor, thus arriving at the
same conclusion as Blyth had reached 28 years before.

1888. ] W. T. Blanford—Notes on Indian Chiroptera. 263

RHINOLOPHUS TRAGATUS.

This Himalayan bat was identified by Dobson (P. A. S. B. 1872,
p- 208) with the European R. ferrum-equinum, and unquestionably the two
are very closely similar. The identification has ever since been gener-
ally accepted, and, in Dobson’s great works on the Chiroptera, R. tragatus
is quoted as a synonym of R. ferrum-equinum.

There is, however, a distinction not often to be made out in skins,
but easy of recognition in examples preserved in spirit, that suffices, I
think, to justify the separation of the two forms. In R. tragatus, as
observed long ago by Blyth (J. A. S. B. XXII, p. 409), the lower lip is
traversed by three vertical grooves, as in LP. affinis, R. minor, R. macrotis,
and many other species, whilst in true R. ferrwm-equinum there is but a
single groove, as in Rt. hipposiderus, R. pearsoni, etc. The nose-leaf as a
rule in &. tragatus is considerably broader than in R. ferrwim-equinum,
but there is some variation.

All the Himalayan specimens that I have been able to examine,
including examples from Darjiling, Nepal, and Masuri, have three grooves.
The specimens in the British Museum obtained by Mr. Scully in Gilgit
agree, however, entirely with the Palearctic form, Rk ferrwm-equinum,
and have but a single mental groove.

HIPPOSIDERUS DIADEMA.

The locality Odeypore given by Dobson for this bat in the Mono-
graph of Asiatic Chiroptera, p. 200, and repeated in Anderson’s Cata-
logue of Mammalia in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, p. 115, is not Odey-
pore or Udaipur in Rajputana, but, I believe, a small state lying north-
west of Sambalpur. The locality given for my own specimens “ Pullun-
dur, Central Provinces” is S. E. of Nagpur and not far from Bhandara.
These localities are of some importance, being the only two in the
Peninsula of India, so far as I can learn, whence this bat has been
recorded, though it was obtained in abundance by Kelaart at Kandy
in Ceylon, and has a wide distribution from the Himalayas to Timor and
the Philippines.

HIpPPOSIDERUS BICOLOR.

From the remarks made under Rhinolophus minor, it is evident that
Mr Hodgson must have obtained one of the forms referred to this species
in the Nepal Valley, I think from the figure, H. amboinensis. I am
disposed to agree with Mr. Scully and to class H. amboinensis as a dis-
tinct species from H. bicolor (H. fulvus).

C@LOPS FRITHI.
This species, originally described by Blyth from a Sundarban

264 W. T. Blanford—-Notes on Indian Chiroptera. [No. 3,

specimen, and subsequently recorded by Dobson from Java and Laos
(Siam), has recently been discovered by Col. Kinloch near Darjiling.

MEGADERMA SPASMA.

Blyth 36 years ago (J. A. S. B. XXI, p. 346) noticed the occurrence
of this bat in Ceylon. In his Ccatalogue, p. 23, note, he observed that
the specimens had disappeared from the Society’s Museum. I well
remember his lamenting the loss of several bats, the bottles having been
stolen for sale and their valuable contents thrown away. The species
does not appear to have been again observed east of the Bay of Bengal,
and Dobson, very naturally, in his Catalogue of Chiroptera, p. 158, con-
siders the occurrence of this species in Ceylon doubtful.

In some MS. notes which Mr. F. W. Bourdillon kindly placed at
my disposal, a bat obtained from a hollow tree, at an elevation of 2700
feet above the sea near Mynall, in Travancore, was described. It was
clearly a species of Megaderma, and the size (length 2% inches, forearm 2)
and nose-leaf agreed much better with M. spasma than with M. lyra.
There are some specimens of M. spasma in the British Museum labelled as
from Ceylon, but their history is unknown. ‘They have the forearm 2°1
to 2.2 inchesin length. On the whole, I think it probable that M. spasma
does inhabit Ceylon and Southern India.

NYCTOPHILUS GEOFFROYI.

This bat, which is identified by Dobson with N. timoriensis of ~
Geoffroy, is an inhabitant of the Australian region, being found in Aus-
tralia, Tasmania, and some of the Pacific islands. It is, however, included
amongst the mammals of India (p. 48) by Jerdon, who says, “‘ This bat,
which has been found in Hurope and Australia, was sent from Mussoorie
by Hutton.” Hutton, however (P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 704), denied all know-
ledge of the species, aud Mr. R. A. Sterndale, in his Natural History of
the Mammalia of India, although he copies the description quoted by
Jerdon, very naively remarks that he can find no trace of the bat in
Dobson’s Monograph. It is, I think, evident that Jerdon took the name
and locality from Blyth’s Catalogue, and that in this there has been a
mistake in printing. At the end of the text in p. 36 there is printed :
“ Genus Nyctophilus, Leach, Hab. Australia. A. Specimen presented by
the Sydney Institution (1845).” On the top of the next page comes :—
“116, N. Geoffroyi, Leach, Syn. Barbastellus pacificus, Gray. Hab. Europe,
Himalaya. A.B. Specimens in spirit, Masuri, Capt. H. Hutton (1844).”
Now in all other genera in this catalogue, the name of the genus is
followed by the name of the species, not by the habitat, and it is, I think,
clear that “116. N. geoffroyi, Leach, Syn. Barbastellus pacificus, Gray.”’
ought to come immediately below ‘“‘ Genus Nyctophilus, Leach” and be-

1888. ] W. T. Blanford—Notes on Indian Chiroptera. 265

fore ‘‘ Hab. Australia.” This view is confirmed by the fact that a single
specimen of N. geoffroyi, not two, presented in 1845 by the Sydney In-
stitution, was found by Dobson in the Indian Museum (containing the
specimens of which Blyth’s Catalogue was a list) and recorded by
him in the Catalogue of specimens printed as an Appendix to his
Monograph of Asiatic Chiroptera, p. 220. The Hab. Europe, Hima-
laya, and record of two specimens from Masuri presented by Captain
Hutton in 1844 must have referred to some other bats, and, as 116
A. in the same Catalogue of Dobson is identified with Synotus dar-
jelinensis, whilst in Anderson’s Catalogue 116 A. and B. are both
referred to that species, it is, I think, manifest that the reference belongs
to the species preceding Nyctophilus, namely, to Barbastellus communis,
with which, until Dobson pointed out the difference, Synotus darjelinensis
was supposed to be identical.
VESPERUGO NASUTUS.

The locality of this bat is given as Shikarpur, Sind. The specimen
was obtained, I believe, so far as my memory serves, in the Shikarpur
collectorate, not near the town, but across the Indus, a short distance
east of Ror.

VESPERUGO IMBRICATUS.

There is, in the British Museum, a skin of this species sent by Blyth
and labelled Calcutta, The specimen is in all probability Indian.

VESPERUGO MORDAX.

Dobson, in his “ Report on Accessions to our Knowledge of the
Chiroptera during the years 1878—1880,” published in the Report of the
British Association, 1880, p. 184, shews why the eastern form of VY.
maurus (or rather perhaps V, saviz) should be distinguished under the
name of V. mordax, Peters (M B. Akad. Berlin, 1866, p. 402).

In the British Museum collection there is a skin of this species
labelled V. maderaspatanus, Elliot. This is probably the Scotophilus
maderaspatanus of Gray’s “List of the Specimens of Mammalia in the
Collection of the British Museum,” 1843, p, 29, a species that, like many
others in the same list, has never, to the best of my belief, been described.
The name is in all probability wrongly attributed to Elliot.

VESPERUGO CEYLONICUS.

Dobson, in his Catalogue, p. 222, describes a species of bat as
indicus from two Mangalore specimens, and records the existence of a
third specimen, labelled Madras (but very probably from the Malabar
coast), in the British Museum collection. He also calls attention to the
fact that Scotophilus ceylonicus, Kelaart, ‘‘ may be identical, as the de-

266 W. T. Blanford-—Notes on Indian Chiroptera. [No. 3,

scription and most of the measurements correspond closely ; but the
outer upper incisors are described as having two or three cusps, and the
length of the tibia is given as 0°7 inch,” instead of 0°55. The type too
had been lost.

Now in JV. indicus, asin V. noctula, “‘ the outer incisor is hollowed
outto receive the extremity of the lower canine when the jaw is closed,” so
that this incisor may very well be described as having two or three
cusps. But Kelaart’s expression is more characteristic. He says, “ Upper
incisors 2 pairs both indistinctly bilobed P or certainly the lateral ones
are trifid.” Now the inner upper incisor is bifid and in all probability the
precise form of the outer upper incisor varies, according as it is worn
away by the point of the lower canine. Certainly, in some skulls of
V. noctula, ‘ trifid’ would correctly express the form of the tooth. I think,
therefore, that there should be no hesitation in recognizing Kelaart’s
name for the species.

VESPERUGO ABRAMUS.

Blyth in 1852 (J. A. S. B. X XI, p. 360) received several bats from
Masuri, sent by Captain T. Hutton. Amongst the species supposed to
be identified was the pipistrelle, which Blyth, then and subsequently,
called Myotis pipistrellus (though the genus Myotis of Gray, I believe,
was confined to species of Vespertilio*). In 1853 (J. A. S. B. XXII,
p- 581), Blyth pointed out that the supposed pipistrelle. from Masuri
differed from the true pipistrelle of Europe in colour and in the small
size of the foot, which, with its claws, scarcely exceeded 3; in.; and he
proposed for this form the name M. parvipes, a name that is retained by
Jerdon in his work on the Mammals of India, p. 48, but which is not, so
far as [am aware, mentioned by Dobson. The type was lost.

Years afterwards Captain Hutton, in his paper on Himalayan bats,
described a Vesperugo micropus (P. Z. S. 1872, p. 708). This was sub-
sequently identified by Dobson, I believe from examination of the type,
with V. abramus. I cannot but suspect that Blyth’s Myotis parvipes
was the same.

At the same time, the dimensions of the foot, as given by Blyth,
agree more nearly with those of the true pipistrelle, and the only reason
for not identifying M. parvipes with V. pipistrellus is that this species
has not been recognized amongst Hutton’s‘collections, nor is it known
to occur in the Himalayas east of Kashmir, where it was obtained by
Stoliczka (Yarkand Mission Mamm. p. 11). It is also possible that

* The genus was proposed in 1842 (A. M.N. H. X, p. 258). The examples quoted
were V. murinus, V. bechsteini, and V. natterert, all belonging to the second section of
the genus in Dobson’s Catalogue.

1888. ] W. T. Blanford—wNotes on Indian Chiroptera. 267

Myotis parvipes may have been a true Vespertilio. Itis to be regretted
that so imperfect a description was given.

I had expected to be obliged to restore the name of coromandelicus
by which this bat was so long and so widely known in India, but, so far
as I can ascertain, no Latin name was given by F. Cuvier, who merely
called a small bat, but doubtless this species, Vespertilion de Coromandel.
(Nouv. Ann. du Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle I, p. 21).

VESPERUGO PIPISTRELLUS.

In the Society’s Journal for 1857 (Vol. XX, p. 159, note), Mr. Blyth
identified a spirit-specimen sent by Mr. Hodgson of Vespertilio pallidi-
ventris with the pipistrelle, after comparing the former with British
specimens of the latter. In Blyth’s Catalogue, however, although the
locality ‘“ Himalaya ?” is assigned to the pipistrelle, there is no men-
tion of Vespertilio pallidiventris, and the figure of the latter in Hodgson’s
MS. drawings is very unlike the pipistrelle. Scully is doubtless right
in his identification of V. pallidiventris with V. nepalensis. I have ex-
amined Hodgson’s drawings, and the only reason for doubt in the short-
ness of the tragus in the figure.

VESPERUGO KUHLI.

I think Pipistrellus lepidus, Blyth (J. A. S. B. XIV, p. 340), from
Kandahar, must be identical with Vesperugo leucotis, Dobson, now con-
sidered by the last named writer a variety of V. kuwhli. The descrip-
tion agrees, and the species is common in Sind, Baluchistan, and
Southern Persia, consequently it is very likely to be the common small

bat of Kandahar.

ScoropHILUS KUHLI.

I think it is a matter for serious regret that the late Dr. Peters,
when he had ascertained, by an examination of Leach’s type of Scotophilus,
what the genus really was, did not at once propose a new generic term.
Leach in 1822 (Trans. Linn. Soc. XIII, p. 71) described a new genus
and species of bat under the name of Scotophilus kuhli. The name
Scotophilus was apparently left in oblivion until Dr. Gray in 1838 (Mag.
Zool. Bot. Il, p. 497) applied it toa very miscellaneous assemblage
of bats, comprising the Vespertilio temmincki of Horsfield and the Scoto-
philus kuhli of Leach (re-named SV. leachi) together with a large num-
ber of species of Vesperugo. It is only fair to say that Leach’s account
of the dentition in the young Scotophilus agreed in some respects with
that of Vesperugo, but not with that of the type represented by Vesper-
tilio temmincki of Horsfield.

35

268 W. T. Blanford— Notes on Indian Chiroptera. [No. 3,

However Gray’s paper led to a wide use of the term in an erroneous
sense, and, when, therefore, Peters, in 1866, examined Leach’s original
type and found it to be an immature example of the form then generally
known as Nycticejus temmincki, with milk teeth, it is unfortunate that
the name Scotophilus was not abandoned, as it might well have been, for
Leach’s description was erroneous and misleading.

Dobson has recapitulated the facts above mentioned (P. Z. S. 1875,
p. 368), and I believe he was precisely of the same opinion as myself, but
rather than propose a new name he accepted Scotophilus. But this has
led to another difficulty. The specific name temmincki, applied by Hors-
field to one of the commonest, most widely spread, and best known of
oriental bats, could scarcely be dropped without inconvenience, so the
common yellow bat stands in Dobson’s works as Scotophilus temminckit.
It, however, the examination of the type is sufficient for the identification
of the genus, the species may be determined in the same manner. This
Dobson acknowledges, but gets over the difficulty by leaving the ques-
tion of the adult form to which the young type belongs open.

Now it is true that in many genera of bats it would be very difficult,
perhaps impossible, to identify the young, but the present is not one of
those instances. There are but two other species that have the same
peculiar and unmistakable tragus as S. temminckit, viz., S. borbonicus
and S. gigas both African. In both of these the upper incisors have a
very differently formed cingulum. By cutting down slightly on the gum
the permanent incisors have been examined in Leach’s type by Mr.
Oldfield Thomas, and shewn, as was anticipated, to be those of S. tem-
mincki. It was of course much more probable that Leach’s specimen
should belong to this very common Indian and Malay form than to a
comparatively rare African species. If, therefore, we are guided by type
specimens, the specific name kuhli has priority over temmincki, and we
must abandon a well known specific name for an unknown one. The
only alternative is to discard the genus Scotophilus, and this is now
scarcely practicable. The species must therefore stand in future as
Scotophilus kuhli.

SCOTOPHILUS ORNATUS.

Nycticejus nvicolus, Hodgson (A. M. N. H. 1855, XVI, p. 44), proves
by a comparison of his MS. drawings with specimens of Scotophilus orna-
tus (Blyth) to be that species. Blyth’s name has priority.

S. ornatus, according to Jerdon, is found at low elevations in warm
Himalayan valleys, whilst the name of Nycticejus nivicolus indicates a
very different habitat. But Hodgson only knew that the bat named’ by
him came from the interior of the Sikkim Himalaya, near snow, and it:

1888. ] W. T. Blanford— Notes on Indian Chiroptera. 269

may have been obtained from a deep valley at no great elevation above
the sea.

HARPYIOCEPHALUS LEUCOGASTER.

There is in the British Museum a skin of this species procured by
Hodgson near Darjiling.

VESPERTILIO HASSELTI.

A specimen from Burma, the exact locality not recorded, is in the
British Museum.

VESPERTILIO LONGIPES.

There can, I think, be very little, if any, doubt that this small bat
described by Dobson in 1872 from the caves of Bhima Devi, Kashmir, is
the same form as was named by Blyth Myotis theobaldi in 1855 (J. A.
S. B. XXIV, p. 363). Blyth’s types were obtained by Mr. Theobald
from limestone caves near Matar Nag, N. of Islamabad (J. A. S. B.
XXII, p. 581), and were at first referred by Blyth to Myotis pallidiven-
tris, Hodgson, but subsequently distinguished. The types were after-
wards lost. The measurements, the large feet, and the habitat render it
nearly certain that the two forms are identical, but it is impossible to
adopt Blyth’s name without clearer evidence, for his description is in-
sufficient, and he declares the species to be extremely close to the pipis-
trelle, which V’. longipes is not.

VESPERTILIO MEGALOPUS.

The collection containing the type of this bat was supposed to be
from the Gaboon, West Africa. The known species in the collection,
however, prove to be from Kashmir, and there is every probability that
V. megalopus is from the same country.

Myoris BeRDMOREI, Blyth.

This was a name given by Blyth in his Catalogue, p. 35, to three
specimens of a bat in spirit received from Major Berdmore in 1859.
The description of the species appeared in the Society’s Journal for that
year (J. A. S. B. XXVIII, p. 293). The specimens were in all pro-
bality obtained at or near Shivé Gyeng on the Sittoung (or Sitang) River,
Burma. The types appear to have been subsequently lost, as they are
not mentioned in Dobson’s Catalogue at the end of his monograph of
Asiatic Chiroptera, or in Anderson’s Catalogue.

In this case I am unable to suggest what the species can have been.
It was said to resemble the pipistrelle in size and structure, but the fore-

270 W. T. Blanford— Notes on Indian Chiroptera. [No. 3,

arm was 13 in. long, considerably more than in Vesperugo pipistrellus.
The species might have been founded on large individuals of V. abra-
mus, but, as specimens of that form were recorded as being received at
the same time and referred to a distinct genus and species (Scotophilus
coromandelianus), this is scarcely probable. It is far more likely that
Myotis berdmoret was a true Vespertilio, and it may have been V. mon-
tivagus of Dobson or some other ally of V. mystacinus. But for the fact
that the species was referred to Myotis, a genus composed of forms with
the foot only in part free from the wing membrane, I should be inclined
to suspect that M. berdmoret was identical with true Vespertilio adversus of
Horsfield (not of Temminck). The description and measurements agree
very well, and it is highly probable that this wide-ranging species occurs
in Burma. Moreover, as has just been shewn, there is every reason to
suspect that another form referred by Blyth to Myotis (M. theobaldi) be-
longs to Vespertilio of the same section as V. adversus.

VESPERTILIO DOBSONI.

I trust that the types of this species will be carefully re-compared
with V. formosus. Judged from Anderson’s description Cat. Mam.
Indian Museum, p. 148, V. dobsont may very possibly be merely a large
variety. The difference is not nearly so great as in the case of Scotophi-
lus kuhli (S. temmincki) and 8. heathi, which are connected by inter-
mediate forms.

KERIVOULA HARDWICKII.

There is in the British Museum a specimen of this species obtained
by Mr. Theobald in the Punjab, and another from Ceylon.

KERIVOULA PAPILLOSA.

This bat was included by Jerdon amongst the mammals of India,
but Dobson gives only Java asa locality. A specimen was sent from
Calcutta by Mr. Pearson and is now in the British Museum. Tomes has
also recorded a specimen from Ceylon. Neither locality is thoroughly
authenticated, but for the present the species may, I think, be retained
in the Indian list.

MINIOPTERIS SCHREIBERSI.

Dobson has shewn that Vespertilio fuliginosa of Hodgson is this
species, consequently Scotophilus fuliginosus, Jerdon, Mammals, p. 36,
should be the same, and Jerdon professes to copy Hodgson’s description.
But the characters given are very different and must apply to some other
bat.

1888. | W. T. Blanford—Notes on Indian Chiroptera. 271

In conclusion, it may be useful to give the correct names, or, where
the species have not been determined with certainty, the approximate
identifications, of the bats enumerated in Jerdon’s Mammals. I know
from experience how impossible it is to identify the species froin the
descriptions, and any one who consults Sterndale’s Mammalia of India
will see what a source of confusion Jerdon’s names have proved. The
numbers are Jerdon’s. In the few cases in which Dobson’s specific
names differ from mine I have quoted both.

Bats IN JERDON’S MAMMALS.

Jerdon’s Name.

No. 12. Pteropus edwardst
No. 13. P. leschenaulti

No. 14. Cynopterus marginatus
No. 15. Megaderma lyra

No. 16. M. spectrum

No. 17. Rhinolophus perniger
No. 18. RB. mitratus

No. 19. &. tragatus

No. 20. R. pearsoni

No. 21. &. affinis

No. 22. BR. rowxr

No. 23. R. macrotis

No. 24. BR. subbadius

No. 25. Hipposideros armiger

No. 26. H. speoris

No. 27. H. murinus

No. 28. H. cinereus

No. 22. Celops frithiw

No. 30. Rhinopoma hardwickw
No. 31. Taphozous longimanus
No. 32. T. melanopogon

No. 33. J. saccolarmus

No. 34. Nyctinomus plicatus
No. 35. Scotophilus serotinus
No. 36. S. leisleri

No. 37. S. pachyomus

Corrected Name.

P. medius.
Xantharpyia amplexicaudata (Cyno-
nycteris amplexcaudata, Dobson).

CO. marginatus.
M. lyra.

luctus.

mitratus.

tragatus. (hh. ferrum-equinum,
Dobson).

pearsont.

affinis.

affinis.

macrotis.

HARE RE

. minor.

Hipposiderus armiger (Phyllorhina
armigera, Dobson).

HI. speoris.

Hf. bicolor.

HI, bicolor.

Celops frithit.

Ehinopoma microphyllum.

Taphozous longimanus.

I’. melanopogon.

T’. saccoleemus.

Nyctinomus plicatus.

Vesperugo serotinus.

V. leislert.

V. serotinus.

272

W. T. Blanford—Notes on Indian Chiroptera.

Jerdon’s Nams.

. S. coromandelianus
. S. lobatus

. S. fuliginosus

. Noctulinia noctula
. Nycticejus heathir

. N. luteus

. N. temmincki

. N. castaneus

. N. atratus

. N. canus

. N. ornatus

. N. nivicolus

. Lasiurus pearsona
. Murina suillus

. M. formosa

. Kerwoula picta
. K. pallida

. K. papiliosa

. Vespertilio caliginosus
. V. siligorensis

. V. darjrlingensis
. Ve blythu

. V. adversus

. Myotis murinus
2. M. theobaldr

. M. parvipes

. Plecotus auritus
. Barbastellus communis

. Nyctophilus geoffroyr

[No. 3, 1888.]

Corrected Name.

V. abramus.

V. kuhli.

? Mintopteris schreiberst.

Vesperugo noctula.

Scotophilus kuhlt (S. temminchi,
Dobson).

S. kuhli.

S. kuhla.

S. kuhli.

Vesperugo atratus.

V. kuhli.

Scotophilus ornatus.

S. ornatus.

Harpytocephalus harpyia.

HI. cyclotis.

Vespertilio formosus.

Kerwwoula picta.

Vespertilio formosus.

Kerwoula papillosa.

V. muricola.

V. mystacinus.

? V. mystacinus.

V. murinus.

V. caliginosus.

V. murinus.

? V. longipes.

doubtful, probably Vesperugo -abra-
mus or V. pipistrellus.

Plecotus auritus.

Synotus darjelingensts.

Nyctophilus tumoriensis (not Indian,
included by mistake).

L.oz NICEVILLE, Journ.Asiat. Soc.Benaal.J888.Vol. VT PL XUL,

B.J.-Dos. del. Parker dCoward chr. lith

Loz NICEVILLE, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal. 1888. Vol. LVIL PL XIV.

B.L.Dés, del. Parker&Coward chr. hth.

INDIAN BUTTERFLIES

Notice.

Foreign Societies who favour the Asiatic Society of Bengal with
their publications are informed that they may be sent either to the
address of the Society at Calcutta, or to the Agents of the Society in
London, Messrs. Triibner & Co., 57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London.

AVIS.

Des Sociétés Etrangéres qui honorent la Société Asiatique de Bengale
de ses publications, sont priées de les envoyer ou directement a |’adresse
de la Société, 57, Park Street, Calcutta, ou aux Agents de la Société a
Londres, Messrs. Triibner et Cie, 57 and 59, Ludgate Hill.

ANZEIGE.

Auslandische Gesellschaften welche die Asiatische Gesellschaft
von Bengalen mit ihren Publicationen beehren, sind hierdurch ersucht
dieselben entweder direct an die Adresse der Gesellschaft, 57, Park
Street, Calcutta, oder an deren Agenten in London, Messrs. Triibner
& Co., 57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, senden zu wollen.

1888.] lL. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. 273

X.—On new or little-known Butterflies from the Indian Region.
By Utonet ve Nice’viniz, F. EH. S., C. M. Z. S.

[Received May 14th ;—Read June 6th, 1888. ]
(With Plates XIII. and XIV.)

Family NYMPHALIDA.
Subfamily Saryrina.
1. MyYcALEsiIs MALSARIDA, Butler.

M. malsarida, Butler, Cat. Diurn. Lep. B. M., Satyride, p. 1384, n. 27, pl. iti,
fig. 14 (1868); id., Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of Ind., vol. i, p. 127, n. 105
(1883) ; Kabanda malsarida, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, p. 168; Mycalesis
khasiana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 566; id., Marshall and de Nicéville,
1. c., n. 106 ; Kabanda khasiana, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1880, p. 168.

Through the kindness of the Rev. Walter A. Hamilton, I have
recently received from Sylhet twelve males and two females of this
species, all captured within a short period of one another. As regards
the upperside they show no variation. The species is a remarkable one,
in that it is the only Indian Mycalesis that has no ocelli whatever above.
The undersides, however, of these fourteen specimens (which Mr. Hamilton
selected for me from a very considerable number purposely to show
these variations) exhibit a perfect gradation from a specimen with a
single ocellus only (and that most minute, in the first median interspace
of the hindwing, all the other ocelli being reduced to minute dots) to
another with the ocelli as large as shewn in Mr. Butler’s figure. In
addition to this ocellular variation, we have, concomitantly, quite as great
a diversity in the ground-colour. In the form with the obsolete ocelli, the
basal two-thirds of the wings are ochreous-brown, and the outer third,
with the abdominal margin of the hindwing, is purplish-grey. In the form
with all the ocelli large and perfect, we have the whole of the ground-
colour much darker, the discal purple line much more prominent, the
purplish grey border of the other form entirely absent, and the series of
ocelli surrounded by a purple line. Every gradation_is before me between
these two extremes.

When this species was treated of in “The Butterflies of India,”
the authors had not seen M. khasiana; had they had access to a single
typical specimen, they would not have questioned its specific distinct-
ness from M. malsarida. There is no doubt, however, that these two
species are as much one as are Melanitis leda and M. ismene or Mycalesis
blasius and M. perseus. These extraordinary variations are no doubt
entirely caused by the state of the atmosphere at the moment probably
when the larva is turning to a pupa and all its tissues are soft. With
regard to many of the Indian Satyrine, they are divided into two strongly-

36

274 WL. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. [No. 4

marked well-defined groups, which I have designated dry- and wet-
season forms respectively. These forms prevail during their respective
seasons, but are by no means strictly confined to them. Jor instance, it
is a common occurrence in India to have whatis called a “‘ break in the
rains,’ when for many successive days one has weather somewhat similar
to that obtaining in the dry-season. Any larve turning to pupe during
a “break” would almost certainly, though they would emerge perhaps a
week afterwards in a deluge of rain, be of the dry-season form. Similarly,
during the dry-season, dry-season forms prevail, but, should a rainy day
or two come, pupe formed during the wet interval would probably
produce the wet-season form of butterfly. Again, as it takes butterflies
some little time to lay their eggs (after having completed this operation
they die immediately), it must frequently happen that the two forms
overlap: a dry-season female not having laid her eggs during the dry
season would do so at the beginning of the rains, and, though caught in the
rainy season, would still be a dry-season butterfly, its worn appearance, if
nothing else, proclaiming the fact; and vice versé with a wet-season
butterfly not having completed her laying during the rains and caught
in the dry-season. So it is with MZ. malsarida. Mr. Hamilton obtained
avery long series of it in the spring below Shillong in Sylhet: the
greater portion were, as they should have been, of the dry-season form,
but a few were of the other extreme, and these he picked out, together
with intergrade specimens between the two extremes, and sent to me. The
prevailing form of this species is therefore M. khasiana in the dry-season
and true M. malsarida in the wet-season, and the occasional appearance of
the one form or the other out of its proper season will not upset the main
fact of the occurrence of two distinct well-marked forms corresponding
to the seasons, the dry and the wet, into which the Indian climate may
be primarily divided.

Mr. Moore’s subgenus Kabanda contains therefore a single species
only, so far as is at present known, and adds one more to the groups
of Mycalesis in which seasonal dimorphism occurs, as given by Mr. W.
Doherty in vol. lv, pt. 11, of this Journal, p. 106.

M. malsarida may be considered to be a rare species, as it appears
to be strictly confined to Assam, though it is probably common enough
in the spots where it is found at all.

Subfamily NyMpHaLina.
2. ZOPHOESSA RAMADEVA, de Nicéville, Pl. XIII, Fig. 3, &.
Z. ramadeva, de Nicéville, P. A. S. B. 1887, p. 147,

Ttake this opportunity to figure this very pretty and distinct
species. It lacks (as also does Z. andersoni, Atkinson) the glandular

1888.] lL. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. 275

patch of differently-formed scales on the upperside of the hindwing near
the base of the costa which is one of the characters of Mr. Doherty’s sub-
genus Charma,* of which Zophoessa baladeva, Moore, is the type. The
name “ Charma” is very close to Charmus, but has a different origin,
being that of a valley in Kumaon, I believe.

3. Bybiia mirHyta, Drury.

Papilio ilithyia, Drury, Il. Ex. Ins., vol. ii, p. 29, pl. xvii, figs. 1, 2, female (1778) ;
Hypanis simplex, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 146, n. 7, pl. xxiv, fig. 8,
? female.

In “ The Butterflies of India,” vol. ii, p. 15, I admitted B. simplex, -
Butler, as a species distinct from B. ilithyia, Drury, though I had not seen
a specimen, on the strength of Colonel Swinhoe’s assurances that it is a
good species and his having recorded it from Poona, Mhow, Depalpore,
and Assirghur. He recorded H. polinice, Cramer (which is a synonym
of B. ththyia, Drury), also from Poona and Mhow, and identifies one of
my specimens from Depalpore as BP. ilithyia, so that the two species occur
together in three out of the four localities from which B. simplex has
been recorded.

Not being able to identify B. simplex, I sent my entire collection
of specimens of this genus to Colonel Swinhoe, who has kindiy
separated them into the two species, B. chthyia and B. simplex. Of the
latter species he identifies five specimens, one from Bombay, two from
Poona, one from Sirur, and one from the Central Provinces. I find that
these five specimens show as much variation as do those in my long series
of B. ilithyia, and I cannot trace one single character running through
these five examples by which I can distinguish them from B. tlithyia, and I
do not know how Colonel Swinhoe identified them. The points of differ-
ence between the two species that I gave in the key to the genus in my
book are quite incorrect, having been taken solely from Mr. Butler’s figure
of B. simplex, with which the specimens Colonel Swinhoe identifies
as such do not at all agree. Mr. Butler’s description of B. simplea
is of little use to students in India, as he compares it to B. cora,
Feisthamel, an African species, which Mr. Trimen in his ‘‘ South-African
Butterflies,” vol. i, p. 264, gives as a synonym of B. ilithyia. In con-
elusion, I think that there is only one species of Byblia in India, which
stands as ilithyia, unless of course Colonel Swinhoe should have incorrectly
identified my specimens of B. simplea, in which case all his recorded loca-
lities for that species would probably also be wrong, but this is a very

unlikely contingency.

* J, A. S.B., vol. lv, pt. ii, p. 117 (1886),

276 ~=L. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. [No. 4,

4,’ NEPTis NaNa, DB. sp,, Pl. XTHS Wie. ik,’

Hasitat: Bhutan.

EXpanse: &, 2°5 inches.

Description: Mate. Uppersipi, both wings distinguished from N.
narayana, Moore,* by having all the markings bright ochreous instead
of “pure white,” as described and figured by Mr. Moore for that species,
or just very faintly tinged with palest ochreous, as in the specimens
Ihave seen. Hindwing with the submarginal band narrower. UNDER-
SIDE, both wings with the ground-colour and pale violet markings of a
deeper and richer shade of colour. Hindwing with the submarginal
band as above narrower, the pale violet band between it and the discal
band broader and better-defined, and the marginal pale violet line nearer
the margin.

There are three male specimens of N. nana in the collections of
Messrs. Otto Moller and A. V. Knyvett taken in April and June by
their native collectors in Bhutan. The rich ochreous coloration of the
markings of the upperside will at once distinguish N. nana from N.
narayana. The range of the latter species has been considerably ex-
tended by Colonel A. M. Lang, R. H., taking it at Naini Tal rarely at
from 5,500 to 6,500 feet elevation in the middle of May. N. nana is also
allied to “‘ Limenitis”’ antonia, Oberthiir,+ from Moupin, from which it
may be known, on the upperside of the forewing, by the discal streak
being shorter, and the lower portion of the discal macular band (in
N. antonia formed of four spots at regular intervals divided only by
the veins, in N. nana apparently of two spots only, with a considerable
space of the ground between them, the upper spot nearly a circle,
the lower an elongated streak) differently shaped. On the hindwing
the submarginal yellow band in N. nana is narrower. It is also more
distantly allied to “ Limenitis”” armandia, Oberthir,t described without
exact locality as from China, but the extreme tenuity of the yellow
markings on the upperside of both wings in that species will at once
distinguish it from N. nana; the markings of the underside are similar
in character, but those on the hindwing are much blurred, and the
ground-colour is pale yellow almost throughout. N. nana is also allied
to WN. thisbe, Ménétriés,§ a species that has no yellow submarginal band
on the upperside of the hindwing, and occurs in Amurland.

* P.Z.S. 1858, p. 6, n. 8, pl. xlix, fig. 3, male.

+ E’tudes d’Ent., vol. ii, p. 22, n. 11, pl. iv, fig. 3 (1876).

{ E’tudes d’Ent., vol. ii, p. 23, n. 12, pl. iv, figs. 4a, 44 (1876).

§ Figured in Schrenck’s Reisen, vol. ii, p. 26, n. 56, pl. ii, fig. 9 (1859).

1888.] lL. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. 277

5. ATHYMA RUFULA, de Nicéville.
A. rufula, de Nicéville, Butt. of India, vol. ii, p. 181, n. 474 (1886).

Hapitat: South Andaman Isles.
EXpPaNnse: o, 2°6 inches.

Description: Mate. Uppersipe, both wings black. Forewing with
a prominent oval white spot at the end of the discoidal cell, and an
indistinct broken basal narrow white streak ; three subapical oval white
spots divided by the discoidal nervules, the upper the smallest, the lower
rather larger, the middle spot the largest; an oblique discal series of
three white spots, the upper in the first median interspace large and oval
touching its bounding nervules, the one below in the submedian inter-
space quadrate, fillmg the interspace, slightly constricted at each side,
the lowest spot below the submedian nervure elongated; an indistinct
pale rufous marginal and submarginal macular band, the latter ending
anteriorly in a prominent bright rufous spot as in A. cama, Moore.
Hindwing with the first subcostal nervule and that portion of the costal
nervure between the bases of its branches pure white; a broad discal
white band from the submedian nervure to the first subcostal nervule,
with a small oval spot in the costal interspace in continuation; a
narrow pale marginal band, anda broader more distinct submarginal
band. Unpsrsipn, both wings dull ochreous more or less marked with
black between the veins. Forewing with the bluish-white discoidal
streak formed of four equal portions ; a bluish-white spot near the base of
the submedian interspace bearing a prominent wedge-shaped black
spot; otherwise marked much as on the upperside. Hindwing with a
curved subcostal white streak, and a discal series of decreasing black
spots between the veins from the first median nervule to the costa; the
abdominal margin broadly bluish; otherwise marked much as on the
upperside.

I have at last received a male of this species from Mr. R. Wimber-
ley; the first female was caught as far back as 1872, and is now
in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. The male is nearest to that sex
of A. cama, but may at once be known on the upperside by the cell-
streak ‘and spot being white, not rufous; the white subapical spots
and discal band are also differently formed ; in the hindwing the discal
white band ending in a small well-separated oval spot in A. rufula
is also a distinguishing feature. The colour of the ground on the under-
side is a good deal different too, and the streak in the cell of the fore-
wing of A. rufula being divided, while it is entire in A. cama, will
readily distinguish between these species.

278 =. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. [No. 4,

6. HuraaALiA ADIMA, Moore.

Adolias adima, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C., vol. i,
p. 194, n. 392 (1857) ; Euthalia adima, de Nicéville, Butt. of India, vol. ii, p. 210,
n. 505 (1886).

When I wrote about this species in “ The Butterflies of India,’’
I had seen no specimen of it, but, thanks to Mr. Walter A. Hamilton,
I have received a considerable series of males and five females, all taken
below Shillong in Assam. They shew great variation in the only
character which distinguishes the species from H. appiades, Ménétriés,
viz.,—the entire absence or more or less prominence of the blue band on
the outer margin of the hindwing on the upperside in the male, In
some specimens there is not the smallest speckle of blue, in others there
are just a few blue scales at the anal angle, in others a considerable pair
of patches in each interspace, till the other extreme is reached in which
there is an almost continuous band, as in LH. appiades, divided only by
the veins and internervular folds. The female is indistinguishable from
the common form of that sex of 7’. appiades. I was wrong in the “ Butter-
flies of India’ in saying that #. adima ‘‘ is apparently nearest allied to
E. jahnu, Moore:” superficially a typical male of H. adima is nearer to
E. jahnw than it is to H. appiades, the former having no blue coloration on
the upperside, but, as will be seen from the above remarks, H. adima is
a very variable species in the male, and one extreme of the variability
approaches very near indeed to H. appiades, and the females of the two
are indistinguishable. Mr. Hamilton tells me that H. appiades does not
occur at the spot where he finds H. adima; the latter may therefore be
treated as a local race of H. appiades till the series of gradations between
the two species is found to be quite complete ; at present there is a con-
siderable gap between my most blue H. adima and H. appiades, though
that specimen is really much nearer to LH. appiades than it is to typical
E.adima. The true L. appiades occurs almost all over Assam and is a
very common species. It is a little strange that it should be replaced at
the foot of the Shillong hills by so variable a local race.

Family LYCAUNIDA.
7. ZEPHYRUS DOHERTII, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Figs. 1, &, 2, @.

Hasitat: Western Himalayas.

EXxpanse: & ¢,1°'5 to 1'7 inches.

Description: “ Matz. Uprersipe, both wings black. Forewing with
the black area confined to the costa narrowly, the outer margin broadly
and increasingly to the anal angle, and the inner margin narrowly ; the
rest of the surface extremely dark iridescent green varying to irides-
cent purple according to the play of the light, crossed by the black

1888.] LL. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. 279

veins. Hindwing with some streaks of the same colour between the
veins on the disc; anal lobe and tail (the latter tipped with white)
obscure reddish. Unpersipn, both wings reddish-brown, sometimes
ochreous-brown ; the discoidal cells closed by a narrow red band out-
wardly defined with black. Forewing with a waved discal red band, its
outer edge irregular, and defined by a fine black, then a silvery line,
extending from the costa to the first median nervule; a submarginal
increasing macular dark fascia, the apical half of the outer margin red-
dish. Hindwing with a broader discal red band than in the forewing
prominently outwardly defined with a silvery line, a submarginal lunular
red band, which is bent upwards at the anal angle and continued some
distance along the abdominal margin, where it is inwardly defined (as are
also the two lunules next to it on both sides) with a fine silvery line ; a
series of red lunules on the margin; tail red. Ovzlia cinereous through-
out. HEmMALe. Uppersive, both wings black. Forewing with an irregular
orange spot placed outwardly against the disco-cellular nervules, and
another similar spot placed below and beyond it in the second median
interspace, sometimes extending diffusedly into the interspace below ;
the discoidal cell and a patch in the middle of the submedian interspace
rich purple (never green) in some lights ; this colour sometimes entirely
absent. Hindwing unmarked. UNDERSIDE, both wings as in the male.

May at once be distinguished from Z. cana, Moore, by the discal
band of both wings on the underside being narrower and outwardiy
defined with a bright silvery line. The two lunular marginal bands on
the underside of the hindwing are in Z. dohertii also more prominent
and deep vermilion throughout: in Z. icana they are more orange and
that colour is confined to the anal angle. The discal band on the hind-
wing below is always distant from the disco-cellular band: in Z. icana
the two are run into each other, owing to the much greater breadth of
the band.

I possess numerous specimens, including four females, of Z.
dohertit taken by Mr. P. W. Mackinnon at Tehri Gurhwal, near Masuri,
8,500 feet, in June; I also took four males on the Jalauri Pass, at about
9,000 feet, Kulu, in July. As Mr. W. Doherty first pointed out the dis-
tinctness of this species,* I have much pleasure in naming it after him,

8. ACESINA ABERRANS, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Figs. 3, ¢, 4, 9.

Hapirat: Upper Tenasserim.

Expanse: &, 1°45; ¢, 1:50 inches.

Description: Mate. Uppersipe, both wings shining bluish-purple,
with a very narrow outer black margin. Hindwing with some marginal

* J. A.S. B., vol. lv, pt. 2, p. 131 (1886).

280 L. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. [No. 4,

narrow black streaks on either side of the tail divided from the cilia by
a white thread; tail black tipped with white. Unpmrsipr, both wings
coloured and marked almost exactly like A. paraganesa, mihi. Forewing
with the discal macular band much broken in the middle, the lower por-
tion below the third median nervule being shifted backwards consider
ably, so that the outer anterior angle of the uppermost spot of the lower
portion touches the inner posterior angle of the spot above it; in A.
paraganesa this band is straight and unbroken. Hindwing with a few
metallic green scales towards the anal angle which are not present in
A. paraganesa. Furman. UPpersipe, forewing with the costa, apex, and
outer margin all broadly black, the base and disc of the wing to the
inner margin pale blue; a whitish spot at the end of the discoidal cell,
one beyond in the lower discoidal interspace, and two smaller ones
below divided by the second median nervule. Hindwing with the costa
broadly, the outer margin less broadly and decreasingly black, the veins
black, widening out towards the margin, the rest of the wing pale
blue; a fine anteciliary white line on either side of the tail. Unprrsipn,
both wings marked as in the male, but the metallic green scales on the
hindwing wanting.

A larger species than A. paraganesa, the male conspicuously different,
as the blue coloration extends over the entire surface except the ex-
treme margin, while in A. paraganesa it is confined to a patch on the
disc and base; the opposite sexes in A. paraganesa are also nearly alike,
while in A. aberrans they are widely different. This is only the second
species of the genus. The male was taken by Captain C. T. Bingham in
the Meplay Valley on the 6th January, 1882, the female was also obtained
by him at Donat in January.

9. ZARONA JASODA, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 5, &.

Hapitat: Pegu Hills, Burma.

EXxpanse: 6, 1°4 inches.

Description: Matz. Uppersipe, both wings black. Forewing with
a streak on either side of the median nervure, a small patch filling the
base of the second median and a larger one filling the base of first
median interspace, a lengthened streak in the interno-median area and
placed obliquely above it, a large somewhat quadrate patch in the
submedian interspace, all brilliant shining ultramarine-blue inclining to
brilliant emerald-green in some lights. Hindwing with the posterior two-
thirds of the surface also blue crossed by the black veins, the outer margin
narrowly black, and with somewhat diffused black spots placed upon and
near the termination of the median nervules, two conjoined spots in conti-
nuation of these latter in the submedian interspace ; costal and abdominal

1888.] lL. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. 281

margins pale fuscous. Unpersipe, both wings deep glossy purplish-brown.
Forewing with a discal macular irregular fascia, and with a double
series of indistinct marginal lunules; inner margin pale. Hindwing
with a very irregular discal macular fascia, outwardly slightly defined
with whitish ; marginal lunules much as in the forewing, some indistinct
plumbeous irrorations towards the anal angle.

Nearest to “ Poritia”’ pharyge, Hewitson, from Perak and Borneo,
from which it may at once be distinguished by the absence of the three
subapical and six marginal blue spots and the broad streak in the interno-
median area on the upperside of the forewing, and the much greater
extent of blue coloration on the upperside of the hindwing; the mark-
ings of the underside also are very different,

Described from a single specimen in the collection of Captain C. T.
Bingham, who captured it in December, 1887.

10. APHN#US RUKMA, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 6, 3.

Hasirat: Sikkim.

EXpPaNnse: o', 1°3 inches.

Description: Mauer. Uppersine, forewing black, the base and lower
discal area slightly iridescent deep blue of the exact shade and extent of
A. nipalicus, Moore ;* a small ferruginous spot near the base of the
second discoidal interspace. Hindwing with the costal margin broadly,
outer margin narrowly black, abdominal margin pale fuscous, the rest of
the wing iridescent deep blue; anal angle ferruginous, bearing two black
spots sparsely marked with metallic silvery scales; tails black, tipped
with white. Unpsrsipe, forewing pale chrome-yellow, the inner margin
below the median nervure fuscous, beyond and below the first median
nervule whitish ; a very short black streak from the base of the wing
touching the costal nervure posteriorly ; a small oval spot beyond in the
discoidal cell ; another crossing the cell from the base of the first median
nervule to the costa; an oblique discal band from the middle of the costa
towards the anal angle; a figure of eight beyond, parallel to the discal
band and touching the costa; two oblong spots beyond touching in the
middle, not reaching the discal band, but forming with it a disconnected
Y-shaped figure; a submarginal catenulated band, ending posteriorly
in two black spots in the submedian interspace ; all these spots and
bands of a darker chrome-yellow than the ground, broadly outwardly
defined with black; a marginal fine black line more or less broken up
into spots. Hindwing pale chrome-yellow ; the spots and bands arrang-
ed as usual, coloured asin the forewing, the discal and submarginal
bands where they are recurved to the abdominal margin marked with

* J. A.S. B., vol. liii, pt. 2, p. 27 (1884).
37

282 L. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. [No. 4,

metallic silvery lines ; the anal lobe marked’much as on the upperside,
but the ferruginous colour more inclined to orange.

The type is unique in the collection of Mr. Otto Modller. The
species is nearly allied to A. nipalicus, Moore, which also occurs in
Sikkim, and from which the male does not differ on the upperside, but may
be known on the underside by having none of the spots and bands of the
forewing traversed by a silvery line.

11. APHNZUS RUKMINI, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 8, ¢.

Hasitat: Sikkim.
Expanse: ¢, 1:35, and 1°60 inches.

Description: Mate. Uppsrsipe, forewing as in A. rukma, but lacks
the ferruginous spot. Hindwing asin A. rukma, but the anal lobe dull
ochreous instead of ferrnginous. UNnpbrrRsipE, both wings pale reddish-
ochreous or stone-colour. Forewing with the inner margin paler, the
usual blackish patch towards the base of the inner margin; all the
markings much reduced and attenuated; the short streak at the base
of the cell and ring-spot beyond entirely absent in one specimen, but
present in the other; the other bands and spots sparsely marked with
silvery asin A. nipalicus, Moore. Hindwing also with all the bands
highly attenuated and marked with a silvery line; a very small ferru-
ginous-orange spot only on the anal lobe.

The species is known to me by two male specimens in the collection
of Mr. Otto Moller, one of which was taken on 8th May, 1888. Hxcept
in size, they are nearly exactly alike.

12), APHN AUS SAN, .n..8p.,, Pl. XTV, Fig. 7,.9%

Hasitat: Sikkim, Bhutan.

ExpanseE: o 9, 1°5 inches.

Description: Matz. Upprrsipe, both wings exactly as in A. rukma,
but the ferruginous spot beyond the discoidal cell rather larger. Unpmr-
spp, both wings differ from that species in the ground-colour being
pale cinnamon-red instead of pale chrome-yellow, all the bands and spots
the same, but, instead of being filled in with dark chrome-yellow, they are
cinnamon-red. Fremaite. UPpersine, forewing black with an oval suffused
ferruginous patch on the disc marked in the middle by a black spot ; the
lower discal and basal areas metallic plumbeous-silvery. Hindwing dull
fuscous, sparsely sprinkled with plumbeous scales. Unpersipn, forewing
very pale chrome-yellow; the figure of eight and two spots beyond
much smaller and quite divided. Hindwing, ground-colour dull pale
cinnamon, marked as in the male.

This species is known to me by three male specimens almost exactly

1888.] L. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. 283

alike in the collection of Mr. Otto Moller, one of which was taken in Sikkim
on llth July, 1884, another is without date, and the third was taken
in Bhutan in April, 1887, also a single female in the collection of Mr.
G. C. Dudgeon taken on 6th May, 1887, also in Sikkim.

Whether A. nipalicus, A. rukma, A. rukmini, and A. sani are four
distinct or one protean species must remain undecided for the present.
The ground-colour of A. nipalicus and A. rukma is the same on the
underside, viz. yellow, but the former has the bands and spots marked
with a silvery line, while the latter has not. The colour of A. rukminc
is dull Indian-red or stone-colour, bands marked with a silvery line ;
of A. sani cinnamon-red, with no silvery line. By these characters, as
far as my specimens go, the various species can be readily distinguished.

>. HopsGk bana, mn, sp., Pl XIV, Pig. 10, oo.

Hasirat: South Andaman Island.
Expanse: &, 1:15 to 1:25; 9, 1:20 to 1°35 inches.

Description: Mate. Uppsrsipn, both wings differ from H. albima-
cula, Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, in the violet-blue coloration being
replaced by pure cerulean blue. Forewing in having the oval white
discal patch smaller, bounded by the lower discoidal and first median
nervules, in one specimen only extending very slightly into the sub-
median interspace, divided into three portions by the black crossing
nervules; in one specimen there is a considerable patch of pure cerulean
blue scales on the basal half of the wing below the median nervure, which
patch is obsolete in another specimen and entirely absent in a third.
Unpersib4, forewing differs in having the median white band extending
conspicuously almost to the costa and pure white throughout, the anterior
portion of it not washed with fuscous as in H. albimacula. Hindwing
with the median white fascia on the average twice as broad ; this,
however, is a variable feature in both species. FrmAte much larger than
the male in three out of four specimens. Uppmrsipe, forewing with the
discal white patch twice as large, extending from the subcostal almost
to the submedian nervure, and proportionally broad ; a few pale grey-
blue scales placed below the median nervure towards the base in two
specimens. Hindwing with some scattered pale grey-blue scales on the
disc. UNpERSIDE, both wings bright fulvous. orewing with the discal
white patch almost touching the costa, its anterior portion narrow and
outwardly slightly hooked; the ground-colour beyond the white patch
increasingly to the costa fuscous ; inner angle and margin pale. Hind-
wing with the outwardly-diffused discal band outwardly bordered by a
pale fuscous fascia, widest at the costa and obsolete at the third median
nervule. Otherwise as in H. albimacula.

284 L.de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Regiun. [No. 4,

Described from two males and three females collected by the late
Mr. A. R. de Roepstorff, and now in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, and
another pair taken by Mr. R. Wimberley in my own collection.

I have taken this opportunity to figure a male of H. albimacula,
(Pl. XIV, Fig. 9), which is the only other species of the genus occurring
in the Andaman Islands, and is not furnished with the ‘ male-mark”.
present in H. rana and all Indian species except H. viola, Moore.

14. Rapana Tara, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 11, o.

Hapitat: Sylhet, Naini-tal.
EXpANSE: ¢,1°6; 9, 1°65 inches.

Description: Mate. UPprersive, both wings black glossed with rich
deep purple-blue in some lights, somewhat as in R. sphinx, Fabricius (a
common species in Sylhet and Burma, and figured by Hewitson as Deudorix
varuna), but not of so brillant or rich a shade. Forewing with a promi-
nent round discal velvety black sexual patch on the middle of the disc
extending slightly into the discoidal cell and traversed by the bases of
the two lower median nervules. Cilia black, on the hindwing white from
the second median nervule to the anal angle. Hindwing with the anal
lobe marked with a small ochreous spot. UNDERSIDE, both wings greenish-
ochreous. Jorewing with two short brownish lines at the end of the
cell; a regularly-curved narrow brown discal band from the costa to
the submedian nervure. Hindwing with the disco-cellular lines as in
the forewing, the discal band also, but outwardly very irregular,
finely defined with white; a similar short oblique band on the middle of -
the abdominal margin; a round black spot on the margin in the first
median interspace faintly crowned with ochreous; the anal lobe black,
the space beyond sprinkled with black and white; fine anteciliary black
and white lines becoming obsolete anteriorly; tail long, black, tipped
with white. Frmate. Uppersipe, both wings dull purple, entirely lack-
ing the rich deep purple gloss present in the male. UNDERSIDE, both
wings bright ochreous, the markings as in the male.

Described from several examples of both sexes obtained in Sylhet
by the native collectors of the Rev. Walter A. Hamilton, also from two
females taken by Colonel A. M. Lang, R. H., one at Naini-tal, 5,000
feet, on 29th September, the other at Nalaina, near Naini-tal, 4,200
feet, on 22nd September, 1887. The blue coloration of the upperside
of the male is different from that of any species known to me; the
‘“‘male-mark” is also more prominent than in any other species of the
genus and different in character; it is present in QR. orseis, Hewitson,
but is quite different, and is altogether absent in R. sphine, Fabricius.

1888.] L. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. 285

15. Rapata ROSACEA, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 12, o.

Hasitat: Sikkim.
ExpanseE: 6, 1:16 to 1:56; ¢, 1:40 to 1°52 inches.

Description: ‘‘ Mate. Upperstpe, both wings fuscous. Forewing
glossed with shining deep steel-purple from the base to beyond the
middle. Hindwing with all but the costa, outer margin narrowly, and
abdominal margin broadly, glossed with shining deep steel-purple.
UNDERSIDE, both wings vinous-red, in some specimens the red colour some-
what obsolescent. Forewing with two short dark lines at the end of the
cell, a discal very even slightly curved narrow dark band from the costa
to the submedian fold, a submarginal obscure fascia. Hindwing with the
disco-cellular and discal markings as in the forewing, but the latter at its
posterior end assuming a W-shaped figure, the whole band outwardly
narrowly defined with white, at its posterior end also inwardly defined
with white, the anal lobe marked with red in the middle, a red spot on
the margin beyond the base of the tail, between which the wing is
irrorated with grey scales, a narrow red line running up from the anal
lobe to the abdominal margin below the discal line. Cilia reddish-brown
throughout. Tail black, tipped with white. Frmate coloured and
marked exactly like the male, but of course lacking the male secondary
sexual characters.

Mr. Otto Moller possesses five males and six females of this dis-
tinct species all taken in Sikkim in March. The reddish-vinous colora-
tion of the underside at once distinguishes it from all the species of the
genus known to me.

16. RapaLa BUXARIA, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 13, &.

Hasitat: Bhutan.
Expanse: o', 1°62 inches.

Descrierion: Mare. Uppersipn, both wings dark brown overlaid
with a deep steel-blue gloss, in certain lights the whole surface shows a
resplendent cerulean coloration of much the same shade as in Rapala
schistacea, Moore, though of far greater extent. Hindwing, the anal lobe
with an oval patch of deep vermilion scales, the abdominal margin pale
brown and very hairy, tail black tipped with white. Unpmrsipn, both
wings of a pale ochreous-brown colour. Forewing with a pair of fine
brown lines closing the discoidal cell; a very straight oblique discal
line from the costa to the middle of the submedian interspace, made
up of two equal portions, inwardly of a pale brown portion, out-
wardly of a dark brown portion; a very indistinct submarginal fascia.
Hindwing with a pair of very fine brown lines closing the discoidal cell ;

286 = L. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. [No. 4,

a very straight discal line as in the forewing from the costa to the first
median nervule, from thence to abdominal margin forming a W-shaped
figure ; a submarginal fascia as in the forewing; anal lobe black crown-
ed with whitish, inwardly marked with an orange line; a round black
spot crowned with ochreous on the margin in the first median interspace,
the wing-surface between it and the anal lobe sprinkled with black and
white scales, a fine black marginal thread. Cilia reddish-brown through-
out. Body concolorous with the wings above, pale yellow below. Head
with the frontal tuft and palpi pale yellow.

Apparently nearest to Rapala nissa, Kollar, with which it closely
agrees in the coloration and markings of the underside, though the
discal line on the underside is straighter and more even than is usually
the case in that species. It differs, however, from f. nissa on the
upperside in having the rich iridescent blue reflections, which are only
seen in certain lights, and are entirely absent in Lt. nissa.

Described from a single specimen taken in Bhutan in April, in the
collection of Mr. A. V. Knyvett.

17. TasurRia 1sTROIDEA, de Nicéville, Pl. XIV, Fig. 14, o.

T. istroidea, de Nicéville, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 458, pl. xl, fig. 3,
female.

Hasitat: Sikkim.
ExpPaNnsE: 6, 1'4 inches.

Description: Maur. Differs from the description of “ Remelana”’
yajna, Doherty,* on the uppERsSIDE of the hindwing in the glittering azure
patch being of greater extent, occupying the anterior half of the discoidal
cell, instead of extending into it slightly, and reaching to the costa
and to the apex of the wing. On the UNDERSIDE the apex of the fore-
wing is concolorous with the rest of the wing, not darker as in R. yajna,
the discal liue is outwardly curved, of a deeper rufous than the ground-
colour, outwardly defined by a fine white line, instead of being chiefly
white, slender, and sinuous, and without any trace of an outer black
bounding line ; the hindwing has the abdominal margin concolorous with
the rest of the wing, not partly white as in Rf. yajna.

Described from asingle specimen taken in Sikkim on 2nd Decem-
ber, 1887, in Mr. Otto Moller’s collection. The underside agrees exactly
in colour and markings with the female, except that the ground-colour
is rather darker.

* J. A.S. B., vol. lv, pt. 2, p. 128, n. 140 (1886).

1888.] L. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. 287

18. TasuRIA DONATANA, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 15, &.

Hasitat: Upper Tenasserim.

Expanse: <6, 1°35 inches.

Description: Mats. Uppersipe, both wings deep purplish-black.
Forewing with the basal and lower discal areas rich deep iridescent
blue, the colour extending slightly into the discoidal cell from the base
of the first median nervule to the base of the wing. Hindwing with an
elongated discal patch of rich iridescent blue of a lghter and brighter
shade than in the forewing; the abdominal margin anteriorly pale
fuscous and fringed with white, anal lobe white marked by a round black
spot, bearing a few metallic silvery scales ; cilia from the anal angle to
the second median nervule white, thence to the apex of the forewing
black. UnprrsiIpE, forewing rich chrome-yellow, unmarked, the inner
margin broadly pale fuscous. Hindwing rich chrome-yellow; the anal
area sprinkled with black and white scales; the anal lobe intensely
black, with an intensely black small round spot on the margin in the
first median interspace ; the black and white anal area bounded ante-
riorly by an irregular iridescent greenish silvery line, above which is an
irregular W-shaped white figure finely defined with black ; a fine black
anteciliary line from the anal angle to the discoidal nervule. Tails
black tipped with white, the outer rather the shorter.

A smaller species than the “ Myrina”’ orsolina of Hewitson,* from
Celebes and Macassar; differing in the shape of the blue patch on the
upperside of the forewing, which in that species is deeply indented at the
base of the first median nervule; also by the absence on the underside
of both wings of the very pale broken linear brown band described, but
not shown in the figure, as occurring in M. orsolina, and in other details.

I have described T.. donatana from a single example taken by Captain
C. T. Bingham in the Donat range, Upper Tenasserim, in April.

Family PAPILIONID A.
Subfamily PapiLionina.
19. PAPILIO NOBLEI, n. sp., Pl. XIII, Fig. 2, 3.
Hasitat: Karen Hills, Burma.
EXxpaNse: o', 4 inches.
Description: Mare. Uppersipe, both wings black. Forewing with
four longitudinal streaks of scattered ochreous scales in the discoidal

cell. Cilia black. Hindwing with a large cream-coloured tripartite sub-
apical patch from the discoidal nervule to the costal nervure much as in

* Ill, Diurn, Lep., p. 38, n, 39, pl. xvii, figs. 56, 58, male ; 57, female (1865).

288 L. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. [No. 4,

P. helenus, Linneus ; a semi-circular red mark enclosing a round portion
of the ground-colour at the anal angle; cilia black, but with a spot of
white in the costal, discoidal, and median interspaces. UNDERSIDE, both
wings blackish-brown. Forewing with the streaks in the discoidal cell
as above, but more prominent, some scattered ochreous scales on the
disc, anda short pale streak on the margin on each internervular fold,
Hindwing with the cream-coloured patch as above, a submarginal series
of pale yellow lunules from the costa to the third median nervule, each
lunule marked in the middle by ochreous; an ochreous lunule in the
first median interspace, and an almost complete ferruginous-ochreous
ring-spot at the anal angle, above which is an elongated patch of whitish
scales; there are a few scattered blue scales on the disc from the sub-
median nervure to the discoidal nervule. Cilia black, but marked with
a white spot in the middle of each interspace.

Nearest to P. helenus, from which it may be readily distinguished
by its smaller size, narrower wings, and the single red lunule on the
upperside of the hindwing only; on the underside by the short inter-
nervular streaks on the margin of the forewing, by the large subapical
cream-coloured patch of the hindwing being entire, not divided as in P.
helenus into three well-separated spots by the black veins, by the sub-
marginal lunules being pale ochreous-yellow instead of red, by there being
no lunule in the second median interspace, a single lunule in the first
median interspace (in P. helenus there are two), and in the scattered blue
scales on the disc, and the patch of whitish scales in the submedian
interspace placed against the submedian nervure. It is altogether a
narrower insect than P. helenus, and does not agree in shape with any
species known to me, though it is perhaps in that respect nearest to
P. demolion, Cramer, to which group, on further consideration while this
paper is passing through the press, I have come to the conclusion that
it belongs, in which opinion Mr. Wood-Mason, to whom I have submitted
the specimens, concurs.

Two male specimens of P. noblei exactly alike have been obtained
one in February and one in March in the Karen Hills by the native col-
lector attached to the Phayre Museum, Rangoon. I have named the
species after Mr. B. Noble, the Curator of that Museum, who has
generously presented one of the specimens to me, besides many other
rarities from the Burma region.

Family HESPERIIDA.

20. Hesperia (P) CEPHALOIDES, n. sp., Pl. XIII, Fig. 4, &.

Hapsirat: Karen Hills, Burma.
EXPANSE: <o, 1°6 inches.

Description: Mane. Uppersive, both wings dark purplish-brown ;

1888.] L. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. 289

cilia alternately black and white. Forewing with a large somewhat
square spot at the end of the cell, a little larger rhomboidal one below it
in the first median interspace, and a much smaller square one at the
middle of the second median interspace, three small conjoined round
subapical dots, of which the upper one is the largest, the middle one the
smallest, all translucent white ; an opaque dot touching the submedian
nervure in the middle of the submedian interspace. Hindwing with
three translucent white spots forming an equilateral triangle, of which
the two at the base are the largest and equal, and the apical one isa mere
dot. Unpsrsipe, forewing with a broad costal streak occupying the upper
half of the discoidal cell and reaching to just beyond the middle of the
wing, and an apical patch, bright chrome-yellow, between which streak
and patch the ground-colour is castaneous, the rest of the wings black ;
the translucent white spots as on the upperside, but with two additional
small black spots between the lowest of the subapical series and the spot
in the second median interspace. Hindwing with the basal half of the
wing chrome-yellow, the outer half castaneous; a small round castane-
ous spot near the base of the wing, the three discal translucent spots as on
the upperside, but with two additional opaque round spots, one near the
costa at the inner edge of the castaneous portion of the wing, the other
in the middle of the submedian interspace, all five spots surrounded by
a fine black line; there are traces of a series of blackish spots between
the veins near the margin. Head, thorax, and abdomen black above,
beneath, legs, and palpi chrome-yellow.

Very near to, but quite distinct from, Hesperia cephala, Hewitson,*
a fairly common Sikkim species, from which it differs in its larger size,
and in the following particulars :—the subapical series of spots on the
forewing has the middle spot the smallest and the upper one the largest,
while in H. cephala the series is an increasing one ; in H. cephala the spot
below these is in the lower discoidal interspace, in H. cephaloides it is in
the second median interspace ; on the hindwing, in H. cephaloides there
are three small spots, in H. cephala there are two only, both large, the
outer one very large; on the underside in H. cephala the costal yellow
streak extends uninterruptedly from the base to the apex, in H. cephaloides
it is interrupted by a large castaneous patch ; in H. cephala the hindwing
is entirely yellow, in H. cephaloides the basal half only is yellow, the
outer half being castaneous; the spots too are very different and in
greater number and occupy different positions.

I am indebted to Mr. B. Noble, the Curator of the Phayve
Museum, Rangoon, for the opportunity of describing this interesting
species, of which he has obtained two specimens, They were captured

* Ent. Month. Mag. vel. xiii, p. 152 (1876),
38

290 L. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. [No. 4,

by the native collector attached to that institution in the Karen Hills in
April, 1887.

21. PLEsIONEURA LAXMI, n. sp. Pl. XIII, Fig. 5, 3.

Hapirat: Upper Tenasserim.

Expansg: o&, 1°8 inches.

Description: Mauty. Uppersipe, both wings olive-greenish. Fore-
wing with a very large quadrate spot filling the outer end of the dis-
coidal cell and extending somewhat narrowly to the costa; a small
quadrate spot near the base of the second median interspace ; another
quadrate spot below it fully four times as large, in the middle of the
first median interspace; two dots placed obliquely in the submedian
interspace, the upper one placed below the lower outer angle of the
large spot in the interspace above; three subapical well-separated dots
in a curved series, the upper one twice as large as the other two taken
together—all these spots lustrous translucent white; an indistinct dark
macular band, and two small black dots placed one above the other ob-
liquely near the base of the submedian interspace. Hindwing rather paler
than the forewing ; a subcostal black spot placed near the base of the wing,
two parallel discal black macular bands. UNDERSIDR, both wings ochreous-
brown. Forewing marked as above, Hindwing with the bands broken
up into spots and arranged thus :—a largish black spot in the discoidal
cell, almost completely surrounded by a series of spots beginning with a
moderate-sized one near the base of the subcostal interspace, a very
large round one near its middle, then about eight small spots curving
round to the base of the wing. Cuzlia brownish throughout. Antenne
ochreous-brown above, the hook black above, ochreous below. Body and
head more or less concolorous with the wings above and below.

I possess a single specimen taken by Captain C. T. Bingham in
March in the Thoungyeen Forests, Burma. It is nearest to P. agnd,
mihi,* but the ground-colour of the upperside is entirely different, as
are also many of the markings.

22, PLESIONEURA BASIFLAVA, n.sp., Pl. XIII, Fig. 7, &.

Hapirat: Travancore.
EXxpanse: o, 1°8 inches.

Description: Manz. Upprersipe, both wings dark glossy brown,
with a slight vinous tinge. Cilia paler brown. Forewing with a pyramidal
spot at the end of the cell, and a large somewhat rounded one below it
in the first median interspace, both semi-transparent lustrous white.
Hindwing unmarked. Uwnbursipg, both wings rather paler than above.

* J. A.5S. B., vol. lii, pt. 2, p. 87, n. 32, pl. x, fig. 4, female (1888).

1888.] lL. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. 291

Forewing marked as on the upperside. Hindwing with the basal third
of the wing rich chrome-yellow. Head and body above concolorous with
the wings, palpi and thorax below grey, abdomen cinereous.

I am indebted to Mr. Harold 8. Ferguson fora single specimen of
this remarkable species, which as far as I know has no near ally. He
informs me that it was captured by a Mr. Atholl MacGregor, probably in
March or April, 1880, at Pirmaad, and that Mr. MacGregor, who is now
in England, possesses only one other specimen.

23. HIpDARI BHAWANI, n. sp., Pl. XIII, Fig. 6, &.

Hapitat: Arracan Coast, Burma.
EXPAaNse: o&, 2°2 inches.

Description: Mate. Uppersipn, both wings ochreous-brown. Fore-
wing with four lustrous semi-transparent pale yellow spots, one just
beyond the middle of the cell much constricted in the middle, an oval
one in the upper discoidal interspace, a squarish one near the middle of
the second median interspace, and the last near the middle of the first
median interspace, lunular; a small opaque spot in the submedian inter-
space touching the middle of the submedian nervure. Hindwing
unmarked, but densely woolly towards the base. Unpursipn, forewing
brown, the costa and the apex broadly pale ochreous more or less striat-
ed with fine brown lines; the four semi-transparent spots as above, but
with two minute ones above the subapical spot divided by the fourth
subcostal nervule; the spot in the submedian interspace larger and
diffused. Hindwing pale ochreous, but with a dark brown streak parallel
and near to the costa from the base to the outer margin, and the abdo-
minal margin widely brown, the ochreous portion of the wing coarsely
striated with brown. Head and thorax above clothed with long pale
ochreous hairs, but with a line of dark brown hairs running down the
middle; abdomen dark brown above ; palpi, thorax, and abdomen pale
ochreous beneath; antenne with the shaft pale ochreous above dark
brown beneath, club pale ochreous anteriorly, fuscous posteriorly.

Described from a single specimen in Captain C. T. Bingham’s
collection taken by him in February, 1886. It cannot be mistaken for
the other three species of the genus, H. irava, Moore, H. sybirita,
Hewitson, or H. staudingert, Distant, all of which occur in the Malay
Peninsula.

24. COLADENIA HAMILTON, n. sp., Pl. XIII, Fig. 8, ¢.

Hasitat: Sylhet.
EXPANSE: ¢&, 1°6 inches.

Duscription: Mae, Upperrsipg, forewing olive-greenish fuscous,

292 IL. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. [No. 4,

with two very irregular broad discal black fasciee joined in the middle;
three most minute transparent subapical dots, the uppermost the largest,
placed at the outer edge of the anterior portion of the outer black fascia,
a very minute similar spot in the second median interspace, a very
attenuated spot across the middle of the first median interspace, both
placed on the outer black fascia; the inner margin somewhat broadly
irrorated with greyish scales; a submarginal indistinct broad blackish
fascia. Hindwing, ground-colour much as in the forewing, but the outer
third of the wing irrorated with gray scales; a recurved black macular
decreasing band from the costa near the apex of the wing to the second
median nervule; the disco-cellular nervules defined by a pale line.
Unpersive, both wings vinous-fuscous, Forewing with the transparent
spots as above. Hindwing with the disc irrorated with whitish ; the
macular black band much as above; an anteciliary whitish line. Cilia
fuscous.

The Rev. Walter A. Hamilton, after whom I have much pleasure
in naming it, obtained a single specimen in Sylhet in the spring. It is
quite unlike any species known to me, and I place it in the genus
Coladenia only because it agrees in outline with C. tissa, Moore.

25. PARNARA UMA, n. sp., Pl. XIII, Fig. 9, 9

HasitatT: Karen Hills, Burma,
EXPANSE: 9, 2°0 inches,

Duscription: Femane. Uppursipn, both wings rich dark glossy
brown, the base clothed with somewhat long greenish-ochreous sete. Cilia
ochreous-brown. Forewing with a spot in the discoidal cell divided in
the middle by a fold of the wing, its upper portion lengthened, inwardly
sharply pointed ; three increasing conjoined subapical spots, the pos-
terior one nearly twice as large as the other two taken together ; a
quadrate spot near the middle of the second median interspace, a larger
one in the first median interspace placed exactly midway between the
spot in the second median interspace and the lower portion of the cell
spot, its outer edge highly excavated, its inner edge correspondingly
rounded—all these spots shining translucent ochreous. Unpzrstpn, both
wings brown strongly washed with vinous. Forewing with the spots as
above but white instead of ochreous, the spot in the cell entire. Hind-
wing with a lengthened subcostal broad streak posteriorly bounded by the
subcostal nervure and second subcostal nervule; a discal recurved
transverse series of six quadrate spots, of which the two below the
posterior end of the subcostal streak are the smallest, a similar but

-somewhat suffused spot near the base of the wing—the streak and spots
all pure silvery. Head and body concolorous with the wings above,

1888.] L. de Nicéville—New Butterflies from the Indian Region. 293

palpi and sternum pale ochreous beneath, rest of body and legs concolor-
ous with wings beneath.

A single specimen was obtained in April, 1887, in the Karen Hills
by the native collector attached to the Phayre Museum, Rangoon, and
I am indebted to Mr. B. Noble for the opportunity of describing it. It is
a remarkable species with no near Indian ally, but appears to belong to
the same group as the ‘‘ Hesperia”’ ornata of Felder,* from Buitenzorg,
Java, a species which has the spots of the forewing on the underside
smaller, and a double series of spots on the hindwing, as shewn in the
figure.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATKHS.

PLate XIII.

Neptis nana, n. sp., do, p. 276.

Papilio noblei, n. sp., 7, , p. 287.

Zophoessa ramadeva, de Nicéville, #, p. 274,
Hesperia ? cephaloides, n. sp. o, p. 288.
Plesioneura laxmi, nu. sp., a, p. 290.

Hidari bhawani, n. sp., &, p. 291.
Plesioneura basiflava, n. sp., d', p. 290.
Coladenia hamiltonit, n. sp., &, p. 291.
Parnara wma, nu. sp., ¢, d. 292.

2 Rao Bios

PLatEe XIV.

Zephyrus dohertii, n. sp., d', p. 278.
” 3 DD eps 279,
Acesina aberrans, nu. sp., d, p. 279,

r és n. sp., ?, p. 280.
Zarona jasoda, n. sp., &, p. 280,
Aphnens rukma, n. sp., d, p. 281,

“3 sani, n. 8p., §, p. 282.
x rukminin. sp., d, p. 282.
Horaga albimacula, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville, #.

» vrand,n.sp., do, p. 283.

» 11. Rapala tara, n. sp., oc, p. 284.

oy re. “ rosacea, 0. Sp., o&, p. 285.

Ae. ip buearia, n. sp, o, p. 285.

», 14. Tajuria istroidea, de Nicéville, #, p. 286.
» 15d. ” donatana, n. sp., o, p. 287,

to
SCOMANg_aAhRwWND ED

* Reise Novara, Lep., vol. iii, p. 515, n. 900, pl. Ixxii, fig. 6, male (1866),

294, H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. [No. 4,

XI.—A List of the Ferns of Simla in the N. W. Himalaya between Levels
of 4,500 and 10,500 Feet.—By H. F. Buanrorp, F. R, S.

[Received May 12th ;—Read June 6th, 1888. |
(With Plates XVI.—XXTI.)

In the course of my summer residence at Simla during the last ten,
and more particularly the last five, years, I have availed myself of such
opportunities as have offered to collect and examine the materials for a
list of the local ferns. The limits of my field of work have necessarily
been determined by considerations of ready accessibility, and do not
extend much below 4,500 feet on the one hand, nor above 10,500 feet on
the other. I have, indeed, sometimes visited lower slopes and valleys
both in the neighbourhood of Simla and in Chamba and the Jumna
valley, but my examination of these lower levels has been too imperfect
to admit of my attempting anything like so complete a list of their fern
flora as for the range of elevations between the limits above specified.
To the ferns occurring between 4,500 and 10,500 feet, therefore, this list
is restricted. 1

In lateral extension, it takes cognizance of that portion of the Simla
ridge which extends from the south-western limits of the station to the
further side of Hatu, a distance by the Great Tibet Road of about 52
miles, but beyond the immediate neighbourhood of Simla my examina-
tion of the hill slopes has been restricted to levels above 8,000 feet.

As is well known, Simla stands on that ridge of the Himalaya
which divides the drainage of the Sutlej from that of the Tonse and
Jumna, the former a tributary of the Indus, the latter, of the Ganges,
and is therefore a part of the main watershed of India. The outer hills,
between Simla and the plains, are for the most part bare of forest, and
the absence of shade and the dryness of the air which blows up from
the plains during many months of the year are eminently unfavourable
to plants so fond of coolness and moisture as the majority of the fern
tribe. East of Simla, in the direction of the mountains, forests were at
one time dense and vigorous, but for a distance of thirty miles most of
those on the Simla ridge have now been either destroyed and cleared, or
so far wasted and denuded of all their larger timber that, save where
protected of late years, they present little more than stretches of brush-
wood and small coppice. A few remnants, however, still exist at Masho-
bra and Mahalu ; and the northern faces and summits of Kumalhori and
Hatu are still covered with magnificent forests, which afford rich ground
for fern collectors and, indeed, botanists generally.

In the glens and valleys below Simla, destruction has been equally
at work ; and there can be little doubt that, 20 or 30 years ago, the fern

-

PLM:

—

H.B BLANEORD, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal .1888. Vol.LVI.Pt. 11.

West Newman &C?imp.

Chas. Fitch lith.

larke.

a
=

ASPLENIUM (DIPLAZIUM) TORRENTIUM.C.B.(

VIL.

a

Kd

5

LoL NO Pee

888 . Vo!

4
'
4

Journ. Asiat.Soc. Bengal.

1)

TLE. BLANROR

.

Canes

West, Newman &C°rm p.

has. Fitch lith.

’

C

HE BLANFORD, Journ. Asiat.Soc.Bengal.1888 Vol. LVILPt IL PLAVUL:

Fy ee (ae
\ SS
or “
“ \ “S 4 ; 5)
S 5 PA el . a con i :
Seat A WN a ie
: f 2 —— we y : b
\. st = _~ at ij meet nel . ‘ 2
e . mt serpy f annem \ \

vi
0. perenne =

Ty 7 BAL

ei
8
e
i

ia

;
:

a

$
z
=: atthe

—<
i

alten
sia arene

arty

cae

\
~ a ow Ae
eal sonia

Cha8 Bitch. lth. West Newman &C? imp.

“ASPLENIUM (DIPLAZIUM) LATIBOLIUM. D.Don. van FRONDOSA. Wall. sp.

HF. BLANFORD, Journ.Asiat.Soc.Bengal.1888. Vol. LVIT Pt.I.

Cha8 Fitch Jith.

POLYPODIUM (PHYMATODES) LINEARE. Thunb.

PISA

;
LAA
t}

Wesb,Newman &O°imp.

HEBLANFORD, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal.1888 .Vol. LVII.Pt. II. Pix.

‘

TERM epy peer IOLA esa oe aa NT >

~
? rene
t

a
4
2
&
Ps
he
bs
S
&
f
it
Ne
“pe
ro
4

pean

Sen Sean na
SSS LEFF
> SZ See Z
ae &

= :
Sie

h SS

}

Fz), AND Ne
ZY NIN
yj { a LESS

West, Newman & C2 imp.

Cha.8 Fitch Jith.

POLYPODIUM (PHYMATODES) SIMPLEX. Swartz.

PLS.

West,Newman &C° mp.

~. epee re
PP elles =

4B

Journ. Asiat.Soc. Beng a) 1886 . Vel, LVI. Pei.

a

hod pe :
be sean IS

HF BLANFORD,
Chas Fitch hth.

ee eT a gy ac oT nt am, Gon os Na on ye cay eT, a

-
— +e

School of Art, Caleutter Lith.

ANOPLOPHRYA AIOLOSOMATIS n.sp.

. Asiat. Soe Bens al, 1888,Vel.L VII. Pt.I.

$
&
a: 5 Final
oy, 3
, 4 F
a ‘eae : <q i
ce ;
€ ae —f
. uP
; ;
th

.

HH. ANDERSON, Journ

——

1888.] H. F, Blanford—A List 6f ‘the Ferns of Simla. 295

fiora of this neighbourhood was far richer in individuals and, to some
extent probably, in species than it now is. In 1877 and 1882, in the
course of a very superficial search, I obtained two or three species which
I have since hunted for in vain; and, in a list of ferns collected between
1875 and 1877, drawn up by one who appears to have been a careful and
competent collector, and published anonymously in the latter year, twenty-
two other species and varieties are enumerated which I have not met with.
Some few of these are doubtless from either lower or higher levels than
those here adopted as limits, and one or two may be erroneous determi-
nations, but it is very likely that several have since been extirpated.

The 1877 list enumerates 86 species and varieties; my own, not
less than 101, and it therefore includes 37 which are not in the former ;
but 20 of these were not then described, or at all events had not been
identified as Indian ferns, and some of them may possibly have been
included under other and erroneous names. And five of my own list I
consider as doubtfully distinct. It contains, therefore, but 12 distinct
forms, well known as Indian in 1877, which escaped the former collector.

The names in the 1877 list which do not appear in mine, omitting
those which have been changed, or which I have rejected, are the
following :—

Trichomanes auriculatum.
Cystopteris fragilis (a high level form).
Chetlanthes rufa (a low level fern).
Pieris longipinnula.

Asplenium heterocarpum.

A. tenuifolium.

A. Hohenackerianum.

A. oxyphyllum.

Nephrodium gracilescens.

N. thelypteris.

N. cochleatum (a low level fern).
N. Brunomanum (a high level fern).
N. barbigerum (ditto).

N. sparsum.

N. setigerwm (a low level fern).
Polypodium appendiculatum.

P. punctatum.

P. adnascens {possibly P. fissuwm).
P. hiemiontideum.

P. propinquum (perhaps P. rivale).
P. juglandifoliwm.

Gymnogramine tolla.

296 H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. [No. 4,

Of these, T. awriculatum, Pt. longipinnula, Asp. heterocarpum, A.
tenuifolium, Neph. gracilescens, N. setugerum, Pol. appendiculatum, and
P. hiemiontideum are not known from the N.W. Himalaya, and Aspl.
Hohenackerianum not from Northern India, and some at least probably
rest on erroneous identifications. Oyst. fragilis, Oheil. rufa, Neph. cochlea-
tum, N. Brunonianun, and N. barbigerum are quoted either from higher
or lower levels than those of my lst. The others may either have dis-
appeared of late years, or, if still existing in the neighbourhood of Simla,
they have escaped my notice.

In the nomenclature of my list, I have generally followed Mr.
Clarke’s review of the ferns of Northern India, read before the Linnean
Society in June, 1879, and published in their Transactions ; and I am
indebted to Mr. Clarke and Dr. King for the identification of some forms,
especially the Diplaziwms, three of which I give on Mr. Clarke’s authority.
I should myself have considered these as mere forms of Asp polypodiot-
des, or perhaps rather Aspl. wmbrosum. In a few cases, I have ventured
to depart from Mr. Clarke’s views, dividing specifically forms which he
has associated, and associating others which he has, although with doubt,
enumerated under different specific names. The following are the
principal instances :—

Adiantum Hdgeworthit is recognized as specifically distinct from A.
caudatum. Col. Beddome has suggested the separation, and I fully
concur with him.

Two varieties of Cheilanthes farinosa are separated from the type
andso named. And Cheilanthes Dalhousie, as well as Cheilanthes albo-
marginata, are recognized as good distinct species. I have collected both
largely and find them to be constant forms with no tendency to gra-
duate into Ch. farinosa.

Wallich’s Aspleniwm (Athyr.) tenurfrons is separated from A. nigripes,
the habit, elevation, range, and character of the habitat of the two being
quite distinct.

Mr. Clarke’s Aspl. fiix femina, var. polyspora has since been recog-
nized as identical with A. Brongniart’s Athyr. Schimperi, to which I have
therefore referred it.

Wallich’s Athyr. pectinatuwm, which Mr. Clarke treats also as a variety
of A. fie femina, is also separated. It has a creeping root-stock and
in other characters is sufficiently distinct and characteristic.

Mr. Clarke’s Neph. filix mas, var. normalis passes by such indefinite
gradations into the form which he identifies with N. rigidum that it is
impossible to separate them. This appears to have been more than sur-
mised by Mr. Clarke himself.

The Simla fern which has been referred to N eph. canum, J. Smith,

a

1888. ] H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. 297

is inseparable from N. prolivwm, as also Mr. Clarke suspected; I learn
from Mr. Baker that the original habitat of the type is unknown, and the
Simla ferns do not correspond with it very closely. N. canum is there-
fore omitted from my list.

Lastly, I follow Col. Beddome in separating Polypodium simplex
from Pol. lineare. The former is a thin-fronded, eminently perishable
fern which shrivels up and disappears with the first breath of the dry
northerly wind. The latter is a thick coriaceous fern which simply rolls
up its fronds at the end of the rains and waits till the damp air and rain
of the following monsoon once more unrolls them and restores their
torpid vitality. P. clathratum, Clarke, is a third allied, but quite dis-
tinct, species very abundant in Simla.

_ There are a few other changes that, as the result of my own ex-
perience in the field, I should be inclined to make, but I have refrained
in deference to Mr. Clarke’s wider knowledge.

It is much to be desired that botanists should agree to some general
rule to regulate specific distinction in dealing with forms so variable and
yet presenting so few marked characters as ferns. At present, the prac-
tice of different describers is by no means uniform, and that which each
follows is generally to be gathered only by inference from the results of
his work. The rule which I have formulated for my own guidance is
that, when two sets of forms which can readily be distinguished apart

“occupy the same or contiguous areas (if as far as is known they are not
linked by intermediate forms either in these areas or in the interval be-
tween them), they should be recognized as distinct species, and such dis-
tinction would not be invalidated by the existence of a form possessing
intermediate characters in some far distant region. On such grounds
I base the separation of Cheilanthes Dalhousie from Cheilanthes farinosa;
and Adiantum Hdgeworthu from A. caudatum.

I attach much importance too to marked differences of habit such as
have been noticed above in the case of Polypodium lineare and P. sim-
plex (in this case, however, the two forms have a different venation
also). And especially when these are accompanied with equally marked
differences in the characters of the habitat and the range of elevation of
the contrasted forms. Thus Aspleniwm tenwifrons differs from A. nigri-
pes, not only in the manner of its growth, and the form and texture of
the frond, but it is restricted to levels below 7,000 feet and the imme-
diate neighbourhood of streams; whereas A. nigripes grows on well
shaded hill slopes, only at elevations above 8,000 feet. In all these cases
no intermediate forms are met with.

The following is a numerical generic summary of the species and
varieties enumerated in this list.

39

298 H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. [No. 4,
Species. Varieties.
Woodsia uf
Dicksonia 1
Trichomanes 1
Davallia 3 1
Adiantum 6
Cheilanthes A 2
Onychiwm 1 1
Cryptogramme 1
Pteris 5
Woodwardia 1
Asplenium 21 3
Aspidium 6 2
Nephrodiwm 7 4
Oleandra 1
Polypodium 18
Notholeena 1
Gymnogramme a
Osmunda 2
Ophioglossum 1
Botrychium 3
Total 88 13

List of Ferns collected in the Neighbourhood of Simla between the
Levels of 4,500 and 10,500 Feet.

Common on Kumalhori and Hatu, above 9000 ft.

1. Woopsia ELONGATA, Hook.

At Baghi, at the

eastern extremity of Hatu, it occurs as low as 8,500 ft.

Not common.
trees below Simla at 5,500 and 5,800 ft.

2. Dicksonra scaBRA, Wall.
Rare. Found only at 5,800 and 6,000 feet below Simla.

3. TRICHOMANES BIPUNCTATUM, Poir.

My highest is 6,500 feet. Also on dompa rocks and

4, DavaLuiA (Levcostuata) ItmerRsA, Wall.

Very rare.

Mentioned in the 1877 list.

The only specimen I

have seen is a barren frond found by Col. Collett at 5,800 ft.

1888. ] H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. 299

5. Davatiia (Leucosragia) PULCHRA, Don. sp.

The typical form, distinguished by its red rachis, obtuse segments
and ovate scales of the rhizome is abundant on trees on Kumalhori
and Hatu above 8,500 ft., but does not occur lower.

6. DAVALLIA PULCHRA, var. pseudocystopteris, Kunze sp.

Very abundant on trees at Simla between 5,500 and 8,000 ft. It
is to be met with only in the rains, and blanches and shrivels up with
the first northerly winds, about the beginning of September, except
in damp ravines, where it lasts a few weeks later.

7. Davatxia (StenoLtoma) Cuinansis, Swartz.

Rare. In two ravines below Chota Simla at about 5,000 ft.
Clarke quotes it from Kumaon; but it is rare at Mussoorie.

8. ADIANTUM LUNULATUM, Burm.

At 4,500 ft. in the Sainal valley below Simla, but at no higher ele-
vation, It ranges over the plains of India in damp places.

9. ADIANTUM cAUDATUM, L.

Common in damp situations by streams from 5,000 ft, downwards.
Abundant in the Doons and Sivaliks.

10. Apiantum Epq@worruil, Hook.

Found in situations similar to the preceding, but at higher levels.
It is not common, but I have gathered it in several ravines below Simla
up to 6,000 ft.

11, Apranrum capintus Veneris, L.

Common on damp rocks by streams below 6,000 fi. In the arid
climate of Beluchistan, it grows in the subterranean water-courses (term-
ed karezes) used for irrigation.

12. ADIANTUM VENUSTUM, L.

One of the commonest and most abundant ferns of Simla, covering
banks and sloping ground in shady places, and ranging from 4,500 ft.
up to the top of Hatu at 10,500 ft.

It varies much in cutting, being either 2- or 4-pinnate. Also in
the shape and size of the ultimate pinnules, which vary from narrowly

300 H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. [No. 4,

cuneate to rhomboidal and transversely elliptical, being broader than
deep. Both series of forms occur throughout the range. The sori are
generally orbicular reniform with a deeply notched margin; but some-
times oblong with a straight margin.

13. ADIANTUM PEDATUM, L.

Rare. I have found it only on the north face of Hatu, at elevations
of 8,500 and 10,000 ft. This last is nearly 1,000 ft. higher than Clarke’s
and Beddome’s highest assigned range.

14. CHEILANTHES SUBYILLOSA, Hook.

Chiefly above 8,000 ft. But I have found stragglers as low es 7,300
ft. on Jako. It is common in the neighbourhood of Matiana and
Nagkanda, on the bank by the roadside.

15. CHertantHes Datyousia, Hook.

Quite distinct from C. farinosa, and subject to little variation. Its
range is from 7,800 ft. to the highest visited (10,500 ft.). Fine speci-
mens are to be found on Jako, though not common. It is more abundant
on Kumalhori and Hatu.

It appears to be restricted to the Himalaya, and is most abundant
in the N. W. Himalaya. In Sikkim it appears to be rare, but Sir J.
Hooker gathered it at 10,000 ft. on Lacheely, and Mr. Levinge found it
growing plentifully on Sinchal close to Darjiling at 8,000 ft. He agrees
with me as to its specific value. The following is a description of its
distinctive characters.

Stipes 2 to 4 ins. long, shorter than the frond, naked or with a few
lax spreading scales near the base. Fronds 6 to 9 inches long, 2 to 4
inches broad, acute lanceolate, without white powder at any stage of
growth. Lower two pairs of pinne subequal. Segmentsnarrow. Lines
of sori interrupted at the sinus. Involucres even, crenate or toothed on
the margin, hardly lacerate.

16. CHEILANTHES ALBO-MARGINATA, OC. B. Clarke.

Very abundant in and around Simla, covering the roadside banks
and old stone retaining walls. Range from 4,800 ft. (my lowest) up to
8,500 ft., above which it is replaced by Ch. Dalhousie. Like that species
it appears to be restricted to the Himalaya and chiefly to the N. W.
Himalaya, though I learn from Mr. Levinge that his native collector
brought him a specimen from the interior of Sikkim. A Cheilanthes
which occurs on the Khasi hills, also Mount Abu and the Nilgiris, and

1888. ] H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. 301

has been referred to this species, is that which I describe below as Ch.
farinosa, var. anceps. The following is a description of C. albo-marginata,
which is well represented in the figure Plate 52 of Mr. Clarke’s Review,
except that the scaliness of the cost and veins is not fully shown.

Stipes 4 to 10 ins. long, generally shorter than the frond, bearing
throughout dark linear lanceolate scales with pale translucent margins,
Similar scales extend to the primary and secondary rhachises and costae.
Fronds up to 11 inches long, acute deltoid, under surface naked or
in the young state, and in the small fronds that persist through the
dry season, thinly coated with yellowish white powder. Lowest
pair of pinne generally the longest. Segments oblong. Lines of
sori scarcely interrupted at the sinus. Margins of involucres highly
lacerate. ;

It is always readily distinguishable from other allied forms by the
presence of scales on the veins and coste, and by the highly lacerate
involucres.

17. CHEILANTHES FARINOSA, Kaulf, var. typica.

This is very abundant in the Sivaliks and Doons and in the deeper
valleys of the outer Himalaya up to 4,000 ft. In the neighbourhood of
Simla, it may be found as high as 5,000 ft., above which I have not met
with it, The following characters distinguish it from other allied forms.

Stipes up to 12 ins. long, generally longer than the frond, deep
red brown, naked or with a few linear scales, near the base only.
Frond deltoidly lanceolate, acute to acuminate, up to 8 ins. long and 5
ins. broad, always thickly coated beneath with white powder. Lowest
pair of pinne always the longest. Segments narrow. Sori continuous
round the sinus. Margins of involucres entire, uneven or toothed, not
lacerate.

This form ranges all over India. I have collected it at Pachmari
at 3,000 ft., and I have specimens from the Khasi hills at 3,000 and 5,000
ft., and from the Nilgiris up to 6,000 ft.

18. CHEILANTHES FARINOSA, var. anceps* nov.

This has been frequently confounded with Oh. albomarginata. Tt
appears to have as wide a range in India as the typical variety. In the
North-West Himalaya, it has a well defined, but restricted, range of
elevation, viz., from 3,500 to 6,000 ft. and is common below Simla
between 4,500 and 5,000 ft. Its characters are as follow :—

* This was described as C. anceps in a paper entitled, ‘The silver Ferns of Simla
and their Allies, read before the Simla Natural History Society, June 25th, 1886,

302 H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. [No. 4,

Stipes thick up to 8 ins. long, little longer or shorter than the
frond, dark chestnut to almost black, bearing, generally throughout, dark
linear lanceolate scales, with pale margins, which often extend to the
principal rachis, but not beyond. Frond lanceolate to oblong lanceolate.
Under surface always thickly coated with white powder. Lowest two
or more pairs of pinne subequal, rather distant. Involucres narrow,
with toothed or lacerate margins.

Readily distinguished from the typical form - the shortness of the
lowest pair of pinner, and the greater extension of the scales. In large
well grown fronds, the lower three or four pairs of pinne are nearly
equal, and the form of the frond approaches that of Oh. subvillosa.
Specimens collected by Mr. Clarke in the Khasi hills present the same
characters as those of the N.-W. Himalaya. I have specimens also
from Mt. Abu, collected by Dr. King, and from the Nilgiris at 4,000 ft.
and 6,000 ft., collected by Mr. Gamble.

19. CHEILANTHES FARINOSA, var. grisea* nov.

This is an alpine form which I have met with only between Naég-
kanda and Baghi at €,300 to 8,500 ft. Mr. Gamble has collected it on
Sinchal near Darjiling at 8,000 ft.

Stipes slender, 2 to 6 ins. long, light brown, naked or bearing a few
thin brown and translucent lanceolate scales (not white margined) near
the base. Fronds dimorphous. One form narrow lanceolate 4 to 5 ins.
long, 14 to 2 ins. broad, thin papyraceous. Lower 3 or 4 pairs of pinns
sub-equal distant. Under surface thickly coated, upper surface sprinkled
with white powder. Segments narrow oblong. The other form ovate
lanceolaté. Pinne close, triangular, Lower two pairs equal. Both
forms fertile. Involucres as in typical variety.

These last five forms of Cheilanthes form a natural group, probably
descended from the same parent form. C. Dalhousie and C. albomar-
ginata are sufficiently distinct to be regarded as species. The two last
enumerated approach the typical form more nearly and may convenient-
ly be treated as varieties. With respect to the dimorphism of var.
grisea, it would appear that the typical variety sometimes shows a
similar tendency, as Mr. Clarke has communicated to me specimens
from Shillong which he has noted as var. swhdimorpha.

20. Onycnium JAPoniIcUM, Kunze.

The type form is very rare at Simla. It has been found near Mas-

* Originally described as Cheil..grisea, nob.

1888. ] H. F, Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. 303

hobra at about 6,000 ft. I have gathered it also in the Ravi valley
near Chamba, a hundred miles further to the north-west.

21. OnycHiuM JAPONICUM, var. multisecta, F. Henderson.

This is one of the commonest Simla ferns, growing abundantly, on
the ground, both in forest and on the open hill side. It has a creeping
root-stock. Its range at Simla is from 6,000 to 9,000 ft.

22. CRYPTOGRAMME CRISPA, R. Br.

On rocks by the roadside between Nagkanda and Baghi at about
8,300 ft.

23. Preris Cretica, L.

Very abundant in certain parts of Simla, especially on the Sutlej
side of the spur, between 5,500 and 6,500 ft. It disappears above 8,000 ft.

24. PrErRis toneiFoui, L.

This is a fern of the plains, abundant in and about Calcutta. I
have found it below Simla at 4,800 ft., but this is above its ordinary
range.

25, PTERIS QUADRI-AURITA, Retz.

Tolerably common in damp sheltered places up to 8,600 ft., which
is a higher range than that given by Clarke and Beddome (7,000 ft.).
The Simla form is pretty constant. It has 14 or 15 pairs of sub-
opposite pinnz; either the lowest only, or the lowest 3 or 4 pairs
bipartite.

26. Preris excELsa, Gaud.

Very rare. Apparently restricted to well shaded spots by the mar-
gin of streams. I have collected it in two places at 5,500 and 5,800
ft., but I have not met with it during the last four years, the original
sites having been devastated by wood-cutters and cattle, or exhausted
by collectors,

27. Preris (Pinsia) aquiuina, L.

This world-wide fern occurs down to 5,500 ft. below Simla, and it
ranges up to between 9,000 and 10,000 ft. Very common at 8,000 ft.
along the Great Tibet Road.

304 H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. [No. 4,

28. WoopDWARDIA RADICANS, Smith.

Common on steep, well shaded banks, close to streams, below
5,000 ft.

29. ASPLENIUM ENSIFORME, Wall.
Very rare. I have not met with it myself, but it is mentioned in
the anonymous 1877 list, and was found last year by the late Col.
Crookshank near Baghi at about 6,000 ft.

30. ASPLENIUM ALTERNANS, Wall.

Very common on rocks and stony banks from my lowest levels
(4,500 ft.) up to about 8,000 ft. The largest fronds I have seen do not
exceed 9 ins. in length, whereas I have specimens from Sikkim, where
Clarke says it is rare, fully one foot long.

31. ASPLENIUM TRICHOMANES, L.

Also a very common fern. Found in situations similar to the pre-
ceding from 5,000 up to 9,000 ft.

32. ASPLENIUM LONGIFoLIUM, Don.
Found growing on rocks, by streams, in well shaded ravines below
6,000 ft. Clarke and Beddome give the range at 6,000 to 8,000 ft., but
I have never met with it above 6,000 ft. It is nowhere a common fern.

33. AsPLENIUM UNILATERALE, Lamk., var. uduwm, Atkinson.

I know of only one locality near Simla for this fern, viz., below the
Chadwick falls at 5,800 ft. The normal form does not occur at Simla.

34, ASPLENIUM LACINIATUM, Don., var. depawperata, Clarke.

Not common. Found in the same localities as A. longifoliwm
and in similar situations. Mr. Clarke describes this variety as having
small fronds, and Col. Beddome thinks it is only a starved form. In
general, the fronds are small, not exceeding 6 or 7 inches, including the
stipe. But I have specimens, differing in no respect from these except
in size, which are over 12 inches in length, equal to the average of the
planicaule variety.

35. ASPLENIUM FoNTANUM, Bernh., var. exiguum, Bedd.

Rare in the neighbourhood of Simla, I have found it on rocks at
6,800 ft. and 7,500 ft.

1888. ] H. F, Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. 305

36. ASPLENIUM VARIANS, Hook. and Grev.

Not uncommon, but nowhere abundant. Ranges from 4,800 ft. up
to 10,500, at which elevation it was gathered by Dr. Watt on the top of
Hatu.

37. AspLeNntum (Atuyrium) Atkinson], Clarke, var. Andersont.

Abundant in certain places on Hatu and Kumalhoriat elevations
of 8,500 ft. and upwards. Grows on the ground under trees, not in
thick shade.

38. AsPLENIUM (ATHYRIUM) THELYPTEROIDES, Michx.

Abundant about Nagkanda 18,500—9,500 ft , covering the hill-side
in the forest with circular tufts of fronds from 2 to 3 ft. in length.

39. ASPLENIUM (ATHYRIUM) MAcROCcARPUM, Hook.

Very rare. I have never met with it myself. But it was col-
lected last year by a Simla resident a little below the Simla bazar, I
believe, about 7,000 ft. or rather lower.

40. AspLentum (ATHYRIUM) MACROCARPOUM, var. Atkinson, Hkr. & Bkr.

Also very rare. I have found it only at the Chadwick falls at 5,820
ft., and not at all during the last two or three years.

41, AspLentum (AtHyrium) Scuimperi, A. Br.
A. filiw femina, var. polyspora, Clarke.

This species, hitherto known as such only from Africa, is identical
with the fern described by Mr. Clarke under the above synonym, as
identified with his type in the Kew herbarium. Itis one of the com-
monest and most abundant of the Simla ferns in the rains. It covers
the ground beneath the oak trees on Jako and Mashobra hill, and the
more open glades of the Elysium spur, and it ranges from the bottom
of the Jaru-ka-nal ravine (5,500 ft.) to the top of Hatu (10,500 ft.). It
occurs also at Mussoorie, but I have seen no specimens from any place
further east. Mr. Clarke gives its range as from Kumaon to Chumba.

Except in the width of the fronds, which vary from lanceolate to
deltoid lanceolate, the characters are very constant. Large specimens
from Nagkanda are 2-pinnate. It is readily distinguishable from
other Athyria by the creeping root-stock, combined with large horse-shoe
shaped sori, and by the basal portion of the stipe being of a deep purple

40

on

306 H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. [No. 4,

colour, with brown lanceolate scales. Also by the greatly reduced pair
of basal pinne.

42, AspLentuM (ATHYRIUM) NIGRIPES, Mett.

The typical form of this fern is common on the partially shaded
banks and hill sides, on the northern face of Kumalhori and Hatu, at
elevations between 8,000 and 9,500 ft., but not nearer Simla. There are
rarely more than 2 or 3 fronds on the rhizome, and they are firm in
texture and, in general, nearly as broad as long.

453, AspLunium (ATHYRIUM) TENUIFRONS, Wall.

Mr. Clarke regards this as merely a form of A. nigripes. In this
view I cannot agree with him; differing as it does so greatly in habit
and habitat, while neither exhibits a great range of variation. It is
restricted to well shaded ravines, growing in the beds of streams at
elevations below 7,000 ft. The fronds, numbering 4 or 5 or more, form a
circular tuft on the short erect rhizome. They vary in form from ovate
lanceolate to acute lanceolate, and the width of my broadest specimen
is less than half the length of the frond; in the narrowest it is less than
one-fourth. The texture is thin and the upper surfaces of the partial
rhachises and coste bear long glandular filaments. The colour of the
frond in the fresh state is bright green, forming a beautiful contrast
with the delicate pink tint of the rhachis and stipe. It is no doubt
near A. Clarkei, and apparently grows in similar situations, but the
fronds are broader and never root at the ends.

44, AspLENiuM (ATHYRIUM) FILIX F@MINA, Bernh., var. dentigera, Clarke.

Abundant on the northern face of Hatu and Kumalhori between
8,500 and 10,000 ft. The fronds grow in a circular tuft from an erect
rhizome, attaining a length of 2 or 3 feet.

45. <A. FILIX F@MINA, var. retusa, Decne., subvar. elongata, Clarke.

I name this form from Mr, Clarke’s type in the Kew herbarium.
Many of the sheets so marked by him are from the neighbourhood of
Simla. This fern is abundant on Kumalhori above Matiana up to
10,000 ft. Also on the roadside between Theog and Martidna at 8,000
ft., growing chiefly in rock crevices. The stipes are densely tufted on a
decumbent root-stock ; the fronds generally drooping. In mode of growth,
and indeed in most of its characters, it differs so greatly from the preced-
ing that it should, I think, be distinguished as a species,

1888. ] H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. 307

46. Aspientum (ArHyrivuM) Pectrnatum, Wall.

Not uncommon in damp ravines below 6,000 it. It has, as a rule, a
creeping root-stock, but the stipes are sometimes, though rarely, tufted.
The partial rhachises and cost bear glandular filaments like A. tenwi-
frons. It ranges down to at least 4,500 ft., generally growing near
streams, and I have found it as high as 6,000 ft., or 1,000 ft. higher than
Clarke’s highest assigned range.

47, Asprientum (Diptazium) Japonicum, Thunb.
Rare. I have found it only at the Chadwick falls at 5,800 ft.

48. AspPLENIUM (D1IPLAziuM) TORRENTIUM, Clarke.
Plate XVI.

I give this on Mr. Clarke’s authority, who identified my specimens
with the remark that “ they are A. torrentiwm exactly as we have it in
Sikkim.” For my own part, I had regarded it as merely a simple form
of the next following species, growing in exactly the same situations.
It is rare, as | have met with it twice only at elevations of 4,500 ft. and
5,800 ft.

49, AspLeNtuM (DipLaAziuM) POLYPODIOIDES, Mett.

Among boulders in the beds of streams below 6,000 ft., a Diplaziwm
with large bipinnate fronds is common in all the valleys around Simla.
The caudex is not erect but decumbent with tufted stipes. My impres-
sion is, and always has been, that, despite some variation in the form of
the segments and the length of the sori, they are all of one species. But
Mr. Clarke, whose much wider experience gives him an authority to
which I cannot pretend, has examined my collections with the result
that, in addition to A. torrentium and A. polypodioides, fere typica, he
identifies the two following.

50. AspLentum (Dipiazium) LaTtroLium, Don. var. polymorpha, Wall. sp.
Plate XVII.
From three localities varying from 4,500 ft. to 6,000 ft.

51. ASPLENIUM LATIFOLIUM, var. frondosa, Wall. sp.
Plate XVIII.
From two localities at 4,500 ft. and 5,500 ft. respectively.

308 H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. [No. 4,

52. AspLENiuM (DIPLAZIUM) MULTICAUDATUM ? Wall.

This identification is open to some doubt. The only specimens I
have were collected in 1877 and 1882, at elevations of 4,500 ft. and 5,000
ft, and are without rhizomes. Both Dr. King and Mr. Clarke are of
opinion that they are probably this species, and it certainly occurs no
farther off than at Mussoorie. I include it therefore provisionally in
my list.

53. ASPIDIUM (POLYSTICHUM) AURICULATUM, L., var. cceespitosa, Wall.
Very rare within my limits of elevation and area, though Mr.
Clarke gives its range as from 4,000 to 8,000 ft. I have found it but
once at 4,800 ft.

54, AspipiuM (PoLYsTICHUM) ILICIFOLIUM, Don.

'I am very sceptical as to the claim of this fern to specific rank. It
appears to me to be an alpine form of A. aculeatwm, which grows on
rocks, and graduates into var. rufo-barbata. I believe Mr. Clarke and
Col. Beddome hold the same view. Very characteristic specimens of the
simply pinnate form occur on the rocks about Nagkanda between 8,000
and 9,000 ft., and small specimens may occasionally be found at Mahasu
and Mashobra at about the same lower level. The bipinnate form, which
forms the first step of the passage into A. aculeatum, is common at the
same elevation.

55. Asprpium (Potysticnum) THomsont, Hook.

This is rather a rare fern. Col. Collett has collected it as low as
7,500 ft., and I have met with it myself at two or three localities from
8,000 to 10,000 ft.

56. Asprpium (PoLysticHumM) AcULEATUM, Swartz.

Common; ranging from the lowest to the highest level visited
(4,500 to 10,500 ft.). The low level forms differ from the higher in
having the stipe and rachis clothed with dark hair-like scales, without
pales ; whereas those above 8,000 ft. have thin pale linear scales sparely
intermingled with dark brown pales,

57, Asprpium (PoLysticHUM) ACULEATUM, var. lobata, Hook.

At all levels, but not common.

58. ASPIDIUM ACULEATUM, var. rufo-barbata, Wall.
From 5,000 to 9,500 ft Common from 6,000 to 8,000 ft.

1888. ] H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. 309

59. AspipiuM (PoLysticHUM) Prescottianum, Wall.

Abundant on Hatu, growing in dense masses on the hill side be-
tween 9,500 and 10,500 ft.; associated with A. filix fwmina, var.
dentigera; N. filix mas, var. fibrillosa ; Osmunda Claytoniana, &e.

60. Aspipium (CrrtTomiuM) FaLcatuM, Swartz, var. caryotidewm, Wall.

Very rare. The one or two known localities are rocky ravines
between 5,000 and 6,500 ft.

61. NepHropium (Lastrea) Prouixum, Baker.

Common in ravines below 6,000 ft. JIinclude herewith the forms
from Simla that have been referred to N. canum, the type of which is a
specimen of unknown origin, grown at Kew and having submarginal sori.

62. NupHropium (LAstrREA) FILIX MAS, Richd., var. normalis, Clarke.

One of the commonest ferns in and about Simla, in partially shaded
spots, at all elevations above 5,000 ft. Above 8,000 ft., the stipe and
rachis become more scaley, the pinnules more acute and deeply cut, the
frond being sub-tripinnate. These are the forms referred by Mr. Clarke
to N. rigidum, but there is a complete passage from the simpler to the
more compound forms. All have the under surface of a pale bluish
tint, which distinguishes them from var. marginata at lower levels.

63. NEPHRODIUM FILIX MAS, var. patentissima, Wall. sp.

Only the small form mentioned in Mr. Clarke’s review occurs in
the neighbourhood of Simla, and this only at elevations above 8,000 ft.
It is not uncommon about Nagkanda and on Hatu, and seems to pass
into var. fibrillosa, to which, as pointed out by Col. Beddome, it is nearly
allied.

64. NEPHRODIUM FILIX MAS, var. fibrillosa, Clarke.

Very abundant on Kumalhori and Hatu above 8,500 ft., ranging up
to 10,500 at least.

65. NEPHRODIUM FILIX MAS, var. Schimperiana, Hochst, sp.

Rare belcw 7,000 ft., but very common, and in places abundant, be-
tween that and 9,000 ft. on Jako, Mashobra, and Mahasu hills, and along
the Tibet Road about Matiana and Nagkanda, in situations similar to
those of var. normalis. It attains a large size, fronds of 2 and 3 ft. being

810 H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla, [No. 4,

not rare. I cannot agree with Col. Beddome in regarding this as pass-
ing into var. marginata. On the contrary, I should be inclined to regard
it as specifically distinct from all varieties of N. filix mas.

66. NEPHRODIUM FILIX MAS, var. marginata, Wall.

Clarke gives the range of this fern as from 6,000 to 9,000 ft.
At Simla, according to my experience, 6,000 ft. is the higher, not the
lower limit, and all the bipinnate forms allied to N. filiz mas that I
have collected at higher elevations are those above referred to under var.
normalis. The fern here referred to appears to be identical with the
N. elongatum from Southern India. I have collected it in several valleys
below Simla between 5,000 and 6,000 ft., and below Mussoorie and
Dalhousie at about 5,000 ft., or rather lower. It is generally found in
wooded ravines in the immediate neighbourhood of streams. It does
not seem to me to be very near any variety of N. filix mas. It differs
from the compound forms of var. normalis by its more herbaceous
texture and darker colour, never having the pale bluish tint of the
under surface so characteristic of that and other varieties of N. filix
mas.

In the dry state, when much of its characteristic habit is lost, it
bears some resemblance to the high level ferns referred by Mr. Clarke to
N. remotum, but I cannot admit any close affinity. There is an interval
of 2,500 ft. between the upper limit of the present form and the lower
limit of N. remotum.. Although some specimens of the two resemble
each other in shape, in general, those of var. marginata are broader and
less oblong. Their texture is thicker and their cutting though similar
in character is coarser and larger. N. marginata never bears the black
scales which are abundant on the stipe and rhachis of N. remotum. The
veins are more prominent and the sori less close to the midrib.
Although these characters, thus stated in detail, are doubtless critical,
taken all together they constitute a difference of habit which, in con-
junction with the difference of range, seems to me to indicate specific
distinction.

67. NepHropium (LAstREA) REMOTUM, Clarke.

I adopt Mr. Clarke’s name for this fern, without implying acqui-
esence in the view that it is identical with the European prototype. The
fern here referred to is common about Nagkanda at elevations between
8,300 ft. and 9,500 ft., but does not occur nearer Simla. I¢ is a thin-
textured fern, some of the characters of which have been noticed under
the preceding.

1888. } H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. 311

68. NerpHroprum (LastTR#A) CRENATUM, C. B, Clarke.

Clarke and Beddome assign to this species a range from 2,000 up to
7,000 ft. in the Himalaya. It is nowhere common within the limits here
adopted. I have met with it as high as 7,500 ft. ; otherwise only at the
lowest levels visited. It is, however, common lower down on the hills
between 3,000 and 4,000 ft. as in the Jumna valley, and below Chakrata,
always growing in rock crevices.

69. NepHropium (Lastrea) Boryanum, Hk. and Bk.

Not uncommon in well shaded ravines below 6,000 ft.

70. Nepropium parasiticum, L.

Not met with above 5,000 ft.; but common in the deep valleys at
4,500 ft. and below. Itisa glabrous form, producing fronds up to 3
ft. long.

71. NEPHRODIUM PENNIGERUM, Hook., var. multilineata, Clarke.

Mr. Clarke does not include the N.-W. Himalaya in the range of
this species. It occurs, however, together with the preceding at the
lowest levels visited below Simla, and I have it also from Mussoorie
collected by Mr. C. W. Hope, and from below Chakrata.

72. Oveanpra WaLiicui, Presl.

Not common, but locally abundant, growing on perpendicular rock
faces between 5,500 and 6,000 ft.

73. PotypopIuM (PHEGOPTERIS) EKUBESCENS, Wall.

On steep shady banks by streams at the bottom of some of the deep
valleys below Simla, where it is pretty common. My highest elevation
is about 5,500 ft.

74. PoxtypopiuM (PHEGOPTERIS) AURICULATUM, Wall.

Very rare in the neighbourhood of Simla. I have met with it but
once, viz., in 1882 in the Samal valley at 4,500 ft.

75. PonypopiuM (PHEGOPTERIS) DISTANS, Don.

Common in ravines, down to my lowest level, and up to nearly
10,000 ft. At the former limit the fronds are small and narrow, with
short, distant pinne and the root stock decumbent, hardly creeping.

312 H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. [No. 4,

Above 7,500 ft. the fronds grow to 3 and 4 feet in length broadly lan-
ceolate and with close-set pinns 2 inches broad; the pinne cut down
square to a winged rhachis; segments deeply pinnatifid. Some speci-
mens of these latter have a creeping rhizome. |

76. Potypopium (PHEGOPTERIS) DRYOPTERIS, L.

I have not met with this myself, but Dr. Watt collected it at Baghi
at 9,000 ft.

77. Potypopium (GONIOPTERIS) MULTILINEATUM, Wall.

Not uncommon in the Glen and some other wooded ravines below
6,000 ft. The pinne are narrow. It ranges nearly 1,000 ft. higher
than Mr. Clarke’s assigned upper limit (5,000 ft.). ,

78. Potypopium (GONIOPHLEBIUM) AM@NUM, Wall.

Common in damp shady places on rocks and rocky banks, generally
near streams; at all levels between 5,500 and 8,500 ft.

79. PoLypoDIuM (GONIOPHLEBIUM) LACHNOPUS, Wall.

Not very common. Found on trees and rocks in shady ravines
below 6,000 ft.

80. Ponypoprum (GONIOPHLEBIUM) MICRORHIZOMA, C. B. Clarke.

Very common in the rains on rocks and trees from 5,500 ft. up to
8,500 ft., which is about the limit of its range in the neighbourhood of
Simla.

81. Pouypopium (NipHopouvs) rissumM, Hk. and Bk.

Rare and found only at levels below 5,500 ft.

82. Potypoprum (DrynariA) RIvALs, Nutt.
Locally abundant on the oaks on Jako at about 7,800 ft. Also
on similar trees between Theog and Matiana at about 8,000 ft. Not
common.

83. Potypopium (PHYMATODES) LINEARE, Thunb.
Plate XIX.

This is a fern of comparatively the lower levels. It is common in
the Glen at about 6,000 ft., and 1 have found stragglers up to about

1888. ] H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. 313

6,500 ft., but not higher. The fronds are thick and coriaceous, and in
dry weather roll up from the margins, and so remain for weeks or
months ; unrolling again, like Niphobolus, on the return of wet weather.

84. Ponypopium (PHYMATODES) sIMPLEX, Swartz.

Plate XX.

Very abundant on trees during the rains. The lowest limit of its
range is rather above than below 6,000 ft., and I have gathered it up
to 8,500 ft., but it is rare above 8,000 ft. The fronds last only as long as
the rains, and they blanch, shrivel, and disappear in September. Their
texture is thin, the venation distinct, and they are often crimpled at the
edges. The rhizome is thicker than that of P. lineare, but the scales
that clothe it, and those that cover the young sori, are similar to those of
P. lineare. In the living state the two species are very different.

85. Porypopium (PHYMATODES) CLATHRATUM, C. B. Clarke.

Plate XXI.

Quite distinct from both the preceding, though often growing with
P. simplex. Its lower limit is about 7,000 ft., but it is abundant on the
trees on the north side of Jako, a little above that level, and ranges up
to at least 10,000 ft. on Kumalhori and Hatu. Like P. simplex, it ig
found only in the rains, and in texture and mode of growth much re-
sembles that species. Butitis readily distinguishable by its narrow
linear fronds, the character of the venation, and the clathrate scales
of the rhizome and the sori. The sori are small, frequently oblong, of
a bright orange colour, and sometimes confluent. The scales of the
sori disappear at an early stage. The stipes are generally shorter and
the fronds longer and more linear than in the specimen figured by Mr.
Clarke. It is very common at Simla, and Mr. Duthie has collected it in

Kumaon.

86. Potypoprum (PHYMATODES) MEMBRANACEUM, Don.

Occurring only in the immediate neighbourhood of streams in deep
shady ravines up to about 5,000 ft. Not common.

87, Ponypopium (PHYMATODES) HASTATUM, Thunb.
Very rare. In fact, I know of only one locality for it, near Simla,
a rock at 6,200 ft. in the neighbourhood of a waterfall.

41

314 H. F. Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. [No. 4,

88. Potypopium (Puymatopes) Srewartu, C. B. Clarke.
This is equally rare, and has been found at only one place near
Simla, on rocks at an elevation of about 7,400 ft.
89. Potypopium (PHYMATODES) MALACODON, Hook.

Occurs only on Kumalhori and Hatu, near the summits of these
hills, viz., above 10,000 ft., but locally plentiful, growing on rocks.

90. Potypopium (PHYMATODES) EBENIPES, Hook.

Also found only on Kumalhori and Hatu, but down to lower levels.
It occurs on rocks between Nagkanda and Baghi between 8,000 and
8,500 ft, and also on the top of Hatu, associated with the preceding
species,

91, NorHot@na MARANTA, R. Br.

A high level fern and not common. I have gathered it as low as
8,300 ft., and it grows on the top of Hatu at 10,500 ft.

92, GYMNOGRAMME (LEPTOGRAMME) AuRiITA, Hk., var. Levingti, Clarke.

Abundant in some places at 8,000 ft. and upwards, in damp shady
places, especially marshy spots, in the forest. In my opinion it should
rank as a species distinct from G. aurita.

93. GymNnoGRraMME (SyneGramMMeE) vestTita, Hook.

The well known mouse-ear fern. Very common on rocks and on
overhanging stony banks. Ranging from 6,000 up to 9,000 ft.

94. GYMNOGRAMME (SYNGRAMME) FRAXINEA, Bedd.

Common locally at all elevations from 5,000 up to 10,000 ft. growing
on the ground in forest. Below 6,000 ft. it is bipinnate only as regards
the lowest pair of pinns, and the pinnules are broad and large. Those
from higher elevations have several pairs of pinna again pinnate and
the pinnules are smaller and narrower. It is often 3-pinnate.

95. GyYMNOGRAMME (SELLIGNEA) INvoLUTA, Hook.
Not common at Simla, and only found below 6,000 ft. on rocks in
shady places by streams.
96. Osmunpa Craytoniana, L.
Only on Hatu at about 10,000 ft. or higher. It unrolls its fertile

1888. ] H. F, Blanford—A List of the Ferns of Simla. 315

fronds in June, and in September fertile fronds may be hunted for in
vain.

97, OSMUNDA REGALIS, L.

Very rare, and now nearly extirpated by assiduous collectors.
Below 6,000 ft.

98. OpnHiogLossum vuLeatuM, L.

Rare. Found by Dr. Watt on Hatu between 8,000 and 9,000 ft.
in July 1885. It has been found also at Mussoorie.

99, BotrycHIvuM LUNARIA, Swartz.

Equally rare. Found with the preceding by the same botanist and
also on the slopes of Kumalhori near Nagkanda.

100. BorrycHium DAUCTFOLIUM, Wall.

Rare. I have found it only on one hill within the limits of Simla,
where it occurs, in glades in the forest, at an elevation a little below
7,000 ft,

101. Borrycutum Virein1anum, L., var. lanuginosa, Wall.

Rare, though less so than the preceding. I have gathered it at
several places round Simla at elevations between 5,000 ft. and 6,800 ft.

PARAL AAA A AL AAA

316 A. Mukhopadhyay—Dijerential Hquation of all Parabolas. [No. 4,

XII.—On the Differential Equation of all Parabolas.
By AsutosH Muxnopapnyay, M. A., F. R. A.S., F. R.S. E.

[Received May 18th ;—Read June 6th, 1888. ]
ConrTEnTs.

Introduction.*

Transon’s Theory of Aberrancy.
Geometric Interpretation.
Miscellaneous Theorems,

mum umm
Poh ee

§ l. Introduction.

It is my object in the present paper to give the geometrical inter-
pretation of the differential equation of all parabolas, as promised at
the end of my remarks on Monge’s Differential Equation to all Conics.f
I have already incidentally pointed out the easiest method of deriving
the differential equation of all parabolas from the integral equation of

the curve, viz., the parabola being given by
ax® + 2hey + by? + 2gu + 2fy + c= 0,
where h? = ab,
we have, by solving for y,
by =— (he + f) + {2 (if —bg) @ + (f? — bc) }
which may be written

Y=Pa + Qtrn/Ra +8,
2g
and this being on both sides operated upon by (=) , leads to

i
2

7

ae + i R?
dat” = 4 ee ze S)3 ;
whence
d*ty =
(=) =lex+m,.
so that

d\? (dy =e 0
ee Ge ee

which is equivalent to the developed form
dty dty P (= 2

and this is the differential equation to be geometrically interpreted.

*® For a full analysis of this paper, see P. A. S. B. 1888, pp. 156-157.
+ P. A. S. B. 1888, p. 86, footnote.
t J. A. S. B, 1887, vol. lvi, part ii, p. 186; P, A. S. B, 1887, pp. 185-186.

It

ee

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Equation of all Parabolas. 317

seems not wholly unnecessary to point out that what we are required to
do is simply the discovery of a property of the parabola, leading to a
geometrical quantity which, while adequately represented by the above
differential expression, vanishes at every point of every parabola. As
the interpretation I propose to give, follows directly from the properties
of the osculating conic of any curve, I will begin with a brief account
of Transon’s Theory of Aberrancy as expounded in his original memoir.*

§ 2. Transon’s Theory of Aberrancy.

Consider the conic of closest contact at any point P of a given
curve ; if NP be the normal to the conic at P, and O its centre, the line
OP is called the axis of aberrancy, the point O the centre of aberrancy,
and the angle NOP the angle of aberrancy, viz, this is the angle which
measures the deviation of the curve from the circular form. Again,
from the closely analogous case of the circle of curvature, we may
borrow a very useful term and call the length OP, which joins P with
the centre of aberrancy, the radius of aberrancy; and the reciprocal of
this radius may conveniently be termed the index of aberrancy.f Simi-
larly, the locus of the centre of aberrancy as P travels along the given
curve, may not be inappropriately termed the aberrancy curve. Before
proceeding to obtain analytical expressions for these geometrical quanti-
ties in connection with the osculating conic, we shall first prove the
following lemma :

If 5 be the angle between the central diameter and the normal at
any point of a conic, p the radius of curvature, p' the radius of curvature
at the corresponding point of the evolute, we have

!
tan 6= : ne
3p

Let C be the centre of the conic, and P the given point on the
perimeter ; p the perpendicular from the centre on the tangent at P; r
the central radius vector CP; the normal PN as limited by the axis
major; » the angle which the normal PN makes with the axis major,
and 6 the angle CPN. Then, we have the well-known relations

p=recosd
pe? =a* cos* w + 6b? sin? w = a*® (1 — e sin? w)

* Recherches sur la Courbure des Lignes et des Surfaces, Journal de Mathematiques,
(Liouville) Ter Ser., t. VI (1841), pp. 191-208. For a very short notice of the subject
by Prof. Cayley, see Salmon’s Higher Plane Curves, p. 868 (Hd. 1879).

+ In the case of the circle of curvature, the very expressive phrase “ index of
curvature,” which is the reciprocal of the radius of curvature, has been now abridged
into the single short term “ curvature ;’ but whether anything has been gained by
the change is doubtful,

318 A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Hquation of all Parabolas. [No. 4,

mS b2 1
a '‘W/T2 e* sin? i
Hence
vv a wh — 2 sin® w
r= =
cos 6 cos 6 _
and
sin(w—5) 2 08 cosd
sinw 4+ a21—é sin? w’
whence
if ie e2 sin w COS w

1— sin? *
Now, it is well-known that the element of arc of the ellipse is given by
b? dw

ds = — ———_—_—_-——. ,
@ (1—eé’ sin’ w)?
whence
pe WE 1
P= a ——, el 2 Peal 3
o &@ (1—é sin? w)?
, ap 3b? e sin w cos w
id as eae i eae 5?
Be xi @ onl. ¢* Sin? -w)?
which give
p' _ 3e” sin cos
p l-e sino
Hence, finally,
tan 6= - Be ;
3p

and thus the formula is seen to be true for a central conic. To establish
the property for a parabola, we notice that the centre being now at infinity,
the angle at any point P between the normal and the central radius
vector is the angle between the normal and the diameter, which is equal
to the angle which the normal makes with the principal axis; hence,
we have

b= 0.
But the intrinsic equation of the parabola is well-known to be given by
ds 2a
dw ~ cost’
where 4a is the latus-rectum. Hence,
o 2a
p= costo

dp 6a sin w
dw cos*w ’
so that

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Equation of all Parabolas. 319

'
P = 3 tan W,
p

which gives the required formula

The above formula in the case of a central conic follows also from
the properties of conjugate diameters, viz., if 7, be the semi-diameter
conjugate to 7, we have

Ptr 27=att b

pr, = ab
7,3
P= <7
Hence
rdr+7,dr,=0
and
dp. 3r,* dr, ar, rdr
ds ab ds TS ab ds.
= es 7=3 tan 6,
since
o =—sin 6, £ =cos )
Therefore
ldp lp
tan d= 5 an = 3 re
as before.

We now proceed to express the elements of the osculating conic in
terms of the differential co-efficients. For this purpose, we remark that

dy\? ) 3 ds\8
P+) y*

By iy
: dx® da*
reduces the equation
as ds dx
eS ge dx dw
to d@ d*y
dw dac® dx®

eee

and we have also

320 A. Mukhopadhyay—Dizfferential Equation of all Parabolas. [No. 4,

AeNe hie
dp {i+ (=) 3 dy {d*y\? dy\* | dy
ze 2)-D Gy)

dx dy \2 da \du* dx dx?
(73)
Hence, we get

1 p 1 dp
tan {= 3 a os 3p am

dp

1 dx

du

= d®y
ae aa (2 dx8
~ da d?y \*%
3 (a)
Using p, g, 7 to denote the first, second and third differential co-efficients

of y with respect to w, we have the formula for the angle of aberrancy in

the now familiar form

(Pwr
aa e
It is easy to verify this formula when the equation of the conic is

tan d= p —

given in form
ait pa =)
for the coordinates of any point being a cos $, b sin ¢, the equation of
the central radius vector 1s
ay cos $= bx sin ¢,
and the normal is
ae by 5
+ See eA Sees den Ine
cos ? fae b*,
so that the angle between these two lines is given by

tan 6= a sin ¢ cos ?.
ab
Again, from the equation of the curve we have
b x
p= E Ma ae =-—-cot?
ab b
ay (a® — x*)? ~ a int
Cae Saba ov 3b cos $
(a? — a2)? oer

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—Diferential Equation of all Parabolas. 321

which give

r _ __ asin ? cos >
soe 2 b :
2sin2h + L2costb
g Chere cos*)

eC te a*sin2p

Cher fae oe |

p- 3y2 = sin ¢ cos ?
so that

1+ p?)r
tan 5 =p — CI"

which is the formula to be verified.

Next, to calculate the radius of aberrancy R, let dw the angle
between two consecutive normals, and dy the angle between two conse-
cutive axes of aberrancy ; then, we have clearly

dw = dy + do.
Again, consider the triangle formed by two consecutive radii of aber-
rancy and the element of arc of the given.curve; then, we have

R ds

sin @ — ) ay

And, similarly, from the triangle formed by two consecutive normals and
the element of arc of the given curve, we get

ds = pdo,
whence

R = pcos od bie

= Pp ° dw’
But from the equation
dp

tan 6 = aur gi

we have
dp (2 ,
sec? 6 ae aes td ie)
The p2 :
or substituting for 6, we get
d@p dp\?*
d8 P dat ae
Ae — eS: dp 2 ®
9p? + (2)
dw

Hence

yy _ ®

dw ~ dw

42

322 A, Mukhopadhyay—Dvifferential Hquation of all Parabolas. (No. 4,

Therefore, from

we have easily the relation

We can now, without much difficulty, change the variables, and
thus obtain an expression for R in terms of wand y. Thus, as we have
already seen

psa tes
g
Bee et : » |
ae a ag — 7 Wirt p*)
do g
dx 1+ p?’
whence
3
eee IB ed Be A ae -
ee {3 nq—r a + ph.

Hence, we ae

P 1 iy

== ( rae (1 + p?) E (3g? — Spr) + (1 + p*) (379 - «) |] |
t + 3 pq Ez —r1+ »*) | |

and.

LS (=) _ dx d (
dot ~ dw \dw}) ~ dw dx \dw
3
2 2
= oe a Po E; pepe el +g?) rk — es) | 3 aptgt
Hence, by actual calculation, we find that

d 1 Q)4
Op* + (4) = aean 2 (1 + p*) — 6pq?r + oxt

dp Ge? athe ee)?
2 eee Se — Bre
on 4 (2 2)’. = poe = oa Bae — bot),

iii, i

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Equation of all Parabolas. 323

Therefore, finally, we get
9q? Gp = 32) }
(3qs — 5r2)2
Hence, it is evident that if I be the index of Bere iaey, that is to say,

the reciprocal of the radius of aberrancy, we have
Lok 3qs — 5ré

3g 7 ae (rp — 34,8}?

It is hardly neeessary to point out that, as these formule hold when the
origin is anywhere, they are true when the origin is taken to be the
given point on the curve whose osculating conic we are considering.

If we take the tangent and normal at the given point as the axes
of x and y respectively, we may easily obtain expressions for the coor-
dinates of the centre of aberrancy, viz., we have

x = hsin to Y = Wes: 0,

fe =

and from the relation

(1 + p?) r
we get
2 os 2
sind = aie
392
cos 6 = d

Vite [a+ @_ary

Hence, the coordinate axes being the tangent and normal at any point
of a given curve, the values of the coordinates of the centre of aberrancy
at that point are given by

SY { 3pq? —r(l + #?)

SS ——————
a gigs + “p? (3qs — 57*)
948
=

h Siren © y (3qs — By)

Tf the coordinate axes, instead of being the tangent and normal at
the given point, are such that the axis of « makes an angle @ with the
tangent, we have

dy
tan oe PP,

324 A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Equation of all Parabolas. [No. 4,

and the new coordinates of the centre of aberrancy are given by the two
expressions

X cos 6 + Y sind = a
— 3¢ (pr — 3¢*)
i xX Ds 6 a"¢ 0 = OO,
sin @ + Y cos en

We, therefore, finally infer that if a curve be referred to rectangular
axes drawn through any origin, the co-ordinates (a, 8) of the centre of
aberrancy at any given point (#, y) of the curve, are given in the most
general form by the system
3gr
ae 3gqs — dr?
Bazigle 3g (pr — 39") 5
gs — or?
The equation of the axis of aberrancy, in its most general form, may now
be at once written down, viz., «, y being the coordinates of the point on
the curve through which the axis of aberrancy passes, and X, Y, the
current coordinates, we have for the required equation
xe fe oe Y
SG TE er

It may usefully be noted that the values of a, B obtained above,

lead to some interesting results, viz., we have

da r (9q*t— 45qrs + 40r*)

a=

da (38qs — 5r#)é@ ‘
dB (pr — 3q*) (9q?t — 45qrs + 407°)
day | (8qs — 512)? 3
so that we may put
ue ee
da
dp
ax aa wT ’
where
ie ui ree oo ee
Mes (3qs — 5r?)2’ 5 oe (3qs — 5r2)2 ’
T = 9¢?t — 45qrs + 407°,
so that

dee
is Monge’s differential equation to all conics.+ It is clear from these
two expressions that if the given curve is a conic, we have

* Cf. Dublin Examination Papers, 1876, p. 152, Ques. 6, by Prof. M. Roberts.
t+ Cf. Dublin Examination Papers, 1880, p. 361, Ques. 5, by Prof. M. Roberts.

i ie ie ee en a sa ial

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Hquation of all Parabolas. 325

fife 8

which shews that a and B are both independent of #, as is, indeed,
geometrically evident, since the osculating conic of a given conic being
the curve itself, the centre of aberrancy is a fixed point, viz., the centre
of the given conic. Similarly, if

Ne = OY fh, GDh
we must have

3qs — or = O;

which shews that the given curve is a parabola, and, then the centre
of aberrancy has its coordinates infinite, viz., the centre of aberrancy
is the centre of the parabola which is, of course, at infinity. We may
also easily find the values of

da dp
dy? dy’
viz., we have
da _ da dy 1 da _y
dy dx dy p dx
dg _ dB de _1 48 _ og
dy du dy p ee che
where
et SS ae hep
p p (8qs — 5r?)4
aye) pam, 394
Mp ~ p (Bqs— br)?’

and, these results shew that when, as before,
fie se ())--
the centre of aberrancy is independent of y, and, when
Ny = O,fM =O,
it is at infinity.
The directions of the principal axes of the osculating conic are also
easily determined, for the conic being
ax® + 2hey + by? + 2gne + 2fy +c = 0,
if @ be the angle of inclination of the axis major to the axis of «, we have
tan 20 = a
a—b
But, I have elsewhere* calculated the values of the constants on the
right hand side in terms of the differential co-efficients, viz., we have
h a Cy

ae cd ? j= he) aeons

where

* P, A. 8. B. 1888, pp. 82—83.

326 A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Hquation vf all Parabolas. [No. 4,

i, V
Cy ar Be Cy ios (2
9q* og =
W
C2 = Vv ;

U = 3qs — 57? , V = 8s — 47? ,
Wo = ager — pv.
Ty) = 9q* — 6pg?r + (yp? + 1) V
Hence, substituting, we get

Qeo8
tan 26 = Ca" °3

Cy" Cg* — Cy — Co
a 2. AW
= Wit op U-V
a 2 (3¢?r — pV)
~ 9g*— 6pg?r + (p?-—1) V
rat 2
Po Tee BV
The lengths of the axes of the conic of closest contact may also be
easily calculated, viz., the conic being
ax® + Zhay + by? + 2qge + A2fy + ¢ = 0,
and o the length of either axis, we have the well-known equation
A (a + b) A?
tale ~ GR aay ©
where A is the discriminant. Now I have alreadyt shewn that

a. aby

*

Cy”
Therefore, we have
a
-~ + |
AG) oe 0 . b =
CP ab)aom 208 Bt Be RR aN
( o,7 (Ri ab)? 3 (5 2 ;)
3 a
BO eee €o" (1 + 6") — ¢
e oy Oy oo"
Cy one
as Iq" Ty “fh
=—p t

Similarly

* Cf. Dublin Examination Papers, 1876, p. 152, Ques. 5, by Prof. M. Roberts.
+ P. A. 8. B. 1888, p.60; t PB. A. SB; 1888; p. 88.

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Equation of all Parabolas. 327

A? 1 729°
(= ab)s ~ o8~ ~~ *UB
Therefore, the equation for the lengths of the axes reduces to
94 PM oa 4 TOE Lg
where T, = 0 is the differential equation of all equilateral hyperbolas,
and U = 0 of all parabolas.
If the roots of this equation be oj’, o,?, the area of the conic is

27mq*
U2

TO; 05 = ;
a result I have obtained before.*

We may similarly consider the osculating parabola and the osculat-
ing equilateral hyperbola at any point (a, y) of a givencurve. Thus, if
ax® + 2hay + by*® + 2gux + 2fy +c=0

where
h? = ab
be the osculating parabola, and m its principal parameter, we can easily
calculate m in terms of the differential coefficients from the formula
Diy eg /a— gn/ b :
. 2 ns ee +E
For, solving for y, we have

y=Pe+Q+4/2He + B

where
h f
Papago aes Sg
hf — bg f? — be
= a ere ra
Hence, as usual,
VY = P+
(2He + B)2
yt:
ae pa as
(2He + B)?
3Hé
T= Tare a ces
(2He + B)2
so that
(2Hx + B)z
and

* P, A, S. B. 1888, p. 84.

328 A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Hquation of all Parabolas. [No. 4,

9H (1 + P?)
2 EBD RON) oes Ls ee
Yr + (pr 3q") aa: (2H ae B)> ?
whence
q? z =
{7 Gr aga 27(1 + Pay?
But since

we have from

Tae (
: (a + 0)?
the relation
— 2H
m= -
(1 + Baye
and, therefore
54g)
roy Set

i78 + (pr — 3q’)? ; 2
which is accordingly the formula sought.

Again, let us investigate the coordinates of the centre of an equi-
lateral hyperbola osculating a curve at a given point. In the first place,
we know that in an equilateral hyperbola the projection of the radius of
curvature at any point on the central radius vector, is equal to that
radius vector; for, if R be the radius vector, 6 the angle between the
normal and the radius vector, p the radius of curvature, and a the semi-
axis-transverse, we can easily show that

Re ae
Rae eat cosd = p>
whence
R = -— peoss.

Hence, if an equilateral hyperbola osculates a curve at a given point,
in the first instance take the tangent and normal at that point as the
axes of « and y respectively ; then, expressions for the coordinates of the
centre are easily obtained, viz.,

Me h'sino, Y =Rcosd ,
where Ris the distance of the centre from the origin, and 6 the angle
between tho central radius vector and normal, so that

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—Diferential Equation of all Parabolas. 329

cos 6
But the equilateral hyperbola being a conic, we have from the preceding
investigation

GEN

tan 6 = p— ee = ,
whence

3pqy? —r 1 + p*)
AST BL 18 + (op — 892)? 2
bal Mit Rc dela
ST +e he + op—aer}?
Therefore we see that the distance of the centre of the osculating equi-

lateral hyperbola from the given point (which is the origin) is furnished
by

sin 6=

cos 6 =

mea | g
Tee nee se GFL tant) oe
Hence, the coordinate axes being the tangent and normal at any

point of a given curve, the values of the coordinates of the centre of the
osculating equilateral hyperbola at that point are given by

Bgn/ 1 + p} r(l + p*) — 3pq?|
eS aS
Spqr 1+ pF
y? + (rp — 3q*)? °
Tf the coordinate axes, instead of being the tangent and normal at the
given point, are such that the axis of # makes the angle 9 with the tan-

a

a

gent, we have

d
tan 9 =— = =—p
= 1
sin 0 Pp cos 0 =

and the new coordinates of the centre of the osculating equilateral hyper-
bola are given by the two expressions
3qr (1 2
X cos @+ Y sin 0 ETD
3q (1 + p*) (pr — 39’)
7 + (rp — 392)?
We, therefore, finally infer that if a curve be referred to rectangular
43

—X sind + Ycos#? =

330 A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Equation of all Parabolas. [No. 4,

axes drawn through any origin, the coordinates (€, 7) of the centre of
the osculating equilateral hyperbola at any given point (a, yy of the
curve, are given in the most general form by the system
3qr (1 + p*
ORS Si C »)
7? ae (rp = 3g")?
3q Cl + p*) Cor — 34")?
A (op — 3G)
The equation of the line joining the centre of the osculating equi-
lateral hyperbola with the given point on the curve is at once written

yn=Y T+

down in its most general form, viz., #, y being the coordinates of the
point and X, Y the current coordinates, we have for the required equa-
tion

xXx — 2 x —& r

ea er oe
which shews that the centre of the osculating equilateral hyperbola is on
the axis of aberrancy, as is also geometrically evident. From the above
values of €, 7, it can be shown after some reductions that

dé
—— == Ag. To ?

dy
ae Ag = Po To

where
fete (lg)
| 13 + (xp — 3¢8)2 4 *
CL B*)- (be? —pr)-—-Spe"
(8+ op— set?

Ty = 9q* — 6pg’r + (1 + p*) (Sqs — 4r*) ,
so that T,) = 0 is the differential equation of all equilateral hyperbolas.

i

?

Os

§ 3. Geometric Interpretation.

It is now extremely easy to give the true geometric interpretation
of the differential equation of all parabolas; for we have shewn above -
that the index of aberrancy is given by the formula

3qs — 5r?
fens Ba ible 1
3q a pe qe)? } 2
and the differential equation of all parabolas is
3qs — 57* = 0.
Hence, we conclude that the required geometric interpretation is the

property that the index of aberrancy vanishes at every point of every para-
bola.

1888.] A. Mukhopadhyay—Diferential Equation of all Parabolas. 331

§ 4. Miscellaneous Theorems.

The differential expression
3qs — 57%,
the vanishing of which we find to be the differential equation of all
parabolas, may appropriately be taken to represent the species of the
conic of closest contact at any point of a given curve. For, from the
equation

ax® + 2hay + by* + 2ge¢ + 2fy +c = 0,

we have
y= Pe+Q +)/Ac® + 2He +B;
where
h f
== Ae ’ Q re a i )
h® — ab hf — bg pave
oh a ee er a
whence we have, as usual
dy AB — H#
een > Se ae
: (Ax* + 2He + B)?
p= x 8(AB— HP) (Aw + H)
(Ax? + 2He +B)?
$ (AB He) {4 (Aw + H)?— (AB — Ha) |
s = Ss ;

(Aa? + 2He + B)?
Therefore, by actual calculation, we get
9A (AB — H*)2
(Au® + 2Hx + B)4 :
so that it is clear that the differential expression
5r@ — 3qs

572 — 3qs =

is of the same sign as
A and h? — ab.
Hence, we have the theorem that at any point of a curve, the conic of
five-pointic-contact is an ellipse, hyperbola, or parabola, according as
(74) - Pg,
dx? dx* du
is negative, positive, or zero.*
Since we have proved that the radius of aberrancy is given by the
formula

* See Dublin Examination Papers, 1875, p. 279, Ques. 4, by Prof. M. Roberts.

332 A. Mukhopadhyay—Differential Equation of all Parabolas. [WNo. 4,

2
wefses (BY)
Hines Se
a NS Ge
parla a "? up
and as, moreover, in every parabola, the reciprocal of R vanishes, the
differential equation of all parabolas in terms of p and wo is

2 Q
ep i? -4 (32) Opt 0."

du* dw
To integrate this, put
f udw
?

oe
whence
— = 4 + 9,
or,
3du
dw = —; eG?

which gives
u= 38tan(w+ k) ,
so that

[ut = 3 [tan (wo + k) dw
= 3 log msec (w + &),

‘f udw

ase = m® sec? (wo + k),

and

which, therefore, is the relation between p and w in every parabola, lead-
ing at once to the intrinsic equation

2= m® f soc? (o + K) dw ,

and, if the origin be suitably chosen, we may put & = 0, so that we
have the well-known result

sx m® [ os ,
Ccos°w

14th May, 1888.

* See also P. A. S. B. 1888, p. 84, footnote.

#B.T ATKINSON. Journ. Asiat. Soc .Bengai.1888.Vol.LVIT. . PW

BL.Dés del.
Parker& Coward chr, lith West,Newman&C°imp.

INDIAN HOMOPTERA.

1888.] EH. T. Atkinson—New or little known Indian Rhynchota. 333

XIII.— New or little known Indian Rhynchota.—By H. T. Arxriyson, B.A.
[Received May 15th, 1888 ;—Read June 6th, 1888. |

(With Plate XV.)

CosMOSCARTA NIGROFASCIATA, n. sp., Pl. XV, lower left hand figure.

Orange yellow: two broad transverse bands on each tegmen, the
one before, the other in the middle, black; apex of tegmina finely reti-
culated blackish: pectus (except the lateral margins), and fine margin of
the base of the segments of the abdomen above and beneath, black: feet
yellow-ochreous: wings fuscous hyaline. Long, 15: exp. teg. 39 mill.

Hab. Mungphu (Sikkim). Through some misconception the
figures in Plate XV. have not been numbered.

CosMOSCARTA TAPROBANENSIS, n. sp.

Above black: face, broad median longitudinal band on vertex, a
recularly undulating transverse line across the middle of the pronotum,
antero-lateral margins of the pronotum, basal third of each tegmen, and
a transverse line at base of apical third which is slightly interrupted
towards the posterior margin, also the scutellum and the genitalia in @Q,
red: the red basal third of the tegmina contains two oblique irregular
bands, the basal formed by three black spots of which the largest is at
the costal margin, and the second comprising 3-4 irregular black spots,
of which the largest is at the posterior margin: abdomen above reddish,
a broad black transverse band at the base, interrupted by the scutellum,
which has a small round black dot in the middle of the disc ; apical half
cf abdomen fuscous : beneath and feet, red; pectus and a row of spots
on each side of the ventral segments, black. Long, 9: exp, teg. 21 mill

Hab. Pundaloya (Ceylon): from Mr. E. E. Green.

CosMOSCARTA UNDATA, Walker.

J.A.S8. B. pt. ii, p. 10 (1885).
Var. tripunctata n., Pl. XV, upper left hand figure.
afimis n.

The ordinary forms of this species have the markings on the teg-
mina broadly suffused with reddish-testaceous, and vary chiefly in the
depth of the croceous band on the thorax, and in having the apical band
on the tegmina continuous or formed of three spots. I have since
received two specimens which I regard as varieties of this species,
though at first sight appearing to be distinct.

334 HK. T. Atkinson—WNew or little known Indian Rhynchota. [No. 4,

a:—Var. affinis, in which the rufous-testaceous bands at the base
and in the middle are reduced to narrow lines, and the apical band to
three somewhat distant spots arranged in a triangle. Long, 11: exp
teg. 30 mill.

b:—Var. tripunctata, mihi, in which the basal and median bands on
the tegmina are entirely absent and the three apical spots are small
and semi-oval and arranged triangularly: base of wings not rufescent.
Long, 12: exp. teg. 30 mill.

Hab. Var. a, Dibrugarh (Assam); Var. 6, Dam-Dim (Bhutin
Duars).

CosMOSCARTA OCTOPUNCTATA, Am. & Serv.
Pl. XV, lower right hand figure.

Cercopis octopunctata, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém., p. 559, t. 10, f. 6 (1843): Walker
List Hom., iii, p. 656 (1851).

Cercopis dorsalis, Walker ( (n. 6. 1.), J. Linn. 8. Zool. x, p. 283 (1867).

Cosmoscarta octopunctata, Butler, Cist. Ent. i, p. 262 (1874).

A very distinct species: orange-yellow: five black spots on each
tegmen of which two before, and two behind, the middle, the fifth on
the posterior margin about the middle, and which, when the tegmina are
closed, becomes confluent with the similar spot on the other tegmen, so as
to make both appear one: there is sometimes another black spot before
the reticulated part on the costal margin: pectus, except the lateral
margins, and base of the segments of the abdomen above and beneath,
black : antero-lateral borders of the pronotum much amplified and flat-
tened out at the margin. Long, 17: exp. teg. 42 mill.

Hitherto only known from Java and Sumatra, now found at Mung-
phu in Sikkim. A second example has the thorax more amplified, shin-
ing, and only eight black spots on the tegmina.

CosMOSCARTA GREENI, 0. Sp.

Head and eyes deep black, the head yellow-pilose: ocelli yellowish
with red reflections: pronotum sordid orange-yellow, pilose, with two
small impressions near the anterior margin, darker; metanotum black,
margined ochreous: tegmina black, basal fourth of the posterior margin,
basal third of the costal margin and therefrom a transverse band pro-
ceeding somewhat obliquely towards the posterior streak and almost
meeting it, also three spots arranged in a triangle in the apical third, and
of which the cordiform apical is largest, red: wings semihyaline, basal
third reddish orange, rest fuscous : abdomen above black, with a narrow
transverse basal band, reddish-ochreous: pectus, venter and feet black ;

1888.] H. T. Atkinson—New or little known Indian Rhynchota. 339

venter with a reddish-ochreous band towards the base; last tibize some-
times sordid yellow. Long 10: exp. teg. 26 mill.

Hab. Pundaloya (Ceylon): Mr. E. E. Green. Allied to C. undata,
Walker, from which it differs in coloration and the smaller size.

CosMOSCARTA NIGRA, 0. Sp.

Body and feet deep black; abdomen and venter deep metallic
bluish-black, shining: tegmina brownish-black; wings fuscous. Long,
12: exp. teg. 34 mill.

Hab. Sikkim.

CosMOSCARTA LURIDA, 0. sp.

Head, pronotum, pectus and feet, also band along basal two-thirds
of costal margin of tegmina, lurid: abdomen above and beneath black,
with a bronzy tinge: tegmina (except the costal hmbus), luteous: wings
fuscous-hyaline. Long, 15: exp. teg. 36 mill.

Hab. Singapore. |

CosMOSCARTA SIKKIMENSIS, n. sp.

Frons and feet fuscous: vertex and thorax black, densely yellow
pilose, the latter with a band along the anterior margin, narrow anterior
lateral limbus and posteriorly, sordid fuscous: tegmina black, a short
basal streak briefly produced along costal and posterior margins, a trans-
verse band at the base and apex of the middle third, and the apical lim-
bus indistinctly, red : wings fuscous-hyaline, red at the base and for a
short distance along the anterior margin: abdomen purplish-black,
shining, with a deep castaneous, narrow, basal, transverse streak, Long,
14: exp. teg. 33 mill.

Hab. Sikkim.

CosMOSCARTA MINOR, n. sp.

Head and thorax metallic bluish-black, shining, the latter finely
impressly punctured : base and apex of abdomen reddish, a broad trans-
verse median band, brownish-black : tegmina blackish with a basal streak
giving off a short sub-costal branch and two transverse bands, one at
the base and the other at the apex of the middle third, red: wings
fuscous-hyaline: feet brown: posterior coxe and femora often more or
less croceous or reddish. A small species, allied to the C. decisa, Walker,
group. Long, 7 exp. teg. 21 mill.

Hab. Sikkim: Dam Dim (Bhutan Duars).

336 E. T. Atkinson—New or little known Indian Rhynchota. [No. 4,

Cosmoscarta precisa, Walker (Pl. XV: upper right hand figure).

A local variety of this species, described in Journal Pt. I, p.9
(1888), is figured here from Dam Dim in the Bhutan Duars.

CALLITETTIX AFFINIS, 0. sp.

Black with a greenish tinge: head beneath, scutellum, anal seg-
ment of abdomen above and beneath, tegmina and feet, testaceous-red :
apex of tegmina with a narrow black limbus: wings fuscous-hyaline :
abdomen above and beneath (except the red anal segment), and the
pectus, black. Long, 9: exp. teg. 23 mill. Differs from OC. producta,
Stal, in the colour of the abdomen and scutellum and its larger size.

Hab. Pundaloya (Ceylon): Mr. H. E. Green. C. melanochra, Stal,
has been procured in Sikkim.

Genus Macumrota, Burm.
J. A. S. B. pt. II, p. 23 (1885) ; p. 196 (1886).

I have already noticed four species of this genus, a fifth (M. pugio-
nata, Stal) has been described from N. Australia, and a sixth (M. gutti-
gera) by Professor Westwood from Ceylon (Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 329,
1886). Ihave had one specimen from Nagpur, but too much mutilated
for description, also several specimens of the larve from Sikkim, and of
the curious tubular home formed by these insects in the larval state, I
have procured several specimens on the common jujube (Zizyphus) in
Calcutta. These tubes are serpuliform and resemble the letter J without
the transverse bar at the top ; the foot, too, is curved over to embrace the
twig on which they rest, and the length varies from half to two-thirds
of an inch.

Professor Westwood’s paper contains an interesting account of the
formation of this tube by Mr. S. Green of Colombo, the substance of
which I reproduce here. Mr. Green writes :—The larva resides in a tube
which is fixed on a twig or leaf-stalk of the Surtya tulip-tree (Adansonia
digttata) on the end of the branches, and appears to be commenced and
finished by the insect whilst in the larval state. The newly hatched
larva is a little tiny creature of an orange colour in the midst of a spot
of froth in which it moves about and, in this state, commences to form
the tube. When the foundations have once been laid, the larva, in a
horizontal position, encloses, with a wall, a space sufficient to contain itself
in a perpendicular position, with its head downwards. It is then seen
continually working its anus against and round about the inside of the
tube near its orifice, at intervals, both day and night ; the anus discharges
a clear water-like fluid which falls drop by drop from the tube. The

a rr

1888.] KE. T. Atkinson—-New or little known Indian Rhynchota. 337

insect has a life of some weeks in the larval state and never shows itself
outside. the tube until it is ready to assume the perfect state. Then the
pupa comes out tail first, and takes up a position on the top of the tube
(transversely like the letter T) and in the middle of the bubbles. In
about ten minutes it completely extricates itself from its old skin and
the curved horn on its thorax seems to uncurl.

The & appears to be considerably smaller and of a darker colour.

The full sized larva-tubes are about half an inch long and about a
line in diameter. They are about the thickness of writing-paper, of a
dirty whitish colour, with the surface finely transversely wrinkled.
The basal portion is dilated and curved so as partially to clasp the twig
on which it is fixed. In this manner the bottom of the tube is closed
and, as the iusect resides in it with the head downwards, Mr. Westwood
remarks: “I do not understand how it can obtain nourishment from
the plant through its delicate rostrum, unless it occasionally emerges

from its abode which, of course, is stationary.” The immature insect,

differs from the imago in the usual manner, having the wings only visible
in a rudimental condition in the pupa state, in which the only appearance
of the large curved dorsal horn is seen in a very small dorsal protuberance
in the middle of the hind part of the thorax.

Mr. Westwood observes that the water expelled by these insects is
of the same nature as the ‘cuckoo-spit’ of the English Aphrophora spu-
marva, being the fluid excrement of the larva, consisting of the juices of
the plant on which it subsisted, and which, being discharged, with very
little alteration in its nature, drop by drop, from the anus of the insect,
forms an accumulated moistened mass which keeps the body of the insect
in a moist condition until it is ready to assume the perfect state. The
insect does no injury to the tree or to the branch on which it feeds.

Mr. F. Ratte (an Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, ix, p. 1164, 1885)
describes the occurrence of similar larva-cases in Australia. He shows
that these cases contain three-fourths of carbonate of lime, some being
helicoidal and others conical], resembling some fossil and recent Serpule.
The conical are usually found on Hucalyptus, the opening turned up-
wards and the larva being placed in it with the head downwards. In
the helicoidal shells, the insect les horizontally for the greatest part
of its larval life. In both instances, it follows that the larva presents
its tail to the opening, instead of its head. It introduces its rostrum
through a longitudinal slit into the bark of the stem on which the case
is fixed [but in the cases before me I have not been able to discover the
slit] and emits at intervals from its anus a drop of clear water at the
entrance of the shell.

Specimens of the Ceylon and Indian tubes are deposited in the
Indian Museum.

Auk

338 E. T. Atkinsou—New or little known Indian Rhynchota. [No. 4,

THAMNOTETTIX NIGRO-PICTA, Stal, Ofvers, K. V. A. Forh. p. 740 (1870).

2. Yellow-virescent, smooth, shining: with the face, anterior sub-
impressed, transverse line on the vertex, anterior margin of the prono-
tum, scutellary and commissural margins of the clavus, a spot before the
middle extended to the claval suture and there acutely produced hind-
wards, and third apical part of corium, pectus, abdomen, greatest part of
the femora, anterior tibie and the tarsi, black : the last tibis at the source
of the spines spotted black: ventral incisures flavescent. Closely allied
to T. bipunctata, Fabr. (J. A. 8S. B. Pt. II, p. 111, 1885), differs in having
the head shorter, more obtuse, anteriorly obtusely rounded, and in the
marking. Head as broad as the thorax, but somewhat shorter; vertex
a little longer in the middle than at the eyes, hardly twice as broad as
the eyes, anteriorly within the margin transversely sub-impressed. Long,
5; broad, 13 mill.

This species was described by Stal from the Philippines. It-has -
since been procured from Borneo, Sumatra, Ceylon (mihi) and various
parts of India (mihi) and will easily be recognised as one of the small
green insects that suddenly appear towards the end of the rains (Septem-
ber usually) in Calcutta. During the few days that they oceur they may
be found at night in considerable heaps beneath the lamps in the public
streets, and they disappear as abruptly as they come. I. bipunctata,
Fabr., appears at the same time. M. Lethierry of Lille has been good
enough to identify this species for me.

Fuicora connectrens, Atkinson (Pl. XV; middle figure and head to left.)

This beautiful species has already been described by me (J. Pt. IT,
p, 180, 1885), and I am now enabled to give a figure drawn by Babu
B. L. Das. (Type in Indian Museum.)

FuLgora AMPLECTENS, Atkinson (Pl. XV ; lower middle figure and head.)

This species has also been described (1. c. p. 133) and the figure has
been drawn by the same artist. (Type in Indian Museum.)

FULGORA ANDAMANENSIS, Distant. (Pl. XV: upper middle figure and
head to left).

This species has been described (1. c. p. 135) and the present figure
represents the interesting variety from the Nicobar islands referred to
in the description already given (J. c. p. 186). There is little doubt that
in this genus, the shape and size of the cephalic process must, in many
cases, be looked to for specific characters rather than the markings on

1888.] EH. T. Atkinson—New or little known Indian Rhynchota. 339

the tegmina, and for this reason a side view of the cephalic process in
these three species is given. (Variety in Indian Museum.)

J. A. S. B. Pt. II, p. 200, 1885 :—Pyrops nobilis. Westw., includes
Pyrops servillet, Spinola (A. S. EH. F. viii, p. 237, t. 2, f. 1, 1839) from
Java. I have seen a specimen of the former from Malacca which differs
in no respect from Spinola’s description and figure, except perhaps in
the lighter -colour of the thorax and cephalic process, and this difference
may be due to the action of preservatives. P. javanensis, Dist. has also
been procured from Singapore.

POLYDICTYA AFFINIS, 1. Sp.

Frons, vertex and thorax, dark tawny: abdomen above sanguineous,
apical half above and beneath more ochreous and with blackish patches ;
a white irised black dot on each side of the anterior segments: tegmina
bluish-virescent from the base nearly to the middle, the bluish colour
more distinctly seen beneath ; brownish towards the apex, veins brown ;
wings vermillion at the base, thence semihyaline, veins brown: venter
and feet dark tawny; first tibis darker; last tibiae 4-spinose: tegmina
nearly equally broad throughout; szarcely amplified towards the apex,
Long, 19: exp. teg., 58 mill.

Hab. Sikkim.

MESSENA SINUATA, 0. Sp.

Frons tawny, levigate, shining, with a blackish limbus at the vertex
marked by two rows of very minute yellow-brown dots: vertex and
pro- and meso-notum darker, with several irregular, minute, black dots :
metanotum and the abdomen above and mesostethium sanguincous, apex
of abdomen and the genitalia covered with a white flocculent substance :
tegmina with a broad reddish patch reaching the posterior margin
for two-thirds the length from the base, and the costal margin for
one-third, marked by numerous, irrregular, transverse black streaks,
and bounded, towards the apex, by a nebulous interrupted band of brown
marks, between which and the apex is a broadish transverse patch and
some small spots, brown and black; apical part semi-hyaline closely
reticulated, veins brown: wings white, semi-hyaline, with a fuscous
patch along the anterior margin becoming broader and darker from the
base to about two-thirds the length where it abruptly ceases ; also three
large black spots towards the apex and between them and the apical
margin some minute black dots: first femora (except the apex inter-
nally) and the intermediate pair of feet, tawny: first femora at the apex
internally and last pair of feet dark brown, first tibize thickly spotted dark

340 KE. T. Atkinson— New or little known Indian Rhynchota. [No. 4,

brown: venter with transverse bands and marginal row of spots, black.

Frons very broad, broader than the pronotum which is about as
long as the vertex: head prominulous before the eyes which are spinose
beneath: tegmina slightly sinuate on the costal margin behind the
middle, apical margin anteriorly broadly rounded, posteriorly sub-
quadrate, posterior margin somewhat straight : first femora gradually
amplified from base to apex ; first tibie dilated throughout, last tibie
6-spinose. Long, 15: exp. teg., 46 mill.

Hab. Trivandrum (8. India): Mr. H. Ferguson; May.

MESSENA BURMANICA, 0. sp.

Frons, vertex and thorax dark reddish-tawny: eyes darker, spinose
beneath ; antenne truncate with a rather long filiform process at the
apex: abdomen above sordid ochreous, basal third darker: tegmina
with the basal fourth tawny, varied virescent and with a quadrate, black
spot on the disc, apical three-fourths whitish, veins tawny, an irregular
black patch near the commissure, and an irregular row of somewhat
quadrate black spots and dots close to the apical margin of which the
largest is on the posterior margin: wings with three large, oblong,
transverse black spots towards the apex: abdomen beneath reddish
tawny, the margin tinted orange: first femora and intermediate pair of
feet, blackish-brown. Closely allied to M. pulverosa, Hope, differs in the
markings on the tegmina which are also not so broad, and in the colour
of the abdomen. Long with anal appendages, 17; exp. teg., 50 mill,

' Hab. Palone (Burma) : Captain Bingham (August).

CHRYNIA VIRIDULA, 0. sp.

Head and thorax above light green, in faded specimens, sordid
yellow: tegmima light green; wings milky-white, immaculate: apical
half of antennz, eyes, two small lines on tegmina, one oblique in the
middle towards the posterior margin, the other smaller, straight, at the
beginning of the apical fourth and nearer the anterior margin, also a
very narrow apical limbus reaching also to one-third of the posterior
margin, deep black: abdomen covered with a white flocculent sub-
stance: feet greenish-yellow, tarsi black. Body long, 17: exp. teg.
49 mill.

Hab. Puna (Bombay) : type in Indian Museum.

The type of the Genus Cerynia (J. Pt. I, p. 64, 1885) is Flata albata,
Stal, already described (J.1.c. p. 73) and of which I have recently
procured specimens of the white and pale green varieties from Malacca.
In the first line of the description of that species for ‘ within,’ read

1888.] EH. T. Atkinson—WNew or little known Indian Rhynchota. 341

‘with.’ In the description of Phromnia (J. 1. ¢., p. 64) for ‘ thorax
concealed’ in line 2, read ‘concealed by thorax.’ The chief points of
difference between the two genera are that in Cerynia, the first joint of
the antenne is scarcely shorter than the second and the membrane of
the costa is narrowed at the base; whilst in Phromnia, the second joint
of the antenne is twice, or scarcely twice, as long as the first and the
costal membrane is equally broad throughout. These are apparently
small differences on which to found genera, but the result seems natural
and the genera at present may be allowed to stand separate.

J. A. S. B. Pt. II, p. 52 (1885) :—Ricania obscura, Fabr., is the
type of Stal’s genus Mindura (1. c. p. 62) of which I have seen a speci-
men, locality unknown.

CENESTRA AFFINIS, n. sp.

Body subsordid yellow: frons highly carinate on the sides, with a
black line running parallel to each of the lateral ridges; eyes black:
antenne black, second joint longer than the first : pronotum with two
median longitudinal black lines; mesonotum anteriorly with a lateral
sagittate mark and two longitudinal lines on the anterior portion of the
disc, black, its posterior margin with four small cuneate black spots:
abdomen spotted and streaked black: femora more or less sordid yellow,
tibize and tarsi black, tegmina rounded at the apex, bluish-brown, spotted
and clouded with white farinose matter above, beneath brown with a
slight bluish tinge ; the very narrow costal limbus to two-thirds the length,
and thence broadening into a band which turns inwards to nearly the
disc, sordid whitish; this band is barely traceable above through the
farinose covering: wings ample, semihyaline fuscous, veins of a deeper
colour. In C. circulata, Guérin, the tegmina are yellow-whitish with
black bands ; in C. matutina, Walker, they are of a rosy colour, and in
C. aurora, Guérin, they are sub-orange and the wings are white. Long,
body 9-10 ; with tee. closed, 16; exp. teg., 35 mill.

Hab. Singapore.

BRACHYPLATYS CAROLINE, n. sp.

Brassy-black, shining: antennz ochraceous, finely pilose, apical
halves of last three joints more or less blackish-brown : anterior half of
eyes yellowish-white, posterior part with a roseate tinge: head above
with six yellow spots arranged in a semicircle: very fine anterior and
lateral (anteriorly double) margins of pronotum, also lateral and pos-
terior margins of scutellum, reddish yellow: pectus and venter, black,
the latter with a yellow band along the margin and proceeding therefrom

342 KE. T. Atkinson—New or little known Indian Rhynchota. [No. 4,

to the disc on each side, eleven long yellow rays, an irregular large
blackish-brown spot at the junction of the anterior part of the base of
each ray with the marginal yellow band and partly on both, also a small
round black dot on each alternate ray, towards the base : legs ochra-
ceous-yellow, thickly and finely spotted brown, especially the femora:
one of the largest species of this genus hitherto recorded. Long, 10:
greatest breadth of abdomen, 8 mill.
Hab. Mungphu (Sikkim): 3,800 feet.

BRACHYPLATYS NIGER, 0. sp.

Above and beneath shining black: femora and tibise with a brown-
ish tinge, posterior tarsi sordid ochraceous: eyes bright light yellow:
parts about the rostrum in repose sordid yellow. Long, 8: broad, 6
mill,

Hab. Malacca.

CoprosOMA BRUNNEA, 0. sp.

Deep castaneous-brown, shining: juga, spot in middle of frons,
anterior margin of the pronotum (interrupted in the middle), lateral
margins of the same (inclosing anteriorly a longitudinal deep-brown
streak), lateral and posterior margins of the scutellum, genitalia for the
most part, ventral limbus and feet, subsordid yellow-ochraceous : tylus, two
transverse streaks before the transverse impression on pronotum, lateral
angles slightly, also two spots towards the base of the scutellum more

deeply reddish: ocelli bright red: eyes deep brown: pectus and venter
darker : anterior margin of pronotum slightly refiexed. Long, 3¢ mill.
Hab. Pundaloya (Ceylon): Mr. H. H. Green.

CoPprosoMA MINIMA, nL, sp.

Brassy-black, shining: juga, lateral margins of pronotum (in-
closing anteriorly a longitudinal brown streak), lateral and posterior
margins of scutellum, two small round spots on each side towards the
anterior margin of the pronotum, and aspot on each posterior lateral
angle, also a larger transverse spot at each side of the base of the scu-
tellum, and the legs, yellow: venter brassy-black, margin of each seg-
ment with an oblong longitudinal yellow patch inclosing in the middle
a longitudinal brown streak: one of the smallest species of this genus
recorded. Long, 13 mill.

Hab. Pundaloya (Ceylon): Mr. H. HE. Green.

te ioe”

1888.] E. T. Atkinson—New or little known Indian Rhynchota. 343

CoprosoMA NAZIRA, n. sp.

Above and beneath, brassy-black, shining : juga, lateral margins of
the pronotum (inclosing anteriorly a black longitudinal streak), lateral
and posterior margins of scutellum, also a spot on each side towards the
base, ventral limbus, and the legs, yellowish: eyes castaneous. Long, 3
mill, 7
Hab. Nazira (Assam); Mungphu (Sikkim) ; Mr. R. Pantling.

CHRYSOCORIS SIMPLEX, N. sp.

Light metallic-green, shining, turning into purplish after death;
traces of the light colour remaining on the tylus, posterior part of pro-
notum and posterior part of the scutellum, but varying much: a small
transverse, oval, elevated space on each side of the pronotum towards
the anterior margin; anterior and antero-lateral margins slightly sin-
uate, extreme edge very slightly reflexed ; posterior lateral angles very
slightly obtusely prominulous ; posterior margin almost straightly trun-
cate : scutellum with three small round black spots on each side, some-
times obsolete: rostrum and antenne brownish black: coxse yellowish ;
femora and tibie metallic-green varied with purplish; tarsi brownish-
black, ochraceous pilose : pectus golden-green with red reflections, turn-
ing to purplish: venter yellow, a larger subconical basal patch and
another similar at the apex, black; two rows of lateral black spots, one
submarginal, formed of round spots, the other inwards, formed of
triangular spots, between the rows a band, and the extreme margin and
apex, metallic-green turning into purplish: sometimes the basal and
apical black patches on the venter are so approached that the discal
yellow is reduced to a small transverse band. Long, 11-13 mill.

Hab. Kotagiri (Nilgiris) : April: Mr, Henderson.

CHRYSOCORIS NILGIRIENSIS, N. sp.

When alive, above and pectus bright greenish-golden with red
reflections which turns into deep purplish after death: antenne and
rostrum black; eyes deep brown : head golden with a median longitu-
dinal line chalybeous-green : pronotum with eleven black spots, three
small, transverse, sub-quadrate, close tu the anterior margin; three
rounded, arranged triangularly towards each lateral angle, and two
elongate, linear, in the middle of the posterior portion of the disc: scutel-
lum with eight spots, of which one median longitudinal near the base,
three ovate transverse on each side, and one rounded subapical: pectus
entirely golden and metallic green with scattered red reflections : disc of
venter pale yellow, shining ; extreme margin purplish-red, bordered in-

344 E. T. Atkinson—New or little known Indian Rhynchota. [No. 4,

wardly by a broad golden greenish band which has a round black spot
in the middle of each segment next the external purplish-red margin, and,
inwardly, a triangular black patch, the base of which rests on the base of
each segment ; these spots often coalesce to form an oblong black trans-
verse patch with metallic-green reflections : base and apex of the venter
with a black patch; anus golden: femora cinnabar, apices: and tibiee
externally metallic-blue, shining; tarsi black. Very close to C. margi-
nellus, Westwd., but longer, stouter, and varying in markings beneath.
Long, 16 mill.
Hab. Conoor (April).

CoMPASTES MINOR, N. sp.

Above ochraceous, very closely impressly punctured brownish-black,
somewhat closer on the lateral angles of the pronotum : beneath lighter
ochraceous very sparingly punctured brown on the venter: juga longer
than the tylus, not approached in front thereof: antenne black, last joint
pilose, with basal half ochraceous, apical half brown: rostrum ochra-
ceous, last joint brown, reaching the last coxe : pronotum moderately
declined forwards, with two oval, transverse, outlined reddish-brown
marks towards the anterior margin ; lateral angles produced, somewhat
obtusely rounded at the apex: membrane brown, transparent; legs
ochraceous, femora streaked or spotted brown, granulated ; tibize finely
spinose. Long, 12: breadth angles pron., 6 mill.

Hab. Chakrata (Jaunsir-Bawar, N. W. Provinces).

SASTRAGALA AFFINIS, n. sp,

Sastragala uniguttata Am. & Sery. (nec. Don.) Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém., p. 155
1843) ?

Amyot & Serville’s description does not agree with Donovan’s
fioure and appears to me to belong to the following species received
from Madras. ‘ Yellowish greenish-testaceous, punctured coarsely and
densely above: lateral angles of pronotum produced in short subacute
spines black, and the line between them more or less black : scutellum
black, with a broad ovate transverse reddish ochraceous spot in the mid-
dle : apex of corium with a black linear C-shaped spot, open towards the
external margin; membrane transparent, nearly the colour of the heme-
lytra : disc and apex of the abdomen black, reddish towards the sides
and on the genitalia; the lateral limbus pale greenish-testaceous :
beneath paler yellow-greenish with a reddish tinge on the disc of the
basal half of the venter : feet pale greenish-yellow : antennze dnll och-
reous-testaceous. Long 8}; exp. ang. pron. 4 mill.

Hab. Utakamand, Kotagiri (7000 feet): April: Myr. Henderson.

ee ee

1888.] EH. T. Atkinson—WNew or little known Indian Rhynchota. 345

MoNonyYxX INDICUS, n. sp.

Ochraceous-brunneous : head and pronotum irregularly tuberculate ;
lateral margins of the pronotum much roundly dilated, the dilated part
semitransparent: scutellum subconvex, with a tubercle at each basal
angle and at the apex: hemelytra with afew darker streaks here and
there, and some semiacute small spinous tubercles on the coriaceous
part; membrane concolorous: connexivum with the posterior margin
of each segment, black: coxe and femora yellow-testaceous ; tibiz and
tarsi dark brown inclined to black. Long, 10; abd. broad, 7 mill.

Hab. Sikkim: rather common.

45

346 G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgiri District. [No. 4,

XIV.—The Butterflies of the Nilgiri District, South India.—By G. F.
Hampson, B. A., Coll. Hxon. Oxon. Communicated by Tor SUPERIN-
TENDENT OF THE InpDIAN Museum.

[Received Sept. 10th ;—Read Nov. 7th, 1888. ]

The Nilgiris form the south-western extremity of the Hastern Ghats,
which branch off from the Western Ghats north of the Palghat Gap, the
only gap in the great range of mountains which run parallel with the
west coast of India from Cape Comorin to Bombay. Zoologically, the
Nilgiri District forms the north-eastern extremity of the Ceylonese sub-
division of the Oriental region—the sub-region extending northward
along the Western Ghats to Bombay—, and its fauna and flora is essen-
tially of a Ceylonese type, largely mingled with the wide-spread forms
of the plains of India.

‘The district is a wedge-shaped triangle with a base of about twenty-
five miles resting on Malabar, its apex, forty miles off, pointing north-
east towards Madras.

On the west, the Malabar boundary runs along the slopes of the
Nilgiris at an elevation of three to six thousand feet; on the other sides,
the district takes in a narrow strip of the plains from three to ten miles
wide, bounded on the north by the Moyar River, on the other side of
which lies Mysore and the Wynad, and on the south by the Bowani
River, beyond which is the Coimbatore district. These rivers join at the
north-eastern apex of the Nilgiris to flow later on into the Cauvery.

For zoological purposes the district falls naturally into four divi-
sions :—

(1.) The plateau, with a general elevation of six thousand feet,
though the rounded hills and peaks ran up much higher, some to nearly
nine thousand feet. Innumerable valleys, each with its swamp and
stream, cut up the surface of the plateau. The land is clothed with
short grass, and in every position sheltered from the wind are patches
of forest from one to several hundred acres in extent. The fauna and
flora of this division has a large remnant of Palearctic genera and
species, though the forms have mostly become sufficiently differentiated
to form distinct species.

(2.) The slopes of the hills, clothed with forest and long lemon-
grass, and ranging in elevation from 1000 ft. to 6000 ft. on the southern
slopes, and from 3000 ft.—the elevation of the Mysore plateau—to 6,500
ft. on the northern slopes. To this division.most of the peculiar forms
belong, and it is by far the richest in species.

(3.) The strips of cultivated land at the base of the hills, with an

1888. ] G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgiri District. 347

elevation of 1000 ft. on the southern side and 3000 ft. on the northern,
and a fauna similar to that of the plains of India.

(4.) The tract of low-country forest within the north-western
boundary, with a fauna like that of the jungles of the Wynad and Mysore,
which lie just beyond.

Compared with most parts of Peninsular India, the district is very
rich in butterflies, especially the slopes of the hills from two to five
thousand feet in elevation. The following list will be found to be
nearly complete, and I do not expect that more than about twenty
species will be added to it.

The only regular flights of butterflies are those before the two mon-
soons, one from west to east at the end of May and beginning of June
before the south-west monsoon, and one from east to west at the end
of September and beginning of October before the north-east monsoon.

Most of the species have four broods, two in the dry-season and two
in the wet-season ; but some species have only the two wet-seagon
broods, as Mr. Doherty has observed in other parts of India. Seasonal
dimorphism is rather difficult to study on the Nilgiris, owing to the
fact that the western and north-western slopes get heavy rain during
the south-west monsoon and hardly any during the north-east; while
the eastern and south-eastern slopes have their wet season during the
north-east monsoon and get little of the south-west ; and, consequently,
the wet- and dry-season broods are some three months later in appearing
on the southern and eastern slopes than on the western and northern,
and the two forms get much mingled in the intermediate districts, which
partially get both monsoons,

Family NYMPHALIDA,

Subfamily EHuptaina, Moore.
Group Limnaina, Moore.

1. HesttA MALABARICA, Moore.

3000—4000 ft. Found only on the western slopes, the species being
confined to the region of heavy rainfall.

2. TIRUMALA LIMNIACE, Cramer.

3. TIRUMALA SEPTENTRIONIS, Butler.

4, LimMnas curysipeus, Linneus. .

I have no specimen intermediate between L. chrysippus and L, alcip-
poides, Moore.

5. SALATURA GENUTIA, Cramer.

6. PARANTICA AGLEA, Cramer.

7. CADUGA NILGIRIENSIS, Moore.

Common throughout the district.

348 G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgiri District. [No. 4,

Group Hupleina, Moore.
8. PADEMMA KOLLARI, Felder.
Two males at 3,500 ft. elevation on the northern slopes, and three
pairs at 500 ft. on the western slopes.
9. CRASTIA CORE, Cramer.
10. NAkMADA COREOIDES, Moore.

Found with C. core and not uncommon in spring and autumn at all
elevations.

Subfamily Satyrina,

11. Mycatests (VIRAPA) ANAXIAS, Hewitson.

3000—5000 ft. In heavy forest; not common.

12. Mycanrsis (OrsoTRImNA) MANDATA, Moore.

Form mandosa, Butler.

3000 ft. Common in the jungles at the northern base of the hills
and throughout the Wynad and Mysore forests. The wet-season form
mandata is found from June to September, when its place is taken by
the dry-season form mandosa.

13. Mycanesis (CALYSISME) PERSEUS, Fabricius.

Form blasius, Fabricius.

,, subfasciata, Moore.
The wet-season form blasiws on the Nilgiris has the ocellus on the
upperside of the forewing as large as in M. mineus.
14. Mycauesis (CALYsisMf£) MINEUS, Linneus.
Form justina, Cramer.
», indistans, Moore.
,, vrsala, Moore.
15. Mycauests (TELINGA) ADOLPHEI, Guérin.

5000—6000 ft. Confined to forest on the edges of the plateau.
This species has only the two wet-season broods in May and August.
The allied species, M. oculus, Marshall, is found on the Anaymalai hills
south of the Palghat Gap.

16. Mycauesis (Nissanca) Junonia, Butler.

2000—38000 ft. Confined to the southern and western slopes, where
it is common in heavy forest.

17. _Lerse EvRoPA, Fabricius.

3000—5000 ft. Rather rare.

18. Lerae topara, Moore.

3000—5000 ft. Common in the low-country jungles and on the
slopes of the hills. A slight geographical variety of L. drypetis, Hewitson,
the male.of which species is slightly darker, the female with the white

oo

1888. ] G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgiri District. 349

band on the upperside of the forewing rather narrower than in JL.
todara.
19. LetTHet NEELGHERRIENSIS, Guérin.
2000—7000 ft. Common throughout the district.
20. YproHimA BALDUS, Fabricius.
Form marshallii, Butler.
21. YPTHIMA STRIATA, 0. Sp.
Hasirat; southern slopes of the Nilgiris, 2000—4000 ft.
ExpansE: 15 inches.

Wet-season form.

Description: Matz. Uppersipe, both wings uniform dark brown.
Forewing with a distinct bipupilled black ocellus outlined with yellowish-
brown. Hindwing with two ocelli faintly pupilled and with yellow iris,
situated between the median nervules. UNpDsrsIpE, both wings white with
numerous distinct brown strie. Forewing with one bipupilled ocellus
larger and brighter than on the upperside; crossed by two brown fascie,
one submarginal, one discal, nearly meeting at the hinderangle. Hindwing
with a double ocellus on a short brown fascia near the apex, and three
linearly disposed towards the anal angle, the one nearest it bipupilled,
these three ocelli situated on a brown fascia, and all the ocelli large and
distinct ; a fascia crossing the wing beyond the cell from the costa to
the inner margin, and a less distinct one near the base of the wing.
Femae; only differs in being rather larger and paler than the male.
Mate; with no trace of the patch of dense scales on the upperside of
the forewing,

Dry-season form.

Matz. Uppersipe, forewing with a slight patch of dense scales on
the median nervure ; with a very small and indistinct ocellus. Unprr-
SIDE, both wings with the fasciz indistinct and the strive smaller and
denser. Hindwing, with the ocelli much smaller than in the wet-season
form, the double ocellus near the apex separated into two ocelli, the
upper one minute, and the bipupilled ocellus near the anal angle forming
a double ocellus. Frmane. Uppursipn, forewing differs from the male
in having a large and distinct black bipupilled ocellus with yellow iris.
UnpersipE, both wings with the fascis more prominent, but not as
much so as in the wet-season form.

The wet-season form occurs commonly at about 3000 ft. on the
southern slopes of the Nilgiris in August, and the dry-season form in
December and January.

On August 25th of this year—one in which there has been hardly
any rain on that side of the hills—I took at 5000 ft. a single male with no

350 G. F. Hampson— Butterflies of the Nilgwi District. [No. 4,

trace of the patch of dense scales on the forewing, which also had no
trace of an ocellus: the underside darker—the colour of Y. mahratta,
Moore —, the fascize of both wings indistinct as in the dry-season form,
the ocelli on the underside of the hindwing even smaller and more
separated.

The disposition of the ocelli and general appearance of the two forms
is the same, as also that of the single male above described, and I believe
them to constitute one species, which I suspect to be the one mentioned
as Y. singala from Kumaon and Y. thora from Ganjam by Mr. Doherty,
J. A. 8S. B., 1886, Vol. LV, Part II, No. II, p. 120. The species is
allied to, but quite distinct from, Y. singala and Y. thora, which I
suspect are two forms of one species.

22. YPprHimMA MAHRATTA, Moore.

3500 ft. The northern slopes, rare.

23. YPTHIMA HUEBNERI, Kirby.

3000—4000 ft. The northern slopes, common.

24. YPTHIMA CEYLONICA, Hewitson.

2000—4000 ft. The southern slopes, where it takes the place of
Y. huebneri of the northern slopes.

25. YPTHIMA CHENUI, Guérin.

_ §000—8000 ft. Common on rocky hill sides. It has four broods
with scarcely any difference in the ocellation. Also found of larger
size on the Anaymalai Hiils south of the Palghat Gap flying with
Y. ypthimordes.

26. YPTHIMA TABELLA, Marshall.

Common at the north-west corner of the Nilgiris on the Wynad
boundary.

27. Ziperes saitis, Hewitson.

2000—3000 ft. Not uncommon on the western slopes. A brood
emerges at the end of September.

28, MeELANITIS ASwA, Moore.

Form tambra, Moore.

3000—4000 ft. Common on the lower slopes flying round trees at
dusk. The former with the nearly straight outer margin to the forewing
is the wet-season form appearing in June, the latter with the falcated
forewing taking its place in December. The wet-season form varies much
in the prominence of the ocelli of the underside; the dry-season form
sometimes has the upperside immaculate, sometimes with one or more
white subapical spots on the forewing.

99. MeELANITIS BELA, Moore.

One specimen from the southern slopes is the only Nilgiri record
of this species.

1888. ] G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgiri District. Bol

30. MELANITES LEDA, Linnzus.

Form ismene, Cramer.

On the Nilgiris the specimens of the wet-season form, M. leda,
mostly have the fulvous markings of M. ismene, the dry-season form, on
the upperside.

31. MELANITIS ACULEATA, 0. sp.
Hasitat: Nilgiris N. slopes and Mysore forests, 3000 ft.
Expanse: 3°1 inches.

Dry-season form.

Description: Matz. Uppsrsipe, both wings uniform dark brown.
Forewing with the outer margin very strongly falcated; a large black
spot between the second and third median nervules, in the interspace
above it another black spot with an indistinct whitish one on its outer
edge, between this uppermost black spot and the costa a dusky ferru-
ginous patch. Hindwing with three sharp-pointed angulations on the
outer margin, two small white spots between the median nervules, and
one between the upper median and lower discoidal nervules. UNDmER-
SIDE, both wings ferruginous-brown, suffused with grey and ochreous
near the base and costa of forewing and in some specimens mottled
with black patches. Forewing with a brown fascia outside the cell
from the costa to near the hinder angle. Hindwing with a fascia
outside the cell from the costa to the abdominal margin ; some speci-
mens with a series of small white submarginal spots varying in number.
Femate. Rather smaller than the male. Uppsrsinn, forewing with two
white subapical spots. UNDERSIDE, both wings more variegated and the
ocellation more distinct. |

Wet-season form.
Differs only in having the outer margin of the forewing nearly
straight and the ferruginous subapical patch more obscure.
This species is the South Indian representative of M. ziteneus, being
slightly smaller than that species and with the subapical ferruginous

patch obscure. Described from six males and one female of the dry-
season brood and two males of the wet-season brood.

Subfamily Euymnunaz.

32. ELymMNniAs CAUDATA, Butler.

1000 ft. Bamboo jungle at the foot of the southern and western
slopes, rare.

Subfamily MorpHina.

33. DiscopHora LEPIDA, Moore.
One female seen on the western slopes in October, 1888, at 300 ft.

352 G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgirt District. No. 4,

Subfamily Acra#Ina.

34. TELCHINIA VIOLA, Fabricius.

Subfamily NympHaina.

35. ERGOLIS MERIONE, Cramer.

36. ERGOLIS TAPROBANA, Westwood.

37. ERGOLIS ARIADNE, Linneeus.

. Bysriia titHyi1a, Drury.

1000—3000 ft. Near tanks on the plains.
39. Euripus constminis, Westwood.

One specimen seen at the flower of Lantana at the north-western
corner of the Nilgiris, October, 1888.

40. CupHA ERYMANTHIS, Drury.

3000—6000 ft. Common.

Larva, pale apple-green with branching black spines. Pupa, pale
apple-green with three pairs of red and black frontal processes, and
red and black frontal streaks.

41. ATELLA PHALANTA, Drury.
42. CHTHOSIA MAHRATTA, Moore.

300—3500 ft. Common on the western slopes and a rare straggler

throughout the rest of the district.
43. CYNTHIA SALOMA, Swinhoe.

Both sexes common on the western slopes, rare throughout the rest
of the district.

44, RoHANA CAMIBA, Moore.

3000—6000 ft. The female very rare, the male not common.

45. Precis 1PpHiTa, Cramer.
46. JUNONIA ALMANA, Linnsous.

Form asterie, Linneus.

AY. JUNONIA ATLITES, Linneeus.
48, JUNONIA LEMONIAS, Linnzeus.
49, JUNONIA HIERTA, Fabricius.
50. JUNONIA ORITHYIA, Linneus.
51. Nepris HoRDONIA, Stoll.

Form plagiosa, Moore.

On the lower slopes the former is the wet-season form, the latter
the dry-season, on the plateau N. plagiosa occurs throughout the year.

52. Neptis virAsA, Moore.
One specimen taken on the western slopes in October 1888, at

“500 ft.

—— i eyes

1888. ] G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgiri District. 353

53, Nepris varmona, Moore.

Form swinhoet, Butler,

» eurymene, Butler.

N. euwrymene is the dry-season form, N. varmona, the wet-season, and
N. swinhoei, a variety of the former. Another small form is found on the
plateau exactly like N. astola from the N.-W. Himalayas, except that the
ground-colour of the underside is pale yellow.

54. NeEpris KAMARUPA, Moore.
3000—4000 ft. A quite distinct species, larger and with the
ground-colour of the underside a much brighter orange.
55. NeEptTis KALLAURA, Moore.
3000— 4000 ft. Rare.
56. Nerpris NANDINA, Moore.

3000—4000 ft. The width of the white bands on the underside
in these two species varies much and, though N. nandina is larger, I
doubt if they are distinct.

57. Nepris opH1ana, Moore, var. nilgirica, Moore, n.

Description: “ Allied to the Sikkimese N. ophiana, wings shorter.
Uprersipe, both wings with similarly disposed white markings. Fore-
wing with the discal series of spots much larger, the lower spot of the
middle pair being quadrate in shape (not obliquely triangular as in N.
ophiana) there are also two large spots in the lower pair instead of one
only as in N. ophiana. Hindwing with the medial band and discal spots
broader. UNpeErsiIpn, both wings bright red with broad markings as
above, and intervening outer narrow fascie. Hxpanse: 2°37 inches.”

Mr. F. Moore gives the above description as of a new species, and it
appears to be constant in this district, except that the colour of the under-
side varies, and the narrow outer fascie of the hiadwing are often
absent, but, as Mr. de Nicéville points out (‘‘ Butterflies of India,’ Vol.
II, p. 105) that in other localities the distinguishing characters are in-
constant, it is better it should rank asa variety. 3000—5000 ft. Not
uncommon.

58. Nepris sumpan, Moore.

3000—5000 ft. Common.

59. CIRRHOCHROA RELATA, de Nicéville.

60. CrirRHOCHROA THAIS, Fabricius.

61. CIRRHOCHROA SWINHOEI, Butler.

3000—6000 ft. Commoner on the southern than the northern
slopes. I do not believe in the distinctness of the above three forms; a
similar variety of O. swinhoei with the inner edge of the discal band of
forewing on underside not constricted at lower discoidal and first median
nervules occurs, and intermediate specimens are found,

46

304 G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgirt District. [No. 4,

62. Hyponimnas Bonina, Linneeus.
63. HyYPoLIMNAS MISIPPUS, Linneeus.
Three forms of the female occur ‘ mimicking” L. chrysippus, L.
alcippus, and L. dorippus.
64. ARGYNNIS NIPHE, Linneeus.
Confined to the plateau, where it is very common; much smaller
in size than North Indian specimens.
65. PARTHENOS VIRENS, Moore.
Common on the western slopes and occurs throughout the district
as a rare straggler.
66. Mopuza Pprocris, Cramer.
3000—4000 ft. Rare.
67. ATHYMA PERIUS, Linneeus.
3000—7000 ft.
68. AtTHYMA MAHESA, Moore.

3000—4000 ft. Rare. The dry-season form is larger than Sikkim
specimens of mahesa—not ranga—and has the markings similar, while
the wet-season form is smaller and has the markings on the upperside
reduced to the discal band on both wings, and on the forewing three
indistinct spots from the subcostal nervure and one in the cell.

69. ATHYMA SELENOPHORA, Kollar.
3000—5000 ft. Very rare.

I have only taken three males and
three females.

Compared with Sikkim specimens the male has the upper
spot of the discal band, on the forewing, smaller and rounder, the next
spot of the same size, then the rest of the band on both wings narrower.
70. ATHYMA INARINA, Butler.
3000 ft. ‘Two males which have the fulyous band on the upper-
side obsolescent, also one female on the western slopes.
71. SyMpH/ZDRA NAIS, Forster.
1000—3000 ft. In bamboo jungle.
72. EUTHALIA EVELINA, Stoll.
1000—4000 ft. Rare and difficult to catch.
73. HUTHALIA LEPIDEA, Butler.
2000—6000 ft. Rare.
74, WurHanta Garupa, Moore. .
1000—3000 ft. Rare.
75. HUTHALIA LUBENTINA, Cramer.
3000—4000 ft. Rare.
76, PYRAMEIS CARDUI, Linnezeus.
Confined to the plateau.
77. PyYRAMEIS INDICA, Herbst.
Confined to the plateau.

1888. ] G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgiri District. 35:

Or

78. VANESSA CANACE, Linneeus.

3000-——7000 ft.

Larva, orange and white in alternate segments, numerous black
spots on the orange segments, black streaks on the white, seven white
branching black-tipped spines on each orange segment. PupaA, varie-
gated reddish-brown with frontal gold and silver spots, head produced
and bifid.

Differs from the description of the early stages of V. haronica.

79. CyYRESTIS THYODAMAS, Boisduval.
Throughout the district. The yellow form does not occur.
80. Katia warpt, Moore.

2000—4000 ft. Rare on the northern, not uncommon on the
southern slopes. Comes freely to sugar. The prominence of the discal
spots varies much; rather larger and paler than specimens from Canara.

81. CHARAXES ATHAMAS, Drury.
Form samatha, Moore.
3000—4000 ft. Common.

82. CHARAXES FABIUS, Fabricius.
3000—4000 ft. Rare.

83. CHARAxes ImNA, Butler.

3000—4000 ft. Rare. The male has the basal fulvous area much
brighter than C. psaphon, the female is larger than the female of that
species = QO. serendiba, and has the apex of the forewing much more
produced, the shape of the white band and the black line defining its
inner margin varies much, and on the forewing the band sometimes
extends within the black line.

Family LEMONIID Ai.

Subfamily LipytHazina.

84. LipytHEA MYRRHA, Godart.
Form rama, Moore.
3000—7000 ft. The width of the markings varies much, some
specimens being typical L. myrrha, some intermediate, and some L. rama.
85. LispyrHua Lepita, Moore.
3000—4000 ft. Rare. All the markings are small, and the dis-
coidal streak, on the forewing, and two spots beyond it are well separated,
and the underside is more variegated compared to Kumaon specimens.

Subfamily Nempositna.

86. ABISARA SUFFUSA, Moore.
3000—5000 ft. Fairly common.

356 G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgirt District. [No. 4,

Family LYCANIDA.

87. SpaLais EpIus, Westwood.

2000—4000 ft. Commoner on the southern slopes than the
northern.

88. NzroPITHECOPS ZALMORA, Butler.

3000—4000 ft. The size of the white markings varies: much in
the several broods, but usually the dry-season form has much more white
on the upperside than the wet-season form, and the black markings of the
underside are smaller and fewer.

89, MerGIsBA THWAITESI, Moore.

2000—4000 ft. The acuteness of the forewing and the size of the

white discal patch vary slightly.
90. CureEtis TuETYS, Drury.

1000—3000 ft. Confined to the southern and western slopes and
very rare. The outer margin of the hindwing much rounded. Both
the orange and white forms of the female occur.

91. Cyaniris puspa, Horsfield.

Form lavendularis, Moore.

» lrlacea, var. n.

Description : Mats. Upprrsipe, both wings with no white on the
disc. Frmate. UPppErsipE, both wings with the whole white discal area
suffused with blue more especially towards the base. UNnprrsipn, both
wings as in the typical C. puspa. The seasonal broods do not differ.
Hasitat: Nilgiris southern slopes and Nellyampathy Hills, Cochin.

2000—4000 ft. The puspa form is smaller than Himalayan speci-
mens. The lavendularis form agrees with Ceylon specimens,

92. CyYANIRIS ALBIDISCA, Moore.

3000-—7000 ft. Common.

93, CyANIRIS LIMBATUS, Moore.
3000—7000 ft. Male very common; female rare, the whole disc

suffused with blue.
94, Cyantris AKASA, Horsfield.
6000—8000 ft. Confined to the plateau, where it is very common.
95, CHILADES LAIUS, Cramer.
1000—3000 ft. Found in cultivation at the base of the hills in the

cold weather.
96. CHILADES VARUNANA, Moore.
One pair taken on the western slopes in October 1888, at 300 ft.
97, ZizERA PUTLI, Kollar. |
1000—3000 ft. Found in cultivation at the base of the hills.
98, Zizera pyeM@A, Snellin.
1000—7000 ft.

888

|

Ral

_Ben

Tad
\

‘oO

horom«

2] et lith

Smit

J.

upelaurus cinereus

a

‘shodeuT) snaneyedny

“UAT Sou Use yUlyy *

sp “seq Te] wreyeg

1888. ] G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgiri District. 357

99. ZizmRA inpD1cA, Murray.

1000—7000 ft.

The black spots of the band on the underside of the forewing larger
than in Z. sangra.

100. ZizERA ossA, Swinhoe.

1000—7000 ft. Much paler than Z. maha. Male with the dusky
outer margin narrower. Female of the same colour—not dark as in
Z. maha—the apex of the forewing broadly dusky.

101. Azanus UBALDUS, Cramer.

1000—7000 ft. Rather rare.

102. AZANUS CRAMERI, Moore.

1000—3000 ft. Rare.

103. Tarucus PLINIvs,. Fabricius.

1000—7000 ft.

104, Tarucus NARA, Kollar.

Form callinara, Butler.

1000—3000 ft. Specimens differ much in size; the spots of the
underside are sometimes well separated, sometimes conjoined.

105. CASTALIUS DEcipEA, Hewitson.

Form interruptus, Moore.

» hamatus, Moore.

2000—5000 ft. OC. decidea is the wet-season form, OC. interruptus,
the dry-season form, and C. hamatus, which occurs on the southern and
western slopes, the dry-season form in regions of heavy rain-fall,

106, Casratius rostmon, Fabricius.

1000—7000 ft.

107. Castatius ETHION, Doubleday and Hewitson.

2000—4000 ft. In the female the blue markings of the male are
replaced by black.

108. CastTanius ANANDA, de Nicéville.

Common at the foot of the Nellyampathy Hills, Cochin, in November,
1882. In September, 188?, I took about a dozen males and one female at
5000 feet on the northern slopes of the Nilgiris. They were confined to
a few square yards and evidently belonged to one brood. I have never
seen the species since.

109. Hveres parruasivs, Fabricius.

1000—4000 ft.

110. JaAmipes Bocuus, Cramer.

1000—7000 ft.

111. Lycamnusrues tycanina, Felder.

2000—4.000 ft.

112. Nacapusa prominens, Moore.

2000—6000 ft,

358 G. F. Hampson— Butterflies of the Nilgiri District. [ No. 4,

113. NacapUBA MACROPHTHALMA, Felder,

2000—6000 ft. The male of the wet-season brood is paler in colour
than that of the dry-season brood, and has the areas between the discal
bands on both wings of a dusky black colour. The dusky patches
vary in extent and disposition.

114. Nacapupa vioLtA, Moore.

3000—4000 ft. April and May.

115. NAcADUBA ARDATES, Moore.
1000—4000 ft. The tailed and tailless forms occur in both sexes
throughont the year, and I believe them to be distinct species.
116. Nacapusa pana, de Nicéville.
2000—4000 ft. Common.
117. Nacapupa HAmpPsonI, de Nicéville.

2000—4000 ft. Male fairly common, female unknown. The wet-
season form has dusky markings on the underside similar to nhese: of
N. macrophthalma, but more variable in extent.

118. CatocHRYSOPs STRABO, Fabricius.
119. .CarocHrysops cNEJUS, Fabricius.
Form patala, Kollar.

» hapalina, Butler.

120. Potyommatus Baticus, Linneus,
121. LamprpEs #1LIANUS, Fabricius.
Form alexis, Stoll.
1000—4000 ft. The former the wet-season,the latter the dry-season
form.
122. LAMPIDES ELPIS, Godart.

1000—4.000 ft.

123. TAanicaADA NYSEUS, Guérin.

2000—8000 ft. Very common,

124. CATAP@CILMA ELEGANS, Druce.
2000—4000 ft. Fairly common.

125. Horaca onyx, Hewitson.

126. Horaca vioLa, Moore.

2000-—4000 ft. I have taken some thirty specimens of Horaga, and
all the dark ones (H. viola) are males, and all the blue ones (ZH. onyx)
females, and I believe the two forms are male and female of one species,
but as in Sikkim and the Himalayas both H. onyx and H. viola have the
sexes alike,—H. onyx male with secondary sexual characters on the
forewing—the Nilgiri form would be a distinct species, but proof is
wanting.

127. SirHon inpRA, Moore,

2000—5000 ft. Very rare.

————

1888.] G.F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgiri District. 359

128. Rarurnpa amor, Fabricius.

2000—4000 ft. Rare.

129. Iraora TIMOLEON, Stoll.

1000—3000 ft. The species, as usual, appears under two forms.
130. DEUDORIX EPIJARBAS, Moore.

2000—7000 ft.

131. VapEBRA ? LANKANA, Moore.

2000—3000 ft. Seven males and one female on the southern
slopes in April of this year. The generic name should be changed as
the genus of Hupleine has priority.

132. Zrstus CHRYSOMALLUS, Hiibner.
2000 ft. A single female in April of this year.
133. BaspaA MELAMPUS, Cramer.
2000-—7000 ft. Rare.
134. VIRACHOLA ISOCRATES, Fabricius.
2000—4000 ft. Much paler than North Indian specimens.
135. ViIRACHOLA PERSE, Hewitson.

2000—4000 ft. Some males have a patch of fulvous on the fore-
wing, others not.

136. RapaLA LAzuULINA, Moore.

2000—4000 ft. Common,

137. Ravana scuistacea, Moore.

2000—4000 ft. Common.

138. Rapaa pistorta, de Nicéville.

3000 ft. One female in August of this year on the southern
slopes, and eight females on the western slopes, 1000—2500 ft., in
September, 1888. Differs from the description and figure of R. distorta
in having the blue area on the upperside of both wings more restricted,
and on the underside the white lines more regular and split up into
well-defined lunules.

139. SpmINDASIS VULCANUS, Fabricius.
140. SpmInDASIS TRIFURCATA, Moore.
2000—4000 ft. Not common.
141. Sprnpasis Etima, Moore.
2000—4000 ft. Not uncommon.
142. Sprnpasis concana, Moore.

2000—4000 ft. Rather rare.

143. SPINDASIS LAZULARIA, Moore.

3000—4000 ft. Rare.

144. SprInDASIS ABNORMIs, Moore.

6000 ft. A male in Mr. Moore’s collection taken by Mr. A,
Lindsay, and a female in mine taken by Major-General Evezard, both at

360 G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgirt District. (No. 4,

Coonoor, are the only known specimens of this rare and distinct species.
As Mr. de Nicéville will describe the female in ‘ The Butterflies of
India,” Vol. III, it is unnecessary to do so here.

145. Prarapa cLEOBIS, Godart.

3000—6000 ft. Rare. Nilgiri specimens have the discal band on
the underside not bounded outwardly by a white line, and the markings
at the anal angle obsolescent compared with North Indian specimens.

146. Tasurra LonGiINuS, Fabricius.

2000—4000 ft. Rare.

147. TasuRIA MELASTIGMA, de Nicéville.

2000—3000 ft. I have taken two males and two females, and on
several occasions found wings on the ground. There is also a male in
Mr. A. Lindsay’s collection. Mr. de Nicéville will describe the female
in “ The Butterflies of India” Vol. III.

148. CHERITRA JAFFRA, Butler.

About fifteen specimens taken in September, 1888, on the western
slopes.

149. HypoLycm@NA NILGIRICA, Moore.

1000 ft. Described from a single male taken by Mr. A. Lindsay,
which is the only Nilgiri record of the species, though it has since been
taken in Ceylon.

150. Hypotycmna eTouus, Fabricius.

Three females taken on the western slopes in September, 1888, at
2,500 ft.

151. Loxura atymNnus, Cramer.

1000—4000 ft.

152. Loxura suryA, Moore.

About ten specimens taken on the western slopes in September,
1888, at 300—3000 ft.

153. BrnpAHARA suGRIVA, Horsfield.

2000—4000 ft. Fifteen males and one female this year, before
which I had not seen the species. The wet-season form is larger and
has the underside darker and yellower than the dry-season form.

154. SURENDRA TODARA, Moore.

2000—4000 ft. Common

155. AMBLYPODIA NARADOIDES, Moore.

Form darana, Moore.

2000—4000 ft. Fairly common on the southern slopes, rare on the
northern. The variety of the female without any blue on the upperside
(A. darana) is rare.

156. SATADRA CANARICA, Moore.

3500 ft. A single female March, 1887, on the northern slopes.

At least two species of Nilasera occur, which I have seen on one or

4 1888. ] G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgiri District. 361
two occasions, but been unable to capture ; one of the N. centaurus group,
the other with the variegated underside of the N. amantes group.

Family PAPILIONIDA.

Subfamily Prerina.

157. Leprosia x1pHia, Fabricius.

1000—7000 ft.

158. TeErRiAs HECABE, Linneus.

Form hecabeoides, Ménétriés.

» cesiope, Ménétriés.
» purrea, Moore.

» excavata, Moore.

» stlhetana, Wallace.
» wuniformis, Moore.

» swinhoei, Butler.

T. silhetana, uniformis, and swinhoei possibly form one distinct spe-
cies. The forms hecabeoides and cesiope were described from the West
Indies, and it seems scarcely probable they are Indian.

159. Terrias LyByTHEA, Fabricius.
Form drona, Horsfield.
» rubella, Wallace.
» venata, Moore.
» vrama, Moore.
T. venata and rama probably form a distinct species.
160. Terrias L2TA, Boisduval.
161. CarvopsILia cATILLA, Cramer.
162. CATOPSILIA CROCALE, Cramer.

These two species are doubtfully distinct, and uid are several
intermediate named forms.

163. CaropsiniaA GNoMA, Fabricius.

Form tlea, Fabricius.

164. CATOPSILIA PYRANTHE, Fabricius.

These two species again are doubtfully distinct. (. clea is inter-
mediate.

165. Ixtas pyrene, Linneus.
166, Ixtas pyrenassa, Wallace.

Form dharmsale, Butler.

The former is the wet-season brood, the latter the dry-season form.
167. IxIAs MERIDIONALIS, Swinhoe.

Form anubala, Swinhoe.

The former is the dry-season form, the latter the wet-season form.

4?

362 G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgirt District. [No. 4,

168. Ixtas aagniverna, Moore.
169. HeEsomora GLAUCIPPE, Linneeus.
170. CaALLOSUNE EUCHARIS, Fabricius.

Form pseudevanthe, Butler.

The former is the dry-season form, the latter the wet-season form.
171. CaALLOSUNE ETRIDA, Boisduval. -

Form pernotatus, Butler.

» purus, Butler.
» otmbura, Butler.

CO. bimbura is the cold weather form.
172. CALLOSUNE DANA, Fabricius.
173. Ipmatis amata, Fabricius.

1000—3000 ft. Common.

174. Ipmais TRipuNocTA, Butler.

1000 ft. At the base of the southern slopes. The genera
Callosune and Idmais frequent the plains at the base of the Nilgiris
and only appear on the plateau as stragglers.

175. CoLIAS NILAGIRIENSIS, Felder.

Confined to the plateau.

176. HyposcRITIA NARENDRA, Moore.

2000—4000 ft.

177. CATOPHAGA WARDI, Moore.

178. CATOPHAGA PAULINA, Cramer.
179. CatTopHAGA NEoMBO, Boisduval.
180. CATOPHAGA GALENA, Felder.
181. CaTOPHAGA LANKAPURA, Moore.

2000—7000 ft. OC. wardi is the most distinct of the above five
forms.

182. Appras vacans, Moore.

1000—3000 ft. Rare. A slight, but apparently constant variety
of A. hippoides, differing from it in having dark markings at the base of
the hindwing on the underside.

188. APpPiIAS LIBYTHEA, Fabricius.

1000—3000 ft. Rare.

184. GANORIS GLICIRIA, Cramer.

Confined to the plateau. Nulgiri specimens are darker than Hima-
layan ones, especially on the underside of the hindwing,

185. HupyHina PHRYNE, Fabricius.

Form cassida, Fabricius.

The former is the wet-season, the latter the dry-season form.
186. HuUpPHINA zEUXIPPE, Cramer.

A quite distinct species with sharper apex to the forewing, and
more powerful flight.

1888. ] G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgiri District. 363

187. Hupnina remBa, Moore.

Common on the western slopes, a rare straggler thoughout the rest
of the district.

188. BrLENOIS MESENTINA, Cramer.

Form awriginea, Butler.

» lordaca, Walker.

1000—8000 ft. B. auriginea is the wet-season, B. lordaca the
dry-season form, and B. mesentina the wet-season form from dry localities
and high elevations ; it is found on the plateau.

189. Nepheronia fraterna, Moore.

Form ceylonica, Felder.

1000—3000 ft. The former is the dry-season, the latter the wet-
season form.

190. NrPHERONIA PINGASA, Moore.
1000 ft. The western slopes and Malabar. A form from regions
of heavy rain-fall. |
191. NepnHeronia cma, Felder.
1000—3000 ft. The Indian form of the Burmese N. valeria,
192. Dertias EUCHARIS, Drury.
1000—7000 ft.

Subfamily PApriLioninz.

193. Papriio (ORNITHOPTERA) MINOS, Cramer.
3000—7000 ft.
194, Papitio (CHILASA) DISSIMILIS, Linneeus.
1000—4000 ft. Rare.
195. Papitio (Cuizasa) cLyt1A, Linneeus.
I000—4000 ft. Rare.
196. Papitio (CHILASA) DRAVIDARUM, Wood- Mason.
Common in the western slopes, rare on the northern.
197. Papitio (MENELAIDES) PANDIANA, Moore.
Confined to the western slopes, 1000—3000 ft., where it is common.
198. Papinio (MENELAIDES) HECTOR, Linneeus.
1000—7000 ft.
199. Papitio (MENELAIDES) ARISTOLOCHIZ, Fabricius.
1000—7000 ft.
200. Papinio (ORPHEIDES) ERITHONIUS, Cramer.
1000—-7000 ft.
201. Papiuio (LAmRTIAS) PAMMON, Linneeus.
1000— 7000 ft. The three forms of the female occur,
202. Papitio (CHARUS) DAKSHA, n, sp.
Papilio daksha, Moore, MS,

364 G. F. Hampson-—Butterflies of the Nilgiri Drstrict. [No. 4,

“ Allied to C. helenus. Differs in its more triangular form of fore-
wing. Hindwing with the three white (very pale yellow) patches, as
seen on the upperside, much wider in both sexes, the upper portion
being twice the width of that in C. helenus, and the lower portion ex-
tends to, and slightly crosses, the discocellular. On the underside, the
erey-speckled fascia on the forewing is narrower, and crosses the discal
area midway between the end of the cell and exterior margin; the
white patches on the hindwing are of the same width as seen from
above, and form a complete continuous band, cut evenly by the slender
black veins (not disconnected as they are in C. helenus) ; the sub-
marginal and anal red lunules are similarly disposed, but in both sexes
there are two small lunules between the subanal and the white patch.”

“ Hxpanse 6 5, Q 5% inches.”

“This species is to P. helenus what P. tamilana is to P. paris.”

1000—7000 ft. Common. Larva like that of P. helenus as figured
by Horsfield and Moore, feeds on orange, and has the power of protru-
ding two pink horns from the head with a delicious scent; it will
always do this if taken up by a pair of scissors as by the beak of a bird.

203. Papriio (HARIMALA) CRINO, Fabricius.

1000—3000 ft.

204. Paprrio (HARIMALA) BUDDHA, Westwood.

Confined to the western slopes, where it is not uncommon.

205. Paprnio (ACHILLIDES) TAMILANA, Moore.

3000—7000 ft. From April to June. Not uncommon,

206. Papitio (ILIADES) POLYMNESTOR, Cramer.

2000—7000 ft.

207. Papinio (PaTHysA) Nomius, Esper.

1000 ft. One specimen.

208. Paprtio (DALCHINIA) TEREDON, Felder.

2000—7000 ft.

209. Papiuio (DALCHINIA) THERMODUSA, Swinhoe.

3500 ft. The northern slopes, two specimens February, 1886, and
February, 1888.

210. Papriuio (ZetipEs) poson, Felder.

1000—6000 ft. Rather rare.

211. Papinio (ZETIDES) AGAMEMNON, Linneeus.

1000—7000 ft.

212. Papitio Liomepon, Moore. |

The western slopes, 2500 ft. Two specimens, September, 1888,

Family HESPERIIDA.

213. BADAMIA EXCLAMATIONIS, Fabricius.
3000—7000 ft. The two wet-season broods only.

1888. ] G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgiri District. 365

214. CHOASPES BENJAMINI, Guérin.
Confined to the plateau. The two wet-season broods only.
215. CHoasprs Gomata, Moore.
6000 ft. One male at tea blossom, October, 1887.
216. ISMENE HELIRIUS, Cramer.
3000—6000 ft. Common at tea blossom. The two wet-season
broods only, July and October.
217. ParatTa cHRoMUS, Cramer.
3000—6000 ft.
218. Parata auexis, Fabricius.
3000—7000 ft.
219. Btiparis sena, Moore.
3000—6000 ft. Rare.
220. Baracus suspirus, Moore.
2000—4000 ft. Common on both northern and southern slopes.
Four broods.
221. BARACUS SEPTENTRIONIS, Wood-Mason & de Nicéville.
2000—4,000 ft. The southern slopes only. Common and has four
broods.
222. ASTICTOPTERUS STELLIFER, Butler.
2000—4000 ft.
223. ASTICTOPTERUS SUBFASCIATUS, Moore.
About forty specimens taken in September, 1888, on the western
slopes, at 500—3000 ft.
224. Marapa arta, Moore.
2000—6000 ft. Rare.
225. GANGARA THYRSIS, Fabricius.
2000—6000 ft. Rare.
226. ParNnarRa KUMARA, Moore.
2000—6000 ft. Common.
227. Parnara TOONA, Moore.
Three specimens taken in September, 1888, on the western slopes.
228. PaRNARA NAROOA, Moore.
2000 —4000 ft. Not uncommon.
229. ParNARA BEVANI, Moore.
2000—4000 ft.
230. PAaRNARA BADA, Moore.
1000 —4,000 ft.
231. Suastus gremivs, Fabricius.
1000—6000 ft. Not common.
232. Suastus apitus, Moore.
2500 ft. ‘Twenty-five specimens taken in September, 1888, on the

366 G. F. Hampson— Butterflies of the Nilgiri District. [No. 4,

western slopes. Differsfrom Andaman specimens in the spots of the
forewing being smaller, the underside of the hindwing being suffused
on the disc with purple.

233. SUASTUS SUBGRISEUS, Moore.

3500 ft. Northern slopes, one specimen.
234. CHAPRA MATHIAS, Fabricius.
2000—6000 ft.

235. CHapra agna, Moore.
2000—4000 ft.

236. CHAPRA PROMINENS, Moore.’
2000—4000 ft.

237. TELIcoTA BAMBUSa, Moore.
2000—6000 ft.

238. PapRAoNna DARA, Kollar.
2000—4000 ft. Underside greenish.

939. PapRAONA PSEUDOMmSA, Moore.
2000—4000 ft. Underside ochreous.

240. PapRAONA MHSOIDES, Butler.

2000—4.000 ft. Markings on underside of hindwing defined with
black.

241. PapRAoNA GoLA, Moore.

2000—4000 ft.

Another form of Padraona occurs with the fulvous markings occu-
pying the greater part of the upperside of the forewing. I do not knuw
if it has been described. It is nearest to P. gola.

242. CUPITHA PURREA, Moore.

2000—4000 ft. Rare.
243. AMPITTIA MARO, Fabricius.
1000—3000 ft. Not common.

944, TARACTROCERA CORAMAS, Hewitson.

Confined to the plateau, where it swarms on grass-land from June
to November.

945. TARACTROCERA M&VIUS, Fabricius.

3000 ft. The northern slopes, four specimens, July, 1888.

246. THANAOS INDISTINOTA, Moore.

3000. Theforest below the northern slopes,from July to November,
947. Hare BeTURIA, Hewitson.
2000—4000 ft. Rare.

948. Hare ceyLonica, Moore.
2000—4000 ft. Common.

949, Harpe sitaua, de Nicéville.
3000—5000 ft. Not common,

1888. ] G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgiri District. 367

250. Hare Honore, de Nicéville.
300—4000 ft.

251. Hap cerata, Hewitson.

About thirty specimens taken on the western slopes in Soubenner
1888.

252. IsoTHINON VINDHIANA, Moore.

253. IsoTEINON NILGIRIANA, Moore.

254. Isorztnon mopusta, Moore.

I. vindhiana is, I think, the dry-season form of I. nilgiriana, and
TI. modesta, described from a single specimen taken by Mr. A. Lindsay, a
variety. |
2000—4000 ft. I. nilgiriana and I. vindhiana common. I. modesta
I have never taken.
255. GOoMALIA ALBOFASCIATA, Moore.
1000—3000 ft. Found in cultivation on the plains, rare.
256. Pyrous GauBa, Fabricius,
1000—8000 ft.

257. HyYAROTIS ATRATUS, Fabricius.

2000—4000 ft. Not,uncommon on the southern slopes, rare on
the northern.
258. TAGIADES ATTICUS, Fabricius.
2000—5000 ft.

259. TacrapEs opscurus, Mabille.
2000—5000 ft. Not common.

260. PLESIONEURA LEUCOCERA, Kollar.
2000—5000 ft. Common.

261. PLESIONEURA FUSCA, n. Sp.

Hasitat: Nilgiris and Shevaroy Hills.

EXpaNnse: 1°7 inches.

Description. Differs from P. spilothyrus in having the cilia of the
hindwing alternately black and white as in P. leucocera; the costal
bifid spot of the discal series, on the forewing, white, not ochreous; the
underside mottled with obscure grey; the latter half of the antenne, in
the male, white. The two lower spots of the subapical series, on the
forewing, are often wanting, also the lowest spot of the discal series.
Very near to P. nigricans, de Nicéville.

2000—4000 ft. Not uncommon.

262. PLESIONEURA SPILOTHYRUS, Felder.

2500 ft. The western slopes, two specimens, September, 1888,

263. PLESIONEURA AMBAREESA, Moore.

2000—6000 ft. Not uncommon on the southern slopes, rare on
the northern.

368 G. F. Hampson—Butterflies of the Nilgiri District. [No. 4,

264, PLestoneuRA ALYsos, Moore.

3600 ft. One specimen on the northern slopes.
265. PLESIONEURA RESTRICTA, Moore.

2000—4000 ft. Rare.
266. PLESIONEURA BASIFLAVA, de Nicéville.

About twenty specimens taken in September, 1888, on the western

slopes, at 2000—3000 ft.
267. UpaAsprEs FoLUS, Cramer.
1000—7000 ft. Not common.
268. CoLADENIA DAN, Fabricius.
2000—4000 ft.
269. CoLADENIA TISsA, Moore.
2000—4.000 ft. Fairly common, a geopraphical race of C. indranz.
270. ABARATHA RANSONNETII, Felder.

Form taylori, de Nicéville.

The latter is the dry-season form ; specimens occur with the ground-
colour of every shade between pale chestnut and nearly black.
271. ABARATHA AGAMA, Moore.
3000 ft. One specimen taken by Mr. Alfred Lindsay on the
southern slopes. ©
272. TApENA THWAITESI, Moore,
2000—4000 ft. Not uncommon.
273. ANTIGONUS ANGULATA, Felder.

2000—4000 ft. Not uncommon. Probably this is the species
recorded from the Nilgiris as A. potiphera in Kirby’s Synonymic
Catalogue.

274, SARANGESA DASAHARA, Moore.
1000—3000 ft. The western slopes, not common.
275. SARANGESA ALBICILIA, Moore.

2500 ft. The western slopes, two specimens, September, 1888.
It differs from Ceylon specimens in being dusky instead of white on the
underside of the hindwing.

1888.) S. A. Hill—Psychrometer and Condensing Hygrometer. 369

XV.—The Psychrometer and the Condensing Hygrometer.—By 8. A. H111,
B. Se., Meteorological Reporter to the Government of the North-Western
Provinces and Oudh.

[Received August 23rd s—Read November 7th, 1888. |

In continuation of his classical researches into the thermal pro-
perties of aqueous vapour, Regnault turned his attention to the subject
of hygrometry, and a translation of his paper on this subject will be
found in Taylor’s Scientific Memoirs, Vol. IV. The original paper in
the Comptes Rendus is, I believe, not accessible in India, or at all events,
in Allahabad. As the outcome of his researches he gave to the world
a perfected form of the chemical or absorption hygrometer, a new and
improved variety of condensing hygrometer, and an improved formula
for reducing the readings of the psychrometer, or combination of dry
and wet-bulb thermometers used as an instrument for determining the
degree of moisture of the air.

The chemical hygrometer remains much as Regnault left it, but
various other forms-of condensing or dew point instruments have since
been invented, though they are not much, if at all, known, in this
country. The best of these are two invented by Alluard and Crova,
Reenault’s countrymen, and both of them are constructed on the same
principle as his, viz., that of cooling down a polished metallic vessel, by
the evaporation of ether or some other volatile liquid inside it, until dew
begins to be deposited on the surface, and noting the temperature at
which this effect occurs by means of a thermometer immersed in the
liquid. The chief difficulty in the use of Regnault’s form of this instru-
ment is that the small silver capsule (now generally replaced by an
electro-plated one of thin brass) in which the ether is evaporated is diffi-
cult to maintain in as high a state of polish as is desirable, owing not only
to its liability to be scratched, but to the tendency of the silver to become
tarnished by accidental overflows of the ether. The consequence of a
loss of polish from any cause is that dew is not observed until the tem-
perature has fallen somewhat below the proper dew point. In Alluard’s
instrument, this difficulty is supposed to be got over by substituting for
the silver surface one of gilt brass, which is much less liable to tarnish,
and in Crova’s instrument, by making the silver vessel in the form of a
hollow cylinder with a horizontal axis, on the inner surface of which
cylinder dew is observed by looking through it parallel to the axis.
Even with Reguault’s original instrument the difficulty is not a serious
one, if care be taken to have the vessel properly burnished to start with,
to repolish it with fine rouge immediately before each series of obser-

48

370 S. A. Hill—Psychrometer and Condensing Hygrometer. [No. 4,

vations, and to place behind it a dark coloured screen when it is in use.
For the purpose of the second series of observations, given below, the
vessel belonging to one of Regnault’s instruments, made about 15 years
ago by Casella, was freshly electro-plated, burnished, and polished by my
own hands.

An objection to the use of all condensing hygrometers which at
first sight appears a serious one has been put forward in Symons’
Monthly Meteorological Magazine for June 1885 by Mr. R. Strachan,
who says, “A condensing hygrometer, whether Daniell’s, Regnault’s,
Dines’s, or Alluard’s, has the thermometer’s bulb immersed in a cooling
medium and one surface of the dew plate is also in contact with the
cooling medium, but the surface upon which the dew is formed is cooled
by conduction, and is exposed to the air, which may be many degrees,
00 or 60, or more, warmer. In these circumstances when dew appears
the theriaometer must be colder than the outside of the plate. When
the dew disappears the thermometer cannot have received the same
addition of heat as the outer surface of the plate.” Had there been
any real weight in this objection, it would have doubtless been an-
ticipated by Regnault, who, however, merely says that the surface
on which the dew is deposited has the same temperature as the
liquid, because the metal is very thin and is in immediate contact
with the liquid, which must have sensibly the same temperature
throughout, since it is constantly stirred by the bubbles of air. A
little calculation will prove that, though the outside of the vessel is no
doubt warmer than the inside, as Mr. Strachan suggests, the difference
is so small as to be of no consequence whatever.

Suppose the vessel to be made of copper and to be 5 of an inch
thick. It is usually made of brass coated with silver, the combination
having probably about half the conducting power of copper, and being
therefore equivalent to one of copper twice as thick. Nowat page 216
of Professor Tait’s book on Heat are given several experimental values
for the thermal conductivity of copper, ranging from 411 to 2°04, on the
pound, foot, and second system of units, the mean of all the values being
_ 3°38. This is the number of thermal units which would be transmitted
per second through a square foot of a plate one foot thick, if the two
surfaces were kept at temperatures differing by 1°. Through a super-
ficial area of 1 square foot and a thickness of 3, inch the flow of heat
would be 3:3 x 12 x 50 = 1980 units per second. Under the as-
sumption made about the metal actually employed, the heat trans-
mitted would be half this or 990 units per second. Now suppose this
heat is brought to the plate by air blowing at the rate of 20 miles per
hour,—a somewhat extreme assumption, at any rate in India, In one

wT

a ee +

1888.] §S. A. Hill—Psychrometer and Condensing Hygrometer. 371

a = = 29°33 cubic feet will come in contact with the
given surface. Under ordinary circumstances the mass of a cubic foot
of air is about 0:08 ib., and its specific heat is 0'2375; therefore the
total thermal capacity of the air which impinges on the square foot in
one second is 29°33 x 0:08 x ‘2375 = 0°55. Let this air be cooled
from 105.°2 F. to 30°7° F. This is the extreme case presented by the
observations below, and is a much greater difference of temperature
than any contemplated by Mr. Strachan. The air which reaches the
plate every second will yield only (105°2—30°7) x 0°55 = 40:975 ther-
mal units. Supposing this heat to be all taken up and transmitted by
the plate, it can only produce a difference of temperature between the
40°975
990

Now, when experimenting in the open air, it is found impossible to
determine the dew point witha degree of precision more minute than one
or two tenths of a degree, however delicate the apparatus may be, as
the dew point is constantly varying; hence a source of error which can
never under any circumstances actually occurring affect the observations
to the extent of more than 3; of a degree may be safely neglected.

An important practical difficulty in the use of any form of conden-
sing hygrometer in very dry, hot weather, and one which renders the
use of Daniell’s instrument impossible under such circumstances, is that,

second

= 0'0414° F, or only about 3; of a degree.

two sides equal to

without artificial cooling by some other means, it is almost impossible,

by blowing or aspiration, to make ether evaporate rapidly enough to
cool the liquid and the vessel which contains it down to the dew point,
and maintain them at or near that temperature for an appreciable
length of time. A more volatile liquid, like bisulphide of carbon, would
probably do better, but apart from the objection to the use of this liquid
on account of its evil smell, it cannot be used, because its fumes in-
stantly tarnish the brightly polished silver surface. In the Allahabad.
observations 1 and 2 of the second series, tabulated below, this difficulty
was got over by passing the current of air from the mouth through a
small flask packed round with crushed ice in a covered beaker, which
was placed about 18 inches from the hygrometer and on the leeward
side of it. The breath before bubbling through the ether was thug
cooled down almost to the dew point of the external air, and its excess
of moisture was removed by condensation in the flask. Such a method
of attaining the desired result would have been inadmissible in a place
altogether devoid of ventilation, but no objection to it can arise when
the instruments are directly exposed to our April hot winds.

In all the observations printed in Table I., the thermometer readings

372 S. A. Hill—Psychrometer and Condensing Hygrometer. [No. 4,

have been corrected for scale error, as determined by comparison in
water with a Kew standard. For the second series, these errors were
re-determined, and the standard thermometer verified at the freezing
point, at the beginning of April. The dew point thermometer is one of
Casella’s with a cylindrical bulb anda long scale which may be read
off with ease to the tenth of a degree from a distance of three or four
feet. The dry and wet bulb instruments are by Hicks. They have
spherical bulbs about § of an inch in diameter and they have been very
carefully graduated, their corrections to the standard at the present time
being as follows :—

No. 7 (Dry) No. 8 (Wet)
Below 85°, — 0°7° Below 57°, — 0°7°
Above 85°, — 0°8° Above 57°, — 0°8°

The condensing hygrometer is much more sensitive, or responds
much more readily, to variations in the dew point than does the wet
bulb thermometer. This may be partly the effect of its thermometer
having a large cylindrical bulb and a capillary tube. Thus, when both
instruments were exposed to a hot wind on the afternoon of the 7th
April at Allahabad, the following fluctuations of the dew point were
observed in a period of less than three minutes: 36°9°, 35:9°, 33 7°,
34:5°, 30°7°, 844°. During this time the dry thermometer varied from
1042° to 105°2° and back again to 104°3°, whilst the wet bulb stood
constant at 66°7°.

Every dew point observation in the table, except No. 4 of Series II,
represents the mean of at least four separate observations, made alter-
nately at the moments of appearance and disappearance of dew. Hvery
entry under dry bulb and wet bulb temperatures is the mean of two
observations made immediately before and directly after the correspond-
ing dew point observations, and the time to which they are referred is
approximately the mean time of the whole set of observations.

Except in the Allahabad observations, in which I was assisted by
Pandit Soti Raghubans Lal, a student in the M. A. class of the Muir
College, all the observations have been made by myself. The second
series has been expressly designed to determine if possible the influence
of various degrees of ventilation upon the indications of the psychro-
meter,

}
;
1
.
:
q

1888.] S.A. Hill—Psychrometer and Condensing Hygrometer. 373

Taste I.—Hygrometric Observations.

CoRRECTED

re READINGS. Fa

o|.2 : Place of Pane: Ba pelle
E 5 Locality. Gbeerrakow Date. | Hour. = = 2 8 Ventilation.
Dlr mo; | A =

mB | 5 e OQ

taal

AIE!IS4

H. M °o oO io} M/

_.| 1| Naini Tal. Verandah. | May 1 |10—30| 73:3) 56:0) 41°5| 23°70 |Light breeze.
r| 2| Ranikhet.| Obsy. shed. | AE 70°5| 51:8] 26:2} 24°10 Calm.
| 3|Badri Nath} Open hillside. | _,, 17 |15—40| 59:2) 49°7| 41°8| 20°59 |Fresh breeze.
—| 4 Do. Do. 5s. { ESaS 58°5) 461) 35°8| 20°61 | Strong wind.
=e Dobri. Do. os SOEL 68°5| 58°6| 51°4| 22°45 Calm.

1|Allahabad.| Laboratory. |April 17|11—15} 92:4) 67:2! 38°0| 29°40”| Slight, from
punkha over-

head.
2 Do. Do. ce 12 92°2] 67:2! 39-2) 29:38 Do.
3 Do, CollegeCorridor - 13 104:5| 66 °7| 35°3| 29°35 | Hot wind.
4 Do. Do. nf 13—15|105:2) 66°7| 30°7| 29°35 | Strong hot
gust
5|Mussoorie. Verandah {April 26/15—15| 69:9} 54:2| 30°2| 23:56 Calm.
6 Do. Do. a 15—30) 71:3] 540) 26°7| 23°55 Do.
if Do. Do. 15—45| 71:4) 49°5| 19°9) 23°55 | Artificial
ventilation.
8 Do. Do. May = 1\14—45) 59°8] 53-9] 48:0) 23:50 Calm.
9 Do. Do. 3 15—10| 60°3) 52°71) 45°7| 23:50 | Artificial
2 vent.
2 10 Do. Do. er 15—20| 60:1] 53:2) 45:1) 23°50 Very light
air.
Shy Chakrata.| In Doorway. | ,, 14/13 75°2| 5'7°7| 88°7| 23°39 Calm.
4/12} Deoban. | Open forest. | ,, 15|10 643] 48°3] 32°3] 21°49 Breeze.
13 Do. Do. 5 10—20]} 65:4] 48°6| 32:2) 21°49 Do.
14) Lakwar. | In Doorway. | ,, 17|12 85°1| 65:0) 445) 25°81 Calm.
15 Do. Do. re 12—30| 86:8] 62°1| 43-6] 25°80 | Artificial
vent.
16| Dehra. Verandah |June 14)13—30| 93:9) 71:2) 54°6| 27°52 | Light air.
17 Do. Do. ; 13—45| 94-3] 69°7| 52°3| 27°52 Do.
18) Mussoorie. Do. July 2\17—15) 69:3] 61:2) 53-8] 23 50 Calm.
19 Do. Do. e 17—30| 69:3] 59°6| 52°6| 23:51 | Artificial
; vent.
20 Do. Do. is 17—40}| 69-3] 60°7| 52°7| 23°51 Calm.
21| Allahabad.| Laboratory. |July 28/12—50| 80:1| 77:3) 75:8) 29°15 | Slight from
punkha.
22 Do. Corridor. rs 13—30| 79°4| 77°6| 76:9] 29:13 Breeze.

In Regnault’s memoir, above referred to, what is known as the
convection theory of the psychrometer, first worked out by August, is
given, It assumes that there is a current of air, either vertical or hori-
zontal, that the air arrives in the vicinity of the wet thermometer with
the temperature indicated by the dry one, and goes away with the tem-
perature of the wet one, and that whilst in contact with the wet bulb it

374 S. A. Hill—Psychrometer and Condensing Hygrometer. [No. 4,

becomes completely saturated with moisture. These assumptions lead to
the formula,

s

q b= 8)-%

j=7 ae in which the symbols have the following mean-

ings :—

f = pressure of water vapour actually present in the air ;

jf’ = pressure of saturated vapour at the temperature ’ ;

¢ = temperature of air ;

t’ = temperature of wet bulb;

h = height of the barometer ;

s = specific heat of air under the actual conditions ;

d= density of vapour compared to the actual air if the pressures
and temperatures were equal ;

I= Latent heat of evaporation at the temperature ¢’.

Dr. Apjohn, about the same time as August, arrived at a formula
identical in form with August’s, but differing in the value assigned to

the factor at Clerk Maxwell afterwards constructed a more elaborate

formula, in which the effects of radiation and diffusion were taken
into account, but which, by neglecting small quantities of the second
order, reduces into a form similar to that here given.

To enable us to deduce with precision the hygrometic condition of
the air from the readings of the dry and wet bulb thermometers, it is
therefore only necessary to determine exactly the value of the constant A.
of the formula f= f’ — A (¢—?@) h. With the best values of s, d, and L
known in 1845, the value of A, when the thermometers are centigrade,

becomes pore a formula giving for ordinary temperatures results
differing very little from those computed by Apjohn’s formula, in
which a constant value of the latent heat of evaporation is assumed.
To verify this formula (which, with the true values of the three quan-
tities entering into the factor A, as afterwards determined, should have
0°38 in the numerator instead of 0°429), Regnault instituted a long and
very careful series of comparisons between the indications of a psychro-
meter placed outside his laboratory window and the results obtained by
means of a chemical hygrometer through which air from the space be-
tween the two thermometers was drawn. The degrees of humidity
calculated from the psychrometric observations by means of the formula
were found to be in almost every case too high; but, when the degree
of humidity was above 40 per cent., the psychrometer was found to give
results in close accordance with the truth when the numerator of A was

ee on

1888.] 8S. A. Hill—Psychrometer and Condensing Hygrometer. 375

altered from 0°429 to 0°48, though, for lower degrees of humidity, this
alteration made the air appear too dry. The same was found to be the
case with aseries of observations made in the Pyrenees by M. Izaru at
a mean atmospheric pressure of 700 millimetres, the standard observa-
tions for comparison being those of a condensing hygrometer.

In Regnault’s class-room, with the doors and windows closed and
no sensible circulation of air, it was found that, by using the same for-
mula, the humidity deduced was much too high, or that the factor A
must for still air be considerably increased.

Since 1845, many observers have attempted to verify or improve
upon Regnault’s results—amongst them Mr. H. F. Blanford, F. R. S.,
who, in 1876, published, in the Journal of this Society (Part II, VII),
an account of observations made in various parts of India with a view
to determine which formula of reduction was best suited to the condi-
tions obtaining in this country. Mr. Blanford’s general conclusion was
that the dew point computed by August’s formula, with Regnault’s
constants, from observations of the psychrometer made under an open
shed, comes very near to that observed with a condensing hygrometer,
even when the dew point is more than 40° below the temperature of the
air. Both Apjohn’s formula and Glaisher’s factors give too high a
result. This conclusion is verified by the observations now published,
of which the first series has already appeared in the Indian Meteorolo-
gical Memoirs, Vol. I. In Table II. the absolute and relative humidities
as given by the dew point instrument and deduced from the psychrome-
tric observations by August’s formula are compared, and it will be seen
that, whereas in still air, whether in the interior of a room or in a veran-
dah without a thorough draught, the deduced humidities are invariably
too high, the formula gives results agreeing closely with the truth when-
ever there is fair ventilation.

In very strong winds the formula gives results slightly too low,
for in such conditions the assumptions underlying the theory are more

or less completely verified and the theoretical value of = should be used

instead of the modified value adopted by Regnault.

376 S. A. Hill—Psychrometer and Condensing Hygrometer. [No. 4,

Taste II.—Deduced Results.

By August’s Formula.

From : ner Difference
s Dew Point. | f=f’— ulcer Ad computed—observed.
Se Ie 1130——t ,
lel aa les ree
4 oe rs | Vapour Relative | Vapour | Relative
sd 'o § | tension. | Humidity.| tension. | Humidity.
> 2 a i
Mt ° 4 if
Se) al 2669 dias 2669 32 +0040 0 “00083
A Aion 3 as) "1859 25 + °0448 + 6 ‘00098
a 3} °2659 | 53 *2'709 53 + °0050 0 "00084:
= 4| °2109 | 43 "1996 41 — 0113 — 2 00072
i 5} °3808 | 55 3935 56 +°0127 cmeet ‘00092
1] °2298 15 *3330 22 +°1032 + 7 °00106
2| ‘2406 16 3359 22 +°0953 + 6 "00105
3] °2068 9 1555 Z —°0513 — 2 00073
4| °1716 8 "1462 6 — 0254 — 2 ‘00077
By L679 | 923 "2567 35 +°0888 +12 00124
6| 1442 19 °2370 31 +0928 +12 ‘00121
Hho. 14 "1260 16 +°0189 + 2 "00087
8} °3359 65 3553 69 +0194, + 4 "00105
: 9} °3083 59 3049 58 — "0034 —1 "00077
co | 10) 3015 58 3344 64 +0329 + 6 00117
& 11} ‘2361 27 "2952 34, +°0591 + 7 °00107
eb B82 71837 30 1871 31 +0034 = ae & "00082
fe 13} :1830 | 29 "1832 29 +0002 0 "00082
14 +2946 24, 3850 32 +0904 + 8 "00112
15} °2846 | 22 2728 21 —0118 — 1 ‘00077
16} °4280 26 °4822 30 +°0542 + 4 ‘00097
17} °3936 24, "4.208 26 +°0272 + 2 ‘00089
18] °4156 58 ‘A863 68 +°0707 +10 00119
19}' #3979 56 4096 57 +°0117 oe | "00090
20) °3993 56 "44.15 62 +0422 + 6 ‘00118
21| °8931 87 "9013 88 + 0082 “+ ‘00100
22) °9261 92 "9240 92 —°0021 0 *00075

If we neglect the variations of L, which are not great for the range
of temperature with which we have to dealin Indian meteorology, the
mean value of A, in the formula adopted, for centigrade degrees and or-
dinary temperatures is about ‘00080; or, if we include these variations,

A ranges from ‘00077 to ‘00082. The theoretical value when = 0°38 is

‘00063. With these may be compared some other results by the same
and other observers :—

PDVODD, 25. ceses ses covevecessnesvsayshevapeushtbvers svrzeccvecccsvsercsvs aan

Meorailt, tm Still air’ asics vsvcvavevsseoeessccsdeevesesnensccss be. eh

Do. MUS OOM GAT WAGE WAT sis ceessscan nas vies'nd 600 cee900555 ee

1888.] 8S. A. Hill—Psychrometer and Condensing Hygrometer. 377

Bwory kin, With fair’ Vorntabion ....00...ssescccersservecesscassuses *“OUOCS
Doyeére, with sling thermometers ....scssccctesssssccsscecesseesee “00069
Blanford, under thermometer Sheds .....s.sesccssesesssessessseee “OO0083

MING cca Vy sare cuy sect vrapp vavaen ist revs enlace sae'eee sve aesde aa divas” OOUGD
Chistoni 000608 888 208 58H 888 OFF Foe 608 88598 98 9H 08 O98 850 O88 088 88R eG Gees ‘00085
Hazen, with artificial ventilation .....,.secsscssssscsoseessessesee “OO068

In the last column of Table II. the value of this factor derived from
each set of ooservations is given. The extreme values shown in that
column, ‘00124 and ‘00072, are almost identical with those found by
Regnault. The mean for the 11 sets of observations with good venti-
lation is ‘00078, for the 9 with bad ventilation, ‘00111, and for the 7
with slight but insufficient ventilation, ‘00101. The fact that substanti-
ally the same values have been found for A, under similar conditions as
regards ventilation, on the two days of observation at Allahabad, the
first day being excessively hot and dry and the last a steamy day in the
rains, points to the conclusion that to whatevgr extent this factor may
be dependent on ventilation, it is almost if not quite independent of the
degree of humidity. When August’s formula is used indiscriminately
for all conditions of wind movement, as is now done by the Indian
Meteorological Department, the effect must be to exaggerate considerably
the variations of humidity both in the diurnal and the annual period.
Observations made during the nights of the cold season, or on calm days
in the rains, give too high a degree of humidity, whilst those made
during the prevalence of the hot winds in April and May yield results
somewhat too low.

The observations now published, if not so numerous or so accurate
as those furnished by some other observers, are in two senses more
extensive than any I have yet seen ; for they not only include obser-
vations showing a greater difference between the air temperature and ~
the dew-point than is often observed in any other country, but some of
them have been made near sea-level and others at various heights up to
nearly 11,000 feet. They thus enable us to determine whether the
barometric pressure should be taken into account in reducing psychro-
metric observations, as the theory indicates, or whether in accordance
with Glaisher’s assumption, recently revived and advocated by Professor
H. A. Hazen,* the variations of pressure have no influence on the indi-
cations of the wet bulb thermometer. Selecting only the observations
with good ventilation, we may tabulate the results as follows :—

* American Journal of Science, vol. xxx, Dec., 1886.

49

378 S. A. Hill—Psychrometer and Condensing Hygrometer. [No. 4,

Series. No. Barometer. Factor A.

I. 3 20°59 in. “00084
e larg 20°61 ,, 00072
I. 12 21:49... -00082
re 13 21:49 .. “00080
i 9 23°50 ,. -00077
fs 19 2351 ,, -00090
¢ 7 23:55, ,. “00087
é 15 25°80 ,. -00077
22 29°13 .. -00075
it 3 29°35. ,, 00073
2 4 29°35 ,. “00077

The mean barometric pressure for the first six sets of observations
is 21°86 inches and the mean value of A is ‘00081. For the other five
the mean pressure is 27°44 inches and the mean value of the factor is
00078.

The other observations also indicate a substantial agreement
in the mean results, as will be seen from the following figures, though
the value of A in their case increases slightly as pressure decreases
owing to the preponderating intluence of the relatively too numerous
observations made in still air at Mussoorie.

Series. No. Barometer. Factor A.
i. 5 22.45 in. “00092
II. 11 23.39 ,, ‘00107
: 8 23.50 ,, ‘00105
- 10 23.50 ,, °00117
Bs 18 23.50 ,, ‘00119
o4 20 22.51... ‘00118
: 6 23.55 ,, ‘00121
. 5 23°56 ,, 00124,
I, 1 23°70 ,, ‘00083
2 24°10 ,, “00098
Il. 14 25°81 ,, ‘00112
a 16 2752), | ‘00997
5 17 27°52 ,, ‘00089
d 21 29°15 ,, “00100
5 2 29:38 ,, “00105
2 1 29°40 ,, ‘00106
Mean of first eight 23°37 in. 00113
Mean of last eight 20°07. 5 ‘00099

If, without reference to ventilation, we combine all the observations

' |

1888.] SS. A. Hill—Psychrometer and Condensing Hygrometer. 379

in which the pressure was above 24°89 inches, the average value of all
the pressure observations, we find the mean value of A to he ‘00091, and
all the remaining observations give a mean of ‘00097.

From these figures it is abundantly evident that it is not the com-
bined factor Ah of the second term of the formula which is constant, as
Hazen supposes, and as was tacitly assumed by Glaisher in constructing
his table of empirical factors, but only A that isso; and, wherever the
pressures are considerably less than at sea level, Glaisher’s factors, or
any table constructed on the assumption that variations of pressure are
of no account, must lead to erroneous results.

The factor A is thus nearly if not quite independent of pressure,
but varies with the amount of ventilation up to a certain moderate
velocity of wind, after which it appears to remain constant, except per-
haps when the humidity is very low, as during the hot winds. With a
view to testing Regnault’s opinion that the formula adapted for ordi-
nary Open air conditions gives too low results when the air is very dry,
we may tabulate the values of A, given in Table II., according to the re-
lative humidities deduced from the temperature of the air and the dew
point. This is here done, the observations being divided into two sets by
the limit of 40 per cent. humidity, supposed by Regnault to be that
below which his formula was inapplicable.

, Relative ; Relative
Series. No. Humidity. A. Series. No. Ararat:
Fe “hs
te A, 8 ‘00077 1 4, 43 *00072
: 3 9 ‘00073 ¥ 3 53 “00084
ee 7 14 “00087 é 5 55 “00092
* il 15 "00106 II 19 56 °00090
is 2 16 00105 ey 20 56 ‘00118
ia 2 19 ‘00098 a 10 58 ‘00117
EE. 6 19 ‘00121 Mf 18 58 "00119
z 15 22 ‘00077 : 9 59 ‘00077
i 5 23 "00124 8 65 ‘00105
‘1 14 24, ‘00112 f 21 87 ‘00100
e 17 24, ‘00089 Ng 22 92 "00075
16 26 00097
‘ 11 27 ‘00107
4 13 29 “00080
* 12 30 *00082
qT. ip 32 -00083

Mean for observations with R.

Mean for observation with R.
H. above 40 °/,

Hf below 40 °/. } 00095

\ 00095

The large and small values of A are not distributed in this table
according to any regular law, and the means of the two columns are as
nearly as possible identical. It seems probable therefore that, when

380 S. A. Hill—Psychrometer and Condensing Hygrometer. [No. 4,

Regnault got too low results by using his finally adopted formula in
dry states of the atmosphere, this was rather the effect of a high wind
than of the mere dryness of the air.

The first practical conclusion to be drawn from the discussion of
these observations is that Regnault’s modification of August’s psychro-
metric formula is not likely to be improved upon, since it takes into ac-
count all the more important variables upon which the indications of the
instrument depend, except the uncertain one of wind movement, and
its constants have been correctly adapted to suit the condition of a
moderate breeze in the open air. The second is that, if we want the dry
and wet bulb thermometers to indicate the humidity correctly at times
when there is no wind, we should make arrangements to ventilate them
artificially at the moment of observation. This is not regularly done at
any of our Indian observatories. |

at a a a te te el

1888.] H. H, Anderson—Description of Anoplophrya zolosomatis. 381

XVI.—Anoplophrya xolosomatis, a new Ciliate Infusorian parasitic in
the Alimentary Canal of AXolosoma chlorostictum, W.-M., MSS.—
By Henry H. Anperson, B. A. Communicated by Tun Microscort-
caL Sociuty oF Cancurra.

[Received 1st January ;—Read November 7th, 1888,*]
(With Plate I.)

A wine-glass full of weeds and water from a neighbouring tank
had been standing on my table for some days, when, one evening, having
no fresh material, I began to re-examine the contents of the glass.
It was swarming with a species of Molosoma, first discovered by Mr. J.
Wood-Mason, Superintendent of the Indian Museum, and named by him
MHolosoma chlorostictum. One of these worms having been accidentally
crushed by the pressure of the coverslip, among the contents of its
alimentary canal were seen some Holotrichous Ciliate Infusoria belonging
to the genus Anoplophrya of the family Opalinidae. Almost every one
of the Molosoma taken from the wine-glass during the next week con-
tained specimens of the Anoplophrya, which is, I believe, a new species,
and to which I would give the name Anoplophrya colosomatis. It
differs from all the members of this genus described by Kent, except
Anoplophrya mytili, in possessing a single contractile vesicle, and its
shape and the form of its endoplast distinguish it from that species ;
these characteristics distinguish it too from the forms discovered since
the publication of Kent’s manual by Leidy, Balbiani, and Foulke, as
far as I can judge from the accounts of the discoveries of these writers
that I have been able to get at.

In shape it is oval, tapering to a point at both ends, the tapering
portion being considerably produced posteriorly. It is from 53, to
zioth of an inch in length; the compound forms are, however, consi-
derably larger; the longest seen and measured, consisting of the parent
form and two segments, was ;+,th of an inch long. The breadth is
barely half the length and the thickness from one eighth to one tenth.
The endoplast is axial, band-shaped, extending nearly the whole length
of the body, in most specimens straight, though in a few somewhat
curved or S-shaped. It is very plain in specimens that are drying, not
so clear, but still easily observable, in living specimens watched in the
alimentary canal of living olosoma. It is coarsely granulated, and, in
one specimen observed, five large and highly refractive, though not

* Having been previously read before the Microscopical Society of Calcutta on
December 5th, 1887.

382 H.H. Anderson—Description of Anoplophrya wolosomatis. [No. 4,

crystalline, particles of different sizes were seen in it. In most cases,
as the body lost its vitality, the granular portion of the endoplast con-
tracted and became surrounded by a clear space. The surface of the in-
fusorian is densely ciliated and finely striated in a longitudinal direction.
The contractile vesicle was observed with great difficulty ; in many
specimens examined in the body of their host it could not be seen at
all; in some, however, it was faintly seen, and in some very clearly ; in
no case was more than one observed, though numerous individuals
passed under careful examination ; it is situated centrally above the
endoplast.

When watched in the alimentary canal of the Molosoma, the Anoplo-
phrya were usually stationary, with cilia in constant vibration. When
by the crushing of the worm they were forced out, they swam vigorously
forward for a short distance and then, in almost every case, reversed their
motion, usually getting back again close to the point they had started
from ; but they seemed at once to lose the power of motion, though their
cilia kept vibrating for a long time. Specimens which had got right
away into clear water soon became quiescent and lost their shape;
those which were surrounded by the contents of the alimentary canal
kept their power of motion for a long time, in one case for over half an
hour.

The multiplication by transverse fission is interesting as resembling
the process that takes place in Anoplophrya nodulata. A number of
different specimens in different stages of division were seen and drawn.
The first form showed a constriction of the posterior extremity, about
the last quarter of the endoplast being divided off. Judging from the
various specimens in intermediate stages observed, this constriction
gradually increases till the part which is being divided off is about
twice as broad in its broadest part as it isat the point where it is attached
to the parent form. In numerous cases a second constriction and ap-
pearance of fission anterior to the first was seen, the segments re-
maining attached. It was noticeable that the individuals in process
of division were far larger than those not being divided and also that
the segments were very much smaller than the parent form. The seg-
ments were approximately equal to one another, though in all eases the
middle one, that is to say, the one divided off latest, was somewhat larger
than the hinder one. The hinder segment was in one case observed to
break off from the others and commence an independent existence.

Though for some time I was unable to find any of these Anoplophrya
in ADolosoma taken from the same glass as those were in which I had
found them swarming weeks before, I noticed numerous very small
ciliated bodies, which were in some cases in very vigorous motion.

1888.] H. H. Anderson—Description of Anoplophrya xolosomatis. 383

These were, however, so small that, even with the aid ofa 3,” im-
mersion objective, I was unable to distinguish their structure. Possibly,
they were the result of sporular reproduction and were simply immature
forms of this Anoplophrya. After an interval of some weeks from the
time of the first disappearance of the parasite, I again found a few small
specimens, but the accidental overturn of the wine-glass by a servant
put an end to the investigation.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I,

Fig. 1. <Anoplophrya colosomatis, n, sp., x 400; ., endoplast or nuclens, c. v.,
contractile vesicle.

Fig. 2. A specimen showing refractive particles (n’.) in the endoplast and an
unusually conspicuous contractile vesicle, x 400.

Fig. 3. A specimen which had commenced to divide, x 300.

Fig. 4. Another in which the fission had proceeded still further, x 300.

Fig. 5. A third divided into a chain of three segments, x 300.

The three last figures having all been drawn from specimens mounted in water
exhibit no trace of a contractile vesicle.

een oe ae

384 H. Collett—Features in the Geological Structure of the [No. 4,

XVIT.—On certain Features in the Geological Structure of the Myelat
District of the Southern Shan States in Upper Burmah as affecting
the Drainage of the Country—By Bricapinr-GEeneray H. CoLuert,
C.B. Oommunicated by Dr. D. D. Cunninanam.

[Received August 18th ;—Read Noy. 17th, 1888.]

There are some curious features in the geological structure as
affecting the systems of drainage of the Myelat district of the Southern
Shan States in Upper Burmah which appear to me to be novel and
worthy of attention.

The general geological formation in this part of the great Shan
plateau may be described as water-worn limestone with occasional inter-
posed sheets and boulders of conglomerate underlying a sedimentary
deposit of finely divided red clay, which varies in thickness from a
thin superficial covering up to three or four hundred feet according to
the amount of denudation it has undergone. This mantle of red clay
at one time certainly overspread the whole country, probably at a nearly
uniform level, for patches of it, hke raised beaches, are seen clinging to
sheltered hollows in the black limestone ridges which rise through it
in long parallel folds, remnants which no doubt mark the ancient level
of the red clay as deposited in the quiet depths of an ocean or large
lake. The underlying limestone wherever exposed to view is seen to
have been worn into rounded hollows and projecting bosses apparently
by the action of water at a time when it was exposed to sub-aerial
denudation, and it is, like limestone in other parts of the world, full of
clefts, crevices, and caverns which communicate with each other to
from subterranean channels into which a great part of the superficial
drainage of the country disappears.

To such an extent is this the case in the Myelat that, though the
district is traversed by distinct ranges of hills, the valleys lying between
them have not as a rule been excavated by water-courses in the ordinary
sense of the word, nor do they drain into rivers, but into holes in the
eround, and thus we have the strange spectacle repeatedly presented to
us of large basin-like depressions, and even narrow valleys, ending in a
cul de sac and possessing no apparent outlet for the discharge of their
drainage.

These depressions (which vary in size from a punch-bowl of a
few feet in diameter to areas covering, as I roughly estimate, three
or four square miles, and occasionally not less than two hundred feet
in depth) are of an altogether different character from the “ swal-
low holes” or “sinks”? common in districts of calcareous rocks in

1888. | Myelat District of the Southern Shan States. 385

Scotland and elsewhere, and which are due to percolating water dissolv-
ing the limestone and forming superficial holes into which the overlying
peat or soil gradually sinks.* The same general principle governs of
course both cases; but in Scotland there is only a thin covering of
peaty soil overlying the limestone, whereas in the Shan hills we have a
considerable thickness of fine red clay. It thus happens that in the first
case we get only a few shallow holes, whereas in the latter vast masses
of clay have been in the course of ages carried into the bowels of
the earth, resulting in the excavation of extensive depressions, the entire
drainage of which is carried away by subterranean channels.

The progress of the excavation of these depressions can be seen
in every stage. The conditions of the phenomena, it must be remem-
bered, are a thick covering of fine clay resting ona flooring of weather-
worn limestone. The limestone abounds in holes and cracks, into one
of which, at any given spot, the rain-water, percolating from above
through the red clay, finds its way. This carries with it some of the
clay from just above the hole, and a commencement has been made.
Next rainy season more water finds its way by the same route and more
of the sub-soil is subtracted. Ina few months or years, the overlying
clay becomes largely undermined and sinks down, and we get either a
small crater, if the stratum of clay be not more than a few feet thick,
or, if the clay be thicker, a broad circular depression in which rain-
water will collect to carry on the process. Now, a similar process will
be simultaneously going on at other points more or less adjacent to that
we have been considering, and, in the course of time, the several craters
or depressions thus formed will meet and coalesce. The water as it
escapes through the underlying rock will enlarge its channels of exit by
dissolving the limestone: more of the overlying red clay will year by
year be removed: the area drained and the volume of water escaping
will gradually augment: the ridges separating the contiguous centres
of action will gradually disappear, and it is not difficult to understand
how in the course of ages, that is, since the surface of the red clay became
upraised into dry land, we shall in this manner at last find large areas
of depression draining into underground channels.

These areas may even at the present time be seen in every stage
of formation. There is the small crater-like opening 30 or 40 feet
across which opened out last year, perhaps in the middle of some poor
man’s field, with its broken precipitous sides and ragged edges: there
is the wide gently sloping valley extending over several hundred acres,

* See Prof. A. Geikie, ‘“‘ The Scenery of Scotland viewed in connection with its
Physical Geology,” 2nd edition, p. 36.
50

386 H. Collett—Features in the Geological Structure, §c. [No. 4,

and terminating at its lowest point in a cluster of exposed limestone
rocks half hidden ina rank growth of grass and bushes: there is the
round punch-bowl-like hollow from 100 to 500 feet across with often
the gaping mouths of its drainage exit plainly discernible at the bottom :
and in the more hilly districts there is the deep trench-like valley, closed
at both ends, and once filled up to the brim with red clay of which
hardly a trace now remains, and at its lowest point the exposed black
limestone rocks through the interstices of which the entire superincum-
bent mass of clay must, during a long series of years, have been carried
away by the water.

It seems most astonishing, and, at first sight, almost impossible,
that the vast masses of red clay which, we can plainly see, have been
eroded from the surface of the country can have been carried into the
bowels of the earth instead of, as one is accustomed to see, into rivers
and seas: but there is no escaping from the conclusion which I have
endeavoured to explain. The evidence is absolutely undeniable, and the
fact is universally accepted by the people of the country, who when
asked what becomes of the drainage of one of these large basin-like
depressions, always at once reply that ‘of course, it goes into the
ground,” as if it was quite the normal state of affairs that it should
do so.

As a natural consequence, the Myelat district is remarkable for
the absence of rivers. In the part which I know best,—comprising the
sub-districts of Pwehla, Nankon, Kyon, Nangon, Thamakan, and Pinmi,
and embracing an area of more than 250 square miles,—the map* shows
but one small stream, which is really nothing more than a ditch (the
Baungdaw Chaung falling into the Inle Lake at Imléywa), to carry off
the drainage of a country in which the annual rainfall probably exceeds
fifty inches.

I am not aware whether the facts I have endeavoured to describe
are unusual, or whether similar instances of the products of denudation
disappearing under ground are known in other countries ; but I cannot
remember having read of such a case.

Meixtita, UppER BURMA.

25th July, 1888.

* Sheet No. 5, S. W., South Eastern Trans-frontier Map, Survey of India.
Calcutta, May, 1888. (Unpublished proof.)

t IL.

is

VT. P

+

i

Bengal, 1888, Vol I

J.WOOT)-MASON, Journ.Asiat. Soc

West, Newma.n &0°imp

B.L.Dos, del

Parker & Coward, lith.

imp

°

West, Newman &C

ths <a

7 aS
eR ry

J.WOOD-MASON Journ.Asiat.Soc.Bengal, 1888, Vol. LVIT. Pt.

Parker &Coward,lith.

B.L.Dos, del.

PLiv.

West Newman. &C?imp.

J.WOOD-MASON, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1888, Vol. LVIT. Pt il
Parker k Coward, lth

B.LDéds,del

J.WOOD-MAS ON, Journ. Asiat.Soe. Bengal, 1888. Vol. LVIL. PrI. BN,

BLDés,del. West, Newman &Co.irnp.
Parker & Coward lith.

1888.} J. Wood-Mason—The Prehistoric Antiquities of Ranchi. 387

XVIII.—Notes on some Objects from a Neolithic Settlement recently dis-
‘covered by Mr. W. H. P. Driver at Ranchi in the Chota-Nagpore
District,—By J. Woopv-Mason, Superintendent of the Indian Musewm,
and Professor of Comparative Anatomy in the Medical College of
Bengal, Calcutta. .
[Received and Read January 4th, 1888.}
(With Plates II—V.)

At a recent meeting of this Society some ancient stone beads were
exhibited by the Philological Secretary on behalf of Mr. W. H. P. Driver,
who had found them at Ranchi in the Chota-Nagpore District. With
these beads were associated one or two pieces of chert and some quartz
erystals which had evidently been artificially chipped and flaked. The
presence of these worked pieces of stone amongst the beads suggesting .
the suspicion that a settlement of neolithic people similar in character
to those of Jubalpur in the Central Provinces had been hit upon, I,
with the goodwill of the Philological Secretary, placed myself in com-
munication his correspondent, who has been kind enough to send
me all the larger of the objects described below and, at my special
request, a considerable quantity of fragments of different kinds of stone
gathered without selection from the same site. Amongst the latter I
have had the good fortune to find a number of arrow-heads belonging
to two distinct forms of the same simple type.

OBJECTS DISCOVERED BY Mr. Driver.

Pl. II. represents a curious implement of olive-green grey unctu-
ous clayey stone which readily absorbs moisture from the hand and gives
an ashy-grey streak when grazed, however lightly, by a harder substance
such as chert. It tapers from 20 c. in girth at the butt to 13 ¢c. at the
functional end, which is worn as smooth as a piece of lithographic slate
that has been prepared for the engraver, exhibiting only some very fine
scratches chiefly in one direction. It has three sides, two of which are
fairly smooth and flat, and at right angles to one another, while the
third is rough and convex. All three sides have been ‘ dressed ’ by
some tool, which in the case of the rough convex side seems to have
been pointed. The marks of the * dressing ’ are ashy grey of a some-
what darker tint than the fresh streak of the stone. If, as seems pro-
bable, the rough convex side has been so fashioned as to fit the hollow
palm of the hand (as in Fig. 1), the instrument is a right-handed
one, and must have been worked to and fro the body of the operator,
in the direction, that is to say, indicated by the scratches on the surface

388 J. Wood-Mason—The Prehistoric Antiquities of Ranchi. [No. 4

of its smaller end. A second specimen in Mr. Driver’s collection
differs only in being a little shorter.

Millems.
Height from butt to functional end, Bt one 5s
Width of larger flat side at butt, ... Bei ice VOD
rF ,, at functional end,,... Li. TG
3 See flat side at butt, , ee eure
" ,, at functional end,... ue Oe

From the nature of the unmistakable signs of wear it exhibits at the
smaller end, as from that of its composition, I infer that this implement
was used as a polisher, though this may not have been its original use,
for it is possible that it may once have been one of the ‘legs’ of a two-
legged instrument similar to one of unknown origin and use preserved
in the Indian Museum, in which case the two examples of it, being of
the same side, must necessarily be parts of two similar instruments.

A triangular wedge-shaped piece of dark purple flinty jasper bears
evident signs of long use as a polisher or graver or both possibly.
It is worn to a smooth, polished, and slightly convex surface on one
of its two large faces, the other large face and its three sides presenting
the natural surface of the parent rock from which it was chipped; it
is smoothly and extensively rounded off and polished by use at the
junction of its two largest sides, along the lower edge of which the
polishing extends, widening on the one side towards the thin end of the
wedge, and forming on the other a very narrow triangular facet meeting
the principal polished surface at an obtuse angle, by which the cir-
cumferential grooves with which some of the stone beads* occurring
in the same spot are ornamented may well have been engraved. The
instrument is capable of imparting a high polish to a dull facet of a
quartz crystal or to a carnelian bead, and it is an excellent touchstone,
as I have proved by experiment.

| Millems.
Length, from the angle at thicker end to middle of
thinner end, ... see acd oid 368

* These beads are doubtless of much later age than the celt, the ringstone, and
the arrow-heads described below. That they, like the prehistoric objects, were made
on the spot where they have been found seems satisfactorily proved by the association
with them of bits of stone of different kinds (chalcedony, carnelian, onyx, sardonyx,
rock-crystal, etc.) dressed roughly into shape all ready to be ground into beads,
of roughly ground and imperfectly polished, but unbored, beads, of beads perfectly
polished and partially bored, in fact, of beads in all stages of manufacture. They
belong clearly to several different periods, some being quite rude (? prehistoric), and
others quite artistic both in shape and ornamentation, and thug indicating that
their manufacturers had attained to a much higher grade of civilization.

1888.] J. Wood-Mason—The Prehistoric Antiquities of Ranchi. 389

- Breadth, between the divergent ends of the two sides, 76
Thickness at angle, aes P i) °8e

I do not consider that either of the foregoing objects is of any
great antiquity. They may both indeed be comparatively modern.

The most interesting of Mr. Driver’s own finds is the perforated stone
figured in Pl. III, Figs. 1,la. Unfortunately, little more than one half
of the object has been preserved, but from what remains restoration is
easy. The instrument is made out of a bit of actinolite schist. Itis all
but as broad as long, and oval in shape, with one end much broader than
the other, which isa much larger segment of a much smaller circle; it
has, in fact, much the outline if an irregular echinoid of the genus
Hehinodiscus. It was apparently slightly and equally convex in every
direction on both its faces, and rounded at the sides and ends, the broader
one of which latter appears to have seen hard service. It has a parallel-
sided shaft-hole almost in the middle, and in the margin of this hole
on one side a broad notch has been cut cleanly and obliquely across the
fissile planes of the stone and may possibly have been intended to receive
a pin for securing it firmly to a wooden shaft.

Millems.
Greatest length (taken from the restoration), eer oe
eo breadth, . & ais eo Oe
Diameter of shaft-hole, .. ae wos sae LO
Greatest thickness near shaft-hole, 463 tare 20

The next object to be noticed is a thin and flattish celt (PI. ITI,
Figs. 2, 2a.) probably of black trap. It never appears to have been
aed all over, but only to have had the principal inequalities of its
surfaces smoothed off and its edge ground. Its sides, which were
possibly once narrowly rounded, are now in a much battered and flaky
condition ; the butt has been much chipped since the rough polishing was
done; and the cutting edge, which is unequally sloped on the two sides,
is much broken and blunted by rough usage; all these lesions are
probably of the same date, for they are all weathered to identically
the same dark greenish grey colour; but a large chip at one end
of one face of the cutting edge is darker, that is to say, is less weathered,
and hence probably of later date, than the rest, but even it presents a
strong contrast in colour to the recent chip at the opposite end of the
same face by which the unaltered black rock has been exposed.

Millems,
Length, from the middle of the butt to the middle
of the cutting end, ... so ads ee A
Breadth across the butt end, ay ate eed ee
a be cutting end, ... eos Gee! OL

Greatest thickness, ‘a aed oad ia AO

390 J. Wood-Mason—The Prehistoric Antiquities of Ranchi. [No. 4,

OBJECTS DISCOVERED BY THE WRITER AMONGST THE CHIPS AND
FLAKES SENT DOWN BY Mr. Driver.

P1.IV, Fig. 10, represents a small instrument of doubtful pur-
pose, which is interesting on account of the evident signs of having been
used it exhibits at its smaller and rounded extremity, which is much
abraded, the abrasion readily catching the eye from its grey colour. It
is an outside flake of black chert which has apparently been reduced
by flaking to the desired shape after being struck off from the parent
lump. It measures, length 34, breadth 10, thickness 4°2 millems.
This instrument will again be referred to_later on.

I now pass on to the consideration of the most interesting and
important of the objects from the Neolithic settlement at Ranchi,
namely, the arrow-heads I have found in relatively considerable abun-
dance amongst the mass of cores, flakes, and unworked material collected
for manufacture which had been gathered and forwarded to me by Mr.
Driver, who, since the nature of these objects was demonstrated to him
by me, has been fortunate to find two fine specimens, one of rock crystal
and the other of chert.

With the single exception of the acutely-pointed tanged and barbed
specimen reported from India by Mr. John Evans, F. R, S.,* on the
authority of Prof. Buckman, no worked stone arrow-heads appear to have
previously been recorded from India. For, though my friend Professor
Valentine Ball, F. R. S., in his paper on the Forms and Geographical Dis-
tribution of Ancient Stone Implements in India,f states with the greatest
confidence that certain flakes of chert, agate, etc., which he exhibited at
the reading of his paper, “were undoubtedly used as lancets, knives,
arrow-heads, etc.,” yet he does not appear to have been acquainted
with a single specimen the nature of which as an arrow-head was so
clear and so indisputable as to justify its being entered as such in the
list of localities in India where stone implements have been discovered
which is appended to his paper. Mr. R. B. Foote, another authority
on this interesting subject, in a paper recently read before this Society,
speaking apparently for India generally, makes the following remarks,
‘A remarkable fact with reference to the varieties of weapons and
tools made by the Neolithic people of South India is the absence hitherto
of any traces of their having manufactured stone arrow-heads, such as
are frequently found in other countries occupied by tribes who had
attained to a very similar grade of civilization. It is hard to imagine
that the Neolithic people of the Deccan were unacquainted with the

* Ancient Stone Implements of. Great Britain, p, 361.
+ P. BR. 1. A. 1879, ser. 2, vol. p. i, 388 et seqde

1888.] J. Wood-Mason—The Prehistoric Antiquities of Ranchi. 391

use of the bow prior to the first introduction of iron. That they used

brass after becoming acquainted with iron is clearly proved by the
discovery of unquestionable iron arrow-heads in the Patpad cache and
in many prehistoric graves iu the South. With an abundance of stone,
such as agate, chalcedony, lydian stone, jasper, and chert, fit for mak-
ing arrow-heads, it is certainly most remarkable that no true worked
arrow-heads have yet been found, and it is most desirable that all pre-
historic explorers in India should pay special attention to this point.
I have found some few flakes of chert and jasper that might have been
used to tip an arrow, but I have found and seen none that were obvi-
ously prepared for that purpose.”

Of the objects which have been determined by me to be arrow-
heads no less than six, four of one and two of the other of the two
distinct forms represented in the collection from Ranchi, are without
doubt of this nature, for in addition to having the appropriate shape,
in addition to being of such a form that they might have been used to
tip an arrow, they have been obviously prepared for that purpose, having
been artificially worked either near the butt or at the sides into
notches for the reception of cords for securing them to their shaft.

The specimen represented in Fig. 1 of Pl. IV, a very sharp and
perfect one of chalcedony, has the butt-end roughly notched. It is
much weathered white and clings strongly to the tongue when touched
thereby.

That represented in Fig. 2, of black chert, has the butt worked by
chipping and abrasion into very evident lateral notches; its point has
been broken off at a joint in the stone. The working at the butt is less
weathered than the stem, or rather the stem is only shghtly wea-
thered and the worked butt looks almost quite fresh, and glossy.

Fie. 3 represents a coarse and heavy specimen of chert deeply
weathered to a dirty pale clay brown from black probably ; it is blunted
either by use or exposure, at the tip; it has been roughly worked
at the sides towards the base into notches, and when mounted on
its shaft must have been covered for nearly half its length from the butt
by the cords and resin or gum by which it was no doubt bound to its
shaft, to which it must have lent a rather clumsy appearance.

Fig. 4, of black non-weathered chert, is widest at the butt and
therefore was well adapted for secure fixture to the shaft without the aid
of any notches.

Fig. 5 is a particularly interesting specimen, because it without any
doubt presents us with a most characteristic example of a contrivance
for attachment which is, or until lately was, still in vogue amongst
modern savages for their arrow and lance-heads, and of which numerous

392 J. Wood-Mason—The Prehistoric Antiquities of Ranchi. [No. 4,

beautiful examples have come down to us from prehistoric times in Europe.
I allude to the notches which are placed opposite to one another one on
each side between the barbs and the stem in one form of arrow-head,
and of which two pairs are present in some Huropean flint spear-heads
of Neolithic age. The specimen from Ranchi which exhibits this in-
teresting peculiarity is a broad leaf-shaped arrow-head of white quartz.
It bears on each side at rather less than half way along its length from
the butt a rounded indentation, by the aid of which doubtless it was
attached to its shaft much after the manner depicted in the accom-
panying adaptation of Fig. 104 of Nilsson’s ‘Stone Age’ representing
a stone arrow-head from California mounted on its shaft.

Fig. 6 represents a chert arrow-head found by Mr. Driver. This
specimen—the original colour of which cannot be ascertained, because it
is weathered to a dirty clay grey—has no notches, but on the contrary
has the base semicircularly rounded, like typical British leaf-shaped
arrow-heads* of Neolithic age.

Fig. 7 is a rock-crystal arrow-head found by Mr. Driver. It is
worked into a slight notch on each side of its thick tang-like base.

Figs. 8, 9, and 12 of Pl. V represent three simple trihedral arrow-
heads —all of black chert—of which Fig. 8 is slightly weathered, 11,
scarcely at all weathered, presents a large notch on the right side, and
_12, weathered to the colour of fuller’s-earth, a projection on the left
side. All three are so shaped as readily to have been secured to their
shafts by cords and gum without the aid of special notches.

Fig. 10 represents an octahedral arrow-head roughly but skilfully
hewn out of rock crystal.

Fig. 6 is a not very successful representation of a pretty little
leaf-shaped specimen in milky quartz, and Fig. 7 another of similar
form in reddish chert.

Fig. 11, similar in form to that represented in Fig. 6 of Pl. IV,
is of pale brown-coloured chalcedony weathered white so as to be
adherent to the tongue like the subject of Fig. 1 of Pl. IV.

The most interesting and remarkable of all the objects I have picked
out of the material so kindly gathered for me by Mr. Driver are un-
questionably those represented in the first five figures of Pl. V. Four of
them are, there can, I think, be no doubt, chisel-edged arrow-heads
similar to those which have been found in Egyptian tombst—in several
cases still secured by bitumen to the shaft,—and on Neolithic sites in
different parts of Hurope,f including even the British Isles.

* Evans, op. cit. 333, figs. 281—4.
+ Evans, op. cit. p. 329, fig. 272.
{ Evans, op. cit. p. 352, 353, fig. 342, and Espy. p. 365, fig. 344.

1888.] J. Wood-Mason—The Prehistoric Antiquities of Ranchi. 393

Fig. 1, Pl. V is of black chert with the original brown crust re-
maining on one side and on the butt end; its hollow cutting edge and its
angles are extremely sharp.

Fig. 4 is a pretty little specimen in green chert.

Fig. 3 of slightly translucent black chert, with the original grey-
crusted surface of the parent stone remaining on the triangular facet
which slopes to the cutting edge, has it angles obliquely and symmetri-
cally cut off.

Of the four specimens which are here figured and described as
arrows of the chisel-edged type, Fig. 2 is the most interesting from the
presence of lateral notches for the reception of ligaments rendering it, to
say the least, in the highest degree probable that the specimen is a veri-
table arrow-head of the chisel-edged type and enabling one to feel more
sure that the nature of the three specimens that possess no notches has
been correctly interpreted. It is of opaque reddish yellow chalcedony
weathered white and become strongly adherent to the tongue by long
exposure to the action of water containing carbonic anhydride in solution,
by which a soluble constituent of the stone has been removed from the
surface and a chalky substance greedy of moisture left behind.* In this
case both the notches have been made from the same side, but in the
cases of Figs. 2 and 5 of Pl. IV, from opposite sides, of the stone, op-
posite faces of the arrow in the latter and the same face in the former
sloping to the bottom of the notches; this difference is, as I find by
experiment, explained by the worker having turned the stone over for the
purpose of making the second notch in the latter, but not in the
former. I have also found that similar notches can readily be made
by pressing such a flake as that represented in Fig. 10 of Pl. IV with a
grating movement hard upon another of the same substance, and that
the active flake becomes similarly abraded grey in the process.

In the four preceding figures (a.) refers to the inner or core face,
and (b.) to the outer or worked face of the arrow-head.

Fig. 5, of very fine grained and compact pale grey vitreous quartzite,
has been worked at the base in a manner similar to Fig. 2 of Pl. IV,
and is, I am inclined to think, an arrow-head of the same type which
has become a chisel-edged one by the accidental loss of its point at a
joint in the stone.

A form of worked flake which is, I think, of too frequent occur-
rence to be accidental merits a brief notice. It may be described as a
broad and short crescent-like sharp wedge from 21 to 35 millems. in

* The (a) and the (8) silica of Berzelius, the one white and insoluble, the other
transparent horny and soluble in water. Evans, op. cit. p. 450.

o1

394 J. Wood-Mason—The Prehistoric Antiquities of Rancht. [No. 4,

breadth by 7 to 11 in length only, with a straight cutting edge anda
finely chipped arched blunt ‘ back.’ It occurs in chert, chalcedony, and
quartz. It is possible that it may bea short and broad form of the chisel-
edged type intended to be attached to its shaft by means of some resinous
substance only, and that it may be the stone prototype of the iron-headed
arrow of similar shape which is referred to by Mr. Evans on p. 353 of
his book on the ancient stone implements of Great Britain. ;

That all the arrow-heads were made on the spot where they have
been found seems to be satisfactorily proved by flakes, cores, and raw
materials for manufacture occurring in profusion with them.

The form and relations of the cores, flakes, and arrow-heads suggest
the view that the last-named were first sketched out, so to speak, by
flaking on the nuclei, then struck off, and finally notched or otherwise
worked.

The chert core represented in Fig. 8 of Pl. IV partially illustrates
this. Fig. 9 is a chert core from which some of the thin band-shaped
flakes that are so abundant at Ranchi have been struck. Cores of quartz
crystals and rock crystal also occur.

I class all the worked specimens as notched rather than as ‘ tanged ’
arrow-heads, because there has been no attempt to adapt the flakes for
insertion in a cleft of the shaft by reducing their original thickness
at the butt, and because there is always a more or less distinct ‘neck’
between the butt-end and the blade; though I do not insist that none of
them were let to some extent into the shaft.

All the arrows (except 7 and 10 of Pls. IV and V) are flakes and
they present two faces, a flat or inner or core face, with a more or less
evident bulb of percussion, and a flaked outer face. They may be called
flake-arrows. The simplest of them closely resemble the obsidian
flake arrow-heads of modern savages.

The following are the measurements of the arrows-heads and
cores :—

Pl. IV.
Fig. 1. Length, 38, breadth 16, thickness 8°5 mm.
2. Length, tip
restored, 26
without tip 20°4, breadth 12°2, thickness 4 i

3. Length, 43, breadth 24°5, thickness 10°8 ,,
4, Length, 21:4, breadth 16, thickness 7°7_,,
5. Length, tip

restored, 26°3

without tip 23°6, breadth 21°5, thickness 6°8
6. Length, tip

restored, 28°0,

without tip 26°7, breadth 15:0, thickness 5:7 _,,

>?

ee

1888.] J. Wood-Mason—The Prehistoric Antiquities of Ranchi. 395

7. Length 29°5, breadth 15°6, thickness 8°4 mm,
8. Length 20°4, breadth 14°9, thickness 18°5 ,,
9. Length 37, breadth 27, thickness 178 ,,
0. Length 34, breadth 10, thickness 4'2_,,
PR,
Fig.1. Length 19°8, breadth 12°8, thickness 63
2. Length 21°7, breadth 18, thickness 6°6
3. Length 17°8, breadth 15°5, thickness 5
4, Length 13°3, breadth 12°8, thickness 5°8
5. Length 23°7, breadth 14°7, thickness 4'9
6. Length 19°4, breadth 13°2, thickness 3°7
7. Length 17:5, breadth 10:1, thickness 3°8
8. Length 23°0, breadth 145, thickness 6°7
9, Length 35°5, breadth 15°0, thickness 14°4
10. Length 28°7, breadth 21, thickness 14
11. Length 25°3, breadth 15:11, thickness 8 ___,,
12, Length 35°6, breadth 16°6, thickness 10°5 ,,

As in Neolithic settlements elsewhere, there occur in abundance at
Ranchi, in the soil with the implements, not only unworked quartz
crystals, quartz of various kinds, chert, jasper, and other stones, suitable
for the manufacture of tools and weapons, and evidently collected
for that purpose, as has already been stated, but also lumps of red earthy
hematite,* some of which have not been used, but some on the other
hand have been rubbed down to a smooth surface on a flat stone or
scraped in the production of the red pigment which all savages from
the very earliest prehistoric times to the present day have delighted
in. On the subject of this red pigment Mr. Evanst+ writes: ‘‘ There
can be little doubt of this red pigment having been in use for what
was considered a personal decoration by the Neolithic occupants of
Great Britain. But this use of red paint dates back to a far earlier
period, for pieces of hematite with the surface scraped, apparently by
means of flint flakes, have been found in the French and Belgian caves
of the Reindeer Period, so that this red pigment appears to have been in
all ages a favourite with savage man. The practice of interring war-
paint with the dead is still observed amongst the North American
Indians :—

The paints that warriors love to use
Place here within his hand,

That he may shine with ruddy hues
Amidst the spirit land.”

* It has been recorded from the Neolithic Settlements of South India, by
R. B. Foote, J. A. S. B. 1886, vol. lvi, pt. ii, p. 271.
+ Op. cit., p. 238,

396 J. Wood-Mason—The Prehistoric Antiquities of Ranchi. [No. 4, 1888.]

The savages of the Andaman Islands still use a red pigment for
decorative purposes, as also do the Bhutea women to be seen in Dar-
jeeling.

Worked flints and other stones of similar palseolithic simplicity,

but from their mode of occurrence no doubt also neolithic, have

been discovered in the Solomon Islands (Long. 154° to 163° E., Lat.
5° to 11° 8.) by Mr. H. B. Guppy,* who states that they “are com-
monly found in the soil when it is disturbed for purposes of cultivation
and are frequently exposed after heavy rain.”

P. S.—Since the above notes were written, several more boxes of

relics, including some fine polished celts, of which I hope shortly to pre-
sent an account, have been received from Mr. Driver.

* The Solomon Islands and their Natives, London, 1889, pp. 77—78.

Ob att ei. ‘a

,
’
:

INDE X.t

Names of New Genera and Species have an asterisk (*) prefixed.

Abaratha agama, 368
pe ransonnetii, 368
zs taylori, 368
Abisara suffusa, 355

’ *Acesina aberrans, 279, 280, 293

» paraganesa, 280
Achillides tamilana, 364
Acreinz, 352
Adansonia digitata, 336
Adiantum, 298
os capillus Veneris, 299
a caudatum, 296, 297, 299
Sp Edgeworthii, 296, 297, 299
a lunulatum, 299
= pedatum, 300
venustum, 299
Adolias adima, 278
Alolosoma, 381, 382
chlorostictum, 381
Alocasia, 113
‘ cucullata, 107

55 fornicata, 108
a indica, 108
montana, 108

iy odora, 108
rapiformis, 108
Amblypodia darana, 360
naradoides, 360
Amorphophallus campanalatus, 107
lyratus, 107
Ampelisca, 223, 226, 233
f belliana, 226
“A carinata, 226
as gaimardii, 226
he ingens, 226
re japonica, 226

oF leevigata, 226

- lepta, 223, 232, 233, 254, 255
- limicola, 226

s macrocephala, 226

y pelagica, 226
tenuicornis, 226
Ampeliscades, 223
Amphipoda, 220, 226

{ A complete Index to the articles on Rhynchota published in this volume will
be issued with the last of the series in a subsequent volume.

52

*

Amphithoé, 244, 245

i indica, 220, 240, 243, 244,

255
tenuicornis, 244
Ampittia maro, 366
Anchitherium, 259
Anomalurus, 259

Anonyx, 222, 223
Oy

oc amaurus, 220, 254
eS typhlops, 223
_Snopiey ae 381, 382, 383
~ seolosomatis, 381, 383
ee mytili, 381
$5 nodulata, 382
Antigonus angulata, 368
potiphera, 368
ae nipalicus, 281, 282, 283
es rukma, 281, 282, 283, 293
- rukmini, 282, 283, 293
5 sani, 282, 283, 293
Aphrophora spumaria, 337
Appias hippoides, 362
» libythea, 362
» vacans, 362
Aracesx, 110
Argynnis niphe, 354
Ariseema curvatum, 108
~ cuspidatum, 108
ie speciosum, 108
i tortuosum, 108
Aroidese, 106, 112

Arum, 106, 109, 110, 111, 112, 114, 115,

116, 117
», campanulatum, 107
» colocasia, 107
» eucullatum, 107
» curvatum, 108
», cuspidatum, 108
» divaricatum, 108
» dracunculus, 108
», flagelliforme, 108
» tfornicatum, 108
» gracile, 108
» indicum, 108

398

Index.

Arum lyratum, 107

a>

maculatum, 108, 109, 110, 111,
113, 117
margaretiferum, 108
montana, 108
odorum, 108
orixense, 108
rapiforme, 108
seguinum, 111, 114
sessiliflorum, 108
silvaticum, 108
speciosum, 108
sylvaticum, 115
tortuosum, 108, 116

trilobatum, 110

typhillum, 110

viviparum, 109

Aspidium , 298

99

aculeatum, 308

3 var. rufo-barbata,
308
filix feoomina, var. dentigera,
309

(Cyrtomium) falcatum, var.
caryotideum, 309
(Polystichum) aculeatum, 308

na » uvar. lo-
bata, 308
3 auriculatum, var.

ceespitosa, 308
5 ilicifolium, 308
Prescottianum,
309
os Thomsoni, 308

Aspienium, 298

alternans, 304

ensiforme, 304,

filix foemina, var. dentigera,
. 3

” ” » polyspora,
296, 305

= a rebusa,
subvar. elongata, 306

fontanum, var. exiguum, 304

heterocarpum, 295, 296

Hohenackerianum, 295, 296 ,

laciniatum, var depaupe-
rata, 304

latifolium, var. frondosa, 307
longifolium, 304
nigripes, 296, 297
oxypbhyllum, 295
polypodioides, 296

- fere typica,

307

tenuifolium, 295, 296
tenuifrons, 297, 307
torrentium, 307
trichomanes, 304
umbrosum, 296
unilaterale var, udum, 304

Agsplenium varians, 305
i (Athyrium) Atkinsoni, var.
Andersoni, 305

mF 7 Clarkei, 306

nA Pr filix foemina, var.
dentigera, 306

“ macrocarpum, 305

” ” var,
Atkinsoni, 3805

- of nigripes, 306

> a pectinatum, 307

s Schimperi, 305

= 6 tenuifrons, 296,
306

65 HS Thelypteroides,
305

ra (Diplazium) Japonicum, 307

as . latifolium, var.
polymorpha, 307

se 3 multicaudatum,
308

3 * poy

torrentium, 307
Astictopterus stellifer, 365
subfasciatus, 365
Atella ‘phalanta, 352
Athyma cama, 277
- inarina, 354
ns mahesa, 354
“4 perius, 354
3 ranga, 354
» rufula, 277
selenophora, 354
Athyria, 305
Athyrium Atkinsoni, var. Andersoni, 305
99 Clarkei, 306
‘a filix foemina, 296

” » » var. dentigera, 306

” ” 9 ” polyspora, 805

» macrocarpum, 305

rr) ” var. Atkingoni,
805

Pe nigripes, 306
- pectinatum, 296, 307
‘3 Schimperi, 296, 305
<n tenuifrons, 296, 306
Thely pteroides, 305
Atylus, 244

» austrinus, 246

», bispimosus, 246

» capensis, 246

» carinatus, 246

» comes, 243, 255

» compressus, 244, 246

», corallinus, 246

» crenulatus, 246

» fissicauda, 246

» gibbosus, 246

» huxleyanus, 246

» imermis, 246

Index. 399

Atylus simplex, 246
» Spinulicanda, 246
» Sswammerdamii, 246
» villosus, 246
vulgaris, 246
Asanus crameri, 357
» Uubaldus, 357
Badamia exclamationis, 364
Baracus septentrionis, 365
ae subditus, 365
Barbastellus communis, 265, 272
= pacificus, 264
Baringtonia racemosa, 220
Baspa melampus, 359
Belenois auriginea, 363
a lordaca, 363
2 mesentina, 363
Bibaris sena, 365
Bindahara sugriva, 360
Botrychium, 298

» daucifolium, 315
a lunaria, 315
-- Virginianum, var. lanu-
ginosa, 315
Bovidee, 259
_prachyplatys caroline, 341
niger, 342

Byblia, 275
» cora, 275
» ilithyia, 275, 352
» simplex, 275
Caduga nilgiriensis, 347
Ceelops frithii, 271
*Callitettix affinis, 336
= melanochra, 336
Pn producta, 336
Callosune, 362
be bimbura, 362
as danz, 362
an etrida, 362

a eucharis, 362

ah pernotatus, 362

a pseudevanthe, 362
purus, 362

Calysisme blasius, 348
A indistans, 348
“ justina, 348
» mineus, 348
” perseus, 348
a subfasciata, 348
visala, 348
Caprella geometrica, 251
” linearis, 251
* , #madrasana, 251, 253, 255
el y,5 palkii, 253, 255
Castalins ananda, 357
: decidea, 357
ethion, 357
9 hamatus, 357
e interruptus, 357
“ rosimon, 357

Castor, 259
Catapoecilma elegans, 358
Catochrysops cnejus, 358
eS hapalina, 358
ee patala, 358
“id strabo, 358
Catophaga galena, 362
a5 lankapura, 362
ae neombo, 362
a paulina, 362
wardi, 362
Catopsilia catilla, 361
A crocale, 361
gnoma, 361
» ilea, 361
pyranthe, 361
*Cenestra affinis, 341
- aurora, 34]
~ circulata, 341
‘ matutina, 341
Cercopis dorsalis, 334
af octopunctata, 334
Cervidee, 259
Ba ee 340, 341
BS viridula, 340
Cethosia mahratta, 352
Chapra agna, 366
» mathias, 366
»» promineng, 366
Charaxes athamas, 355
- fabius, 355
Pe imna, 355
“s psaphon, 355
= samatha, 355
serendiba, 355
Ohirmna, 275
Charmus, 275
*Charus daksha, 363
» helenus, 364
Cheilanthes, 298, 300, 302
albomarginata, 296, 300,
301, 302
2 anceps, 301
Dalhousie, 296, 297, 300,
302
farinosa, 296, 297, 300

9?

bs ” ” var. anceps, 301
* ” » »» grisea, 302
” ” », Subdimorpha,
302
” ” » typica, 301

subvillosa, 300, 302
Cheritra jaffra, 360
Chilades laius, 356

sg varunana, 356
Chilasa clytia, 363

» dissimilis, 363

» dravidarum, 363
Choaspes benjamini, 365

400

Choaspes gomata, 365
Chrysocoris marginellus, 344
*

os nilgiriensis, 343
* simplex, 343
Cirrhochroa relata, 353
= swinhoei, 353
thais, 353

Coslops frithii, 263, 271
Coladenia, 292
= dan, 368
% a hamiltonii, 291, 293
indrani, 368
3 tissa, 292, 368
Colias nilagiriensis, 362
Colocasia, 113
= antiquorum, 107
*Compastes minor, 344
Pitgaaie se 3 237
es dentalii, 238, 254
*Coptosoma brunnea, 342
5 minima, 342
* i nazire, 343
Corophiidae, 237
Corophiides, 237
Corophium, 237
Cosmoscarta decisa, 335, 336

Index.

Davallia, 298

” pulchra var. pseudocystopteris,
299

-- (Leucostegia) immersa, 298

” ” pulchra, 299

3 (Stenoloma) chinensis, 299

Delias eucharis, 363
Dentalium lacteum, 237
Deudorix epijarbas, 359
s varuna, 284
Dicksonia, 298

- scabra, 298
Diplazium, 296, 307
s Japonicum, 307
a latifolium var. polymorpha,
307
5 multicaudatum, 308
sa polypodioides, 307

torrentium, 307

Discophora lepida, 351
Drynaria rivale, 312
Echinodiscus, 389
Elephas, 259

*Hlsia, 249

* ,, indica, 250, 254
Elymnias caudata, 351

* ee greeni, 334 Hlymniineg, 361
* e lurida, 335 Equus, 259
* ' minor, 335 Ergolis ariadne, 352
* 5 nigra, 335 » merione, 352
7% i? nigrofasciata, 333 », taprobana, 352
i octopunctata, 334 Hucalyptus, 337
* @ sikkimensis, 335 et 256, 257, 259, 260
* 7 taprobanensis, 333 cinereus, 258
- undata, 333, 335 Euploina, 348
% . » var. affinis, 333,334 Eupleeine, 347, 348, 359
%%

», tripunctata,
333, 334

”» 99

Crastia core, 348
Cricetus, 259
Cryptogramme, 298
crispa, 303

Cupha erymanthis, 352
Cupitha purrea, 366
Curetis thetys, 356
Cyaniris akasa, 356

mt albidisca, 356

y lavendularis, 356
: ee lilacea, var. 356
cae limbatus, 356
puspa, 356

Cynonycteris, 260

as amplexcaudata, 271
Cynopterus marginatus, 271
Cynthia saloma, 352
Cyrestis thyodamas, 355

Cyrtomium falcatum, var. caryotideum,

309
Cystopteris fragilis, 295, 296
Dalchinia teredon, 364

re thermodusa, 364

Enuripus consimilis, 352
Kuthalia adima, 278

ir. appiades, 278

7 evelina, 354

5 garuda, 354

* jahnu. 278

8 lepidea, 354

lubentina, 354

Everes parrhasius, 357
Evotomys, 260
Flata albata, 340
Fulgora amplectens, 338

7 andamanensis, 338

connectens, 338
Galeopitheci, 257
Gammaride, 227
Gammarus fluviatilis, 220
Gangara thyrsis, 365
Ganoris gliciria, 362
Gomalia albofasciata, 367
Goniophlebium amznum, 312
sy lachnopus, 312
microrhizoma, 312

Goniopteris multilineatum, 312
Gymnogramme, 298

Index. 401

Gymnogramme anrita, 314
= tolla, 295
_ (Leptogramme) aurita,
var. Levingii, 314
is (Sellignea) involuta, 314
oy (Syngramme) fraxinea,
314
vestita,
314

9 ?

Halpe beturia, 366

» cerata, 367

» ceylonica, 366

», honorei, 367

» Sitala, 366
Haplodon, 259
Haploops, 223
Harimala buddha, 364

~ crino, 364
Harpyiocephalus cyclotis, 272
% harpyia, 272
leucogaster, 269
Hebomoia glaucippe, 362
Hesperia cephala, 289
ead? cephaloides, 288, 289, 293
Fr ornata, 293
Hesperiidz, 288, 364
Hestia malabarica, 347
*Hidari bhawani, 291, 293

» irava, 291

», staudingeri, 291

» Ssybirita, 291
Hipposideros amboinensis, 262, 263

Pe armiger, 271
- bicolor, 262

« cinereus, 271
am murinus, 271

speoris, 271
Hipposiderns, 260, 262

.. amboinensis, 262, 263
“a armiger, 271

is bicolor, 263, 271

=F diadema, 263

a fulvus, 263

S speoris, 271
Horaga, 358
# albimacula, 283, 284, 293
a onyx, 358
* , Yrana, 283, 284, 293
Pe viola, 284, 358
Huphina cassida, 362
ze phryne, 362
“ remba, 363
Bat ag zeuxippe, 362
Hyarotis atratus, 367
Hypanis polinice, 275
o simplex, 275
Hyperia, 249
Hypolimnas bolina, 354
misippus, 354
Hypolycaona etolus, 360
a nilgirica, 360

Hyposcritia narendra, 362
Hystricomorpha, 257
Idmais, 362
ay amata, 362
» tripuncta, 362
Iliades polymnestor, 364
Iraota timoleon, 359
Ismene helirius, 365
Isoteinon modesta, 367
. nilgiriana, 367
- vindhiana, 367
Ixias agniverna, 362
» anubala, 361
» Gharmsale, 361
»» Meridionalis, 361
» pyrenassa, 361
» pyrene, 361
Jamides bochus, 357
Junonia almana, 352
fe asterie, 352
» atlites, 352
» hierta, 352
» lemonias, 352
» orithyia, 352
Kabanda, 274
a khasiana, 273
s malsarida, 273
Kallima wardi, 355
Kerivoula hardwickii, 270
=. pallida, 272
an papillosa, 270, 272
5 picta, 272
Kroyera, 248
Laertias pammon, 363
Lampides elianus, 358
a alexis, 358
$3 elpis, 358
Lantana, 352
Lasiurus pearsoni, 272
Lastrea Boryanum, 311
# crenatum, 311
» filix mas, var. marginata, 309
ee me » normalis, 309
prolixum, 309
» remotum, 310
Lemoniidz, 355
Leptogramme aurita, var. Levingii, 314
Leptosia xiphia, 361
Lethe drypetis, 348
» europa, 348
» neelgherriensis, 349
» todara, 348, 349
Leucostegia immersa, 298
“, pulchra, 299
Libytheeine, 355
Libythea lepita, 355
S myrrha, 355
vs rama, 355

Limenitis antonia, 276

e armandia, 276
Limnaina, 347

402

Limnas alcippoides, 347
alcippus, 354
» chrysippus, 347, 354
» dorippus, 354
Loxura atymuus, 360
» surya, 360
Lyceea, 249
Lyceidee, 249
Lyceenesthes_ lyczenina, 357
Lycenidx, 278, 356
Lyczopsis, 249
Macherota, 336
euttigera, 336
as pugionata, 336
Mastodon, 259
Matapa aria, 365
Megaderma, 264
lyra, 264, 271
spasma, 264
spectrum, 271
Megisba thwaitesi, 356
*Melanitis aculeata, 351
aswa, 350
bela, 350
ismene, 273, 351
leda, 273, 351
tambra, 350
ziteneus, 351
Menelaides aristolochia, 363
hector, 363
os pandiana, 363
*Messena burmanica, 340
re pulverosa, 340
5 sinuata, 339
Microdeutopus anomalus, 235
australis, 235
chelifer, 235
erandimanus, 235
eryllotalpa, 235
longipes, 235
macronyx, 235
maculatus, 235
* megne, 231, 254
mortoni, 235
tenuipes, 235
ae tenuis, 235
versiculatus, 235
websterii, 235

”

)

99
99

2)

Pi)
Mindura, 341
Miniopteris schreibersi, 270, 272
Moduza procris, 354
Monoculodes, 248

s carinatus, 237
i demissus, 237
* a megapleon, 235, 254

. stimpsonii, 237
*Mononyx indicus, 345
Morphine, 351
Mucuna pruriens, 116
Murina formosa, 272
» suillus, 272

Index.

Mycalesis, 273, 274
5 blasius, 273, 348
“A indistans, 348
“4 justina, 348
3 khasiana, 273, 274
‘; malsarida, 273, 274
7 mandata, 348
* mandosa, 348
. mineus, 348
+ oculus, 348
‘5 perseus, 273
~ subfasciata, 348
a visala, 348
: (Calysisme) blasius, 348
indistans, 348
justina, 348
mineus, 348
perseus, 348
subfasciata, 348
no visala, 348
te ( Nissanga) junonia, 348
* (Orsotrizna) mandata, 348
F mandosa, 348
(Telinga) adolphei, 348
(Virapa) anaxias, 348
Myotis, 266, 270
# berdmorei, 269, 270
» wourinus, 272
» pallidiventris, 269
»» parvipes, 266, 267, 272
» pipistrellus, 266
theobaldi, 269, 270, 272
Myrina orsolina, 287
Nacaduba ardates, 358
Hs dana, 358
$3 hampsoni, 358
; macrophthalma, 358
ss prominens, 357
viola, 358
Narmada corevides, 348
Nemeobiine, 355
Neopithecops zalmora, 356
Neotoma, 259
Nepheronia ceylonica, 363
fraterna, 363
. gea, 363
pingasa, 363
valeria, 363
Nephrodium, 298
a barbigerum, 295, 296

5 Brunonianum, 295, 296
pe canum, 296, 297, 309
os cochleatum, 295, 296

nh elongatum, 310

A filix mas, 310

var. fibrillosa, 309
», marginata, 310
», normalis, 296,
309, 310

patentissima,
309

? ”» Pd

? ” ” ”

Index. 403

Nephrodium filix mas var. Schimperi-
ana, 309
- gracilescens, 295, 296
a marginata, 310
fs parasiticum, 311
a pennigerum, var. multi-
lineata, 311
at prolixum, 297
a remotum, 310
ss rigidum, 296, 309
= a var. marginata,
309
“ setigerum, 295, 296
ee sparsum, 295
si thelypteris, 295
a (Lastrea) Boryanum, 311

crenatum, 311
filix mas, var.
marginata, 309
filix mas, var.
normalis, 309
prolixum, 309
remotum, 310

” »

3 »”»
Neptis antonia, 276
» astola, 353
» eurymene, 353
» hordonia, 352
»» jambah, 353
» Kallaura, 353
» kamarupa, 353
» nana, 276, 293
» mnandina, 353
» narayana, 276
» Ophiana, 353
er, » var. nilgirica, 353
» plagiosa, 352
» Swinhoei, 353
», thisbe, 276
» varmona, 353
viraja, 352
Nilasera, 360
3 amantes, 361
centaurus, 361
Niphobolus, 313
is fissum, 312
Nissanga junonia, 348
Noctulinia noctula, 272
Notholoena, 298

a marantex, 314
Nycticejus atratus, 272

e canus, 272

me castaneus, 272

- heathii, 272
a luteus, 272
a nivicolus, 268, 272
* ornatus, 272
temmincki, 268, 272
Nyctinomus plicatus, 271
Nyctophilus, 264, 265
s geoffroyi, 264, 265, 272
i timoriensis, 264, 272

Nymphalide, 273, 347
Nymphalinez, 274, 352
Cidicerus, 248
os zequimanus, 248
* ee puliciformis, 248, 254
Oleandra, 298
a Wallichii, 311
Onychium, 298
oe Japonicum, 302
var. multisecta,
303

9 93

Opalinidz, 381
Ophioglossum, 298
P vulgatum, 315
Opis, 222, 223
Ornithoptera minos, 363
Orpheides erithonius, 363
Orsotrizena mandata, 348
mandosa, 348
Osmunda, 298
a Claytoniana, 309, 314
regalis, 315
Oxycephalide, 249
Pademma kollari, 348
Padraona, 366
oe dara, 366
~ gola, 366
sg mesoides, 366
pseudomesa, 366

*Papilio daksa, 363

» demolion, 288

» helenus, 288, 364
» ilithyia, 275

», liomedon, 364

* 4, noblei, 287, 288, 293

» paris, 364
» tamilana, 364
», (Achillides) tamilana, 364
* 4, (Charus) daksha, 363
» (Chilasa) clytia, 363
. as dissimilis, 363
as of dravidarum, 363
», (Dalchinia) teredon, 364
_ thermodusa, 364
os Rah Harimala) buddha, 364
i crino, 364
ye (Tliades) polymnestor, 364
» (Laertias) pammon, 363
» (Menelaides) aristolochia, 363
“o a hector, 363
pandiana, 363
ne Ornithoptera) minos, 363
» (Orpheides) erithonius, 363
» (Pathysa) nomius, 364
» (Zetides) agamemnon, 364
Pe doson, 364
Papilionide, 287, 361
Papilionine, 287, 363
Paralycea, 249
Parantica aglea, 347
Parata alexis, 865

404

Parata chromus, 365
Parnara bada, 365
‘5 bevani, 365
ss kumara, 365
* narooa, 365
a toona, 365
EP ou: uma, 292, 293
Parthenos virens, 354
Pathysa nomius, 364
Phegopteris auriculatum, 311
mS distans, 311
a dryopteris, 312
ne erubescens, 311
Phromnia, 341
Phyllorhina, 260
armigera, 271
Phymatodes clathratum, 313
a ebenipes, 314,

“5 hastatum, 313

ve lineare, 312, 313
malacodon, 314

5 membranaceum, 313

~ simplex, 313
“ Stewartii, 314
Pierine, 361
Piesia aquilina, 303
Pipistrellus lepidus, 267
Platyscelidce, 249
Plecotus auritus, 272
Plesioneura agni, 290

% alysos, 368

= ambareesa, 367

* “5 basiflava, 290, 293, 368
* = fusca, 367
* sy laxmi, 290, 293

is leucocera, 367

5 nigricans, 367

EF restricta, 368

spilothyrus, 367

Plesmoniam margaretiferum, 108

*Polydictya affinis, 339
Polyommatus beeticus, 358
Polypodium, 298

Index.

Polypodium (Niphobolus) fissum, 312
- (Phegopteris) auriculatum,
311

_ pe distans, 311

* = dryopteris, 312

M4 erubescens,311

+ (Phymatodes) clathratum,

313

s 5, ebenipes, 314

» hastatum, 313

iy », lineare, 312

a », malacodon, 314

7 » membranaceum,
313

x » Simplex, 313

Stewartii, 314
Polystichum aculeatum, 308

” ” var. lobata, 308

. auriculatum, var. cespi-
tosa, 308

"A ilicifolium, 308

5 Prescottianum, 309

re Thomsoni, 308
Poritia pharyge, 281
Pratapa cleobis, 360
Precis iphita, 352
Pronoidee, 249
Pseudolycawa, 249
Pteris, 298

» Cretica, 303
» excelsa, 303
» longifolia, 303
» longipinnula, 295, 296
» quadri-aurita, 303
( Piesia) aquilina, 303
Pteromys, 256, 257, 258
‘5 oral, 256
Pteropus edwardsi, 271
ms leschenaultii, 271
= medius, 271
Pyrameis cardui, 354
i indica, 354
Pyregus galba, 367

a adnascens, 295 Pyrops javanensis, 339

43 appendiculatum, 295, 296 » nobilis, 339

a clathratum, 297 5 servillei, 339

5 fissum, 295 *Rapala buxaria, 285, 293

- hiemiontideum, 295, 296 » distorta, 359

i juglandifolium, 295 » Jlazulina, 359

is lineare, 297, 313 » nissa, 286

$3 propinquum, 295 » orseis, 284

53 punctatum, 295 * ,, rosacea, 285, 293

53 rivale, 295 » Schistacea, 285, 359

a simplex, 297 » Sphinx, 284

ds (Drynaria) rivale, 312 r312 % tara, 284, 293

ss (Goniophlebium ) amzenum, Raphidophora, 110

ue », lachnopus, 312 Rathinda amor, 359

& » microrhizoma, Remelana yajna, 286
312

Remusatia vivipara, 109

a (Goniopteris) maultilinea- Rhinolophus, 262

tum, 312

” affinis, 261, 262, 263, 271

Index.

Rhinolophus cinerascens, 261

* ferrum-equinum, 263, 271
= fulvidus, 261

. garoensis, 262

oy hipposiderus, 263

= lepidus, 261, 262

- Inctus, 271

macrotis, 263, 271

a minor, 261, 262, 263, 271
# mitratus, 271

5 pearsoni, 263, 271

os perniger, 271

- petersi, 261

= rammanika, 261

rouxi, 261, 262, 271

” rubidus, 261

2 subbadinus, 261, 262, 271

tragatus, 263, 27 il
Rhinopoma hardwickii, 27 1
microphyllum, 271
Ricania obscura, 341
Rohana camiba, 352
Salatura genutia, 347
Sarangesa albicilia, 368
a dasahara, 368

*Sastragala affinis, 344

a uniguttata, 344
Satadra canarica, 360
Satyride, 273
Satyrinz, 273, 348
Sauromatum sessiliflornm, 108
Sciuridz, 256, 257, 259
Sciuromorpha, 259
Scotophilus, 267, 268

= borbonicus, 268

i ceylonicus, 265

- coromandelianus, 270, 272
sy fuliginosus, 270, 272

4 gigas, 268

ee heathi, 270

* kuhli, 267, 268, 270, 272
Ss leachi, 267

.. leisleri, 271

6! lobatus, 272

~ maderaspatanus, 265

ce ornatus, 268, 272

s pachyomus, 271

¥ serotinus, 271

temmincki, 268, 270, 272
Sellignea involuta, 314
Serpulex, 337
Simorhynchusg, 249
Sithon indra, 358
Spalgis epius, 356
Spindasis abnormis, 359

a concana, 359
_ elima, 359
ey lazularia, 359

* trifurcata, 359
mx vulcanus, 359
Stenoloma chinensis, 299

53

'

Suastus aditus, 365
» gremius, 365
= subgriseus, 366
Surendra todara, 360
Sympheedra nais, 354
Synantheris silvatica, 108
Syngramme fraxinea, 314
+ vestita, 314
Synotus darjelinensis, 265, 272
3 darjelingensis, 272
Tagiades atticus, 367
i obscurus, 367
*Tajuria donatana, 287, 293
» istroidea, 286, 293
» longinus, 360
» melastigma, 360
Talicada nyseus, 358
Tapena thwaitesi, 368
Taphozous longimanus, 271
sa melanopogon, 271
a saccoleemus, 271
- saccolaimus, 271
Taractrocera coramas, 366
mevius, 366
Tarucus callinara, 357
4 nara, 357
i plinius, 357
Telchinia violz, 352
Telicota bambusz, 366
Telinga adolphei, 348
Terias eesiope, 361
» Grona, 36}
» excavata, 361
» hecabe, 361
Pe hecabeoides, 361
» leta, 361
», lybthea, 361
» purrea, 361
» rama, 361
» rubella, 36]
» Silhetana, 361
» Swinhoei, 361
» Uuniformis, 361
venata, 361
Thamnotettix bipunctata, 338
nigro-picta, 338
Thamyris, 249
Thanaos indistincta, 366
Tirumala limniace, 347
F. septentrionis, 347
Trichomanes, 298
auriculatum, 295, 296
bipunctatum, 298
Typhonium cuspidatum, 108
- divaricatum, 108
a gracile, 108
trilobatum, 108
Udaspes folus, 368
Urothoé elegans, 246
* , ruber, 246
» rubra, 255

405

406

Vadebra lankana, 359
Vanessa canace, 355
* haronica, 355
Vespertilio, 266, 267, 270
% adversus, 270, 272
a8 blythii, 272

% caliginosus, 272

i coromandelicus, 267
- darjilingensis, 272
= dobsoni, 270

. formosus, 270, 272
tf fuliginosa, 270

Ms hasselti, 269

S longipes, 269, 272

3 megalopus, 269

- montivagus, 270

‘ muricola, 272

x murinus, 272

* mystacinus, 270, 272
55 nepalensis, 267

- pallidiventris, 267

3 siligorensis, 272

nities 267, 268
Vespertilion de Coromandel, 267
Vesperugo, 267

4 abramus, 266, 270, 272

” atratus, 272

A bechsteini, 266

c ceylonicus, 265

3 imbricatus, 265
‘5 indicus, 265, 266

6 kuhli, 267, 272
5 leisleri, 271

* leucotis, 267

us maderaspatanus, 265
maurus, 265

mi micropus, 266

xs mordax, 265

- murinus, 266

<n nasutus, 265

i nattereri, 266

i nepalensis, 267

5 noctula, 266, 272

Index.

*

Vesperugo pallidiventris, 267

‘3 pipistrellus, 266, 267, 270,
272
» Savi, 265

5 serotinus, 271

Virachola isocrates, 359

- perse, 359
Virapa anaxias, 348
Westwoodilla, 248
Woodsia, 298

és elongata, 298
Woodwardia, 298

radicans, 804
Xantharpyia, 260
amplexicaudata, 271

Ypthima baldus, 349

:, ceylonica, 359

5 chenui, 350

rr huebneri, 350

ie mahratta, 350

3 marshallii, 349

* singala, 350

a striata, 349

* tabella, 350

7 thora, 350

vpthimoides, 350

Zarona jasoda, 280, 293

*Zephyrus dohertii, 278, 279, 298

es icana, 279
Zesius chrysomallus, 359
Zetides agamemnon, 364

» doson, 864
Zipoetes saitis, 350
Zizera indica, 357

5) - thalia;s- 357

» ossa, 857

» _putli, 356

» pygmea, 356

sanera, 357
Zizyphus, 336
Zophoessa andersoni 274
- baladeva, 275
" ramadeva, 274, 293

NEW SERIES. VOL. LVI, CCLXXXII.

SS Ee —EOEOEEEEEOOOOeOee OO Oe eeeee_le_l ll lel e_l_l_l_l_l ll lll eT

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASJATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

Vol. LVII, Part II, No. I.—1888.

EDITED BY

JHE NaTURAL fiisTORY SECRETARY,

y The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and
within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by
man or produced by nature.’—Si1r WILLIAM JONES,

"
hs
|

¥,* Communications should be sent wnder cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,
to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon-
don, care of Messrs. Triibner and Oo., 57 & 59, Ludgate Hill.

CALCUTTA:

PRintep By G, ff, Rouse, AT THE PaPTIs¥ MISSION PRESS,
AND PUBLISHED BY THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY, 57, PARK STREET,

1888.

Price (exclusive of postage) to Subscribers, Re.1.——To Non-SubscribersR 1-8
Price in England, 2 Shillings and sixpence

Issued June 8th, 1888.

CONTENTS.

I.—Notes on Indian Ruyncenota; Huteroprera, No. 3.—By E. T.
Arxinson, B. A. ase eee
Il.—A General Theorem on the Pajforential Equations of Tr ae
tories—By AsutosH Muxnopapuyay, M. A., F. R. A. S.,,
BR. S. Hgts as
-I1I.—On Poisson’s Integral. —By AstvTosu Mionuoninacan M. A.,
F. R. A. S., F. R. 8. E, (With a Woodcut) a
IV.—On the Nahe of the Toate Principle of the Aroides. a y
A. Pepuzr, F. C. 8. (Lond. & Berl.), Professor of Chemistry,
Presidency College, and OC. J. H. Warven, F. C. 8. (Lond. &
Berl.), ee 2 Chemistry, Medical College, Calcutta

eee age

Page, °

Lj

72

106

CONTENTS
Gants OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART (PT. II.) OF THE

JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1887.

‘%

No. 1, (issued July 23rd, 1887). On the Influence of Indian Forests
on the Rainfall. By Henry F. Buayrorp, F. R. S., Meteorological Re-
porter to the Government of India. On the changes observed in the Density
of the Surface Sea-water, coincident with, and due to Aerial Disturbances,

and consequent Alteration of Baric Pressure over adjacent sea Areas; and
on the Usefulness of a more exact measwrement of the Specific Gravity of
Sea-water : more especially with . Reference to the Waters near and about
the Hooghly River Pilot Station.—By Samurnt R. Exson. Notes on Indian
Rhynchota: Heteroptera, No. 1.—By E.T. Arxinson, B. A., Prusipenr, A
second series of New Species of Ficus from New Guinea.—By Grorce Kina,
M. B., LL. D., F. L. 8., Superintendent of the Royal Botanic Garden,
Calcutta. On some New Species of Ficus from Sumatra.—By Grorce
Kine, M, B., LL. D., F. L. S., Superintendent, Botanic Garden, Calcutta.
On the Mammals and Birds collected by Captain C. EH. Yarn, C. 8S. L.; of
the Afghan Boundary Commission.—By J. Scuuty. On the Species of
Loranthus indigenous to Perak—By Guorce Kina, M. B., LL. D.,
F. L. S., Superintendent of the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta. E’tude
sur les Arachnides de V Asie méridionale faisant partie des collections de
VP Indian Museum (Oalcutia). Par M. BE. Stuon, de Paris.—Communi-
cated by THE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN Museum. On the Differ-
ential Equation of a Trajectory—By AsutosH Muxnopapnyay, M. A.,
F.R.A.S., F. R.S. E. Communicated by tor Hon’sue Magenpraau
Srecar, M. D., C. I. E.. (With a Woodcut.)

No. 2, (issued November 2nd, 1887). On the Effects produced by
small Quantities of Bismuth on the Ductility of Silver—By Suragon-
Masor J. Scuniy, Assay Master, Calcutta. On Monge’s Differential
Equation to all Conics.—By AsutosH Mouxuopapnyay, M. A., F. R, A. S.,
F.R.S.E. Communicated by Toe Hon’sie Manenprarat Sircar, M. D.,
C. I. E. Notes on Indian Rhynchota:- Heteroptera, No. 2.—By HE. T.
Atkinson, B. A., Presipent. Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian
Marine Survey Steamer “ Investigator,” Commander ALFRED CARPENTER
R. N., Commanding. No. 4. Description of a new species of Crustacea
belonging to the Brachyurous family Raninide.—By J. Woop-Mason,
Esq., Superintendent of the Indian Musewm, and Professor of Comparative

Anatomy and Zoology in the Medical Oollege of Bengal, Calcutta.

(With Pl. I.) Natural History Notes from H.-M.’s Indian Marine Survey
Steamer “ Investigator,” Commander AtFrep Carpenter, R. N., Com-
manding. No. 5. On some Nodular Stones obtained by trawling off Colombo
in 675 Fathoms of Water.—By H. J. Jones, A. R. S. M., Geological Survey
of India. (With Pl. II.) Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian
Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,” Commander Atrrep CARPENTER,
R. N., Commanding. No. 6. On siw new Amphipods from the Bay of
Bengal.—By G.M. Gines, M. B., F. BR. C. S., Surgeon-Naturalist to
the Marine Survey. (With Pls. II.—VIII.) Natural History Notes
from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander
Aurrep Carpenter, R. N., Commanding. No.7. The Mean Temperature
of the Deep Waters of the Bay of Bengal. By Oommander CarpEntsr,
R.N., D.S. O., F. R. Met. Soc, F. Z. S. Communicated by tHE
SUPERINTENDENT or THE InpIAN Muszum. (With Pl. X.)

No. 3, (issued January 30th, 1888). On the Chiroptera of Repaid
By J. Scutty. Notes on some recent Neolithic and Paleolithic Finds in
South India.—By R. Bruce Foors, F. G. S8., Superintendent of the Geo-
logical Survey of India, Fellow of the University of Madras.—Communi-
cated by Tuu SuPERINTRNDENT OF THE InpIAN Museum. (Witha Map.
Pl. XI.) H’tude sur les Arachnides de Vl’ Asie méridionale faisant
partie des collections de Indian Museum (Calcutta)—Par M. E. Simon,
de Paris. Communicated by THE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN Museum.
A Memoir on Plane Analytic Geometry.—By AsvutosH MuKkHOoPADHYAY,
M.A, F. R. A..S., F. R. S. E., Communicated by Tue Hon’sie
ManeEnprRataL Sircar, M. D., C. 1. E. (With three Woodcuts.)

No. 4, (issued March 18th, 1888.) A Descriptive List of the Uredine
occurring in the Neighbourhood of Simla (Western Himalaya).—By A.

ae

Barciay, M. B., Bengal Medical Service (With Pls. XII.—XV.) Natural

History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’
Commander Aurrep CarPenteR, R. N., Commanding. No. 8. Description
‘of a new species of the Brachyurous Genus Lyreidus from the Depths of

the Andaman Sea.—By J. Woov-Mason, HsqQ., Superintendent of the —

Indian Museum, and Professor of Comparative Anatomy and Zoology im

' the Medical College of Bengal, Calcutta. Title-page, Index, §c., to the.

Volume.

a eat od oo a

P 5 P ‘
- <! ” ov ¢ * re -
CO Ge ee ee ee ee ee

~~

\

Pee JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

- Vol. LVII, Part II, No. II.—1888.
EDITED BY ,

JHE NaTURAL ftIsTORY pECRETARY,

DOF TERESI) SORES EA SEO I oD us i
EEE ei ae Sele

‘** The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and
within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by
man or produced by nature.’’—Si1r Wi.LLiaM JONES.

*,* Communications should be sent wnder cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,
to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon-
don, care of Messrs. Triibner and Co., 57 SX 59, Ludgate Hill.

— eee ee ene

CALCUTTA:

PRINTED By G, fi. Rouse, aT THE PapTisy MISSION PRESS,
AND PUBLISHED BY THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY, 57, PARK STREET,

1888.

Price (exclusive of postage) to Subscribers, Re. 1.—To Non-Subscribers Rs ,1-8
Price in England, 2 Shillings and sixpence

Issued July 19th, 1888.

CONTENTS.

Page
V.—Notes on Indian Ruyncnora ; HeTeroprera, No. 5.—By KE. T.
Arkinson, B. A. = see 118
VI.—On recent Tornadoes in Bengal seh special reference to ay.
Tornado at Dacca on April 7th, 1888. In two Parts, Part I.
A Description of the Meteorological Conditions in Bengal which
accompanied the Formation of the Dacca Tornado.—By ALEX.
Prepier, Offg. Meteorological Reporter to the Government of
Bengal. Part II. A full Description of the actual Phenomena
of the Dacca Tornado.—By A. Cromsiz, M. D., Civil Surgeon
of Dacca. (With Plates XX1V.—XXIX.)_,,.. pon oe gene

eee

— —*No. 1, Gssued July 28rd, 1887). On the Influence of Indian Forests
: on the Rainfall.—By Hunxy F. Buanrorp, F. R. S., Meteorological Rey ey ayes

$ porter to the Government of India. On the changes ies inthe Density eae

® of the Surface Sea-water, coincident with, and due to Aerial Disturbances, Rf
and consequent Alteration of Baric Pressure over adjacent sea Areas; and eee
>a on the Usefulness of a more exact measurement of the Specific reais of i ee

_-*Sea-water : more especially with Reference to the Waters near and about
F giles aged River Pilot Station By Samurnt R. Exson. Notes on Indian

corn series ty New Gols of Weta Son Nau ee iy GEORGE Kine

My. B., LL. D., F. L. 8.; Superintendent of the Royal Botanic Garden,

MG Daiuitia. On some New Species of Ficus from Sumatra.—By Grorce — :

: ‘Eng, M, B., LL. D., F. L. S., Superintendent, Botanic Garden, Calcutta. —

— On the ec, ond Birds ee by Captain C. EH, Yarn, C. 8. L., of .

the Afghan Boundary Commission —By J. Sounty. On the Species of
Loranthus indigenous. to Perak—By Grorce Kine, M. B., LL. D.,

F.L.S., Superintendent of the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta. H’tude

Re sur les Arachnides del Asie méridionale faisant partie des collections de

V Indian Museum (Calcutta). Par M. E. Simon, de Paris.—Oommuni-

cated by Tue SuperRiInTENDENT OF THE InDIAN MuszuM. On the Differ-

ential Equation of a Trajectory—By AsvtosH Muxsopapnyay, M. A.,

ERAS. F.R.S.E. Communicated by tun Hon’sin Manewratat

Sircar, M. D., C.1. EB. (With a Woodcut.)

No. 2, (issued November 2nd, 1887). On the Effects produced by

small Quantities of Bismuth on the Ductility of Silver—By Suranon-

Mason J. Scunty, Assay Master, Calcutta. On Monge’s Differential

-—s- Equation to all Conics—By Asurosn Muxnopapuyay, M. A., F. R. A. S.,

F.R.S.E. Communicated by Tue Hon’srne Manenpratat Sirxar, M. D.,

©. 1. BE. Notes on Indian Rhynchota: Heteroptera, No. 2.—By H. T.

Arxtyson, B. A., Presipenr. Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian

Marine Survey Steamer “ Investigator,” Commander AurreD CARPENTER

oe R.N., Commanding. No.4. Description of a new species of Crustacea
oh belonging to the Brachyurous family Raninide.—By J» Woop-Mason,
if : Hisq., Superintendent of the Indian Museum, and Professor of Comparative .
is

et ee Le er

say .
*” q
4

Anatomy and Zoology in the Medical College of Bengal, Oalcutta.
(With Pl. 1.) Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey
Steamer “ Investigator,’ Commander ALFRED Carpenter, R. N., Com-
manding. No. 5. On some Nodular Stones obtained by trawling off Colombo
in 675 Fathoms of Water.—By HE. J. Jonus, A. R. S. M., Geological Survey
of India. (With Pl. II.) Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian
Marine Survey Steamer “ Investigator,” Commander ALFRED CARPENTER,
R.N., Commanding. No. 6. On six new Amphipods from the Bay of
Bengal.—By G. M. Giuus, M. B., F. R. C. S., Surgeon-Naturalist to
the Marine Survey. (With Pls. II1.—VIII.) Natural History Notes
from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander
ALFRED CARPENTER, R. N., Commanding. No.7. The Mean Temperature
of the Deep Waters of the Bay of Bengal. By Commander CarpeEntsr,
R.N., D.S. O., F. R. Met. Soc. F. Z. S. Communicated by THE
SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN Museum. (With Pl. X.)

No. 3, (issued January 30th, 1888). On the Chiroptera of Nepal.—
By J. Scuuuy. Notes on some recent Neolithic and Paleolithic Finds in
South India.—By BR. Bruce Foors, F. G. S., Superintendent of the Geo-
logical Survey of India, Fellow of the University of Madras——Communi-
cated by Tun SuPERINTENDENT OF THE InDIAN Museum. (With a Map.
Pl. XI.) H’tude sur les Arachnides de V Asie méridionale faisant
partie des collections de V Indian Museum (Calcutta)—Par M. E. Simon,
de Paris, Communicated by THe SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN Museum.
A Memoir on Plane Analytic Geometry—By AsutosH Muxwopapuyay,
M.A. F. R. A. SS. F. R. S. E., Communicated by Taz Hon’sun
MAHENDRALAL Sircar, M. D., C. 1. E. (With three Woodcuts.)

No. 4, (issued March 18th, 1888.) A Descriptive List of the Uredinese
occurring in the Neighbourhood of Simla (Western Himalaya).—By A.
Barciay, M. B., Bengal Medical Service (With Pls. XII.—XYV.) Natural
History Notes from H. M,’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’
Commander Aurrup Carrsenter, R. N., Commanding. No. 8. Description
of a new species of the Brachyurous Genus Lyreidus from the Depths of
the Andaman Sea.—By J. Woov-Mason, Esq., Superintendent of the
Indian Museum, and Professor of Comparative Anatomy and Zoology in
the Medical College of Bengal, Calcutta.

~

ro - o
i ~ i oe i ' ib ea
Se ee ee ee ee pee ae a a ee ee

:

_,_ NEW SERIES. VOL. LVII. CCLXXXVI.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

Vol. LVII, Part II, No. III.—1888.

EDITED BY

J HE NaTURAL fiIsTORY SECRETARY.

~~

—

SSS ee RB

| i ‘‘The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and
ae within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by
. ; man or produced by nature.’’—Si1r WILLIAM JONES.

me : faa *,* Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,
pC eres 5 | to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon-
pie P | don, care of Messrs. Triibner and Co., 57 Sf 59, Ludgate Hill.

LL eee ee le leer eeree_eseo

CALCUTTA:

PRINTED BY G, ff, ROUSE, AT THE PAPTISF Mission PRESS,

AND PUBLISHED BY THE

AASIATIC SOCIETY, 57, PARK STREET,

1888.

-

a —

Wi, Price (exclusive of postage) to Subscribers, Re. 1.——To Non-Subscribers Rs. 1-8
Price in England, 2 Shillings and sixpence

Issued October 10th, 1888.

CONTENTS.

VIil.—Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey
Steamer ‘ Investigator ’ Commander ALFRED CARPENTER, R. N.,
D. 8. 0., Commanding. No. 9. Further Notes on the Amphi-
poda of Indian Waters—By G. M. Giuzs, M. B., F. R. C.S.,
Surgeon-Naturalist to the Marine Survey (With Plates VI.—
XII.), aus ave eve oes bee

VIlIl.—On Eupetaurus, a new form of Flying Squirrel from
Kashmir.—By Oupristp Tuomas, British Museum (Natural
History). Communicated by Tur Naturau History Secretary.
(With Plates XXII. & XXIII.), ... ant

IX.—Notes on Indian Chivroptera.—By W. T. Branrorn, F. R. S.

Page

220

256
260

le) a ee ot

a |

-

ea, Ut,
¥ ‘kn 4

CONTENTS

OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART (PT. Il.) OF THE

JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1887.

No. 1, (issued July 23rd, 1887). On the Influence of Indian Forests
on the Rainfall.—By Hunry F. Buayrorp, F. R. S., Meteorological Re-
porter to the Government of India. On the changes observed in the Density
of the Surface Sea-water, coincident with, and due to Aerial Disturbances,
and consequent Alteration of Baric Pressure over adjacent sea Areas; and
on the Usefulness of a more exact measurement of the Specific Gravity of
Sea-water : more especially with Reference to the Waters near and about
the Hooghly River Pilot Station By Samunt R. Epson. Notes on Indian
Rhynchota: Heteroptera, No. 1.—By E.T. Atkinson, B.A., Prestpent. A
second series of New Species of Ficus from New Guinea.—By Guorce Kine,

M. B., LL. D., F. L. S., Superintendent of the Royal Botanic Garden,
Calcutta. On some New Species of Ficus from Sumatra.—By GEorGe
Kine, M, B., LL. D., F. L. S., Superintendent, Botanic Garden, Calcutta.

On the Mammals and Birds collected by Caprain C. EH. Yarn, C.S. L., of
the Afghan Boundary Commission.—By J. Scunty. On the Species of
Loranthus indigenous to Perak—By Grorce Kine, M. B., LL. D., |
F.L.S., Superintendent of the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta. E’tude

sur les Arachnides de l’ Asie méridionale faisant partie des collections de

V Indian Museum (Calcutta). Par. M. E. Simon, de Paris.—Communi-
cated by Tue SuperRinTeNDENT OF THE INDIAN Museum. On the Differ-
ential Bquation of a Trajectory—By AsurosH Muxuopapuyay, M. A.,

F.R.A.S., F.R.S.E. Communicated by tHE Hon’sie Manenpraat
‘Srrecar, M. D., C. 1. BE. (With a Woodcut.)

No. 2, (issued November 2nd, 1887). On the Effects produced by

small Quantities of Bismuth on the Ductility of Stlver—By Suranon-

~Masor J. Scunty, Assay Master, Calcutta. On Monge’s Differential

___ Equation to all Conics—By AsurosH Muxnopapuyay, M. A., F. R. A.S,,

_ -F.R.S.E. Communicated by Tae Hon’sie Manenpratat Sirxar, M. D.,
_ ©. 1. EB. Notes on Indian Rhynchota: Heteroptera, No. 2.— By H. T.
_Arkinson, B. A., Presipent. Natwral History Notes from H. M.’s Indian
Marine Survey Steamer “ Investigator,” Commander AtrrepD CARPENTER
R. N., Commanding. No. 4. Description of a new species of Crustacea

belonging to the Brachyurous family Raninide.—By J. Woop-Mason,

__Hsq., Superintendent of the Indian Museum, and Professor of Comparative

Anatomy and Zoology in the Medical College of Bengal, Oalcutta. i a
(With Pl. 1.) Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey ; .
Steamer “ Investigator,” Commander AurreD Carpenter, R. N., Com-— ty
manding. No. 5. On some Nodular Stones obtained by trawling off Colombo ——
in 675 Fathoms of Water.—By H. J. Jonus, A. R. S. M., Geological Survey 4
of India. (With Pl. 1I.) Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian
Marine Survey Steamer “ Investigator,” Commander ALFRED CARPENTER, _
R.N., Commanding. No. 6. On sia new Amphipods from the Bay of *
Bengal.—By G.M. Guus, M. B., F. R. C. S., Surgeon-Naturalist to — a
the Marine Survey. (With Pls. III—VIII.) Natural History Notes
from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander —
ALFRED CARPENTER, R. N., Commanding. No. 7. The Mean Temperature =
of the Deep Waters of the Bay of Bengal. By Commander CARPENTER,
R.N., D.S. O., F. BR. Met. Soc. F. Z. 8. Communicated by THE
SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN Museum. (With Pl. X.) :
No. 3, (issued January 30th, 1888). On the Chiroptera of Nepal. —
By J. Scuuty. Notes on some recent Neolithic and Paleolithic Finds in
South India.—By BR. Bruce Foors, F. G. 8., Superintendent of the Geo-
logical Survey of India, Fellow of the University of .Madras.—Communi- ee
cated by THe SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN Museum. (Witha Map. — ee
Pl. XI.) H’tude sur les Arachnides de V Asie méridionale faisant
partie des collections de’ Indian Museum (Calcutta)—Par M. E. a Baar
de Paris. Communicated by Tun SuPERINTENDENT oF THE INDIAN MusnUM,
A Memoir on Plane Analytic Geometry.—By AsvtosH Muxnorapnyay, — ‘gm
M.A. F. R. A. S., F. BR. S. H., Communicated by Ton Hon’atrn
"Manenprazat Sircar, M. D., 0. 1. EH. (With three Woodcuts.) >: Soy
No. 4, (issued March 18th, 1888.) A Descriptive List of the Urediness — as ,

occurring in the ‘eon. of Simla ters sea! - Ae Yi

ae

Indian Museum, apa Penkosier of Pie Ss Bae © and Zoolo
the Medical College of eae Calcutta.

JOURNAL.

OF THRE

‘

~

‘

_ ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

Vol. LVU, Part II,

- a a

No. IV.—18ag.

EDITED By

JHE Natura fiistory SECRETARy,

PDS PPA one

oN pS

NN AS PSP tre greta Oe DO nn

Wigs
eat
Sach berth

exo si

=H
TH tient

=

—=

Un-A

ieee ik:
*,* Communications should be sent under cover to the Seer

to whom ail orders for the work are to be
don, care of Messrs. Triibnoy and Co., 57

etaries, Asiat. Soc.,
addressed in India ; or, in. Lon-
& 59, Ludgate Mill,

AA

CALCUTTA:

|i) Prinrep sy f. ft. Rouse, ar tye PAPTISF Mission PREss,
‘a 2a AND PUBLISHED BY THE

ASIATIC Society, 5], PARK Street, | |

ESS c Z SUN sree NE 4 natant cy eee ae
€ (exclusive of Postage) to Subscribers, Re. 1.— To Non-Subse ‘Ss
a Price in England, 2 Shillings ana sixpence, wf
Issued March 23rd, 1889. :

CONTENTS.

SS

4
X.—On new or little-known Butterflies from the Indian Region.—By
Loney pe Nice/vize, F. EH. S., C.M.Z. S. (With Pls. XIII.
& XIV.) wccevecveee

XI—A List of the Ferns of Simla in the N. W. Himalaya between ,

Levels of 4,500 and 10,500 Feet.—By H. F. Buanrorp, F. R. S.
(With Pls. AA TeX RT) iis ea cha. (8G sien polbaceane ster cnnagne
XIL.—On the Differential Equation of all Parabolas.—By AsutTosH
Muxnopapuyay, M. A., F. R. A. S., BF. B.S. Be oes cee ene cee
XTI1.— New or little-known Indian Rhynchota.—By BH. T. AtTKIN-
son, B. A. (With Pl. »:6' Re ee
XIV.—The Butterflies of the N ilgiri District, South India.—By
G. F. Hampson, B. A., Coll. Exon., Oxon. Communicated by
Tur SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN MUSEUM .....cseccescnecee nee
XV.—The Psychrometer and the Condensing Hygrometer.—By S. A.
Hit, B. Sc., Meteorological Reporter to the Government of the
North-Western Provinces and Oud caioesawccavs

in the Alimentary Canal of AXolosoma chlorostictum W.-M.,
MSS.—By Henry H. ANDERSON, B. A. Communicated by THE
MicroscopicaL Society OF Cancurra (With PI. 1.) 0... cee eeeene
XVIL—On certain Features im the Geological Structure of the Mye-
lat District of the Southern Shan States in Upper Burmah as
affecting the Drainage of the Cowntry.— By BriGaDIER-GENERAL
H. Cotuzt?, C.B. Communicated by Dr. D. D. Cunninenam,

XVII1.-—Notes on some Objects from a Neolithic Settlement recently

discovered by Mz. W. H. P. Driver, at Ranchi in the Chota

Nagpore District —By J. Woop-Mason, Superintendent of the
Indian Museum, and Professor of Comparative Anatomy in the

Medical College of Bengal, Calcutta (With Pls. IL—V.).........

SE a

273

249

346

9934

346

381

369°

XV1I.—Anoplophrya seolosomatis, a new Ciliate Infusorvan parasitic |

384 ‘oe

au. © M's) Be yt ede Die, ~ ot A ON - om
oe sas RAT he a > Ya far © a och wrt
[Saal eens te aes ae tt 4 oe ‘ :
ike hte Mh oe ge’ pean Serr, Ne
3 - onde broke ~ “i - a or <p :
+ AG ke . » Ta Pay Sis
cA Wai
CONTENTS

OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART (PT. IL.) OF THE

No. 1, (issued July 23rd, 1887). On the Influence of Indian Forests
e Rainfall.—By Hunsy F. Buanrorp, F. R. S., Meteorological Re-
er to the Government of India. On the changes observed in the Density
» Surface Sea-water, coincident with, and due to Aerial Disturbances,
consequent Alteration of Baric Pressure over adjacent sea Areas; and
the Usefulness of a more exact measurement of the Specific Gravity of
-water: more especially with Reference to the Waters near and about
‘ooghly River Pilot Station By Samvrt R. Exson. Notes on Indian
chota : Heteroptera, No. 1.—By E.T. Arxinson, B.A., Presipenr. A
series of New Species of Ficus from New Guinea. a, GeorceE Kine,

B., LL. D., F. L. S., Superintendent of the Royal Botanic Gar: ine
( a On some New Species of Ficus frem Sumatra.—By Grorce
iG, M. B., LL. D., F. L. 8., Superintendent, Botanic Garden, Calcutta.
the taninale ana Birds solloateil by Caprain C. E. Yars, C. S. 1., of
Afghan Boundary Commission.—By J. Scutty. On the asec. of
anthus indigenous to Perak—By Grorcr Kine, M. B., LL. D.,

ne; Superintendent of the Royal Botanic Garden, Cauda, Bitude
les Arachnides de ’ Asie méridionale faisant partie des collections de
dian Museum (Calcutta). Par M. EH. Simon, de Paris.—Communi-
2 Tue SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN MusEumM. On the Differ-
uw Hquation of a Trajectory—By AsvutosH Muxnopapnyay, M. A.

Ss $., F.R.S. E. Communicated by tan Hon’sur Wisunpsadie
AL ,M. D., C.1. E. (With a Woodcut.)

¥ ag 2, (issued November 2nd, 1887). On the Effects produced by
all Quantities of Bismuth on the Ductility of Silver—By Surceon-
AJOR J. Scutty, Assay Master, Calcutta. On Monge’s Differential
ation to all Conics.— By AsutosH Muxuopapnyay, M. A., F. R.A. S.,

.. S. BH. Communicated by Tur Hon’pLe Manenpratan peak M. D.,

" B. Notes on Indian Rhynchota: Heteroptera, No. 2. — By ii. .

-KINSON, B. A., Presipent. Natural aa a Notes from H. M.’s Indian
Marine Survey Steamer “ Investigator,” Commander Aurrep CarPENrTer
R tN, Commanding. No. 4. Description of a new species of Crustacea
ie onging to the Brachyurous family Raninide.—By J. Woop-Mason‘
“Esa. 1 Superintendent of the Indian Museum, and Professor of Comparative

> Anatomy and Zoology in the Medical College of Bengal, Calcutta.
(With Pl. 1.) Natural History Yotes from H. M.’s Indian Marin: Survey

Steamer “ Investigator,’ Commander Aurrep Carpenter, R. N., Cont
manding. No.5. On some Nodular Stones obtained by trawling off Chinnbal
in 675 Fathoms of Water.—By B. J. Jonss, A. R. S. M., Geological Survey
of India. (With Pl. II.) Natural History Notes from H. M’s Indian
Marine Survey Steamer “ Investigator,” Commander ALFRED CARPENTER,
R.N., Commanding. No. 6. On six new Amphipods from the Bay of
Be ral: —By G.M. Ginss, M. B., F. RB. C. S., Surgeon-Naturalist to
the Marine Survey. (With Pls. ‘TH. —VIII.) Natural History Notes
fron H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander —
A .vReD Carpenter, R. N. , Commanding. No. 7. The Mean a
of the Deep Waters of the Bay of Bengal. By Commander CARPENTER, —
R.N., D.S. O., F. R. Met. Soc., F. Z. S. Communicated by THE. 4
SUPERINTENDENT OF THE InpIAN Museum. (With Pl. X.) _ s
No. 3, (issued January 30th, 1888). On the Chiroptera of Nepal.— ;
By J. Scutty. Notes on some recent Neolithic and Paleolithic Finds tm zl
South India.—By R. Bruce Foor, F. G. S., Superintendent of the Geo-
logical Survey of India, Fellow of the University of Madras. —Communi-—
cated by Tun SuPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN Museum. (With a Map, — :
Pl, XI.) H’tude sur les Arachnides de V Asie méridionale faisant
partie des collections del’ Indian Museum (Calcutta).—Par M. E. Simon, ©
de Paris. Communicated by Tur SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN MusEum. :
A Memoir on Plane Analytic Geometry.—By AsutosH MuxHorapnyaY, ©
M.A. FL R. A. S, F. R. S. E., Communicated by Tue Hon’sie ~
MAHnENDRALAL Sircar, M. D., C. I. E. (With three Woodcuts.) |
No. 4, (issued March 18th, 1888.) A Descriptive List of the Uredingee :
occurring in the Neighbourhood of Simla (Western Himalaya).—By A. —
Barciay, M. B., Bengal Medical Service (With Pls. XII.—XV.) Natural
History Notes ‘ian H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ :,
Commander Aurrep Carrenter, R. N., Commanding. No. 8. Description —
of a new species of the Brachyurous ie Lyreidus from the Depths of
the Andaman Sea.—By J. Woov-Mason, Hsq., Superintendent of ine .
Indian Museum, and Professor of Comparative Anatomy and me in
the Medical College of Bengal, Calcutta. :

OF ae el i i i i i i

_NEW SERIES.

VOL. LVII.

=

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

Vol. LVII, Part II, No. V.—1888.

EDITED BY

je Woop- Mason, FsQ.

VICE-PRESIDENT,

_—_ oer eSses 0 0 0 ea ee eee

—

‘‘The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and
within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by
{man or produced by nature.”—Sir WinLiaM Jonzs.

*.* Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,
to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon-
don, care of Messrs. Tritbner and Co., 57 ¥ 59, Ludgate Hilt.

CALCUTTA:

PRINTED AT THE PAPTIST MISSION PREsS,
AND PUBLISHED BY THE

SIATIC SOCIETY ARK STREET,
} » 7;

1890.

at) ——o~aerrnrnrerraaere ern eee re ern eseees< $0 0 30‘ cee Ok eee ke lee, ek ek ek ek co aL ak oer ee eee wee OS et

———~

eee eee

: a Issued 31st May, 1890.

CONTENTS.

Title-page, Index, etc. to Vol. LVII, Pt. II, 1888.

ee ee ae

ee —— ke se TO

CONTENTS

OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART (PT. II.) OF THE

JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1887.

No. 1, (issued July 23rd, 1887). On the Influence of Indian Forests
on the Rainfall—By Henry F. Buanrorp, F, R. S., Meteorological Re-
porter to the Government of India. On the changes observed in the Density

_of the Surface Sea-water, coincident with, and due to Aerial Disturbances,

and consequent Alteration of Baric Pressure over adjacent sea Areas; and
ow the Usefulness of a more exact measurement of the Specific Gravity of
Sea-water: more especially with Reference to the Waters near and about
the Hooghly River Pilot Station.—By Samvurn R. Exson. Notes on Indian
Rhynchota: Heteroptera, No. 1.—By EH. T. Atkinson, B. A., Prestpent. A
second series of New Species of Ficus from New Guinea.— By Grorce Kine,
M.B., LL. D., F. L. S., Superintendent of the Royal Botanic Garden,
Calcutta. On some New Species of Ficus from Sumatra.—By Goxrrau
Kine, M. B., LL. D., F. L. S., Superintendent, Botanic Garden, Calcutta.
On the Mammals and Birds collected by Captain C. H. Yarz, C. S. L., of
the Afghan Boundary Commission.—By J. Scunty. On the Species of
Loranthus indigenous to Perak.—By Guoraz Kine, M. B., LL. D.,
F. L. S., Superintendent of the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta. Etude
sur les Arachnides de Asie méridionale faisant partie des collections de

V Indian Museum (Calcutta). Par M. EK. Simon, de Paris.—Communi-

cated by THe SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN MuszuM. On the Differ-
ential Hquation of a Trajectory—By AsvutosH Muxnopapnyay, M. A.,
F.R.A.S., F.R.S. E. Communicated by Toe Hon’snn ManenprALay
Srexar, M. D., C. I. E. (With a Woodcut.)

No. 2, (issued November 2nd, 1887). On the Effects produced by
small Quantities of Bismuth on the Ductility of Silver.—By Surenon-
Major J. Scunny, Assay Master, Calcutta. On Monge’s Differential
Equation to all Oonics.—By AsvtosH Muxnopapayay, M. A., F. R. A. S.,
F.R.S.E. Communicated by Tue Hon’sue MAnENDRALAL S1rkar, M. D.,
C. I. EH. Notes on Indian Rhynchota: Heteroptera, No 2.—By E. T.
Atkinson, B. A., Presipent. Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian
Marine Survey Steamer “ Investigator,” Commander ALFRED CARPENTER,
R. N., Commanding. No. 4. Description of a new species of Crustacea
belonging to the Brachyurous family Raninide.—By J. Woop-Mason,
Esq., Superintendent of the Indian Museum, and Professor of Comparative
Anatomy and Zoology im the Medical College of Bengal, Calcutta. ©
(With Pl. I.) Natwral History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey

Steamer “{nvestigator,” Commandar Atrrep Carpenter, R. N., Com-
manding./ No.5. On some Nodular Stones obtained by trawling off Colombo
in 675 Fathoms of Water.—By H. J. Jonus, A. R. S. M., Geological Survey
of India. (With Pl. II.) Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian
Maring Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,” Commandar ALFRED CARPENTER,
R. Ni, Commanding. No. 6. On six new Amphipods from the Bay of
Bengal.— By G. M. Giues, M. B., F. R. C. S., Surgeon-Naturalist to
the Marine Survey. (With Pls. ILI.—VIIL.) Natural History Notes
from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander
ALFRED CaRrPENTER, R. N., Commanding. No. 7. The Mean Temperature
of the Deep Waters of the Bay of Bengal. By Commander Carpenter,
R. N., D. S.0., F. R. Met. Soc. F. Z. S. Communicated by tue
SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN Museum. (With Pl. X.)

No. 3, (issued January 30th, 1888). On the Chiroptera of Nepal.—
By J. Scutty. Motes on some recent Neolithic and Paleolithic Finds in
South India.—By R. Bruce Foors, F. G. S. Superintendent of the Geo-
logical Survey of India, Fellow of the University of Madras.—Communi-
cated by THE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN Museum. (With a Map.
Pl. XL) H’tude sur les Arachnides de VU. Asie méridionale faisant
partie des collections del’ Indian Museum (Calcutta).—Par M. EH. Simon,
de Paris. Communicated by Tue SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN Museum.
A Memoir on Plane Analytic Geometry.—By AsutosH MuUkHOPADHYAY,
M. A, FL. R. A. SS, F. OR. S. E., Communicated by Tan Hon’sie
Manenpratat Sirxar, M. D., C. Ll. E.. (With three Woodcuts.)

No. 4, (issued March 18th, 1888.) A Descriptive List of the Uredinese
occurring in the Neighbourhood of Simla (Western Himalaya).—By A.
Barcnay, M. B., Bengal Medical Service (With Pls. XII.—XV.) Natural
History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’
Commander ALFRED CarpPentTErR, R. N., Commanding. No. 8. Description
of a new species of the Brachyurous Genus Lyreidus from the Depths of
the Andaman Sea.—By J. Woop-Mason, Hsq., Superintendent of the
Indian Museum, and Professor of Comparative Anatomy and Zoology in
the Medical College of Bengal, Calcutta.

POOLS OBO OOOO Owes ees eee

EE cen tg a rele

i
|

= an _ bout
ae

a

a2

SS ee” pe a, eg
= oer
of se « ¢ & sere

*-* ws © .
x oon && -«@

BRARY
4638

~*
Tne we & &
» * ”

CALIF ACAD OF SCIENCES LI

|

Ta ff as ee Se
rr » e-

3 1853 10006

~
ee@eeheere

“<2 «
so = «

r 2
Ae ee
i en a ok |
rTP? pes? 7 2°-s- @

772s FF eo ee
- *

eo ot oe
-_?rf © @ ee &
a

“~~ ©
cr qrnrer ee eee © & + =
se? ys © we © @ * *

VANUNL AYLI

journalofasi571888unse

z0042

Journal of the Asiatic Society of Ben
vol.57(1888)

California Academy of Sciences Lib)

California Academy of Sciences Lib:

il Pa) rf

rnal Pasioa #1 8S Buns
Friday, April 22, 2011 11:44:26

journalofasi57 1888unse